nomination proposal kenya lakes system in ...whc.unesco.org/uploads/nominations/1060rev.pdfthe...
TRANSCRIPT
1
NOMINATION PROPOSAL
KENYA LAKES SYSTEM
IN
THE GREAT RIFT VALLEY
(ELEMENTAITA, NAKURU AND BOGORIA)
2010
REPUBLIC OF KENYA
2
Executive Summary
State Party: Republic of Kenya
State, Province or Region: Rift Valley Province
Name of Property: Kenya Lakes System In the Great Rift Valley
Geographical Coordinates to the Nearest Second
Ref. No Name Location or Municipality
Coordinates of centre point
001 Lake
Elementaita
Gilgil 360 14’ 23.92” E
00 26’ 33.47” S
002 Lake Nakuru Nakuru 360 05’ 7.96” E
00 21’ 32.48” S
003 Lake Bogoria Baringo/
Koibatek
36° 05’ 51.82” E
0° 15’ 30.12” N
Lake Elementaita 001: Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary encompasses the
whole of Lake Elementaita and its riparian land. Lake Elementaita lies on the
floor of the Rift Valley at 1,776 m above sea level, in central part of Kenya some
20 km south-east of Nakuru Town. There are highlands in its 630 km² basin of
internal drainage that reach 2,668 m above sea level. At its southern end, it is
fed by the Kariandusi hot springs and two small streams, the Mereroni and
Kariandusi, flowing from the eastern plateau. Dramatic rocky faults, volcanic
outcrops and cones characterize the surrounding landscape, including the
‘Sleeping Warrior’ and what is commonly referred to as Delamere’s Nose or the
‘Horse Shoe Crater’. To the east, the lake is flanked by small-scale agricultural
holdings, while two large wildlife conservancies namely Ututu and Soysambu
surround the remainder of the lake.
3
Lake Nakuru 002: Lake Nakuru is a shallow alkaline lake on the floor of the
Great Rift Valley on the edge of Nakuru town and about 160 Km from Nairobi.
The lake, which is in the middle of the park, is highly alkaline and shallow with
a maximum depth of 3 metres. The elevation of Lake Nakuru National Park
ranges from 1,760 to 2,080 m above sea level. The lake is surrounded by
escarpments including Mau ranges to the West, Eburru to the South, Bahati
Escarpment to the North-East and Menengai crater to the North. There exist
high elevation points from which viewpoints have been established. These
include: Lion hill, Baboon Cliffs and Out of Africa view points.
Lake Bogoria 003: Lake Bogoria, the deepest of the three lakes is a narrow,
alkaline lake on the Great Rift Valley floor. It is 17 km long, has a maximum
width of 4 km and a maximum depth of 14 meters. The lake is bordered by the
Siracho escarpment to the east while on the relatively flat western shore is a
series of spectacular hot springs and geysers. The lake covers an area of 3,800
ha and combined with the reserve, covers an area of 10,700 hectares. The lake’s
catchment area covers 93,000 hectares. Its surface recharge is from Sandai-
Waseges, Loboi and Emsos River. There are however other minor perennial
springs that discharge fresh water into the lake. The hot springs and geysers
found on the shores supplement water recharge for the lake. The lake’s level
fluctuates between 11 and 14 metres
4
A4 size map of the Kenya Lakes System
5
Justification Statement of Outstanding Universal Value
The Kenya Lakes System (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria) are located within
the EARS which is a continental-scale tectonic structure that has evolved
through earth history to the present scenic and architectural beauty of the
geomorphological features. It is characterized by steep fault scarps, deep gorges,
step-faulted blocks, cinder cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and graben
structures, ramp, box faults, gushing geysers and hot springs.
The extensive rift system running north-south with several lakes has
established migratory habitats. The three lakes are hydrologically and
hydrogeologically connected as opposed to most other lakes worldwide, and are
essential to the hydrological cycle that contributes to geothermal energy. Heated
geothermal waters contribute to the lake waters and result in very unique
aquatic habitats that support unique assemblages of planktonic and benthic
flora and fauna.
The East African Rift Valley System (EARS) is characterized by scenic beauty of
the geomorphology: steep fault scarps, deep gorges, step-faulted blocks, cinder
cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and graben structures, ramp and box
faults and hot springs. Lake Bogoria has the highest concentration of geysers in
Africa. The EARS acts as sedimentary traps vital for preservation and
conservation of fossils and it provides a rich natural archive for
palaeoanthropology (hominin and other faunal materials and artefacts) and
palaeoecological study that has only begun to be explored. Lakes Elementaita,
Nakuru and Bogoria are part of a system of lakes in the Eastern Rift Valley
System that have a unique volcanic landscape, and share common geological
history, hydrological processes and associated ecological features.
These factors and associated features combine to create diverse habitats and
opportunities for conservation of globally significant biodiversity. The
6
biodiversity includes diverse fauna and flora that is endemic, congregatory,
range-restricted, biome-restricted and globally threatened.
Bird Conservation
Congregations:
The proposed Kenya Lakes System property sustains 75% of the globally
significant threatened population of the Near-threatened Lesser Flamingo
(Phoeniconaias minor). This is exceeds the 1% global threshold for
congregations. This makes the Kenya Lakes System a critical site for the
conservation of Lesser Flamingos in the world. The lakes also host globally
significant populations of 11 congregatory waterbird species that meet or exceed
the 1% global thresholds. These globally significant congregations of birds
constitute a world heritage and therefore require international cooperation in
conservation. Lake Elementaita, one of the sites within the Kenya Lakes System
supports one of the major breeding colonies of the Great White Pelicans
(Pelecanus onocrotalus) in the world.
Globally threatened bird species:
The network of sites support 11 globally threatened bird species and 8
Regionally-threatened bird species. The presence of these species requires
strategic international cooperation for effective monitoring, management and
conservation.
African-Eurasian Migratory flyway
The network of sites serves as stop-over, wintering and summering sites for
millions of over 100 species of migratory water birds, soaring birds and other
terrestrial bird species that use the Great Rift Valley flyway. The migratory birds
originate from Europe and northern Asia as well as other parts of Africa.
International cooperation
The presence of these migratory birds provides a unique opportunity for the
protection and long-term monitoring of population changes in relation to
7
changes in local habitat conditions and effects of global climate change. It also
offers a unique opportunity for north-south cooperation and collaborative
management within the framework of African-Eurasian Waterbird Agreement,
which is one of the agreements under the Bonn Convention (Convention on
Migratory Species), as well as other Multilateral Environmental Agreements.
Mammals and other species
The network of the proposed Kenya Lakes System constitutes the most
significant natural habitats for in-situ conservation of globally and regionally
threatened mammal species. These include the Critically Endangered Black
Rhino Diceros bicornis and Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum,
the Endangered African Wild Dog, Lycaon pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera
leo, the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx jubatus and the Near-threatened
Leopard, Panthera pardus. The terrestrial habitat of one of the sites, Lake
Elementaita supports the endemic Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii).
Wetlands of national, regional and international recognition
The three sites are protected under the Kenyan national legislation as
biodiversity conservation areas. They have also been designated as Important
Bird Areas by BirdLife International and also constitute wetlands of regional
and international significance as recognized under the Ramsar Convention.
Criteria under which property is nominated:
Criteria met vii, ix, and x
Criterion vii:
The Kenya Lakes System combines geological and biological processes of
exceptional natural beauty that is un-matched anywhere else. The birds that
congregate in millions on the shores of the lake with their pink flamingo colour
and with the backdrop of faulted scarps hot springs and geysers are a
combination of what can only be described as phenomenal described by a
8
famous ornithologist Sir Peter Scott as “A sight of incredible beauty and interest
and there can be no more remarkable ornithological spectacle in the world”; and
the abundant terrestrial plants and animal species that abound with the
animals roaming the adjacent grounds provide a natural setting of superlative
natural phenomenon.
Criterion ix:
The three lakes are outstanding examples representing ongoing ecological and
biological processes in the evolution and development of saline lake ecosystems
and communities of plants and animals. Bird migration phenomenon is a
historical, biological and ecological process that are represent adaptation of
birds to seasonal changes in the environment as well as breeding cycles. The
systematic annual and seasonal migration processes provide us with an
evolutionary window to understand the evolution of adaptations by species for
survival under extreme and variable environments. The East African flamingo
populations have been observed to fly within the Rift valley lakes in Kenya and
Tanzania breeding and foraging. Breeding attempts by the Lesser Flamingos
have been recorded in the three lakes although they are known to breed in Lake
Natron in Tanzania. There is frequent movement of flamingos between the
Kenya Lakes System.
The lakes are rich in birdlife with 373, 400 and 450 species recorded for lakes
Bogoria, Elementaita and Nakuru respectively. Lake Elementaita is a key
breeding site of the Great White Pelican population. Up to 8,000 pairs of Great
White Pelican have bred there when the water levels are high and the rocky
outcrops in the eastern sector are flooded to form islets on which the birds can
safely nest.
Criterion x:
The Kenya Lakes System constitute most important and significant natural
habitats for in-situ conservation of biological diversity including globally and
regionally threatened species of outstanding universal value from the point of
view of science and conservation. The proposed Kenya Lakes System Property is
9
a key feeding ground for the itinerant Rift Valley congregations of the Near-
threatened Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor). It sustains 75% of the
globally threatened Lesser Flamingo population. Spectacular congregations
estimated at between 1.5 and 2 million Lesser Flamingos occur at times,
together with several hundred thousand of other congregatory waterbird
species. The sites support several thousands of large congregations of
Palaearctic migrants that winter or stop over in Kenya. Over 100 migratory
species use the lakes system during their annual complex pattern of movement
between Europe, northern Asia and Africa. The property is a key habitat in the
Eastern Rift Valley migratory flyway and in recognition of this critical role they
play, the respective lakes have been designated as Important Bird Areas by
BirdLife International.
Globally threatened bird species found within the Kenya Lakes System include,
the Lesser flamingo (Near-threatened), Lesser Kestrel, Falco naumanni
(Vulnerable), Pallid Harrier, Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened), Maccoa Duck
Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened), White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis
(Vulnerable), and Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened), the
vagrant Greater Spotted Eagle, Aquila clanga (Vulnerable), the Grey-crested
Helmet-shrike, Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened), Jackson’s Widowbird,
Euplectes jacksoni (Near-threatened), Madagascar Pond Heron, Ardeola ralloides
(Endangered) and the Grey-crowned Crane, Balearica regulorum (Vulnerable).
Over 450 species of birds have been recorded at the proposed Kenya Lakes
System Property.
The presence of diverse aquatic communities of microflora including Spirulina
platensis and Arthrospira fusiformis provide stable food base for the Lesser
Flamingo population. They are an important component of the food chain and
the overall ecology of the East African alkaline lakes system. The extremophile
bacteria found within the Kenya Lakes System has immense potential for the
development of pharmaceutical products among other products needed for
socio-economic development.
The terrestrial zone supports significant populations of threatened mammal
10
species. These include the Black Rhino Diceros bicornis (Critically Endangered),
and White Rhino Ceratotherium simum (Near-threatened), the African Wild dog,
Lycaon pictus (Endangered), Lion, Panthera leo (Vulnerable), Cheetah, Acinonyx
jubatus (Vulnerable) and Leopard, Panthera pardus (Near-threatened). The
Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii), which is endemic to the central Rift
Valley is found within the Lake Elementaita terrestrial habitat.
The globally important concentrations of residents and migratory bird species,
the presence of globally threatened and endemic species is a clear indication of
the international significance of the proposed Kenya Lakes System property.
These concentrations of waterbirds and the presence of globally threatened
species contribute to the scenic beauty of the landscape, unmatched anywhere
else.
Name and Contact information of Official Local Institution/Agency:
Kenya Wildlife Service
P.O. Box 40241-00100, Nairobi
Kenya
Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345
Fax: +254 (20) 607024
E-mail: [email protected]
Web address: www.kws.go.ke
National Museums of Kenya
P.O. Box 40658-00100, Nairobi
Kenya
Tel +254 (20) 3742161/4, +254 (20) 4448930/3
11
Fax +254 (20) 3741424
E-mail [email protected]
Web address: www.museums.or.ke
Lake Bogoria National Reserve
P.O. Box 64 Marigat,
Kenya
Tel: +254-(051) 40746
Marigat, Kenya
E-mail: [email protected]
www.lake-baringo.com/LakeBogoriaKWS.htm
12
Table of Contents
Executive Summary ............................................................................................................................... 2
Criterion vii ........................................................................................................................................... 7
Criterion ix ............................................................................................................................................ 8
Criterion x.............................................................................................................................................. 8
Table of Contents ..................................................................................................................................12
List of Tables...........................................................................................................................................15
List of Figures.........................................................................................................................................16
List of Acronyms ....................................................................................................................................18
Preamble ..................................................................................................................................................19
Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria) .........21
Identification of the property.........................................................................................................21
2. Description .........................................................................................................................................28
2. (a) Description of property.........................................................................................................28
2. a.1 Lake Elementaita ..............................................................................................................35
2. a.2 Lake Nakuru.......................................................................................................................37
2. a.3 Lake Bogoria.......................................................................................................................39
2.b i. History and Development ....................................................................................................44
2 b ii. Evolution of the East African Great Rift Valley System ...........................................47
Lake Elementaita ..........................................................................................................................48
Lake Nakuru ...................................................................................................................................49
Lake Bogoria ...................................................................................................................................49
2 c. Significance of the geological development of the Eastern Rift Valley System (EARS) to the existing avian habitat ...........................................................................................51
History of Conservation of Lake Nakuru: ..............................................................................52
History of the Conservation of Lake Bogoria........................................................................53
History of the Conservation of Lake Elementaita ...............................................................54
13
3. Justification for inscription ..........................................................................................................54
3. (a)Criteria under which inscription is proposed ....................................................................57
Criterion vii .........................................................................................................................................57
Criterion ix ..........................................................................................................................................58
Criterion x............................................................................................................................................60
3. (b) Proposed Statement of Outstanding Universal Value....................................................61
3. (c) Comparative analysis (including state of conservation of similar properties) ........62
3. (d) Integrity .........................................................................................................................................69
4. State of conservation and factors affecting the property ....................................................72
4. (a) Present state of conservation .............................................................................................73
4.(b) Factors affecting the property .............................................................................................81
(i) Development pressures (e.g. encroachment, adaptation, agriculture and mining)............................................................................................................................................................81
(ii). Environmental Pressures (e.g., pollution, climate change)......................................82
(iii). Natural disasters and preparedness ..............................................................................84
(iv). Visitor/tourism pressures..................................................................................................84
(v).Number of inhabitants within site, buffer zone.............................................................85
5. Protection and Management of the Property........................................................................86
5.(a) Ownership..................................................................................................................................86
5. (b) Protective designation...........................................................................................................86
5. (c) Means of implementing protective measures ................................................................87
5.(d) Existing plans related to municipality and region in which the proposed property is located ............................................................................................................................92
5 (e) Property management plan or other management system ........................................93
5(f) Sources and levels of finance.................................................................................................95
5.(g) Sources of expertise and training in conservation and management techniques................................................................................................................................................................95
5.(h) Visitor facilities and statistics.............................................................................................96
14
5. (i) Policies and programmes related to the presentation and promotion of the property ................................................................................................................................................97
5. (j) Staffing levels (professional, technical, maintenance) ................................................98
6. Monitoring ..........................................................................................................................................99
6.(a) Key indicators for measuring state of conservation .....................................................99
6.(b) Administrative arrangement for monitoring property ...............................................100
6.(c) Results of previous reporting exercises ..........................................................................101
7. Documentation ............................................................................................................................... 102
7.(a) Photographs, slides, image inventory and authorization table and other audiovisual materials.....................................................................................................................102
7.(b) Texts relating to protective designation, copies of property management plans or documented management systems and extracts of other plans relevant to the property ..............................................................................................................................................104
7. (c) Form and date of most recent records or inventory of property ...........................105
7. (d) Address where the inventory, records and archives are held................................105
7. (e) Bibliography ...........................................................................................................................108
8. Contact Information of responsible authorities ...................................................................113
8. (a) Preparer...................................................................................................................................114
9. Signature on behalf of the State Party ....................................................................................115
Appendix 1: Checklist of mammals in the Lake Bogoria .......................................................116
Appendix 2: Migratory Soaring Birds that Use the Great Rift Valley/ Red Sea Flyway..................................................................................................................................................................117
15
List of Tables
Table 1: Serial Nomination for the “Kenya Lakes System” in the Great Rift Valley ........21
Table 2: Area of Nominated Property ..............................................................................................28
Table 3: Globally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes System30
Table 4: Regionally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes System. .....................................................................................................................................................31
Table 5: Features of the lake Basins of the Central Kenya Rift (Modified from Olago et al., 2009) ..................................................................................................................................................48
Table 6: A comparison of selected climatic variables of the three lakes .............................50
Table 7: Visitors statistics for Kenya Lakes System from January 2005-May 2009 ......97
Table 8: Key indicators, frequency of monitoring and data depository ...............................99
Table 9: Large Mammal Counts in Lake Nakuru National Park 1998-2000 ...................101
16
List of Figures
Figure 1: Locator map showing the Great Rift Valley through Africa ..................................22
Figure 2: Locator map of the all the Kenyan lakes within the Great Rift Valley ..............22
Figure 3: Map showing the Kenya Lakes System: Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria......................................................................................................................................................23
Figure 4 Map of Lake Elementaita ..................................................................................................25
Figure 5: Map of Lake Nakuru..........................................................................................................26
Figure 6 Map of Lake Bogoria ...........................................................................................................27
Figure 7 Lesser flamingo feeding in Lake Bogoria......................................................................42
Figure 8: One of the gushing geysers at Lake Bogoria .............................................................42
Figure 9: A panoramic view from the Flamingo View point of part of Lake Bogoria also showing hot springs and geysers in the foreground..................................................................43
Figure 10: Evolution of the lake basins of the East African Rift System from 2Ma to present (Source: Tiercelin and Lezzar, 2002)...............................................................................45
Figure 11: Climate and vegetation change from 3Ma to present as reconstructed from palaeolake beds and palaeosols of the East African Rift Valley System (Source: Gasse 2005, Cerling 1992 and Hay 1988, Trauth et al 2005) ............................................................47
Figure 12: Movements of four of seven individual Lesser Flamingos (named Safari, Imara, and Bendera) that were affixed with satellite in L. Bogoria and tracked between October 2002 and July 2003 (Source: Childress et al 2004). ................................................59
Figure 13: Congregations of the Flamingos at Lake Bogoria ..................................................70
Figure 14: The Great White Pelicans and the Flamingos in the background at Lake Nakuru......................................................................................................................................................71
Figure 15: Trends in species diversity at the three Rift Valley lakes based on January counts of 1999-2009. Data for 2005 is missing (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK)..........................................................................................................................................................73
Figure 16: Total number of Birds in the Kenya Lakes System from 1999-2009. Data for 2003 was missing. ................................................................................................................................74
Figure 17: Trends in Lesser Flamingo numbers in Kenya 1992-2007 The data is estimated using counts done in the months of January. (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK). .......................................................................................................................................74
17
Figure 18: Trends in the population of the Lesser Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya). ....................................75
Figure 19: Trends in the population of the Greater Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya).......................................75
Figure 20: Trends in the population of the Great White Pelican at Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya).......................................................76
Figure 21: Showing several bee hives coloured yellow in Koibatek District near Lake Bogoria......................................................................................................................................................82
Figure 22: The management organogram for the Kenya Lakes System property. The National Steering Committee comprises of the above and the National Museums of Kenya ........................................................................................................................................................95
Figure 23: Graph showing visitors’ statistics at the Kenya Lakes Systems from January 2005 to May 2009 ...............................................................................................................97
Figure 24: Weir for monitoring water flow of the Fig Tree River along the shores of Lake Bogoria....................................................................................................................................................100
18
List of Acronyms
CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna
EARs East African Rift System
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMCA Environmental Management and Coordination Act
ENSO El Niño Southern Oscillation
GLECA Greater Lake Elementaita Conservation Area
IBA Important Bird Areas
ILEC International Lake Environmental Committee
ITCZ Inter Tropical Convergence Zone
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
KFS Kenya Forest Service
KTB Kenya Tourist Board
KWS Kenya Wildlife Service
NAWASSCO Nakuru Water and Sanitation Services Company
NBSAP National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan
NEMA National Environmental Management Authority
NMK National Museums of Kenya
NT Near Threatened
TTF Tourist Trust Fund
UNCCD United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification
VU Vulnerable
WRMA Water Resource Management Authority
WRUA Water Resource Users Association
WWF World Wildlife Fund
19
Preamble
This is a nomination for inscription on the World Heritage List of three Kenyan
Lakes in the Great Rift Valley namely; Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria
(herein referred to as Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley). In this
document they will be referred to as the Kenyan Lakes System. This is the first
phase of a serial national and trans-national nomination of sites within the
Great Rift Valley.
The Great Rift Valley is a geological feature of global magnitude that is 7,000
Kilometres long and extends from Syria in the Middle East to Mozambique in
Southern Africa, cutting across two continents and twenty two countries. This
geological phenomenon splits into two arms, the western arm commonly known
as the Albertine Rift and the eastern arm, the Gregory Rift. The Kenya Lakes
System is part of the Great Rift Valley which cuts across seven biomes namely;
Mediterranean, Sahel, Sahara-Sindian, Sudan-Guinea Savannah, Afrotropical
highlands, Somali-Masai and Zambezian biomes.
The Western Rift, extends along the western boundary of Tanzania, Rwanda ,
Burundi, into the boundary of Uganda with Democratic Republic of Congo and
through to Sudan. The Eastern Rift (Gregory Rift) extends from Mozambique
into Malawi, Tanzania, Kenya, Ethiopia, Red Sea, into the Middle East. Both
Rifts have several lakes within them.
Within Kenya, there are several lakes located on the Rift Valley floor. These are
Lakes Turkana, Kamnarok, Solai, Baringo, Bogoria, Nakuru, Elementaita,
Naivasha, Magadi and Natron (the larger part of the latter is located in
Tanzania and is the major breeding site for the Lesser Flamingo in the Rift
Valley). These lakes are alkaline except for Baringo and Naivasha, which have
fresh water.
The Kenya Lakes System is not only geologically and hydrologically connected,
but share similar, ecological zones, is an international bird area, and is a key
area of waterfowl of global importance, as well as Ramsar sites. The system is
20
part of global network of Important Bird Areas, migratory flyway and wetlands
of global significance.
The lakes support significant populations of globally threatened bird species
such as Lesser Flamingo (Near-threatened), Lesser Kestrel, Falco naumanni
(Vulnerable), Pallid Harrier, Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened), Maccoa Duck
Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened), White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis
(Vulnerable), and Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened), the
vagrant Greater Spotted Eagle, Aquila clanga (Vulnerable), the Grey-crested
Helmet-shrike, Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened), Jackson’s Widowbird,
Euplectes jacksoni (Near-threatened), Madagascar Pond Heron, Ardeola idae
(Endangered), the Grey-crowned Crane, Balearica regulorum (Vulnerable),
Bateleur Terathopius ecaudatus (Near-threatened) and the Egyptian vulture
Neophron percnopterus (Endangered).
The properties’ terrestrial reserves are areas of intense conservation of globally
threatened mammal species. These are the Critically Endangered Black Rhino
Diceros bicornis, the Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum, the
Endangered African Wild dog, Lycaon pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera leo,
the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx jubatus and the Near-threatened Leopard,
Panthera pardus.
21
Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria)
Identification of the property 1. (a) Country
Republic of Kenya
1. (b) Province or Region
Rift Valley Province
1. (c) Name of Property
Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria)
1. (d) Geographical coordinates to the nearest second.
Table 1: Serial Nomination for the “Kenya Lakes System” in the Great Rift Valley
Ref. No
Name Location or Municipality
Coordinates of centre point
001 Lake Elementaita Gilgil 360 14’ 23.92” E 00 26’ 33.47” S
002 Lake Nakuru Nakuru 360 05’ 7.96” E 00 21’ 32.48” S
003 Lake Bogoria Baringo/ Koibatek
36° 05’ 51.82” E 0° 15’ 30.12” N
(e) Maps and plans showing the boundaries of the nominated property and buffer zone
22
Figure 1: Locator map showing the Great Rift Valley through Africa
Figure 2: Locator map of all the Kenyan lakes within the Great Rift Valley
23
Figure 3: Map showing the Kenya Lakes System: Lakes Elementaita,
Nakuru and Bogoria
24
25
Figure 4 Map of Lake Elementaita
26
Figure 5: Map of Lake Nakuru
27
Figure 6 Map of Lake Bogoria
28
(f) Area of nominated property (ha.) and proposed buffer zone (ha.)
Table 2: Area of Nominated Property
*These two properties are protected areas with wide terrestrial zones that are
marked and gazetted hence have high level of legal protection that will serve as
the buffer zones
†This area is part of the Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary, Ututu Wildlife
Conservancy and the settled area (Use zones, hotels, camp sites and farms)
2. Description
2. (a) Description of property The current nomination of the Kenya Lakes System within the Great Rift Valley
comprises three Lakes that are ecologically, geologically and hydrologically
inter-linked. These are lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria with a
combined total core area of 32,034 hectares. These include the area covered by
the water bodies of the three lakes, together with the riparian area of Lake
Elementaita and all that area covered by Lake Nakuru National Park and Lake
Bogoria National Reserve. Except for Bogoria that has a maximum water depth
of 13 meters, both Elementaita and Nakuru are shallow lakes with the deepest
parts being 1.5 and 3 metres respectively. Their surface areas fluctuate
depending on the weather conditions and have been recorded to dry out during
extreme dry seasons (Vareschi, E 1978).
Ref. No
Name Area of core zone (ha)
Buffer zone (ha) Map Annex
001 Lake Elementaita 2,534 3,581† 3
002 Lake Nakuru 18,800 * 4
003 Lake Bogoria 10,700 * 5
Total area 32,034
29
The three lakes are within protected areas of similar ecosystem types that are
part of a series of alkaline lakes in the Eastern Rift Valley. The lakes and the
surrounding land and river systems constitute extremely rich and diverse
habitats for birds and other wildlife. The habitats include open water, long and
highly indented shore lines, alkaline and fresh water springs, marshes,
woodlands, bush lands and grasslands. These habitats support about 500
species of birds, 70 species of mammals and scores of amphibian and reptile
species. These species constitute an important national and international
heritage.
The proposed Kenya Lakes System property support globally important
populations of waterbirds. According to the classification of Ramsar Convention
(Ramsar 1999), ‘a water body that regularly supports 1% of the individuals in a
population of one species should be considered internationally important’. They
host a congregation of between 1.5 and 2 million Lesser Flamingo which
exceeds the 1% global threshold of biogeographic population of the species. The
congregation of Lesser Flamingo in Lake Nakuru alone has been described by a
famous ornithologist Sir Peter Scott, as “a sight of incredible beauty and
interest and that there can be no more remarkable ornithological spectacle in
the world”. The lakes also host globally significant populations of the Greater
Flamingo, Black-necked Grebe, Great White Pelican, African Spoonbill, Pied
Avocet, Little Grebe, Yellow-billed Stork, Black-winged Stilt, Grey-headed Gull
and Gull-billed Tern. These extremely large concentrations of waterbirds are a
testament of the lakes’ importance nationally, regionally and globally for
biodiversity conservation.
The Kenya Lakes System hosts globally and regionally threatened species. A
total of 13 globally threatened bird species found in Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru
and Bogoria are summarized in Table 3 while the regionally-threatened species
are presented in Table 4. Globally, the primary cause of the declining
populations of waterbirds and land birds are natural fluctuations and land use
changes that influence the habitats. The property is one of the few strongholds
of congregations of Lesser Flamingo at a global level.
30
Table 3: Globally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes System
No. Common name Scientific name IUCN Red List Status
1. Lesser Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor Near-Threatened
2. Grey-crowned crane Balearica regulorum Vulnerable
3. Grey-Crested Helmet-shrike Prionops poliolophus Near-Threatened
4. Jackson’s Widowbird Euplectes jacksoni Near-Threatened
5. Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni Vulnerable
6. Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus Near-Threatened
7. Madagascar Pond Heron Ardeola idae Endangered
8. Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga Vulnerable
9. Maccoa Duck Oxyura maccoa Near-Threatened
10. White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis Vulnerable
11. Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus Near-Threatened
12. Bateleur Terathopius ecaudatus Near-Threatened
13. Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus Endangered
31
Table 4: Regionally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes
System.
No. Common name Scientific name IUCN Red List Status (2009)
1. Great Crested Grebe Podiceps cristatus Critically Endangered
2. Great White Egret Ardea alba Vulnerable
3. Ayres’s Hawk Eagle Aquila ayresii Vulnerable
4. Crowned Eagle Stephanoaetus coronatus Vulnerable
5. Yellow-billed Oxpecker Buphagus africanus Vulnerable
6. Long-tailed widowbird Euplectes progne Vulnerable
7. African Darter Anhinga rufa Vulnerable
8. White-backed Duck Anas sparsa Vulnerable
The Great Rift Valley is a major African-Eurasian migratory flyway supporting
about 5,000,000,000 (five billion) of palaearctic migrant individual birds
annually according to BirdLife International (2007). The three lakes lie within
the Kenyan Segment of the Great Rift Valley and are an essential part of the
flyway. They serve as stopover and wintering grounds for over 100 migratory
waterbird and land birds species during their annual migration. The three
lakes also support a large number of other resident and afrotropical migrant
bird species. The presence of these large concentrations of biogeographic and
global populations of congregatory waterbirds and terrestrial bird species
within this proposed property is of global importance.
Due to their unique aquatic and terrestrial habitats, rich diversity of avifauna
and presence of globally threatened, range restricted and biome restricted
species, the three Lakes have been designated as Important Bird Areas by
BirdLife International. Important Bird Areas are places of international
significance for conservation of birds at global, regional or sub-regional levels.
They are identified using standardized and internationally agreed four criteria.
32
These are presence of globally threatened species, range-restricted species,
biome-restricted species and congregations.
The terrestrial zone of the Lakes System property supports globally significant
populations of mammals, including the Critically Endangered Black Rhino
Diceros bicornis and Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum. Lake
Nakuru, for example is a sanctuary for a total of 125 free ranging rhinos
making it one of the largest concentrations in the region. Several globally
threatened carnivore species are resident within the terrestrial zone of the
Kenya Lakes System. These include the Endangered African Wild dog, Lycaon
pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera leo, the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx
jubatus and the Near-threatened Leopard, Panthera pardus.
The property also hosts significant resident population of the charismatic
herbivore community such Rothschild giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis
rothschildi), Greater Kudu Tragelaphus strepsiceros, Bohor Reedbuck (Redunca
redunca), Defassa Waterbuck (Kobus ellipsiprymnus), Bushbuck (Tragelaphus
scriptus) and African Buffallo (Syncerus caffer). The rare Large-eared Leaf-nosed
bat Hipposideros megalotis is resident.
The Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii), which is endemic to the central
Rift Valley is found within the Lake Elementaita terrestrial habitat.
The three lakes have been internationally recognized as wetlands of
international importance under the Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar 1971).
This recognition emphasizes the importance of the proposed property as a
priority area for conservation of unique and threatened species and habitats.
Under national law, Lake Elementaita is protected as a National Wildlife
Sanctuary while Lake Nakuru is a National Park and Lake Bogoria is a National
Reserve. The three sites have additional protection as Ramsar sites. The listing
of the three sites as World Heritage Property would significantly enhance the
ecological integrity and improve conservation status.
33
The property is also significant for the diversity of its flora. The distribution of
the plant communities has been influenced by a combination of factors, such
as topography, soil type and moisture, land elevation and drainage systems.
The hypersaline aquatic zones are characterized by a cyanophytes Spirulina
platensis and Arthrospira fusiformis, which form the foundation of the lakes’
simple food chain. The lakeside vegetation is dominated by alkaline tolerant
grass species such as Sporobolus spicatus and Sporobolus ioclados followed by
other plain grassland species in succession.
Marshes which are dominated by reeds of Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp
occur at the freshwater springs and river mouths. The terrestrial zones away
from the lake shore are covered by Acacia woodland comprising of Acacia
xanthophloea, Acacia tortilis, Terminalia spp, Ficus spp, Balanites aegyptica and
Eurphobia candelabrum. The shrub vegetation is dominated by Tarconathus
camphroratus, Combretum sp, Grewia tenax, G. bicolor, Acalypha fruticosa and
Acacia mellifera.
Lake Nakuru for example, with 556 plant species from 305 genera and 85
families recorded has the greatest diversity of floral communities. Biodiversity
inventories have shown that Lake Bogoria has 210 plant species belonging to
53 plant families. This high diversity of plant species and the associated
habitats accounts for the high diversity of fauna in the three lakes and
surrounding buffer zones.
Temperatures in the Kenya Lakes System range from 10°C in the highland
areas to 32°C in the lowlands with a daily mean of 25°C. The mean annual
rainfall ranges from 500-1,000 mm occurring in two seasons, April-May and
October-November. The temperature and rainfall regimes of the region combine
to give the sites a hot and arid to semi-arid climate characteristic of agro-
ecological zones v and vi.
Lake Elementaita is gazetted as a National Wildlife Sanctuary and covers an
area of 2,534 hectares and is bordered by the Soysambu and Ututu Wildlife
Conservancies on the Western and Southern shores. The latter two
conservancies combined cover 75% of the lakes’ shoreline, while the Northern
34
shore covers only 25%. The North-Eastern shore is set aside as the high-use
zone characterized by tourist facilities and farms. (See attached management
plan) The lake’s catchment area is bounded by the Dundori highlands,
Kariandusi escarpment and the Eburru Hills, Split Crater (Sleeping Warrior)
and Horse Shoe Crater, to the south. The lake is notably fed by two rivers,
surface runoff and direct rainfall, as well as through the underground water
movements between the lakes within the Rift Valley. Thus the Lake receives
water through underground recharge that emerges at the hot springs on the
Southern shores and fresh water springs on the Eastern shores. The presence
of fresh water plant species (Typha sp) is an indicator of this fresh water inflow.
The two streams namely; Mereroni (joined by Mbaruk streams about one
kilometre from the lakeshore) and the Kariandusi drain into the lake.
Lake Nakuru is set in a picturesque landscape and covers an area of 18,800
hectares. The area of the lake and its adjacent park is secured by a fence. The
National Park’s terrestrial area serves as the buffer. The lake is located
adjacent to Nakuru Town, an important and expanding agricultural and
industrial town. The lake’s catchment is bounded by Menengai Crater to the
north, Bahati-Dundori Hills to the northeast and the Mau Escarpment to the
west. The main sources of water for Lake Nakuru are the Njoro River, Makalia
River, and Nderit River. Treated waste water from the treatment plants also
adds to the water volume. Underground recharge is also present as evidenced
by the presence of the Baharini Springs on the Northern shores and Lion Hill
springs on the South-Eastern shores.
Lake Bogoria is the northernmost of the three lakes with a core nominated area
of 10,700 hectares. The Lake Bogoria National Reserve’s terrestrial area also
serves as the buffer for the lake. Its riparian area is bounded by the Siracho
escarpment to the east. The lake has geologic manifestations of ongoing
volcanic processes in the form of fumaroles, hot springs and geysers within the
lake, along the lake shores and various points in the surrounding areas.
A series of spectacular hot springs and gushing geysers on the western shore
represents the greatest concentration of geysers in Africa. The Lake is fed by
35
both seasonal, as well as permanent rivers. These are Loboi, Sandai-Waseges,
and Emsos. A few perennial springs discharge fresh water into the lake and a
series of subsurface water connect Lake Bogoria with Lakes Naivasha,
Elementaita and Nakuru, all defined by the presence of springs and/or geysers
(Kuria and Woldai, 2008, in press).
2. a.1 Lake Elementaita Abiotic conditions
Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary encompasses the whole of Lake
Elementaita and its riparian land. The Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary and Ututu
Wildlife Conservancy form part of the buffer to the lake. Lake Elementaita lies
on the floor of the Rift Valley at 1,776 m above sea level, in central part of
Kenya some 20 km south-east of Nakuru Town. There are highlands in its 630
km² basin of internal drainage that reach 2,668 m above sea level. The shallow
lake has an area of 2,000 ha and ranges in depth from 0.9 to 1.5 m. The
electrical conductivity ranges between 8.7 to 51.8µScm-1 and the pH ranges
between 9.0 and 10.2. At its southern end, it is fed by the Kariandusi hot
springs and two small streams, the Mereroni and Kariandusi, flowing from the
eastern plateau. Dramatic rocky faults, volcanic outcrops and cones
characterize the surrounding landscape, including the ‘Sleeping Warrior’ and
what is commonly referred to as Delamere’s Nose or the ‘Horse Shoe Crater’.
Lord Delamere was the first white settler to inhabit the area and put it under
ranching in the late 19th – early 20th Century. To the east, the lake is flanked
by small-scale agricultural holdings, while two large wildlife conservancies
namely Ututu and Soysambu surround the remainder of the lake.
Biotic conditions
Flora
The terrestrial vegetation in the environs of Lake Elementaita is mainly Acacia
spp and Tarchonanthus camphoratus bush-land interspersed with Themeda
triandra grassland. Patches of Acacia xanthophloea woodland occur near the
shore, and formerly covered a large area south of the lake. The woodlands are
36
concentrated around the mouth of rivers with Acacia xanthophloea, as the
dominant tree species rising up to 25 meters high with clear vertical
stratification. Below the upper canopy are various climbers including Senecio
petitianus, Commicarpus pedunculosus and Ipomea cairica. The herbaceous
layer is dominated by Acyranthus aspera, Hypoestes verticillaris, Conyza
foribunda, Solanum incanum, Urtrica maasaica and Gutenbergia cordifolia.
Grasses of the ground layer include Cynodon dactylon, Pennisetum
clandestinum and Pannicum spp. among others.
Dry bush land cover parts of the eastern, southern and western parts of the
lake where dominant tree species include Acacia xanthophloea and Eurphobia
candelabrum. Bush species include Rhus natalensis, Sesbania sesban, Lantana
trifolia and Vernonia spp. Ututu scrubland located south of the lake is
dominated by Olea sp. and Tarchonanthus camphoratus.
The grasses include Cynodon dactylon, Chloris gayana and Panicum spp.
Grasslands have been categorized into two groups. Lakeside grasslands are
dominated by Sporobolus spicatus and Chloris gayana. Other grasslands are
dominated by Themeda triandra, Sporobolus fibriatus, Eragrostis spp.,
Pennisetum catabasis and Cynodon dactylon. Marshes that are located in the
southern part of the lake are dominated by Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp.
Fauna
Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary consists of the lake and its surrounding
riparian shoreline. The lake consistently holds internationally important
populations of Greater and Lesser Flamingo, Great White Pelican, African
Spoonbill, Pied Avocet as well as other waterbird species that occur is smaller
populations. The first two migrate between Lakes Magadi, Elementaita, Nakuru
and Bogoria and to Lake Natron in northern Tanzania during their breeding
season.
Lake Elementaita is a key breeding site for the Great White Pelican, with over
8,000 breeding pairs, the largest in Africa. The terrestrial zone of the lake is
37
rich in birdlife with over 400 species recorded. It hosts several globally
threatened bird species, notably Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor), Grey-
crested Helmet-Shrike (Prionops poliolophus), Jackson’s Widowbird (Euplectes
jacksoni), Lesser Kestrel (Falco naumanni), and the Greater Spotted Eagle,
(Aquila clanga). The lake’s riparian habitat has populations of Burchell’s Zebras
(Equus burchelli), Thomson’s Gazelles (Gazella thomsoni) and the Rothschild’s
Giraffes (Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildi). Other animals common around the
lake are, African buffalo (Syncerus caffer), Spotted hyena (Crocuta crocuta) and
Dik dik (Rhynochotrogus kirkii). Most of these animals are concentrated around
the northern woodlands where human influence is minimal. The lake was
designated a Ramsar site on 5th September 2005.
2. a.2 Lake Nakuru Abiotic Conditions
Lake Nakuru is a shallow alkaline lake on the floor of the Great Rift Valley on
the edge of Nakuru town and about 160 Km from Nairobi. The lake, which is in
the middle of the park, is highly alkaline and shallow with a maximum depth of
3 metres. The elevation of Lake Nakuru National Park ranges from 1,760 to
2,080 m above sea level. The soils in the area are alluvial in origin, while the
rocks are basaltic in formation and are part of the western wall of the Great
Rift Valley. The lake is surrounded by escarpments including Mau ranges to
the West, Eburru to the South, Bahati Escarpment to the North-East and
Menengai crater to the North. There exist high elevation points from which view
points have been established. These include: Lion hill, Baboon Cliffs and Out of
Africa view points
The area has fault lines run in North-South direction thereby opening weak
points through which subsurface water drains. The soil in most areas is highly
permeable and very little surface water is noticeable after the rains. The lake
bottom has been filled with weathered material from the catchment areas. The
soil type is mainly sandy alluvial, of volcanic origin indicated by soda ash and
fine sandy/loam soils and its immediate surrounding areas.
38
The lake’s water chemistry considerably influences the species diversity and
abundance as well as the levels of productivity resulting in the lake’s unique
ecosystem. Three major rivers drain into the lake that include Njoro, Makalia
and Nderit, while the seasonal stream Lamudiak also drains into the lake
during the rainy season. The electrical conductivity in Lake Nakuru ranges
from 13.0 to 55.4 µScm-1, while the pH range is between 8.8 and 10.4.
The Ngosur and Naishi are surface streams that become influent, disappearing
along the fault lines as re-charge to deep aquifers. There is inflow from several
alkaline springs along the shore. These include Baharini and the Lionhill
Springs, the former of which is linked to the Ngosur stream. Treated waste
water from the Njoro and Nakuru Town’s sewerage works also drain into the
lake and is part of the surface recharge.
There are swamps around the lake and alkaline mudflats that are exposed
around the shores at low water level. The open water surface varies between
3,500 and 4,900 ha, depending upon water level fluctuations over cycles of a
few years. The lake has been known to dry out completely during periods of
extreme drought.
Flora
The aquatic zone of Lake Nakuru is characterized by a cyanophyte Arthrospira
fusiformis, which is the foundation of the lake’s simple food chain. The
terrestrial zone is predominantly woodland, bush thickets and grassland
communities. The plant communities around the lake include alkaline
grassland dominated by Sporobolus spicatus, plain grasslands, plain
woodlands, Tarchonanthus camphoratus bushlands, Euphorbia-Teclea forest,
Olea forest, and Acacia forest. The site is famous for having the largest
Euphorbia candelabrum forest stand in East Africa, however part of the
Euphorbia forest had burnt down and efforts to rehabilitate it is ongoing. Lake
Nakuru is rich in plant diversity with 556 plant species from 305 genera and
85 families recorded. The lake’s catchment areas are a unique ecosystem
39
containing a kaleidoscope of geological formations and associated plant
communities.
Fauna
Lake Nakuru National Park is home to millions of flamingos, numbers that
have been noted as representing one of the greatest ornithological spectacles
on earth. Lake Nakuru is home to globally important congregations of Greater
Flamingo, Lesser Flamingo, Black-necked Grebe, Little Grebe, Great White
Pelican, Yellow-billed Stork, African Spoonbill; Black winged Stilt, Grey-headed
Gull and Gull-billed Tern. Globally threatened species include Lesser Flamingo,
Madagascar Pond Heron, Lesser Kestrel, Grey-crested Helmet-shrike, Grey-
crowned Crane, Martial Eagle, Egyptian Vulture and Bateleur. In addition to
other resident bird species, the lake also serves as a critical wintering and
stopover site for other migratory birds.
Lake Nakuru National Park is home to globally-threatened White rhino
(Ceratotherium simum) and Black rhino (Diceros bicornis). The site is a
sanctuary for a total of 125 rhinos making it one of the largest concentrations
of Rhino in the region. There exists a significant resident population of the
charismatic Rothschild giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildi). The rare
Large-eared Leaf-nosed bat Hipposideros megalotis is resident. There is also a
high concentration of large mammal carnivore and herbivore species in the
park. These include Lion (Panthera leo) and Leopard (Panthera pardus) and a
small number of Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus, Bohor Reedbuck (Redunca redunca)
Defassa Waterbuck (Kobus ellipsiprymnus), Bushbuck (Tragelaphus scriptus),
Spotted Hyena (Crocuta crocuta), and African Buffalo (Syncerus caffer). The lake
was designated as Kenya’s first Ramsar site on 5th June 1990.
2. a.3 Lake Bogoria Abiotic conditions
Lake Bogoria, the deepest of the three lakes is a narrow, alkaline lake on the
Great Rift Valley floor. It is 17 km long, has a maximum width of 4 km and a
maximum depth of 14 metres. The lake is bordered by the Siracho escarpment
to the east while on the relatively flat western shore is a series of spectacular
40
hot springs and geysers. The lake covers an area of 3,800 ha and combined
with the reserve, covers an area of 10,700 hectares. The lake’s catchment area
covers 93,000 hectares.
Lake Bogoria is famous for its spectacular and extraordinary hot springs,
geysers, baths from the natural spas and the rugged faulted landscape. Its
surface recharge is from Sandai-Waseges, Loboi and Emsos River. There are
however other minor perennial springs that discharge fresh water into the lake.
The hot springs and geysers found on the shores supplement water recharge
for the lake. The lake’s level fluctuates between 11 and 14 metres. The
electrical conductivity ranges between 45,000-85,000 µScm-1, while the pH
range is between 9.8 and 10.6.
Flora
Although hyper-saline, the lake is highly productive with high concentration of
a cyanophyte (Arthrospira fusiformis) from which the Lesser Flamingoes feed;
few other micro-organisms including extremophile inhabit the lake.
Biodiversity inventories have identified 210 plant species belonging to 53 plant
families in the reserve and neighbouring wetlands. Amongst these, are 38
species of Graminae and 15 of Acanthaceae. These species are distributed in
six broad vegetation types in the Lake National Reserve which includes,
riverine forest, wooded bush-land, bushed thicket, wooded grassland, and
swamps. These are further described into ten vegetation communities on the
basis of dominance. Dominant grasses include; Sporobolus ioclados,
Dactyolectenium aegyptium, Chlonis virgata and Dagitaria velutina. Shrubs
include: Grewia tenax, G. bicolor, Acalypha fruticosa and Acacia mellifera. The
most dominant tree species is Acacia tortilis. Other community types include
mixtures of Balanites aegyptica, Combretum spp, Ficus spp, and Terminalia spp.
Evergreen and semi deciduous bush land cover large areas along the stream
valley. The distribution of the vegetation types strongly correlates to
combinations of factors such as topography, elevation, drainage systems,
edaphic and soil moisture content.
41
Fauna
The lake and its terrestrial habitat are rich in a diversity of wildlife species. In
terms of avifauna, over 373 species of birds have been recorded including over
50 migratory species. It is a key feeding ground for the Near-Threatened Lesser
Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor), and spectacular populations of as many as 2
million have been recorded. Lake Bogoria also at times supports the highest
population of Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber) in the entire Great Rift
Valley alkaline lakes. Other congregatory species is the Black-necked Grebe.
The lake shore configuration and fresh water points provide suitable
environment for these avian assemblages. In addition, the zoogeographical
location of the reserve between the Ethiopian and the Maasai zoo-regions
contributes to the region’s high species diversity. Globally threatened species
found at the lake and its terrestrial land include Pallid Harrier (Near-
Threatened), Maccoa Duck (Near Threatened), White-headed Vulture(
Vulnerable), Grey-crowned Crane (Vulnerable), Martial Eagle (Near
Threatened), Egyptian Vulture (Endangered) and Lesser Kestrel (Vulnerable).
The reserve has thus been designated as an Important Bird Area (IBA) by
BirdLife International and was designated a Ramsar Site on 27th August 2001.
42
Figure 7 Lesser flamingo feeding in Lake Bogoria
Figure 8: One of the gushing geysers at Lake Bogoria
43
Figure 9: A panoramic view from the Flamingo View point of part of Lake Bogoria also showing hot springs and geysers in the foreground
The area is rich in wildlife species characterized by high diversity at low
densities. Animals found in the area include the Greater Kudu (Tragelaphus
strepsiceros), Impala (Aepyceros melampus), Bat-eared fox (Otocyon megalotis),
Grant’s gazelle (Nanger granti), Dikdik (Rhynchotragus kirkii.), Klipspringer
(Oreotragus oreotragus), Blue Duiker (Philantomba monticola), Yellow backed
duiker (Cephalophus silvicultor), Olive Baboon (Papio anubis), Patas Monkey
(Erythrocebus patas), Aardvark (Orycteropeus afer), Common Waterbuck (Kobus
ellipsiprymnus), Leopard (Panthera pardus), Warthog (Phacochoerus africanus)
among others (See Appendix 1 for a mammal checklist for Lake Bogoria). Lake
Bogoria hosts a large number of the Greater Kudu (Tragelaphus strepsiceros),
one of the large members of the spiral-horned antelope family. At a global level
the species is confined within East, Central and Southern Africa with a total
44
population of c. 482,000. 15% of this population is found in protected areas,
Lake Bogoria National Reserve being one of them.
2.b i. History and Development The Great Rift Valley is an intercontinental-scale tectonic structure that is
7,000 kilometers long extending from the Levantine Rift in the Middle East
through the Red Sea and Eastern Africa to Mozambique and Namibia in
Southern Africa. The present day general architecture of the East Africa Rift
System (EARS) is made of a series of relatively narrow (40-70 km-wide) faulted
troughs that are distributed in two distinct branches, Eastern and Western
(Albertine), all over a length of more than 4,000 kilometers. These troughs are
generally half-grabens bounded by major high angles boundary faults on one
side and a faulted flexural margin on the other. The rift floor is underlain by
flood basalts (Miocene), phonolites (Pleistocene), trachytes (Quarternary),
volcaniclastics, Quaternary deposits, and their weathering products (McCall,
1967), while the boundary faults generate spectacular geomorphological
structures as a result of the steep, very large and several kilometers long
escarpments. The tectonically controlled morphological barriers, coupled with
volcanic dams related to mainly basaltic outpourings on the Rift floor, have led
to the development, through geological time, of more than 35 tectonic lakes
that occupy these faulted depressions/troughs (Tiercelin and Lezzar, 2002).
Prior to the evolution of the EARS which begun in the Eocene, about 45 Ma
(million years) ago, the East African region was a lowland area. Volcanic
outpouring preceded initial and major faulting, both processes beginning
earlier in Ethiopia (volcanism at ~45 Ma and faulting at ~30 Ma) and then in
Kenya (volcanism and faulting from ~30 Ma) (Davidson and Rex, 1980; Ebinger
et al., 1993). The EARS lakes have been formed as a result of combination of
interacting forcing factors such as major rifting processes (faulting and volcanic
activities).
45
Figure 10: Evolution of the lake basins of the East African Rift System from 2Ma to present (Source: Tiercelin and Lezzar, 2002)
Much of the history of eastern Africa is set in the context of major tectonic
and/or volcanic events between 2 and 0.5 Ma, creating new lake basins, or
bringing basins formed during Mio-Pliocene times to their final morphology
(Tiercelin, 2002). Present-day lakes such as Lakes Baringo, Bogoria, Nakuru,
Elementaita and Naivasha are the remnants of largest lake domains developed
during Lower-Middle Pleistocene times and represented by rare sedimentary
deposits sometimes uplifted or down-faulted along the inner trough margins
(Richardson, 1966; Richardson, 1972; Tiercelin, 2002). In addition to the
palaeolake sediments accumulated by the evolving lake basins, there are also
synsedimentary volcaniclastic, alluvial and other types of deposits that contain
46
or archive important palaeoanthropological and palaeoecological fossils and
artefacts. For example, the Chemeron Formation, which is close to Lake
Bogoria, has forty one documented fossil vertebrate localities, including three
hominin sites (Bishop et al., 1971; Bishop and Pickford, 1975; Pickford,
1975a,b, 1978; Hill, 1985, 1994, 1995; Hill et al., 1985, 1992, 2002, 2003;
Kingston et al., 2002; Hill et al., 2002; Hill and Ward, 1988; Senut et al., 2001;
Sherwood et al., 2002; Ward et al., 1999).
The palaeoclimate and paleoenvironmental history of the area from 3Ma to
present has been reconstructed from the sedimentary record (Figure 10).
Tectonic uplift and downwarping associated with rifting, erosion and
sedimentation resulted in significant landscape changes over time that varied
the climate of the area from 2Ma to present. These changes were superimposed
over orbitally forced climate changes that are driven primarily by the
precession cycles of 23,000 years in eastern Africa (Trauth et al., 2001) and its
higher precessional harmonics (Olago et al., 2000; Olago et al., 2007), primarily
effecting major changes in precipitation and hydrology of lakes. The effect of
these changes from 3Ma to present, in a nutshell, was a gradual change in the
vegetation of the region changed gradually from woodland to grassland, against
a backdrop of an aridifying trend, with impacts on fauna and aquatic
ecosystems.
47
Figure 11: Climate and vegetation change from 3Ma to present as reconstructed from palaeolake beds and palaeosols of the East African Rift Valley System (Source: Gasse
2005, Cerling 1992 and Hay 1988, Trauth et al 2005)
2 b ii. Evolution of the East African Great Rift Valley System The Central Kenya Rift contains small soda lakes such as Nakuru, Elementaita
and Bogoria, freshwater lake Naivasha, and the partly (spatially) freshwater
lake Baringo. The lakes are recharged by rainfall, perennial and/or ephemeral
streams, unchannelled runoff and, in the case of Lake Bogoria, hot springs
(Renaut and Tiercelin, 1994). Other controls on Lake Hydrology are
temperature (evaporation), tectonically controlled morphological and volcanic
barriers, faults, and local water-table variations. Much of the area relies on
groundwater for human and industrial use, though there are widespread
quality issues particularly in relation to fluoride. However, the waters of the
Central Kenya Rift are of the Na-HCO3-Cl type, with the lakes being the most
highly mineralised and alkaline, and rivers the least; the largest variability in
chemical profile is seen in the rivers (some with dominant Mg rather than Na)
(Olago et al., 2009). The hydrochemical facies that are exhibited are a function
48
of: P/E, solution kinetics, groundwater flow patterns, and lithology. The Na/Cl
ratios suggest that the river and lake waters resemble each other in terms of
water source, and that the evolution of lake waters occurs principally by
evaporation. The groundwater enrichment in Na, F, and SO4 is through
leaching of soda-rich volcanic rocks and pyroclastics.
Table 5: Features of the lake Basins of the Central Kenya Rift (Modified from Olago et al., 2009)
Lake Basin
Altitude (m)
Basin area (km2)
aLake area (km2)
pH aDepth (m)
Land Use bPopulation Density
(km-2)
Elementaita
1776 590 20 9.00-10.00
Max: 1.2
Mean: 0.9
Ranching Low
Nakuru 1800
1760 45 10.49 Max: 2.8
Mean: 2.3
Town, farmland
222
Bogoria 960 1110 34 10.30-10.70
Max: 10.0
Mean: 5.4
pastoralism
Low
a) Lake area and depth is highly variable both seasonally and interannually; Max and Mean values based on various time slices (Melack, 1976; World Lakes Database; Millbrink, 1977; Aloo, P.A., 2002; ILEC, 2005). b) ILEC, 2005; Low (<100 km-2), Medium (<100-200 /km-2).
Lake Elementaita Lake Elementaita lies on the floor of the Rift Valley at 1,776 m above sea level
in central part of Kenya, some 20 km south-east of Nakuru Town. Highlands in
its 630 km² basin of internal drainage reach 2,668 m above sea level. The
shallow lake has an area of 2,000 ha and ranges in maximum depth from 0.9
to 1.5 m. At its southern end is Kikopey Hot Springs that together with two
small streams, the Mereroni and Kariandusi, flowing from the eastern plateau,
feed the lake. The surrounding landscape is characterized by dramatic rocky
faults, volcanic outcrops and cones, including what is commonly referred to as
Delamere’s Nose. To the east, the lake is flanked by small-scale agricultural
49
holdings, while large ranches surround the remainder of the lake. Lake
Elementaita receives some water input from regional water tables (McCall,
1967), and more recent studies indicate that water balance, hydrogeological
and stable isotope considerations all favour a considerable distribution of
Naivasha water to the recharge of Lake Elementaita (Becht et al., 2005b). The
groundwater potential around this area appears to be low.
Lake Nakuru The lake’s catchment is bounded by Menengai Crater to the north, Bahati-
Dundori Hills to the northeast, Eburru Crater to the south, and the Mau
Escarpment to the west. The main sources of water for Lake Nakuru are the
Njoro River, Makalia River, and Nderit River. Underground recharge is also
present as evidenced by the presence of the Baharini Springs on the Eastern
shores. The lake undergoes major lake fluctuations, sometimes drying up
completely. The bulk of the groundwater in Nakuru area flows in linear fissure
zones linking gently dipping, perched water tables in an open system that
extends under Lake Nakuru’s salt-impregnated clay pan.
Lake Bogoria Lake Bogoria is a perennial, saline-alkaline, meromictic lake that lies in a
narrow, strongly asymmetric north-south trending half-graben in the
seismically active, semi-arid central Kenya Rift. It is the northernmost of the
three lakes with a core nominated area of 10,800 hectares. The lake consists of
three sub-basins: north, central and south, respectively (Renaut and Tiercelin,
1994). The Waseges River (termed Sandai River in its lower course) drains 70%
of the catchment and is the main affluent, discharging into the lake at the
Sandai Delta in the northern part (Renaut and Tiercelin, 1994).
Four types of aquifers are found in the Baringo-Bogoria drainage area, namely:
fractured and fissured rocks, weathered volcanic rocks, fractured and
weathered volcanic rocks, and sediments of either lacustrine or volcanic origin
(McCall, 1967; Kuria and Woldai, 2008, in press). The lake is linked to the
50
subsurface groundwater network that connects with Lakes Naivasha,
Elementaita and Nakuru, all defined by the presence of springs or geysers.
Climate and features
As a consequence of the twice-yearly passage of the Inter Tropical Convergence
Zone (ITCZ), this area experiences two rainfall seasons (March to May and
October to November). The main causes of inter-annual variability in eastern
Africa appear to be fluctuations in sea-surface temperatures in the tropical
Atlantic and Indian Oceans, which in turn are loosely coupled to ENSO (Ogallo,
1989; Nicholson, 1996). In general, there is a decrease of rainfall from the rift
shoulder escarpments (1000 to 1400 mm per annum, p.a.) into the rift floor
(<700mm p.a.) and from the highest part in the rift floor at Menengai to the
south and north. In the Lake Baringo basin, El Niño events appear to result in
5–7 year cycles of rainfall variability (Ashley et al., 2004) that bring about lake-
level fluctuations of one to 3 m (Owen et al., 2008).
Table 6: A comparison of selected climatic variables of the three lakes
Basin Name Precipitation (mm)
Mean Annual Temperature (°C)
Mean Annual Evaporation (mm)
References
Lake Bogoria Basin
450 (lowlands) to 2700 (highlands)
24 (lowlands) to 10 (highlands)
2300 (lowlands) to 1200 (highlands)
Sombroek et al., 1982
Lake Nakuru Basin
600 (lowlands)
2200 (highlands)
24 (lowlands)
12(highlands)
1500 Bennun & Njoroge 1999
Lake Elementaita Basin
600 average 24 1450 Bennun & Njoroge 1999
51
2 c. Significance of the geological development of the Eastern Rift Valley System (EARS) to the existing avian habitat
The geological features of the EARS present today have been forming since
rifting and volcanism, uplifting and downwarping, begun 45 Million years ago
(Ma), culminating in the present topographical configuration of the still
tectonically active rift. The resulting features (lakes, mountains, rivers, cliffs,
deserts and plains) have resulted in diverse habitats within which a variety of
species are found, thereby making the Kenya Rift Valley lakes important sites
for biodiversity conservation.
The Great Rift Valley System is the most important route of the Africa-Eurasia
flyway system. An estimated 5,000,000,000 birds travel 7-8,000 km from
northern breeding grounds to African wintering grounds. The system is thus
known for being the largest bird migration route on earth with the billions of
migratory birds using it as a flyway every year.
Migration is a complex pattern of movement but critical sites identifiable within
each flyway where most of these species either make stopovers or winter
feeding grounds are known. Over 1.2 million birds of prey and 300,000 storks
migrate along this corridor between their breeding grounds in Europe and West
Asia and wintering areas in Africa each year. The Great Rift Valley is a
renowned flyway hosting huge flocks of soaring birds, numbering about 52
species, an estimated 189 water bird species (wader, waterfowl and flamingos)
and 193 land bird species (comprising of passerines and non-passerines).
The Great Rift Valley provides ideal conditions for soaring birds due to its
geomorphological structure and close proximity to large water bodies (including
the Mediterranean and Red Sea). The Great Rift Valley and the adjacent land
features provide a steep elevational gradient, with a range between 1000m to
over 5000m at Mount Kilimanjaro, which creates adiabatic warming of the air
and combines with the sea breeze that is displaced upward as it hits the
bordering mountain ranges. The rising air currents aids the soaring birds in
52
gliding over long distances using minimum wing beats, hence conserving
energy while flying. This has made the flyway the most important route of the
Africa-Eurasia flyway system being the largest bird migration route on earth, a
phenomenon of un-matched proportion.
History of Conservation of Lake Nakuru: Initially, the area that is presently Lake Nakuru National Park was more of an
open grazing land frequented by the Maasai pastoralists. However long before
that, like the area between Naivasha and Nakuru basin, there were Neolithic
pastoralists dating over three thousand years followed by iron -age groups.
Thus numerous archaeological sites abound in this area and around Lake
Nakuru itself there are numerous sites including, Hyrax Hill Prehistoric Site
that has evidence of pastoral Neolithic as well as iron using communities from
three thousand years ago.
In the 19th century with colonization of Kenya and the settlement of settlers of
European origins, the area around the lake became private farmland. These
were mostly wheat growing large scale farming that were common in the Rift
Valley Region of Kenya at the time referred to as the White Highlands.
Consequently, the area that is presently Lake Nakuru National Park was
private farmland. The southern end of Lake Nakuru was designated a bird
sanctuary under the management of the Kenya Royal National Parks in 1961.
In 1964, the bird sanctuary was extended to cover the whole lake and a small
strip of land around it with an area of 4,200 ha. The whole area of the lake and
the surrounding shore covering 6,000 ha was officially gazetted as a National
Park in 1968.
There subsequent expansion of the area to the south of the lake in 1974
increased the park area to 18,800 ha. In 1987, Lake Nakuru National Park was
established as Kenya’s first rhinoceros sanctuary. On 5th June 1990, Lake
Nakuru National Park was designated Kenya’s first Ramsar Site or a Wetland of
International Importance. It has also been designated as an Important Bird
Area (IBAs are sites of international significance for the conservation of birds)
53
by BirdLife International. A ten-year management plan (2000-2012) is being
implemented to manage the lake by the Kenya Wildlife Service, the government
body corporate mandated by law to manage all national parks. The lake is
popular with both local as well as international tourists. More so it is a prime
research are for those interested in bird and bird migration, biodiversity of
nature as well as school groups who use it as a research venue.
History of the Conservation of Lake Bogoria Lake Bogoria is located north of Lake Nakuru and was gazetted as a wildlife
protection area vides legal notice number 270 of 01/11/1970. It is therefore
one of the early protected areas in the country. It was declared a national
reserve due its rich biodiversity, scenic beauty and for its hydrological features
that includes hot springs and geysers of a type and magnitude found nowhere
else in the African continent.
The area around the lake has a long history and is associated with prehistoric
people who worked, used and possibly traded in obsidian. This is evidenced by
the numerous surface scatter of obsidian microliths found in different parts of
the park. Subsequently, these must have been replaced by the pastoral
Neolithic group in the region and responsible for what has commonly become
known as the Sirikwa culture, also found around Naivasha- Nakuru - Eldoret
region of the Great Rift (Gregory) Valley, including the Hyrax Hill Prehistoric
Site mentioned above.
In the latter periods, the site became associated with the Kalenjin group of
Tugen, who are pastoralists but also plant crops and who today inhabit the
area around the park. In the period of European exploration beginning in the
late nineteenth century, the lake was seen by Bishop Hannington from England
of which it was named after as the first white-man to see it. The name was
however changed at independence to Lake Bogoria as per the Kenya
government’s commitment to indigenization of place names. The lake remained
a popular place with those interested in biodiversity, especially bird studies as
well as those visitors interested in the healing powers of the hot springs and
54
geysers. It is therefore not uncommon to find people around the geysers
steaming themselves. Its ultimate value however has remained as a park of
great biodiversity and ongoing geologic occurrences.
It was designated Kenya’s third Ramsar Site on 27th August 2001. A 5 year
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012) is being implemented jointly by two
local authorities, Baringo and Koibatek County Councils. It has also been
designated as an Important Bird Area by BirdLife International.
History of the Conservation of Lake Elementaita The area of Elementaita is a continuation of the Lake Nakuru Basin, Sharing
the same history. However the basin has one of the oldest archeological sites
belong to the Oldowan period with stone tools dating to 700,000 years ago
found at the site of Kariandusi. The same basin (Nakuru-Elementaita) was also
at one time occupied by people who worked and traded in Obsidian dating to
over 3000 years ago as evidenced by the Obsidian mines at the Eburru
mountains. Subsequently the region was occupied by pastoral Neolithic and
subsequently by the Maasai pastoral community who called it “Elmenteita”
During the colonial occupation, the whole area between Elementaita and
Naivasha was taken over and used for ranching by Lord Delamere one of the
pioneer white settlers in the country. It served both domestic cattle as well as
wild animals.
The area around Lake Elementaita was designated an Important Bird Area
(IBA), a site of global significance for bird and biodiversity conservation, in
1999. The lake was designated a Ramsar site (wetland of international
importance) on 5th September 2005. Lake Elementaita has been gazetted as a
National Wildlife Sanctuary vide boundary plan number 216/67 and legal
notice number 05/2010.
3. Justification for inscription
55
The Kenya Lakes System (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria) are located within
the EARS which is a continental-scale tectonic structure that has evolved
through earth history to the present scenic and architectural beauty of the
geomorphological features. It is characterized by steep fault scarps, deep
gorges, step-faulted blocks, cinder cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and
graben structures, ramp, box faults, gushing geysers and hot springs.
The extensive rift system running north-south with several lakes has
established migratory habitats. The three lakes are hydrologically and
hydrogeologically connected as opposed to most other lakes worldwide, and are
essential to the hydrological cycle that contributes to geothermal energy.
Heated geothermal waters contribute to the lake waters and result in very
unique aquatic habitats that support unique assemblages of planktonic and
benthic flora and fauna.
The East African Rift Valley System (EARS) is characterized by scenic beauty of
the geomorphology: steep fault scarps, deep gorges, step-faulted blocks, cinder
cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and graben structures, ramp and box
faults and hot springs. Lake Bogoria has the highest concentration of geysers
in Africa.
The EARS acts as sedimentary traps vital for preservation and conservation of
fossils and it provides a rich natural archive for palaeoanthropology (hominin
and other faunal materials and artefacts) and palaeoecological study that has
only begun to be explored.
Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria are part of a system of lakes in the
Eastern Rift Valley System that have a unique volcanic landscape, and share
common geological history, hydrological processes and associated ecological
features.
These factors and associated features combine to create diverse habitats and
opportunities for conservation of globally significant biodiversity. The
56
biodiversity includes diverse fauna and flora that is endemic, congregatory,
range-restricted, biome-restricted and globally threatened.
Bird Conservation
Congregations:
The proposed Kenya Lakes System property sustains 75% of the globally
significant threatened population of the Near-threatened Lesser Flamingo
(Phoeniconaias minor). This is exceeds the 1% global threshold for
congregations. This makes the Kenya Lakes System a critical site for the
conservation of Lesser Flamingos in the world. The lakes also host globally
significant populations of 11 congregatory waterbird species that meet or
exceed the 1% global thresholds. These globally significant congregations of
birds constitute a world heritage and therefore require international
cooperation in conservation. Lake Elementaita, one of the sites within the
Kenya Lakes System supports one of the major breeding colonies of the Great
White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocrotalus) in the world.
Globally threatened bird species:
The network of sites support 11 globally threatened bird species and 8
Regionally-threatened bird species (Table 4). The presence of these species
requires strategic international cooperation for effective monitoring,
management and conservation.
African-Eurasian Migratory flyway
The network of sites serves as stop-over, wintering and summering sites for
millions of over 100 species of migratory waterbirds, soaring birds and other
terrestrial bird species that use the Great Rift Valley flyway. The migratory
birds originate from Europe and northern Asia as well as other parts of Africa.
International cooperation
The presence of these migratory birds provides a unique opportunity for the
protection and long-term monitoring of population changes in relation to
changes in local habitat conditions and effects of global climate change. It also
57
offers a unique opportunity for north-south cooperation and collaborative
management within the framework of African-Eurasian Waterbird Agreement,
which is one of the agreements under the Bonn Convention (Convention on
Migratory Species), as well as other Multilateral Environmental Agreements.
Mammals and other species
The network of the proposed Kenya Lakes System constitutes the most
significant natural habitats for in-situ conservation of globally and regionally
threatened mammal species. These include the Critically Endangered Black
Rhino Diceros bicornis and Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum,
the Endangered African Wild Dog, Lycaon pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera
leo, the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx jubatus and the Near-threatened
Leopard, Panthera pardus. The terrestrial habitat of one of the sites, Lake
Elementaita supports the endemic Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii).
Wetlands of national, regional and international recognition
The three sites are protected under the Kenyan national legislation as
biodiversity conservation areas. They have also been designated as Important
Bird Areas by BirdLife International and also constitute wetlands of regional
and international significance as recognized under the Ramsar Convention.
3. (a)Criteria under which inscription is proposed
Criteria met vii ix and x
Criterion vii
The Kenya Lakes System combines geological and biological processes of
exceptional natural beauty that is un-matched anywhere else. The birds that
congregate in millions on the shores of the lake with their pink flamingo colour
and with the backdrop of faulted scarps, hot springs and geysers are a
combination of what can only be described as phenomenal described by a
famous ornithologist Sir Peter Scott as “A sight of incredible beauty and
58
interest and there can be no more remarkable ornithological spectacle in the
world”; and the abundant terrestrial plants and animal species that abound
with the animals roaming the adjacent grounds provide a natural setting of
superlative natural phenomenon.
Criterion ix:
The three lakes are outstanding examples representing ongoing ecological and
biological processes in the evolution and development of saline lake ecosystems
and communities of plants and animals.
Bird migration phenomenon is a historical, biological and ecological process
that are represent adaptation of birds to seasonal changes in the environment
as well as breeding cycles. The systematic annual and seasonal migration
processes provide us with an evolutionary window to understand the evolution
of adaptations by species for survival under extreme and variable
environments. The East African flamingo populations have been observed to fly
within the Rift valley lakes in Kenya and Tanzania breeding and foraging.
Breeding attempts by the Lesser Flamingos have been recorded in the three
lakes although they are known to breed in Lake Natron in Tanzania.
There is frequent movement of flamingos between the Kenya Lakes System.
Figure 6 shows the movements of four individual Lesser Flamingos that were
fitted with satellite transmitters in Lake Bogoria and tracked between October
2002 and July 2003. The figure illustrates the flamingo movement between the
three lakes and beyond.
59
Figure 12: Movements of four of seven individual Lesser Flamingos (named Safari, Imara, and Bendera) that were affixed with satellite in L. Bogoria and tracked between October 2002 and July 2003 (Source: Childress et al 2004).
60
The lakes are rich in birdlife with 373, 400 and 450 species recorded for lakes
Bogoria, Elementaita and Nakuru respectively. Lake Elementaita is a key
breeding site of the Great White Pelican population. Up to 8,000 pairs of Great
White Pelican have bred there when the water levels are high and the rocky
outcrops in the eastern sector are flooded to form islets on which the birds can
safely nest.
Criterion x:
The Kenya Lakes System constitute most important and significant natural
habitats for in-situ conservation of biological diversity including globally and
regionally threatened species of outstanding universal value from the point of
view of science and conservation.
The proposed Kenya Lakes System Property is a key feeding ground for the
itinerant Rift Valley congregations of the Near-threatened Lesser Flamingo
(Phoeniconaias minor). It sustains 75% of the globally threatened Lesser
Flamingo population. Spectacular congregations estimated at between 1.5 and
2 million Lesser Flamingos occur at times, together with several hundred
thousand of other congregatory waterbird species.
The sites support thousands of large congregations of Palaearctic migrants that
winter or stop over in Kenya. Over 100 migratory species use the lakes system
during their annual complex pattern of movement between Europe, northern
Asia and Africa. Therefore, the property is a key habitat in the Eastern Rift
Valley migratory flyway and in recognition of this critical role they play, the
respective lakes have been designated as Important Bird Areas by BirdLife
International.
Globally threatened bird species found within the Kenya Lakes System include,
the Lesser flamingo (Near-threatened), Lesser Kestrel, Falco naumanni
(Vulnerable), Pallid Harrier, Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened), Maccoa Duck
Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened), White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis
(Vulnerable), and Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened), the
vagrant Greater Spotted Eagle, Aquila clanga (Vulnerable), the Grey-crested
Helmet-shrike, Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened), Jackson’s Widowbird,
61
Euplectes jacksoni (Near-threatened), Madagascar Pond Heron, Ardeola
ralloides (Endangered) and the Grey-crowned Crane, Balearica regulorum
(Vulnerable). Over 450 species of birds have been recorded at the proposed
Kenya Lakes System Property.
The presence of diverse aquatic communities of microflora including Spirulina
platensis and Arthrospira fusiformis provide stable food base for the Lesser
Flamingo population. They are an important component of the food chain and
the overall ecology of the East African alkaline lakes system. The extremophile
bacteria found within the Kenya Lakes System has immense potential for the
development of pharmaceutical products among other products needed for
socio-economic development.
The terrestrial zone supports significant populations of threatened mammal
species. These include the Black Rhino Diceros bicornis (Critically Endangered),
and White Rhino Ceratotherium simum (Near-threatened), the African Wild dog,
Lycaon pictus (Endangered), Lion, Panthera leo (Vulnerable), Cheetah, Acinonyx
jubatus (Vulnerable) and Leopard, Panthera pardus (Near-threatened). The
Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii), which is endemic to the central Rift
Valley is found within the Lake Elementaita terrestrial habitat.
The globally important concentrations of residents and migratory bird species,
the presence of globally threatened and endemic species is a clear indication of
the international significance of the proposed Kenya Lakes System property.
These concentrations of waterbirds and the presence of globally threatened
species contribute to the scenic beauty of the landscape, unmatched anywhere
else.
3. (b) Proposed Statement of Outstanding Universal Value
The Kenya Lakes System is found within the Great Rift Valley which is the
largest single geological land form in the world. It is an unmatched
representation of the bio-physical development which involved tectonic
activities that interplayed with hydrological regimes. These subsequently
resulted in basins that were later filled with water to form lakes that are now
62
habitat for the most diverse and spectacular avifaunal assemblages in the
world. Over 5, 000,000,000 birds use the lakes as migratory passage, stop over
or wintering sites during their annual cycles. The lakes’ terrestrial zones have
also evolved to be safe havens for mammals and other bird species that are
globally threatened.
The Kenya Lakes System is the single most important foraging site for the
Lesser Flamingo in the world which ranges from 1.5million to 2 million
individuals, a feature described by a famous ornithologist, Sir Peter Scott as an
ornithological spectacle found nowhere else on earth. The black lava islands of
Lake Elementaita provide the only suitable nesting and breeding grounds for
the Great White Pelicans in the Great Rift Valley (Diagana & Dodman 2006).
These habitats support significant populations of threatened mammals and
bird species, such the Black Rhino, White Rhino, African Wild dog, Lion,
Cheetah and Leopard. Threatened birds include, the Lesser Flamingo, Lesser
Kestrel, the Great Spotted Eagle, the Red-throated tit, the Grey- crested
Helmet-shrike, Jacksons widow bird, Madagascar Squacco Heron.
The Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria’s basins continue to experience
significant geological activities evidenced by geysers and hot springs.
Subsurface water connects the three lakes in which case dissolved minerals
which are beneficial to the eco-system have created the similar habitat types
that water fowl has found niches.
The Kenya Lakes System is well managed by government authorities who co-
operate with the local authorities and communities for assurance of
sustainability. They benefit from the highest level of legal protection as they are
gazzetted National Conservation Areas, with updated management plans being
implemented. It is for this reason that the congregations of birds, abundance of
terrestrial globally threatened mammal species and the other flora and fauna
within the protected areas have remained in relatively undisturbed state.
3. (c) Comparative analysis (including state of conservation of similar properties)
63
Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria are alkaline and are among the world's
most productive natural ecosystems with a large diversity of bird species
occurring in congregations. Globally, there are five species of flamingo namely;
Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor), Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus
ruber), Chilean Flamingo (Phoenicopterus chilensis), Andean Flamingo
(Phoenicopterus andinus) and James Flamingo (Phoenicopterus jamesi). The
total global population of the latter four species numbers no more than half a
million birds (IUCN 1997). In comparison, the total global population of the
Lesser Flamingo species alone ranges from 2,220,000 to 3,240,000 (BirdLife
International 2009). The Lesser Flamingo is a flagship species because of its
colour, size, and numbers. It has become a symbol of the sodic and saline
wetlands of Eastern Africa and is considered an indicator of wetlands health.
The largest population within the Kenya Lakes System ranges from 1.5 to 2.5
million individuals. Flamingos exist elsewhere in Africa (Ethiopia, Namibia,
South Africa, Botswana and Uganda) but in nowhere near the concentrations
found within the Kenya Lakes System, with the exception of Lake Natron in
Tanzania during the breeding season.
Monarch Butterfly Biosphere Reserve World Heritage Site, Mexico
The Monarch Butterfly Biosphere Reserve World Heritage was inscribed under
criteria vii on the basis of its ability to protect key overwintering sites for the
monarch butterfly. Just as the overwintering concentration of butterflies at the
Monarch Butterfly Reserve is a superlative natural phenomenon, equally, the
huge concentrations of waterbirds both wintering waterbirds and the itinerant
Lesser Flamingo and other resident bird species represents a unique
phenomenon and a spectacle at the Kenya Lakes System. Most of these
migrants return to the Kenya Lakes System annually just as the millions of
monarch butterflies return to the property every year. The butterflies bend tree
branches by their weight, fill the sky when they take flight, and make a sound
like light rain with the beating of their wings. At the Kenya Lakes System,
waterbirds fill the lakes, their pink colouration, the hooting and snorting sound
produced by the birds and flight formation during take off adds to the beauty.
64
Witnessing these represents a unique phenomenon of exceptional experience of
nature. The Kenya Lakes System is also different from the Monarch Butterfly
Biosphere Reserve in that the former has unique geologic features and
formations such as hot springs and geysers.
Pantanal Conservation Area World Heritage Site, Brazil
Pantanal Conservation Area qualified as World Heritage Site under criteria vii,
ix and x because it representative of the Greater Pantanal region. It
demonstrates the on-going ecological and biological processes that occur in the
Pantanal. The Kenya Lakes System is part of the Great Rift Valley which is a
unique geomorphologic feature. The lakes lie at the foot the escarpments and
undulating hills and a rugged terrain makes a unique panorama and dramatic
landscape. This can be compared to the Pantanal Conservation Areas and the
association of the Amolar Mountains with the dominant freshwater wetland
ecosystems confers to the site a uniquely important ecological gradient as well
as a dramatic landscape.
The site plays a key role in the dispersion of nutrients to the entire basin and is
the most important reserve for maintaining fish stocks in the Pantanal. The
area preserves habitats representative of the Pantanal that contain a number of
globally threatened species. The area is a refuge for fauna as it is the only area
of the Pantanal that remains partially inundated during the dry season.
Equally the Kenya Lakes System is important for globally important
populations and assemblages of fauna and flora including hundreds of
thousands of migratory birds as well as other resident and itinerant
congregations.
Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary World Heritage Site, Senegal
This site was inscribed under criteria vii and x. As an endemic bird area, it
forms a living but fragile sanctuary provides a range of wetland habitats which
prove very popular with migrating birds, many of which have just crossed the
Sahara. It supports between 1.5 million and 3million water birds, is one of the
main West African sanctuaries for Palaearctic migrants. Almost 400 species of
65
birds, such as the Great White Pelican, the Purple Heron, the African
Spoonbill, the Great Egret and the Cormorants have been recorded as well as a
wide range of wildlife also inhabits the park. In terms of comparison, the
property is similar to the Kenya Lakes System in terms of hosting high
concentrations of migrants mostly migrants. The Kenya Lakes System has
however higher concentrations of the Lesser flamingos numbering only in
thousands only compared to the Kenya Lakes System which has between 1.5
and 2.5million Lesser Flamingos. In terms of breeding of globally important
waterbird populations, only 5,000 Great White Pelicans breed at Djoudj
National Bird Sanctuary. This is less than the 8,000 pairs (16,000 birds) that
have been recorded to breed at Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary, a
component of the proposed Kenya Lakes System property. Also, in terms of
bird species diversity, the combined list of birds for the Kenya Lakes System
exceeds the 450 recorded therefore being more diverse than Djoudj Bird
Sanctuary. The populations of the Great White Pelican in Europe has declined
a lot and therefore protecting sites where this species breed, winter and feed is
crucial in conserving the global population.
Greater St Lucia Wetland Park (Simangaliso Wetland Park) World Heritage
Site South Africa
The St Lucia site was inscribed onto the World Heritage List under criteria vii,
ix mainly because the site contains a combination of on-going fluvial, marine
and aeolian processes that have resulted in a variety of landforms and
ecosystems. The key features include among others a mosaic of wetlands,
grasslands, forests, lakes and savanna. The variety of morphology as well as
major flood and storm events contribute to ongoing evolutionary processes in
the area. Natural phenomena large numbers of nesting turtles on the beaches,
the migration of whales, dolphins and whale-sharks off-shore; and huge
numbers of waterfowl including large breeding colonies of pelicans, storks,
herons and terns. The Kenya Lakes System can be compared to the St. Lucia
World Heritage site because of the ongoing geologic and hydrologic processes
that have also resulted in the current landforms, a mosaic of habitat types that
account for high species diversity and natural phenomena such as the large
66
colonies of breeding Great White Pelicans. Even though the Pelicans also breed
at one of the Kenya lakes, the numbers exceed those recorded to breed at St.
Lucia. For example, a total of up to 8000 pairs nest at Lake Elementaita as
compared to only 600 pairs within the series of breeding sites in the St. Lucia
system.
Lake Malawi (Malawi) Within the Great Rift Valley is fresh water Lakes of
eastern Africa there are over 300 protected areas. A number of these centre
around alkaline endorheic lakes such as Lake Manyara National Park in
Tanzania. Existing World Heritage Site (WHS) that is found in the Rift Valley
include Lake Malawi National Park which is a fresh water lake. Lake Malawi
National Park was inscribed on the World Heritage List in 1984 on criteria vii
and x due to its natural beauty, high endemism and diversity of cichlid fish
species. Lake Malawi contains over 500 species of fish, 350 of which are
endemic cichlid species. However, the harvest of large quantities of fish has
altered the ecological balance in the lake, reducing the numbers of and species
of fish and affecting other wildlife such as birds which feed on fish (Nyambose
1997). Unlike Lake Malawi National Park World Heritage Site where fishing is
allowed, only non-intrusive activities such as tourism are allowed in the
Kenyan Lakes System.
Abiajiata-Shalla Lakes, Ethiopia
The main soda lakes in the region are the three nominated areas as well as
Magadi and Logipi in Kenya; Natron and Eyasi in Tanzania and Langano Awass
and Abijatta-Shalla in Ethiopia. Like the Kenya Lakes System, the Abijatta-
Shalla lakes are alkaline and within the Great Rift Valley. They are rich in
avifauna with over 360 species of aquatic and terrestrial birds (Kebede 1988).
However, the Kenya Lakes System has the most diverse avifauna populations
with 450 species recorded.
Uvs Nuur Basin (Mongolia/Russia). Uvs Nuur Lake which is part of Uvs Nuur
Basin World Heritage List shared by Mongolia and the Russian Federation and
inscribed under criteria ix and x is a large shallow and very alkaline lake
67
important for migrating birds, waterfowl and seabirds. The ecosystem of the
property supports a rich diversity of birds and other species of global
conservation concern. Likewise, the Kenya Lakes System comprises of saline
lakes that supports congregations of migrating birds, waterfowl and other
species of global conservation concern and therefore satisfying criteria x and ix.
Both the Kenya Lakes System and the Uvs Nuur Basin WHS are part of the
Eurasian-African Palaearctic migratory flyway. Most of these migrating birds
move from the northern hemisphere to Africa and back during migration
process. Hundreds of thousands of over 100 species are known to winter at the
Kenya Lakes System alone.
Rann of Kachchh, India
Even though there are other populations of Lesser Flamingo in Rann of
Kachchh, India (390,000 birds), Southern Africa (55,000-65,000 birds) and
West Africa (15,000-25,000 birds), these populations are comparatively too
small to match the Kenya Lakes System population. Thus, the Kenya Lakes
System is a stronghold of the global population of the Lesser Flamingo. In
terms of conservation status, the Lesser Flamingo population at the Rann of
Kachchh in India is under serious human threats. This is due to construction
of irrigation canals, chemical pollution, disturbance of breeding sites through
collection of eggs by fishermen, and collection of fledglings for zoos. In contrast,
the Kenyan population is relatively one of the best protected and monitored
and thus continues to hold the largest non-breeding congregations of the
Lesser Flamingo.
The spontaneous and unpredictable large scale movements of the Near-
threatened Lesser Flamingo, the Greater Flamingo and other waterbirds
between these lakes make their conservation a priority action. In recognition of
the biodiversity significance of the Kenya Lakes System, the constituent lakes
are designated as protected areas.
Saryarka-Steppe and lakes of Northern Kazakhstan
This is a serial property comprising of two protected areas designated under
criteria ix and x. The wetlands of Saryarka are important cross roads of Central
68
Asian migratory flyways. This is similar to the Kenya Lakes System which also
supports significant population of migratory birds including globally threatened
species such as such as the Lesser Kestrel (Vulnerable) and other migratory
species such as Eurasian Widgeon (Anas penelope), Southern Pochard (Netta
erythrophthalma) and Ruff (Philomachus pugnax) which winter at the Kenya
Lakes System. The Kenyan sites are still undergoing geological process and
have huge population numbers of birds.
Lake Baikal (Russia) The Kenya Lakes System is comparable to the uniformity
of the volcanic rocks of the Baikal rift system. Both are structurally and
petrographically similar. However, the volcanic rocks associated with the
Kenyan Rift Valley show great variety in marked contrast to the Baikal Rift
System. Both are nonetheless alkaline and typically soda-rich but two generic
series have been distinguished; one strongly alkaline and nepheline- bearing
(melanephelinite-nephelinite); the other mildly alkaline and without modal
nepheline (alkali basalt-trachybasalt-trachyte-soda rhyolite). The series show
extensive ranges in composition from melanocratic to leucocratic or basic to
acid. With increase in available chemical data the contrast between the two
series is becoming apparent and it is possible that there are a number of
intermediate trends more or less strongly alkaline in character.
In conclusion, the Kenya Lakes System of the Great Rift Valley is of
extraordinary interest from the biological, geological and aesthetic value.
Within the relatively small size (32,034ha. in total) exists one of the most
diverse and spectacular avifaunal assemblages in the world occurring in water
bodies surrounded by geological features that are endowed with awe-inspiring
viewpoints. The Kenya Lakes System is an important wintering as well as
stopover site for the migratory birds. The migratory birds move from other sites
in Europe some already inscribed on the World Heritage List. These include the
Saryarka-Steppe and lakes of Northern Kazakhstan that are part of the
African-Eurasian migratory flyway.
69
Soda lakes in the Rift Valley of eastern Africa are among the world’s most
productive natural ecosystems. A conspicuous feature of these lakes is
enormous flocks of Lesser Flamingos foraging on the thick green suspensions
of Cyanophyte Arthrospira fusiformis. In contrast to such prolific biological
activity are the harsh physical and chemical conditions of the lakes system.
The system therefore represents an important example of specialized ecological
adaption by species.
3. (d) Integrity
The Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria have remained preserved with
minimal interference from human activities. Tourist access roads do not pass
through fragile spots within the lakes. For example, in Lake Bogoria National
Reserve and Lake Nakuru National Park, zonation done was based on intensity
of use. There are areas designated as ecologically fragile (Marshes, springs, lake
shore, open lake, river mouth, breeding sites, hot springs) and habitats for rare
species where intense access and use is restricted. Other zones include Climax
Forest Vegetation and reserve administration and visitors facilities where
intensity of use is low and high respectively. In addition for the case of Lake
Nakuru there is a forth zone, Secondary vegetation where only medium level of
intensity use is allowed. Therefore tourism impact on the integrity of the two
sites is quite minimal.
Lake Elementaita also has zones that are recognized as fragile spots. There is
the open water zone where both the Lesser and Greater Flamingo forage, Hot
springs zone where the Tilapia Grahami, Alcolapia grahami breed, the Pelican
islands and Kariandusi hot springs. These zones are areas where access is
controlled (See attached management plan).
In order to maintain the integrity of the site and ensure the protection of the
fauna and flora, Lake Nakuru which is adjacent to Nakuru Town has a 70 km
perimeter electric fence. This buffers the lake from any external intrusion,
encroachment or any other human activities. Various management measures
70
are being implemented. These include a fire break, zonation and to ensure the
safety of both flora and fauna found within its terrestrial zone.
In addition, all the three lakes are gazetted as protected areas. The lakes have
as a result continued being areas rich in biodiversity and in particular birdlife
with 450 resident species recorded. The lakes’ habitats have also continued to
be key feeding grounds for the itinerant Rift Valley population of the Near-
threatened Lesser Flamingo. Spectacular congregations estimated at up to 2
million birds occur, and several hundred thousand other birds are often
present. Lake Elementaita is a major breeding site for large numbers of the
Great White Pelican. Up to 8,000 pairs of Great White Pelican breed when the
water levels are high and the rocky outcrops in the eastern sector are flooded to
form islets on which the birds can safely nest. The Great White Pelicans
frequently migrate to Lake Nakuru to feed on fish and fly back to nest at Lake
Elementaita. Lake (Elementaita) also serves as an undisturbed nesting ground
for the Greater Flamingo.
Figure 13: Congregations of the Flamingos at Lake Bogoria
71
Figure 14: The Great White Pelicans and the Flamingos in the background at Lake Nakuru
Furthermore, large numbers of palaearctic waders, soaring birds and
passerines stop-over or winter at the Kenya Lakes System during their
migration period. Therefore, the Lakes System is a key site in the Eurasian-
Africa migratory flyway. All the three lakes have been designated Important
Bird Areas (IBAs). Woodland and bushland surrounding the three lakes being
part of the Rift Valley Lakes System are rich in birdlife. As already mentioned,
over 373 species of birdlife have been recorded. The terrestrial areas also hold
diverse populations of large mammals including the Black Rhino, Buffalo,
Rothschild’s giraffe, Waterbuck, Greater Kudu, Impala, Zebra, Vervet Monkey,
Thompson Gazelle, Grant’s gazelle and, Eland.
Sound protection of the three Kenya Rift Valley Lakes has helped in
maintaining the lakes in their natural setting. Lake Elementaita is a protected
area managed by the KWS in collaboration with a local community who have
formed a group known as the Great Lake Elementaita Conservation Area
(GLECA). In addition, natural adaptation of species is a key factor in protection
of the same. For instance, the choice of location of the Lake Elementaita’s bare
islands as the key breeding spots for the Great White Pelicans is strategic in
72
the sense that the latter are naturally protected from predators as the islands
are off the shores which makes it difficult for predatory species such as jackals
and snakes to access the eggs and hatchlings.
Lake Nakuru’s area of influence (catchment) contains several conservation
areas. These are Bahati Forest, Menengai Crater, Dundori, Eburru Crater and
the Mau Escarpment Forest reserve. These conservation areas not only allow
for the protection of water sources but also species diversification and
protection. Lake Nakuru is managed by the Kenya Wildlife Service who is the
custodians of wildlife (Flora and Fauna). The park is managed along the
guidelines outlined in the Lake Nakuru Ecosystem Integrated management
plan (2002-2012).
Lake Bogoria National Reserve is jointly managed by the Baringo and Koibatek
County Councils and fully protected by national as well as the local authority
legal framework. Eighty per cent (80%) of the reserve is in Koibatek District.
Baringo and Koibatek County Councils are legally mandated management
authorities for the Lake Bogoria National Reserve. In 1996, a Joint
Management Committee, including Kenya Wildlife Service was formed to
manage the reserve. The Joint Management Committee approved the listing of
Lake Bogoria as a Ramsar Site under the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of
International Importance early in 2001. Lake Bogoria was subsequently
designated a Ramsar Site in April 2001. Its state of conservation is intact and
this is further enhanced by regular counts of water fowl, research and water
quality monitoring.
National and international mechanisms are in place for biodiversity
conservation in the three Kenya Rift Lakes. These mechanisms include:
protected area status of the three lakes that constitute the proposed property;
the designation of all the three lakes as Important Bird Areas (IBA’s); and their
designation as Ramsar Sites. Kenya has also ratified the nature-related the
African-Eurasian Water birds Agreement of the Bonn Convention (Convention
on Migratory Species), and the Convention on Biological Diversity.
4. State of conservation and factors affecting the property
73
4. (a) Present state of conservation The Kenya Lakes System consistently holds internationally important
populations of waterbirds. Since 1991 to date consistent monitoring of the
status and trends of waterbirds at key wetlands in Kenya including the Kenya
Lake System has been going on. For example, the mean of the Kenyan
population of the Lesser Flamingo (1991-2001) based on January water counts
was 140,300. In the period 1992 to 2007 the population fluctuated between
279,620 and 1,452,513 birds with a mean of 937,249 birds (Figure 9, and
figure 10 below).
Figure 15: Trends in species diversity at the three Rift Valley lakes based on January counts of 1999-2009. Data for 2005 is missing (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK)
74
Figure 16: Total number of Birds in the Kenya Lakes System from 1999-2009. Data for 2003 was missing.
Figure 17: Trends in Lesser Flamingo numbers in Kenya 1992-2007 The data is estimated using counts done in the months of January. (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK).
75
Figure 18: Trends in the population of the Lesser Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya).
Figure 19: Trends in the population of the Greater Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya)
76
Figure 20: Trends in the population of the Great White Pelican at Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya)
*Data for 2003 and 2005 is not included.
Lake Elementaita
In January 2009 a total of 150,090 Lesser Flamingo individuals were recorded
at the Kenya Lake System during the waterfowl census. Greater Flamingo
(1991-2001 January mean: 5,600) and Pied Avocet ecurvirostra avosetta (1991-
2001 January mean: 1,440). At least 29 species of Palearctic migrants have
been recorded in the lake. Globally threatened species recorded include Lesser
Kestrel Falco naumanni, which occurs on passage, and the vagrant Greater
Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga (globally vulnerable).
In January 2006, the lake had a total of 66,913 water birds of 51 species. The
dominant groups were Flamingos (49,661) followed by Plovers & Sandpipers
(7,696).
77
The Lesser Flamingo was the most abundant individual species (49,233)
followed by Little Stint Calidris minuta (6,211) and Pied Avocet Recurvirostra
avocetta (4,613).
In January 2007, a total of 46,922 water birds were recorded. These included
6,914 flamingos, 5562 grebes, 21,094 Pelicans, 7,454 palaearctic calidridinae
and 2,424 gulls among others.
In January 2008, the following palearctic migrants were recorded in the lake:
Northern Shoveller (67), Curlew Sandpiper (11), Little Stint (6,110), Ruff
(1,333), Ringed Plover (122), Common Greenshank (60), Common Sandpiper
(30), Green Sandpiper (12), Marsh Sandpiper (38), Spotted Redshank (21) and
Wood Sandpiper (19) (Ndithia and Warui, 2009).
In March 2008, 46,922 water birds of 52 species were recorded at Lake
Elementaita. Pelican was the largest group with 21,094 water birds, followed by
Flamingos having 6,914 individuals (6,091 Lesser Flamingos, 823 Greater
Flamingos). There were 5,562 Little grebes at the site and 12 Chestnut-banded
Plovers.
In January 2009, a total of 32,045 water birds consisting of 56 species were
recorded. Lesser Flamingo, Great White Pelicans and Greater Flamingo were
the most abundant species with 6325, 4,229 and 3,146 respectively being
recorded. The main palaearctic migrants included Garganey (2), curlew
sandpiper (1), little stint (1,778), ruff (1,201), ringed plover (98), common
greenshank (36), common sandpiper (25), green sandpiper (3), marsh
sandpiper (91) and wood sandpiper (60) (Ndithia et al, 2009).
Lake Nakuru
In January 2001, a total of 281,350 water birds belonging to 48 species were
counted. These included flamingos (272,690), pelicans (4,599), terns (768),
Afrotropical Charadriidae (656) and ibises and spoonbills (576). The Great
White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus occasionally visits the lake from the
78
nearby Lake Elementaita to feed. Lake Nakuru has been a key site in the
eastern Rift Valley flyway, and large numbers of Palearctic waders winter at
Nakuru or use it on passage. A total of 450 bird species have been recorded,
which include globally threatened species such as Madagascar Pond Heron
Ardeola idae (a non-breeding visitor, May to October); Lesser Kestrel Falco
naumanni (a passage migrant, relatively common in the past); and Grey-crested
Helmet-Shrike Prionops poliolophus (resident in the Acacia woodland, where it
nests). Regionally threatened species include Great Crested Grebe Podiceps
cristatus (used to occur in numbers, but no recent records), Maccoa Duck
Oxyura maccoa (no recent records), Great Egret Casmerodius albus (up to 84
recorded, numbers have declined in recent years), Martial eagle Polemaetus
bellicosus (sparse resident), African Skimmer Rynchops flavirostris (no recent
records) and Long-tailed Widowbird Euplectes progne (seasonal visitor, in long
grassland).
In July 2005, the Lake had 633,968 water birds of 50 species. These included
Flamingos (624,426) were the dominant group followed by Pelicans (5,858) and
Grebes (1,128). Lesser Flamingo (641,996) was the dominant individual species
followed by Greater Flamingo, (5,130).
In January 2006; The Lake had 1,373,480 water birds of 60 species. The
dominant group of birds was the Flamingos (1,353,330) followed by Pelicans
(12,690) and Plovers (2,228). The Lesser Flamingo (1,346,984) and Great White
Pelican (12,676) were the most abundant individual species.
In January 2007, a total of 161,896 birds of 65 species were counted. The most
dominant were Flamingos (129,105), Grebes (1995), Herons and egrets (1,177),
Stilts and avocets (4,371) and Gulls (1,732).
In January 2008, a total of 161,894 water birds of 70 species were recorded.
The most dominant species or groups of species were little grebes (1,125),
Greater Flamingo (17,741), Great Pelican (9,126), Lesser Flamingo (119,979),
Black-winged stilt (4,333), Ruff (833) and Grey-headed gulls (1,726).
79
In January 2009, a total of 126, 519 water birds were recorded consisting of 64
species. The most abundant species were Lesser Flamingos (15,340), Greater
Flamingos (2,535), Great White Pelicans (73,062), Pink-backed Pelicans (3372),
Little grebes (5,475), Northern Shoveller (3,000), Pied Avocet (2,783), Black-
winged stilt (2,087), Ruffs (2,029), Grey-headed Gulls (4,140), Gull-billed tern
(2,420). The palaearctic species in January 2009 included Northern pintail
(36), Northern Shoveller (3,000), Curlew sandpiper (1,030), Little stint (1,671),
Ruff (2,029), Ringed plover (296), Common greenshank (89), Common
sandpiper (798), Green Sandpiper (3), Marsh sandpiper (49) and Wood
sandpiper (40). The numbers are not only high but the counts are regular and
consistent.
Lake Bogoria
The bird species of global conservation concern recorded at the lake include
Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus (NT) and Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni (VU).
Regionally threatened species have also been recorded, and include Great
Crested Grebe Podiceps cristatus, African Darter Anhinga rufa; Maccoa duck
Oxyura maccoa, White-backed Duck Thalassornis leuconotus, White-headed
Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis (status uncertain); and Martial Eagle Polemaetus
bellicosus.
In January 2002, Lake Bogoria had a total of 197,128 water birds of 26
species. These included grebes (31), Afrotropical ducks and geese (57) and
pelicans (2), flamingos (196,119), Calidris sandpipers (361) and stilts and
avocets (272) being the dominant groups. The Lesser Flamingo (195,879),
black-winged stilt Himantopus himantopus (245), Greater Flamingo (240), Little
Stint (184) and Ruff (174) were the most abundant species (Diagana and
Dodman, 2006).
In January 2003, the lake had the following birds; Flamingos (83,791), calidrid
sandpipers (6,148), stilts and avocets (1,066) as dominant groups. Lesser
80
Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor (83,616) and little stint Calidris minuta (3,589)
were the most numerous species. In the same month of the year, 8 individuals
of Garganey Anas querquedula along with several species other species of
palaearctic migrants were recorded. These include, Little Stint (1,463), Ruff
(681), Ringed Plover (22) Common Sandpiper (162), Marsh Sandpiper (116) and
Wood Sandpiper (5) (Ndithia and Warui, 2008).
In January 2006, The lake had a total of 23,536 water birds of 32 species. The
dominant groups were Flamingos (15,640), followed by Plovers and Sandpipers
(4,081) and Grebes (1,608). The Lesser Flamingo (14,645) was the dominant
species.
In January 2007, the lake had 83,362 waterbirds including 69,847 flamingos,
8,727 grebes, 1,447 stilts and Avocets, 2,144 palaearctic calidridinae among
other species.
In January 2008, a total of 83,361 water birds were recorded. These included
7,943 Little grebes, 3,120 Greater flamingos, 66,727 Lesser flamingos, 1,425
Blackwinged stilts, 2,144 Palaearctic Calidridinae among other.
In January 2009, a total of 133,033 water birds consisting of 33 species were
recorded. Of these, 128,515 were Lesser flamingos, 1,402 Greater flamingos
and 1,072 Little grebes. The lake recorded Curlew Sandpiper (1), Little Stint
(382), Ruff (274), Ringed Plover (15), Common Greenshank (13), Common
Sandpiper (188), Green Sandpiper (3), Marsh Sandpiper (34) and Spotted
Redshank (3) (Ndithia et. al, 2009). A total of 128,515 Lesser flamingos were
recorded.
While the above numbers of birds when literally read, may indicate an
apparent drop in numbers, this is not the case as, research has indicated that
there is a shift in the peaks of population of the bird species recorded. Initially
the waterfowl counts were carried out in January and July however the peak
numbers of the birds are now being observed during the months of March and
September. This has been associated with changes in the weather patterns and
81
may be an indication of climate change which is a global phenomenon. The
present state of the properties show stable numbers, with changes in peak
periods that is expected due to the possible effects of climate change.
4.(b) Factors affecting the property
(i) Development pressures (e.g. encroachment, adaptation, agriculture and mining)
Subsistence farming on the eastern side of Lake Elementaita has lead to
increased siltation of the lake from soil erosion. Further, increased abstraction
of water from the Mereroni and Kariandusi streams has reduced water inflows.
There has been some destruction of the Acacia xanthophloea woodland on the
southeastern shores which has however now been controlled. Soda extraction
and sand mining on the eastern shores are limited in scale at present but may
be a serious problem in future if there was to be any commercial mining. These
negative effects are however reversible and, many are being addressed by the
Kenya government as part of a larger environmental conservation and
reduction on the effects of climate change.
Development pressures that affect the Kenya Lakes System include
degradation of land in the catchment areas due to the unsustainable
abstraction of water. Increasing areas of forest and woodland cover have been
lost to agriculture and human settlements in the catchment areas of Lake
Nakuru during the last two and a half decades. This affects the water supply to
the lake and enhances soil erosion. Small irrigation dams have also been
constructed along rivers flowing into the lake. The dams store water and
control water supply downstream. However, these are being mitigated by the
management plans of the lakes.
Availability of water is a critical issue for wildlife, livestock, agriculture and
domestic use. Abstraction of water in the upper catchment of Lake Bogoria for
irrigation and the creation of dams in the middle courses of the influent rivers
result in less water reaching the valley wetlands and the lake. Formerly there
was selective poaching of the Greater Kudu in Lake Bogoria National Reserve
82
for its horn and meat that was causing a decline in the species population, but
this has been addressed through provision of stricter security regimes. .
(ii). Environmental Pressures (e.g., pollution, climate change)
The environmental pressures threatening the Kenya Lakes System include
pollution, declining lake levels and overgrazing. In Lake Elementaita,
overgrazing by livestock on the ranch land during periods of drought,
particularly in the southeastern sector, accelerates erosion after heavy rains.
The establishment of a pole treatment yard near the lake may also affect the
ground water. However the National Environmental Management Authority
(NEMA) has been making periodic and impromptu monitoring of the
establishment to ensure that EMCA Act of the Laws of Kenya is not violated.
The Ministry of Livestock has provided mitigation measures in the Koibatek-
Baringo rangelands through the introduction of bee keeping using modern
methods as an alternative livestock. This minimises the need for over stocking
cattle that leads to overgrazing and increase in soil erosion. To encourage bee
keeping, the local Koibatek-Baringo County Councils waived off cess charges
for the honey trade.
Figure 21: Showing several bee hives coloured yellow in Koibatek District near Lake
Bogoria
83
Pollution from agricultural chemicals such as fertilizers, pesticides and
herbicides as well as industrial and domestic effluents from Nakuru Town
threaten the biodiversity of Lake Nakuru National Park. Field and laboratory
studies indicate considerable increase of chemical and organic pollutants in
the lake sediments, lake water, sewage discharges, storm water and influent
streams.
Records of lake levels dating back to 1930s show periods of minimum water
levels in Lake Nakuru or complete drying out of the lake in the years 1933,
1939, 1947, 1961, 1988 and 1996. A comprehensive time series analysis is
being carried out to establish if this drying out phase phenomenon can be
linked to climate change.
Records of lake levels dating back to 1930s show periods of minimum water
levels in Lake Nakuru or complete drying out of the lake in the years 1933,
1939, 1947, 1961, 1988 and 1996. A comprehensive time series analysis is
being carried out to establish this drying out phase phenomenon can be linked
to climate change. In Lake Elementaita, overgrazing by livestock on the ranch
land during periods of drought, particularly in the south-eastern sector,
accelerates erosion after heavy rains. The establishment of a pole treatment
yard near the lake may also affect the ground water. However the National
Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) has been making periodic and
impromptu monitoring of the establishment to ensure that EMCA Act of the
Laws of Kenya is not violated. The Nakuru Municipal Council has also
published a reference document referred to as the ‘Manual for Wastewater
Compliance Inspection 2009’ for Municipal Council of Nakuru and the
surrounding areas. The manual establishes the thresholds that any industry is
prohibited to surpass in terms of release of chemical residues in waste water. It
also establishes inspection procedures such as sample collections, selection of
pollution parameters, frequency of inspection, and reporting. This manual is
designed and used to enforce pollution regulations. The manual also provides
84
guidelines on best practices to the industrial manufacturers in their production
operations.
(iii). Natural disasters and preparedness (earthquakes, floods, fires, etc.)
In the environs of Lake Bogoria National Reserve, about 100 persons were
displaced by the El Nino induced flooding that occurred in 1997/1998. Lake
Elementaita dried up completely in 1995/1996 due to a long drought that
preceded the El Nino rains. A little amount of water was only confined to the
hot springs at the southeastern end of the lake. The lake filled up again during
the El Nino rains of 1997/1998. These are however natural phenomenon that,
occur with little effect on the biodiversity of the said lakes. In the case of the
floods from the Elnino, there are no people staying around the lake to be
affected. However in cases of upstream river floods, the government has
responded to emergencies before the floods by informing the people concerned
and addressing the problem accordingly. There are no serious threats therefore
both to humanity as well as the lake and its biodiversity.
(iv). Visitor/tourism pressures The land adjacent to the south eastern part of Lake Elementaita has been
developed by building a number of tourist lodges which however do not
negatively impact on the lake although any more additions may impact through
more extraction of ground water for use in the facilities. Nevertheless, tourism
in general exerts little pressure on the Kenya Lakes System Tourism is seen as
a positive force for the conservation of the property. Occasionally, off-road
driving has been reported but with the local authorities taking immediate and
appropriate action against errant drivers who contravene the local park rules
and regulations. Sensitization of the visitors has been raised by production of
materials that give caution on expected conduct by visitors and drivers. For
instance, road signs have been erected along the Mogotio- Bogoria road
warning drivers about crossing tortoises which may pose danger to the
motorists and to the reptiles themselves. No-dumping signs have also been
85
placed in park gates entrances at Lake Nakuru and Lake Bogoria among other
measures.
(v).Number of inhabitants within site, buffer zone There are no permanent inhabitants within the Kenya Lakes System. However,
the population density in Nakuru District is high at 190 persons per square km
and a high mean annual growth rate of 4.9%. Despite this fact Lake Nakuru is
a protected area.
However, the rapid population growth rate in Nakuru District is causing a
population overspill from high and medium potential areas to low potential
areas and rangelands especially in areas around Lake Elementaita and
Naivasha, which may in the long term cause damage to natural vegetation
through bush clearance and overgrazing.
In the environs of Lake Bogoria National Reserve, the pastoral Tugen ethnic
group is concentrated in four major settlements of Loboi, Emsos, Maji Moto
and Sandai. The land tenure in the area is largely under communal ownership
characterized by rights endowed within clans and families. The human
populations of Baringo and Koibatek Districts in 1999 were 379,100 and
217,480 respectively. Average population densities in the same year were 43
and 86 persons per km2 respectively. This has increased though at slow rate
compared to the other two properties. Average population densities in the same
year were 43 and 86 persons per km2 respectively. This poses no danger to the
lake.
86
5. Protection and Management of the Property
5.(a) Ownership The Government of Kenya wholly owns the Kenya Lakes System. Lake
Elementaita and the riparian land are owned by the Government of Kenya.
Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary, which is part of the Lake Elementaita buffer
zone, is a wildlife sanctuary under private ownership.
Kenya Wildlife Service, a government body corporate owns and manages Lake
Nakuru National Park
Lake Bogoria National Reserve is managed by Baringo and Koibatek County
Councils with the assistance of Kenya Wildlife Service which is a government
parastatal. Kenya Wildlife Service manages Lake Nakuru National Park. Lake
Elementaita and the riparian land are owned by the Government of Kenya.
5. (b) Protective designation There are laws that protect the property under nomination. There is the
Wildlife Conservation and Management (Amendment) Act of 1989, Cap 376,
the Water Act of 2002, the Forest Act of 2005, the Local Government Act Cap
265 of 1963, the National Environment and Coordination Act Number 8 of
1999 (also known as the EMCA Act) and the Physical Planning Act of 1996 Cap
286.
Protection of the core of the Kenya Lakes System
The Wildlife Conservation and Management (Amendment) Act of 1989, Cap 376
of the Laws of Kenya is the principal Act that regulates the conservation and
protection of the Kenya Lakes System. Under the Wildlife Conservation and
Management (Amendment) Act Section 3 the Kenya Wildlife Service is
established as a body corporate.
The legal status for protection of the Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria
that constitute the Kenya Lakes System is as follows: Lake Bogoria National
Reserve was established by Legal Notice No. 270 of 12 October 1974 and a
87
boundary plan No. 216/26. The reserve is protected within a protected area of
10,700 ha. Lake Nakuru National Park was gazetted by legal notice No. 137 of
12 June 1986 and has a boundary plan 204/57 which delineates a total
protected area of 18,800 ha. Lake Elementaita and the riparian land are owned
by the Government of Kenya under the Kenya Government Land Act Cap 280.
Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary has been gazetted vide legal notice 5 of
2010 under boundary plan No. 216/67.
Protection of catchment areas
The Water Act of 2002 was formulated to repeal an earlier act known as the
Water Act, Cap 372. The act was enacted to control all water systems in Kenya
and therefore, it currently establishes rules for management of catchment
areas from which emanates rivers and streams and all the water bodies in
Kenya. The Act recognizes six major catchment areas in Kenya. These are; Lake
Victoria North Basin, Lake Victoria South Basin, Ewaso Nyiro North Basin,
Tana River Basin, Athi River Basin and the Rift Valley Basin. The Kenya Lakes
System falls within the Rift Valley Basin where streams and rivers draining into
the lakes flow from the escarpments on the edges of the Rift Valley. The
conservation of the rivers is thus a means to the conservation of the lakes. The
Act ensures sustainable use of the water resource so that there is no over
abstraction of water which would impede the river flow to the lakes.
5. (c) Means of implementing protective measures The Kenya Lakes System is managed through a work force of 177 members of
Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS) staff. KWS manages protected areas in
accordance with its legislative mandate. The Wildlife Conservation and
Management (Amendment) Act of 1989 Cap 376 of the Laws of Kenya (annexed)
is the principal Act regulating wildlife conservation and management in Kenya.
KWS is mandated to manage wildlife within and outside protected areas. The
Act also authorizes the Director of Kenya Wildlife Service, to enter into
agreement with other competent authorities for the purpose of ensuring that
animal migration patterns essential for the continued viability of protected
areas.
88
The Wildlife Conservation and Management (Amendment) Act acknowledges
and encourages community participation in conservation of wildlife. In Kenya,
there have been established, therefore, wildlife conservancies operated and
managed by communities but under the supervision of the KWS. Around Lake
Elementaita, there is the Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy which has been
managing the wildlife in the terrestrial area.
There are other legal establishments that directly relate to conservation and
protection of the bio-physical environment as regards the Kenya Lakes System.
These are:
A. Forest Act of 2005
B. Environmental Management and Co-ordination Act (EMCA) of 1999
C. Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) of
2000
D. Water Act of 2002
Water Act of 2002
The Water Act of 2002 also established frameworks for efficient water
management. Examples of these are the Water Resource Management
Authority (WRMA) and the Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs). A
WRUA is an association of water users, riparian land owners, or other
stakeholders who have formally and voluntarily associated for the purposes of
cooperatively sharing, managing and conserving a common water resource.
Therefore, stakeholder ccommunities benefiting from one river drainage basin
or common underground aquifer are encouraged to join together to form the
organs called Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs). This is for the
purpose of effective management of their respective water projects.
Section 15 (5) of the Water Act of 2002 states that Catchment Management
Strategy (CMS) shall encourage and facilitate the establishment and operations
of WRUAs as a platform for conflict resolution and cooperative management of
water resources in a sub-catchment.
The role of WRUAs are; to mobilize water users to identify with common goal, to
assist in familiarizing upstream and downstream users (recognition of
89
competitive interest in common resource), to assist in policing the resource
(monitor water use and abuse), to assist in monitoring water quality and
availability in resource, to support catchment rehabilitation plans and
problems, to deliberate on permits applications, to support data collection and
maintenance of the Water Resource monitoring stations, to oversee protection
of river banks and riparian areas/wetlands and to provide early warnings on
water scarcity, water use conflicts.
Water Act 2002 provides the legal framework for implementing the national
water policy. The principles of Water Act 2002 are:
a) State ownership of resources
b) Stakeholder participation
c) Decentralized management of water services
d) Water as an economic good for efficient and equitable use
e) Equitable allocation of water resources
f) Ring-fencing of water revenues
g) Social objectives addressed through special mechanisms supported by
Government
There are institutional set-ups under the Water Act 2002. These includes,
separation of water resources management from water and sewerage service;
decentralization of services to regional level; direct provision of water and
sewerage by water services providers; Catchment Area Advisory Committees to
provide advisory functions for management of water resources at catchment
level; Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs) at sub-catchment level as a
fora for co-operative management and resource conflict resolution; Water
Services Trust Fund to support financing of services in underserved areas;
National Water Corporation for construction of water storage and service
infrastructure; Water Appeals Board for dispute resolution and the the Water
Resources Management Authority (WRMA). The WRMA was established as a
corporate body vides gazette notice no. 8140 of 14th November 2003 pursuant
to the Water Act 2002.
90
WRMA’s specific responsibilities are; water allocation and apportionment,
monitoring and assessment of all water resources, gathering and publishing
information on water resources, receiving and determining water permits
applications, regulation and protection of water quality, management and
protection of water catchments and wetlands, water conservation and control,
registration of water professionals, determine and collect water use charges
and co-ordination with other bodies for better water resources management
The water sector reform is three pronged to ensure efficiency, equity and
environment protection. Permit System is used for access of the water resource
where the same system is used for all regions, the same price all regions and
different class of permit based on different thresholds for different sub-
catchments and aquifers depending on complexity and potential impact on
water body. The water permit covers a maximum of 5 years after which Permit
issuance/renewal is pro-rata depending on number of years of permit.
Forest Act of 2005
The Forest Act of 2005 designates the role of the Kenya Forest Service in
conserving forests and reforesting depleted areas. The Act also establishes
modalities for community participation in conservation. This is done through
Community Forest Associations (CFAs) as a way of involving public in
participatory forest management. The Act’s main area of operation as regards
the Kenya Lakes System is at the catchment areas where there is forest cover
which comprises of both the natural and the plantation forests. The forest
areas from which the rivers drain into the Kenya Lakes System are Mau Forest
Complex where the government is currently evicting people who have
encroached into the forest area. The parts of the forest that have been degraded
are set for reforestation. Other forest areas important to the conservation of the
Kenya Lakes System are Subukia, Dundori, Bahati and Eburu forests.
Environmental Management and Co-ordination Act of 1999
The government of Kenya through the National Assembly established in 1999,
an Environmental Act known as the Environmental Management and Co-
ordination Act of 1999 popularly referred to as the EMCA Act. The Act
established and gave powers to the National Environmental Management
91
Authority (NEMA) to co-ordinate environmental conservation through vetting of
activities and operations that may impede negatively on the environment.
NEMA has authority to demand for comprehensive Environmental Impact
Assessments (EIAs) before the Authority can approve major developments that
can harm the environment. Therefore, before a developer can be cleared to start
operation, he/she must obtain a license from NEMA upon satisfaction by the
latter of the EIA study report. NEMA also has powers to demand for
Environmental Audits to running projects such as industrial plants. The NEMA
thus controls development in all regions of Kenya and have established offices
in all districts in the country to monitor such activities.
Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP)
The Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) of 2000 was
formulated by the Ministry of Environmental and Natural Resources with an
overall objective to ensure that the rate of biodiversity loss is reversed and for
maintaining the present levels of biological resources at sustainable levels for
posterity. It therefore outlines the issues that threaten biodiversity and what
needs to be done, how it should be done and the time frame within which it
should be done. Kenya has signed and ratified the following international
Conventions which relate to the goals of the National Biodiversity Strategy and
Action Plan. These include the Convention on International Trade in
Endangered Species of Wild Fauna (CITES) and Convention on the
Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals; Convention on Wetlands of
International Importance especially as waterfowl habitats (the Ramsar
Convention); the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
(UNFCCC); Vienna Convention on the Protection the Ozone Layer; the United
Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD) and the United Nations
Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD).
All these legislation and government policies positively affects the conservation
of the Kenya Lakes System with the Great Rift Valley since they control
development by ensuring that there is sustainable resource use. Lake Nakuru’s
92
catchment contains several conservation areas namely, Bahati Forest,
Menengai Crater, Dundori Forest, Eburu Crater and the Mau Escarpment
Forest Reserves. Lake Elementaita is owned by the government. Soysambu
Wildlife sanctuary, which together with the lake constitutes the Lake
Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary, is part of Delamere Estate. Soysambu Wildlife
sanctuary covering about 75% of the shoreline, and the lake are well protected.
The Kariandusi hot springs which are a major source of water for Lake
Elementaita are well protected where 100 acres have been set aside as a
conservation area. Uncontrolled water abstraction has been addressed by the
Water Resource Management Authority (WRMA) by construction of a common
water storage tank near the Kariandusi hot springs. The water is then supplied
in controlled way to the farms in the area. The other two streams that feed
Lake Elementaita: Meroroni and Mbaruk flow from the Bahati and Dundori
forests which are protected by the Kenya Forest Service. Kenya Wildlife Service
assists in the management of Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary.
Lake Bogoria also benefits from the conservation of water at the catchment
area. The Subukia highlands from which the River Waiseges flow have
benefitted from reforestation initiated by the Kenya Forest Service and through
local community groups. WWF has also initiated projects in the highlands that
include establishment of tree nurseries for establishment of wood lots in farms.
5.(d) Existing plans related to municipality and region in which the
proposed property is located (e.g.) regional or local plan, conservation plan, tourism development plan.
The Physical Planning Act of 1996 Cap 286 is the major Act that controls
development in the catchment area and the part of the buffer zone for the
Lakes System. The director of physical planning is empowered by the Act to
formulate national, regional and local physical development policies, guidelines
and strategies. It is also the duty of the director to ensure compliance by the
local authorities in execution of proper physical development control and
preservation orders.
93
A provisional Kenya Lakes System Management structure has been prepared. A
comprehensive management plan will subsequently be formulated. The plan
promotes wider stakeholder participation in the conservation of biodiversity
within and outside the property. It advocates a participatory approach that
facilitates horizontal and vertical dialogue, and agreements between all parties
directly or indirectly involved in the management of the Kenya Lakes System.
The three lakes will be beneficiary of the plan when it takes effect. The
management will have only positive effects on the lakes, as it will ensure their
sustainability through continuous good conservation practices as well as
involving the community as protectors of the heritage.
5 (e) Property management plan or other management system There has been established a national steering committee to enhance the
management of the Kenya Lakes System. The National Steering Committee
supervises the three local management committees of Elementaita, Nakuru and
Bogoria (See figure 22). The goal of the Kenya Lakes System National Steering
Committee is to ensure that the different management plans and their action
plans conserve the lakes its biodiversity and its environs in perpetuity,
ensuring sustainable development and ecological stability.
The objectives are: to conserve and manage the biological diversity of the
Reserve and its catchments; promote environmental conservation awareness
and education for sustainable development through stakeholder mobilization;
minimize human-wildlife conflicts through the promotion of compatible land-
use practices; strengthen scientific research and monitoring in the Reserve and
its catchments; enhance local, national, and international stakeholder
collaboration in the conservation of the Kenya Lakes System and its
catchments and to provide a basis for diversification of tourism through
stakeholder participation; and improve the livelihoods of the local communities
through the promotion of sustainable land-use practices and environmental
conservation.
94
However currently there are respective management plans for the three lakes
properties that are implemented by the authorities concerned under the
supervision of the top management organ for the three lakes. The Lake
Elementaita Management plan runs from 2010 to 2020, while the Lakes
Nakuru and Bogoria Management plans run from 2002-2012 and 2007-2012
respectively.
The overall management of the properties of the three properties forms a
consortium comprising of Kenya Wildlife Service, National Museums of Kenya,
Bogoria County Council. These will be meeting three times year to review the
implementation of the management of Kenya Lakes System based on the
strategic objectives and goals as clearly spelt out in the management plan
documents. The National Coordination Committee whose role include offering
technical advice to the management of respective sites, ensure the Outstanding
Universal Value and ecological integrity of each site and entire property is
maintained and mobilize resources for the management of the sites. This will
be achieved through application of internationally sound management systems
and accepted conservation strategies. These internationally accepted
conservation strategies include the implementation of existing International,
Regional and National Species Action Plans. Examples of the species plans
referred to are International and National Lesser Flamingo Action Plan,
International Madagascar Pond Heron Species Action Plan and International
Maccoa Duck Species Action Plan. The overall management body will have the
authority to oversee and supervise the strict application of the management
regimes as specified in the management documents. The overall management
arrangement will be chaired by the Director of KWS.
The Management Organogram for the Kenya Lakes System Property
95
Figure 22: The management organogram for the Kenya Lakes System property. The National Steering Committee comprises of the above and the National Museums of Kenya
5(f) Sources and levels of finance The sources of finance for the conservation of the Kenya Lakes System come
from the Government of Kenya, donors, NGOs, Kenya Wildlife Service which
manages the Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita and the Koibatek/Baringo County
Councils which manages the Lake Bogoria National Reserve. The latter two
entities source their finances from tourism revenue collected as entrance fees
at the gates, camping and lease fees for lodges particularly within the Lake
Nakuru National Park. The amount of funds allocated for Lake Nakuru
National Park for the financial year 2007/2008 was approximately Ksh
35,000,000 (Approx. US $ 450,000) while that of the Lake Bogoria National
Reserve Ksh 15,000,000 (US $ 200,000). The Lake Elementaita has been
gazetted in 2010 and therefore no official figures are available from the private
sector.
5.(g) Sources of expertise and training in conservation and management techniques
The Kenya Wildlife Service Training Institute in Naivasha and Mweka African
College of Wildlife Management, in Moshi, Tanzania, conduct training for
various cadres including Rangers, Non-Commissioned Officers and Wardens for
KWS and other organizations. There is also the Manyani Field Training School
for Rangers and Officers. The public and private universities provide expertise
in research, monitoring and impact assessments.
96
5.(h) Visitor facilities and statistics Visitor facilities
The Kenya Lakes System is an important local and international tourist
destination. Visitor facilities are well established in Lake Nakuru National Park.
There are two existing lodges, Sarova Lion Hill and Lake Nakuru Lodge within
the park. There are also nine camp sites strategically located within the park.
The main circuit road of 75 km is an all weather road. In addition there are 200
km of unimproved roads.
An existing airstrip located at Naishi, next to the Rhino Surveillance Camp is
1.2 km long. It is used for tourist aircraft landing as well as for management
and records an average of 120 landings per year. Other facilities within the
park include the park headquarters, and education centre, two hostels, and a
water quality laboratory. The education centre has received over 10.000 paying
visitors since its inception in 1996.
In Lake Bogoria National Reserve, accommodation within the Reserve includes
Acacia campsite, Riverside Campsite, Fig tree Campsite, and the Lake Bogoria
Dry land Environmental Education Centre Campsite. Outside the Reserve there
is the Lake Bogoria Spa Resort, a three-star hotel, Zakayo’s Inn and Papyrus
Inn. The latter two cater for low budget visitors to the reserve. These two tourist
accommodation facilities are located just outside the reserve. In addition there
are three community-run campsites and one picnic site outside the reserve.
These are Loboi River Camp and Picnic site, NETBON Camping site and Emsos
Community Campsite.
Other infrastructure includes a 10 km tarmac road from the main gate to the
geysers and hot springs on the western side and an airstrip is located near the
main gate. Accessibility to the eastern side is limited to walking and cycling.
Tourism at Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary is increasing. There are several
a tourist lodges. These are; Lake Elementaita Lodge, Lake Elementaita Country
Lodge, Pink Lake Man Eco-lodge, Flamingo Camp and tented camp, Sunbird
Hotel, Sleeping Warrior, Mawe Mbili Camp and Delamere's Camp, within
97
Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary. There are several other proposed
accommodation facilities within the Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy.
Visitor statistics for Lake Nakuru National Park and Lake Bogoria National
Reserve are presented in the tables below.
Table 7: Visitors statistics for Kenya Lakes System from January 2005-May
2009
2005* 2006* 2007 2008 2009 None Resident 151,632 154,063 159,366 70,949 34,129 Resident 15,532 12,975 12,711 13,956 7,249 Citizens 222,436 229,620 255,178 125,070 40,200 TOTAL 389,600 396,658 427,255 209,975 81,578
*Does not include statistics for Lake Elementaita.
Figure 23: Graph showing visitors’ trends at the Kenya Lakes Systems from January 2005 to May 2009
5. (i) Policies and programmes related to the presentation and promotion of the property
Information about the site is presented in various basic research and Park
publications. This includes tourist maps, video documentaries, brochures and
pamphlets that seek to inform the public about the wildlife areas and the need
98
for their conservation. The Kenya Wildlife Service has a website;
www.kws.go.ke that also has publications and information about the wildlife.
The Kenya Tourist Board (KTB) and the Tourist Trust Fund (TTF) have
programmes for promoting the wildlife areas to potential tourists in nationally
and internationally. The insistence of the marketing agencies has been for low
impact tourism which affords appreciation of nature while minimally
interfering with the wilderness areas.
The Koibatek/Baringo County Councils have come up with a plan to revive an
old historical trail used by long distance trade caravans across the Kenyan Rift
Valley. The itinerary route has been made and donkey transport will be used to
relive the old times and to ensure that the transport mode will be
environmentally friendly. Communities around Lake Bogoria have come up
with a proposal to open up five wildlife conservancies which will serve as
wildlife dispersal areas to the Northern rangelands to reduce stress on the
national reserve.
The Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy adjacent to Lake Elementaita has planned
to establish a research centre within the conservancy. This expected to provide
among others research facilities and accommodation for researchers, students
and volunteers. It is also expected to provide a reference library, a natural
history and wildlife museum as well as a wildlife orphanage centre.
5. (j) Staffing levels (professional, technical, maintenance) The three sites that constitute the Kenya Lakes System have a total staffing
level of 222 persons deployed as follows:
Lake Nakuru National Park is managed by a work force of 130 staff, including,
1 Warden in Charge, 1 Deputy Warden, 4 Assistant Wardens, 1 Research
scientist, 1 Education Officer, 40 Rangers and 80 support staff.
Lake Bogoria National Reserve is managed by a work force of 28 staff
including, 1 Senior Warden, 14 Rangers and 13 support staff.
99
Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary is managed by Kenya Wildlife Service
from Nakuru District Warden’s Office. The new Management Plan will
decentralize the administration and management of the Property at Lake
Elementaita and include the local stakeholders (Greater Lake Elementaita
Conservation Area).
6. Monitoring
6.(a) Key indicators for measuring state of conservation Table 8: Key indicators, frequency of monitoring and data depository
Indicator Periodicity Location of Records
Waterfowl (Lesser flamingo, Greater Flamingo, Great White Pelican and all other water birds)
Biannual counts (done each January and July)
Ornithology Section, National Museums of Kenya
Nature Kenya
KWS Nakuru Research Centre
BirdLife International
Wetlands International
Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy
Water quantity and quality Water samples taken and tested monthly
KWS Nakuru Research Centre
Municipal Council of Nakuru
Nakuru Water and Sanitation Services Company (NAWASSCO)
University of Leicester
Large mammal census Quarterly mammal counts in L.N.N.P
Biannual mammal counts in Nakuru and Elementaita
No systematic mammal count for Lake Bogoria
KWS Nakuru Research Centre
WWF Nakuru Office
Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy
Phytoplankton and terrestrial vegetation dynamics
KWS Nakuru Research Centre
100
The key indicators for measuring the state of conservation in the Kenya Lakes
System include: (1) Environmental indicators (e.g., water quantity and quality);
(it) Ecosystem indictors (e.g. phytoplankton and terrestrial vegetation
dynamics); (ill) Species indicators (demographic trends of the Lesser Flamingo,
other water birds and large mammals); (iv) Protected area management
indicators (e.g., integrated conservation and management plan, zoning,
infrastructure development, and rules enforcement).
Figure 24: Weir for monitoring water flow of the Fig Tree River along the shores of Lake Bogoria
6.(b) Administrative arrangement for monitoring property The Kenya Wildlife Service, the National Museums of Kenya the Department of
Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing, the World Wide Fund for Nature, and
Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary undertake monitoring of the Kenya Lakes
System. In addition to the twice yearly water-bird counts, monthly water
quality monitoring is undertaken by the Kenya Wildlife Service, the Municipal
Council of Nakuru and the Nakuru Water and Sanitation Services Company. In
addition there is a quarterly mammal counts carried out within the lake
Nakuru National Park as well as the biannual mammal counts undertaken in
the Naivasha/Elementaita area. There is no other systematic mammal
monitoring programme for the Lake Bogoria National Reserve.
101
6.(c) Results of previous reporting exercises
Table 9: Large Mammal Counts in Lake Nakuru National Park 1998-2000
Species
Year Zebra Waterbuck Impala Warthog African Buffalo
Thompson Gazelle
Rothschild Giraffe
1998 538 852 2939 634 2055 471 40 1999 709 766 3384 840 2002 629 104 2000 836 697 3840 272 2080 502 64
Source: Kenya Wildlife Service, Census Report, 1998-2000.
Also see previous graphs for bird populations refer to exact figures
Enclosed IBA Status and Trends reports for Kenya for 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
2008 prepared by nature Kenya
African Waterfowl Census Reports by Ornithology Section, National Museums
of Kenya
102
7. Documentation
7.(a) Photographs, slides, image inventory and authorization table and other audiovisual materials
Table 10: List of slides
ID No.
Format slide/
print/
video
Caption Date of Photo(mo/yr)
Photographer/Director of photo
Copyright Owner (if different than the photographer)
Contact details of copyright owner
Non exclusive cession of rights
01 Slide Pelicans at Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
02 Slide Pelicans and Sacred Ibis Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
03 Slide Sacred Ibis, Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
04 Slide Lesser flamingos Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
05 Slide Lesser flamingos Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
06 Slide African Buffalo lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
07 Slide Lone white Rhino with Buffalo Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
08 Slide Female Water bucks, Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
09 Slide White Rhinos
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
103
Lake Nakuru
10 Slide Mouth of Njoro River Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
11 Slide Pelican in flight
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
12 Slide Pelicans Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
13 Slide Pelican with flamingos Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
14 Slide Hot water springs Lake Elementaita
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
15 Slide Acacia wood land Lake Elementaita
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
16 Slide Faulted scarps in the back ground of Lake Elementaita
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
17 Slide Faulted scarps in the back ground of Lake Elementaita
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
18 Slide Flamingo congregation in Lake Bogoria
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
19 Slide Flamingos feeding Lake Bogoria
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
104
20 Slide Geyser spewing super hot water Lake Bogoria
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
21 Slide Series of geyser Lake Bogoria
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
22 Slide Flamingo in Lake Bogoria
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
23 Slide Split crater (Sleeping warrior) Lake Elementaita
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
24 Slide Panoramic view of Lake Nakuru
2009 NMK n/a [email protected] granted
7.(b) Texts relating to protective designation, copies of property management plans or documented management systems and extracts of other plans relevant to the property
Appendix 1: Checklist of mammals in the Lake Bogoria
Appendix 2: Migratory Soaring Birds that Use the Great Rift Valley/ Red Sea Flyway
Appendix 3: Bird species of global conservation concern at the Kenya Lakes System
Annex 1-5: Map Annexes
Annex 6: Management plan for the Greater Lake Elementaita Conservation
Area
Annex 7: Lake Nakuru Integrated Ecosystem Management Plan
Annex 8: Management Plan for Lake Bogoria National Reserve
Annex 9: International Species Action Plans for the Lesser Flamingo
105
Annex 10: International Species Action Plans for the Madagascar Pond Heron
Annex 11: International Species Action Plans for the Maccoa Duck
Annex 12: Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan
Annex 13: Kenya’s Important Bird Areas Status and Trends 2007
Annex 14: Kenya’s Important Bird Areas Status and Trends 2008
Annex 15: Manual for Wasterwater Compliance Inspection 2009
Annex 16: The Physical Planning Act Chapter 286 of 1996
Annex 17: The Water Act 2002
Annex 18: The Forest Act 2005
Annex 19: The Wildlife (Conservation and Management) Act Chapter 376
Annex 20: The Environmental Management and Coordination Act 1999 No 8
7. (c) Form and date of most recent records or inventory of property This data is available from 1990 to 2009. These are biannual counts held in
January and July of every year. The Waterfowl data is held at the National
Museums of Kenya Ornithology Department. The data is available in reports.
The data of lake water quality is available from January 2005 to December
2009. This is held at KWS Nakuru Research Center.
Visitor statistics are held at the Lake Nakuru National Park and Lake Bogoria
National Reserve respectively. Lake Elementaita visitor data is held by the
Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy.
7. (d) Address where the inventory, records and archives are held i) Kenya Wildlife Service
P.O. Box 40241-00100
Nairobi
Kenya
Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345
Fax: +254 (20) 607024
106
E-mail: [email protected]
ii) National Museums of Kenya
P.O. Box 40658-00100
Nairobi
Tel +254(20) 3712161/4
Fax +254 (20) 3741424
E-mail: [email protected]
iii) Lake Nakuru National Park Offices,
P.O. Box 539
Nakuru,
Kenya.
E-mail: [email protected]
iv) Koibatek /Baringo County
Council Office
P.O. Box 64 Marigat, Kenya
Tel: +254-(051) 40746
Marigat, Kenya
v) Soysambu Conservancy Ltd.,
Private Bag, Nakuru 20100,
Kenya
Tel: +254 (0) 50 50622
vi) BirdLife International
P.O 3502-00100
Nairobi, Kenya
Tel: +254 (20) 8562246
Fax: +254 (20) 8562246
107
E-mail: birdlife.birdlife.or.ke
vii. Nature Kenya
P.O Box 44486-00100
Nairobi
Email: [email protected]
108
7. (e) Bibliography Aloo, P. A. (2002) Effects of climate change and human activities on the
ecosystem of Lake Baringo, Kenya. In: The East African Great Lakes:
Limnology, Palaeolimnology and Biodiversity (ed. by E. O. Odada & D. O.
Olago), 335–347. Advances in Global Change Research. Kluwer, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.
Adhola, T., Ng’weno, F., Matiku, P., Mulwa, R., Ngari, A., Barasa, F., Madindou,
I., Wanyiri, M., Adanje, S., Ogoma, M., Machekele, J. and Musila, S. (2009).
Kenya’s Important Bird Areas Status and Trends 2008. Nature Kenya,
Nairobi
Bennun L. A,& Njoroge, P. 1999. Important Bird Areas in Kenya. East African
Natural History Society.
Bishop, W.W., Chapman, G.R., Hill, A., Miller, J.A. 1971. Succession of
Cenozoic vertebrate assemblages from the northern Kenya Rift Valley.
Nature 233:389‐394.
Bishop, W.W., and Pickford, M. 1975. Geology, fauna and paleoenvironment of
the Ngorora Formation, Kenya Rift Valley. Nature 254:185‐192.
BirdLife International (2009) Species factsheet: Phoeniconaias minor.
Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 8/1/2010
BirdLife International (2009) Important Bird Area factsheet: Lake Elementaita,
Kenya. Downloaded from the Data Zone at http://www.birdlife.org on
8/1/2010
BirdLife International (2009) Important Bird Area factsheet: Lake Nakuru
National Park, Kenya. Downloaded from the Data Zone at
http://www.birdlife.org on 8/1/2010
BirdLife International (2009) Important Bird Area factsheet: Lake Bogoria
National Reserve, Kenya. Downloaded from the Data Zone at
http://www.birdlife.org on 8/1/2010
109
Cerling, T. E. 1992, Development of grasslands and savannas in East Africa
during the Neogene. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology
(Global and Planetary Change Section) 5: 241-247.
Childress, B., Nagy, S. & Hughes, B. (compilers) 2008. International Single
Species Action Plan for the Conservation of the Lesser Flamingo
(Phoeniconaias minor). CMC Technical Series No. 18, Iowa Technical Series
No. 34. Bonn, Germany.
Davidson, A. and Rex, D.C., 1980. Age of volcanism and rifting in southwestern
Ethiopia Rift. Nature 283: 657-658.
Diagana C.H. & Dodman, T. 2006. Numbers and Distribution of Water Birds in
Africa: Results of the African water birds census 2002, 2003 and 2004
Wetlands International. Hill A. 1985. Early hominid from Baringo, Kenya.
Nature 315:222‐224.
Ebinger, C.J., Deino, A.L., Tesha, A., Becker, T. and Ring, U., 1993. Tectonic
controls of rift basin morphology: evolution of the northern Malawi (Nyasa)
Rift. J. Geophysical Res., 98: B10: 17821-17836.
Gasse, F. (2000). Hydrological changes in the African tropics since the Last
Glacial maximum. Quaternary Science Reviews 19, 189 - 211.
Hill A, Wark S, Dein A, Garniss C, Drake R., 1992. Earliest Homo. Nature
355:719‐722.
Hill A. 1985. Early hominid from Baringo, Kenya. Nature 315:222‐224.
Hill A. 1994. Late Miocene and Early Pliocene hominoids from Africa. In:
Corruccini R.S. and Ciochon R.L. (eds) Integrative paths to the past. Prentice
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, pp 123‐145.
Hill A. 1995. Faunal and environmental change in the Neogene of East Africa:
Evidence from the Tugen Hills Sequence, Baringo District, Kenya. In: Vrba
ES, Denton GH, Partridge TC, Burckle LH (eds) Paleoclimate and evolution,
110
with emphasis on human origins. Yale University Press, New Haven, pp
178‐193.
Hill A., Deino A.L., and Kingston J.D. 2003. Hominids and paleoenvironments:
the view from the Tugen Hills, Kenya. Geological Society of America,
Abstracts with Programs 35(6):185.
Hill A., Drake R., Tauxe L., Monaghan M., Barry J.C., Behrensmeyer A.K.,
Curtis G., Jacobs B.F., Jacobs L., Johnson N., and Pilbeam, D. 1985.
Neogene palaeontology and geochronology of the Baringo Basin, Kenya.
Jour. Human Evol. 14:759‐773.
Hill A., Leakey M., Kingston J.D., and Ward S., 2002. New cercopithecoids and
a hominoid from 12.5 Ma in the Tugen Hills succession, Kenya. Jour.
Human Evol. 42:75‐93.
ILEC (International Lake Environment Committee) (2005) Managing lakes and
their basins for sustainable use: a report for lake basin managers and
stakeholders. International Lake Environment Committee Foundation,
Kusatsu, Japan.
IUCN 1997. Conservation of the Lesser Flamingo in Eastern Africa and beyond:
Proceedings of a workshop at Lake Bogoria, Kenya, 26th to 29th August 1997.
Kebede, E & Hillman, J.C. 1988. The conservation status of birds at Lake
Abijata and Shala, Ethiopia. Proceedings of the seventh Pan-African
Ornithological Congress, Nairobi Kenya 28thAugust-5th September 1988. (p.13-
21)
Kingston J.D., Jacobs B.F., Hill A., and Deino A. 2002. Stratigraphy, age and
environments of the late Miocene Mpesida Beds, Tugen Hills, Kenya. Jour.
Human Evol. 42:95‐116.
McCall, G.J.H., 1967. Geology of the Nakuru-Thompson's Falls-Lake
Hannington Area. Geol. Surv. Kenya Rep. 78, 122 pp.
Melack, J.M. 1996. Saline and Fresh Water Lakes of the Kenyan Rift Valley.
111
Millbrink, G. (1977). On the limnology of two alkaline lakes (Nakuru and
Naivasha) in the East Rift Valley System in Kenya. Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol.
62, 1–17.
Morris, P., Barrett, A., Murray, A., Smits van Oyen, M. 1998. Wild Africa.
British Broadcasting Corporation.
Mundkur, T. 1997. The Lesser Flamingo- A summary of its current distribution
and conservation in Asia. Proceedings of a workshop at Lake Bogoria,
Kenya, 26th to 29th August 1997.
Ndang’ang’a, P.K., Nasirwa, O., Kotut K., and Koyo A. (Eds). 2009. National
Single Species Action Plan for the Conservation of the Lesser Flamingo
Phoeniconaias minor in Kenya. Nairobi: East African Wild Life Society.
Nyambose, J. 1997. Preserving the Future for Lake Malawi. African Technology
Forum.
Olago D.O., Umer, M., Ringrose, S., Huntsman-Mapila, P., Sow, E.H. and
Damnati, B. 2007 Palaeoclimate of Africa: An overview since the last glacial
maximum. Otter, L., Olago, D.O., and Niang, I. (Eds.) (2007). Global Change
Processes and Impacts in Africa: A Synthesis. East African Educational
Publishers Ltd., Nairobi.
Olago, D.O., Odada, E.O., Street-Perrott, F.A., Perrott, R.A., Ivanovich, M., and
Harkness, D.D. 2000. Long-term temporal characteristics of
palaeomonsoon dynamics in equatorial Africa. Global and Planetary
Change, 26 (1-3): 159-171.
Olago, D.O., Opere, A. and Barongo, J. Holocene palaeohydrology, groundwater
and climate change in the lake basins of the Central Kenya Rift.
Hydrological Sciences Journal, 54(4): 765-780.
Pickford M. 1975a. Late Miocene sediments and fossils from the northern
Kenya Rift Valley. Nature 256:279‐284.
Pickford M. 1975b. Stratigraphy and palaeoecology of five late Cainozoid
formations in the Kenya Rift Valley. University of London.
112
Pickford M. 1978 Geology, paleoenvironments and vertebrate faunas of the
mid‐Miocene Ngorora Formation, Kenya. In: Bishop WW (ed) Geological
background to fossil man. Geological Society of London: Scottish Academic
Press, London.
Renaut, R. W. & J. J. Tiercelin, 1994. Lake Bogoria, Kenya Rift Valley – A
sedimentological overview. In Renaut, R. W & W. M. Last (eds),
Sedimentology and Geochemistry of Modern and Ancient Saline Lakes.
SEPM Special Publication 50: 101–123.
Senut, B., Pickford, M., Gommery, D., Mein, P., Cheboi, K., and Coppens, Y.
2001. First hominid from the Miocene (Lukeino formation, Kenya). CR Acad
Sci Paris, Ser IIa 332:137-144.
Sherwood, R.J., Ward, S., Hill, A., Duren D.L., Brown, B., Downs, W. 2002.
Preliminary description of the Equatorius africanus partial skeleton (KNM-
TH 28860) from Kipsaramon, Tugen Hills, Baringo District, Kenya. Jour.
Human Evol. 42:63-73.
Tiercelin, J.J., Lezzar, K.-E., 2002. A 300 million years history of rift lakes in
Central and East Africa: an updated broad review. In: E.O. Odada, Olago,
D.O. (Editor), The East African Great Lakes: Limnology, Paleolimnology and
Biodiversity. Advances in Global Change Research, Vol. 12. Kluwer
Academic Publishers, Dordrecht/Boston/London, pp. 3 - 60.
Trauth, M.H., Deino, A., Strecker, M.R. 2001. Response of the East African
climate to orbital forcing during the Last Interglacial (130-117 kyr BP) and
the early Last Glacial (117-60 kyr BP).- Geology, 29 (6), 499-502.
Trauth, M.H., Maslin, M.A., Deino, A., Strecker, M.R. (2005): Late Cenozoic
Moisture History of East Africa. Science, 309, 2051-2053.
Vareschi, E. 1978. “The Ecology of Lake Nakuru (Kenya). I-Abundance and
feeding of the Lesser Flamingo”. Ecology 37: 321-335
Ward S., Brown, B., Hill, A., Kelley, J., and Downs, W. 1999. Equatorius: a new
hominoid genus from the Middle Miocene of Kenya. Science 285:1382-1386.
113
8. Contact Information of responsible authorities
Kenya Wildlife Service, National Museums of Kenya, Baringo & Koibatek
County Councils, and Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary Unit effect the
management of the Kenya Lakes System on site.
Names and addresses of responsible persons are as follows:
i) Mr. Julius Kipng’etich, Director,
Kenya Wildlife Service
P.O. Box 40241-00100, Nairobi
Kenya
Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345
Fax: +254 (20) 607024
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.kws.go.ke
ii) Dr. Idle Omar Farah
Director-General
National Museums of Kenya
P.O. Box 40658-00100, Nairobi
Kenya
Tel +254 (20) 3742161/4, +254 (20) 4448930/3
Fax +254 (20) 3741424
E-mail [email protected]
www.museums.or.ke
iii) Mr. William Kimosop,
Chief Game Warden
Lake Bogoria National Reserve
P.O. Box 64 Marigat,
Kenya
Tel: +254-(051) 40746
114
Marigat, Kenya
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.lake-baringo/LakeBogoriaKWS.htm
8. (a) Preparer Name: Kenya Wildlife Service and National Museums of Kenya
Address:
Kenya Wildlife Service
P.O. Box 40241-00100, Nairobi
Kenya
Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345
Fax: +254 (20) 607024
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.kws.go.ke
National Museums of Kenya
P.O. Box 40658-00100, Nairobi
Kenya
Tel +254 (20) 3742161/4, +254 (20) 4448930/3
Fax +254 (20) 3741424
E-mail [email protected]
www.museums.or.ke
City, Province, Country
Nairobi, Kenya
8. (b) Official Local Institution/Agency
Kenya Wildlife Services
Website: http://www.kws.go.ke
National Museums of Kenya
Website: http://www.museums.or.ke
Lake Bogoria National Reserve
115
Website: http://www.lake-baringo.com/LakeBogoriaKWS.htm
9. Signature on behalf of the State Party
Director, Kenya Wildlife service
Director, National Museums of Kenya
116
Appendix 1: Checklist of mammals in the Lake Bogoria
Common name Scientific name Remarks
1. Greater kudu Tragelaphus strepsiceros Threatened 2. Cape buffalo Syncerus caffer Rarely seen 3. Impala Aepyceros melampus rendilis Common 4. Grants gazelle Gazella granti Common 5. Dikdik Rhynchotragus kirki Common 6. Klipspringer Oreotragus oreotragus Rare 7. Blue duiker Cephalophus caeruleus Rare 8. Yellow – backed duiker Cephalophus silvicultor Rare 9. Anubis baboon Papio anubis Common 10. Leopard Panthera pardus Very rare 11. Serval cat Felis (Leptailurus) serval Very rare 12. Wildcat Felis (Sylvestris) libyca Very rare 13. Common waterbuck Kobus ellipsiprymnus Rare 14. Wart hog Phacochoerus aethiopicus Common 15. Bush pig Potamochoerus porcus Common 16. Common jackal Canis aureus Common 17. Spotted hyena Crocuta crocuta Rare 18. Stripped hyena Hyaena hyaena Rare 19. Bat-eared fox Otocyon megalotis Rare 20. Burchell’s zebra Equus (Hippotigris) burchelli Common 21. Patas monkey Erythrocebus patas Rare 22. Vervet monkey Cercopithecus pygerythrus Common 23. Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus Rare 24. Aardvark Orycteropus afer Rare
117
Appendix 2: Migratory Soaring Birds that Use the Great Rift Valley/ Red Sea Flyway
English Name Scientific Name IUCN Red List status 2008
1. White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus Least Concern
2. Black Stork Ciconia nigra Least Concern
3. White Stork Ciconia ciconia Least Concern
4. Northern Bald Ibis Geronticus eremita Critically Endangered
5. European Honey Buzzard
Pernis apivorus Least Concern
6. Crested Honey Buzzard
Pernis ptilorhyncus Least Concern
7. Black Kite Milvus migrans Least Concern
8. Red Kite Milvus milvus Least Concern
9. White-tailed Eagle Haliaeetus albicilla Least Concern
10. Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus
Endangered
11. Eurasian Griffon Gyps fulvus Near Threatened
12. Short-toed Snake-eagle
Circaetus gallicus Least Concern
13. Western Marsh-harrier
Circus aeruginosus Least Concern
14. Marsh Harrier Circus cyaneus Least Concern
15. Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus Near Threatened
16. Montagu's Harrier Circus pygargus Least Concern
17. Levant Sparrowhawk Accipiter brevipes Least Concern
18. Eurasian Sparrowhawk
Accipiter nisus Least Concern
19. Goshawk Accipiter gentilis Least Concern
20. Common Buzzard Buteo buteo Least Concern
21. Long-legged Buzzard Buteo rufinus Least Concern
22. Lesser Spotted Eagle Aquila pomarina (pomarina)
Least Concern
118
23. Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga Vulnerable
24. Steppe Eagle Aquila nipalensis Least Concern
25. Imperial Eagle Aquila heliaca ?
26. Booted Eagle Hieraaetus pennatus Least Concern
27. Osprey Pandion haliaetus Least Concern
28. Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni Vulnerable
29. Common Kestrel Falco tinnunculus Least Concern
30. Red-footed Falcon Falco vespertinus Near Threatened
31. Eleonora's Falcon Falco eleonorae Least Concern
32. Sooty Falcon Falco concolor Near Threatened
33. Eurasian Hobby Falco subbuteo Least Concern
34. Lanner Falcon Falco biarmicus Least Concern
35. Saker Falcon Falco cherrug Endangered
36. Peregrine Falcon Falco peregrinus Least Concern
37. Common Crane Grus grus Least Concern
119
Appendix 3: Bird species of global conservation concern at the Kenya Lakes System
Locality Species Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened) Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni (Vulnerable) African Darter Anhinga rufa Maccoa Duck Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened) White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis (Vulnerable)
Lake Bogoria
Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened) Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber (Congregatory)
Lesser Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor (Near-Threatened) Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus (Congregatory) African Spoonbill Platea alba (Congregatory) Grey-crested Helmet-Shrike Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened) Pied Avocet Recurvirostra avosetta (Congregatory) Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni, (Vulnerable)
Lake Elementaita
Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga (Vulnerable) The Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus (Congregatory)
Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber (Congregatory)
Lesser Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor (Near-Threatened)
Black-necked Grebe Podiceps nigricollis( Congregatory)
Madagascar Pond Heron Ardeola idae (Endangered) Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni (a passage migrant, and Vulnerable) Grey-crested Helmet-Shrike Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened) Martial eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (sparse resident) (Near-Threatened) Gull-billed Tern, Sterna nilotica (Congregatory) Little Grebe, Tachybaptus ruficollis ( Congregatory) Yellow-billed Stork Mycteria ibis (Congregatory) African Spoonbill Platea alba (Congregatory) Black-winged Stilt, Himantopus himantopus (Congregatory)
Lake Nakuru
Maccoa Duck Oxyura maccoa (no recent records) (Near-Threatened)
THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND CO-ORDINATION ACT, 1999No 8 of 1999 THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND CO-ORDINATION ACT, 1999 No 8 of 1999 Date of Assent: 6th January, 2000. Date of commencement: 14th January, 2000. ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS Sections PART I – PRELIMINARY 1 – Short title. 2 – Interpretation. PART II – GENERAL PRINCIPLES 3 – Entitlement to a clean and healthy environment. PART III – ADMINISTRATION The National Environment Council 4 – Establishment of the National Environment Council. 5 – Functions of the Council. 6 – Procedure of the Council. The Authority 7 – Establishment of the National Environment Management Authority. 8 – Headquarters. 9 – Objects and functions of the Authority. 10 – Board of Authority. 11 – Powers of the Authority. 12 – Powers in respect of lead agencies. 13 – Conduct of business and affairs of the Authority. 14 – Remuneration of Director General and Directors. 15 – Delegation by the Authority. 16 – Staff of the Authority. 17 – The common seal of the Authority. 18 – Protection from personal liability. 19 – Liability of the Authority for damages. 20 – General Fund. 21 – Financial year. 22 – Annual estimates. 23 – Accounts and audit. 24 – National Environment Trust Fund.
25 – National Environment Restoration Fund. 26 – Investment of funds and disposal of assets. 27 – Annual Financial Report. 28 – Deposit Bonds. Provisional and District Environment Committees 29 – Provincial and District Environment Committees. 30 – Functions of Provincial and District Environment Committees. 31 – Public Complaints Committees. 32 – Functions of the Complaints Committee. 33 – Powers of the Complaints Committee. 34 – Proceedings of the Complaints Committee priviledged. 35 – Disclosure of interest. 36 – Remuneration and other expenses of the Complaints Committee. PART IV – ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING 37 – National Environment Action Plan Committee. 38 – Provisions of the National Environment Action Plan. 39 – Provisional Environment Action Plans. 40 – District Environment Action Plans. 41 – Contents of Provisional and District Environment Action Plans. PART V – PROTECTION AND CONSERVATION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 42 – Protection of rivers, lakes and wetlands. 43 – Protection of traditional interests. 44 – Protection of hill tops, hill sides, mountain areas and forests. 45 – Identification of hilly and mountainous areas. 46 – Re-forestation and afforestation of hill tops, hill slopes and mountainous areas. 47 – Other measures for management for hill tops, hill sides and mountainous areas. 48 – Protection of forests. 49 – Conservation of energy and planting of trees or woodlots. 50 – Conservation of biological diversity. 51 – Conservation of biological resources in situ. 52 – Conservation of biological resources ex situ. 53 – Access to genetic resources of Kenya. 54 – Protection of environmentally significant areas. 55 – Protection of the coastal zone. 56 – Protection of the ozone layer. 57 – Fiscal incentives.
PART VI – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 58 – Application for an Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. 59 – Publication of Environmental Impact Assessment. 60 – Comments on Environmental Impact Assessment report by Lead Agencies. 61 – Technical Advisory Committee on Environmental Impact Assessment. 62 – Further Environmental Impact Assessment. 63 – Environmental Impact Licence. 64 – Submission of fresh Environmental Impact Assessment report after Environmental Impact Assessment Licence issued. 65 – Transfer of Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. 66 – Protection in respect of an Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. 67 – Revocation, suspension or cancellation of Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. PART VII – ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT AND MONITORING 68 – Environmental Audit. 69 – Environmental monitoring. PART VIII – ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS 70 – Establishment of Standards and Enforcement Review Committee. 71 – Function of Standards and Enforcement Review Committee. 72 – Water pollution prohibition. 73 – Duty to supply plant information to the Authority. 74 – Effluents to be discharged only into sewerage system. 75 – Licence to discharge effluents. 76 – Cancellation of effluent discharge licence. 77 – Register of effluent discharge licences. 78 – Air quality standards. 79 – Controlled areas. 80 – Licensing emissions. 81 – Issue of emission licence. 82 – Emissions by motor vehicles and other conveyances. 83 – Additional licensing procedures. 84 – Cancellation of emission licence. 85 – Register of emission of licences. 86 – Standards for waste. 87 – Prohibition against dangerous handling and disposal of wastes. 88 – Application for waste licences. 89 – Licences for existing wastes disposal sites and plants. 90 – Court Orders to cease operation. 91 – Hazardous Wastes. 92 – Regulations of toxic and hazardous materials etc.
93 – Prohibition of discharge of hazardous substances, chemicals and materials or oil into the environment and spiller’s liability. 94 – Standards of pesticides and toxic substances. 95 – Application for registration of pesticides and toxic substances. 96 – Application for registration of existing operations involving pesticides and toxic substances. 97 – Registration of pesticides and toxic substances. 98 – Offences relating to pesticides and toxic substances. 99 – Seizure of pesticides and toxic substances. 100 – Regulations regarding registration of pesticides and toxic substances. 101 – Standards for noise. 102 – Noise in excess of established standards prohibited. 103 – Exemptions in respect of noise standards. 104 – Standards for ionising and other radiation. 105 – Powers of inspectors relating to ionising radiation. 106 – Offences relating to ionising radiation. 107 – Standards for the control of noxious smells. PART IX – ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION ORDERS, ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION ORDERS AND ENVIRONMENTAL EASEMENTS 108 – Issues of environmental restoration orders. 109 – Contents of environmental restoration orders. 110 – Reconsideration of environmental restoration order. 111- Issue of environmental restoration order by a court. 112 – Environmental easements and environmental conservation orders. 113 – Application for environmental easement. 114 – Enforcement of environmental easements. 115 – Registration of environmental easements. 116 – Compensation for environmental easements. PART X – INSPECTION, ANALYSIS AND RECORDS 117 – Appointment of Environmental Inspectors. 118 – Environmental Inspector’s powers to prosecute. 119 – Procedures for laboratory analysis of samples. 120 – Certificate of analysis and its effect. 121 – Records to be kept. 122 – Transmission of records to the Authority. 123 – Public Access to records transmitted to the Authority. PART XI – INTERNATIONAL TREATIES, CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENTS 124 – Conventions, agreements and treaties on environment. PART XII – NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT TRIBUNAL 125 – Establishment of the National Environment Tribunal.
2
126 – Proceedings of the Tribunal. 127 – Awards of the Tribunal. 128 – Quorum of the Tribunal for determination. 129 – Appeals to the Tribunal. 130 – Appeals to the High Court. 131 – Power to appoint Environment Assessors. 132 – Immunity. 134 – Remuneration of members of the Tribunal. 135 – Appointment of a secretary of the Tribunal. 136 – Powers to establish other Tribunals. PART XIII – ENVIRONMENTAL OFFENCES 137 – Offences relating to inspection. 138 – Offences relating to environmental impact assessment. 139 – Offences relating to records. 140 – Offences relating to standards. 141 – Offences relating to hazardous wastes, materials, chemicals and radioactive substances. 142 – Offences relating to pollution. 143 – Offences relating to environmental restoration orders, easements, and conservation orders. 144 – General Penalty. 145 – Offences by bodies corporate, partnership, principals and employees. 146 – Forfeiture, cancellation and other orders. 147 – Regulations. 148 – Existing laws relative to the environment. FIRST SCHEDULE SECOND SCHEDULE THIRD SCHEDULE An ACT of Parliament to provide for the establishment of an appropriate legal and institutional framework for the management of the environment and for the matters connected therewith and incidental thereto WHEREAS it is desirable that a framework environment legislation be promulgated so as to establish an appropriate legal and institutional framework for the management of the environment; AND WHEREAS it is recognised that improved legal and administrative co-ordination of the diverse sectoral initiatives is necessary in order to improve the national capacity for the management of the environment; AND WHEREAS the environment constitutes the foundation of national economic, social, cultural and spiritual advancement;
NOW THEREFORE BE IT ENACTED by the Parliament of Kenya, as follows:-
PART I - PRELIMINARY
1. This Act may be cited as the Environmental Management and Co-ordination Act, 1999.
2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires –
“air quality” means the concentration prescribed under or pursuant to this Act of a pollutant in the atmosphere at the point of measurement; “ambient air” means the atmosphere surrounding the earth but does not include the atmosphere within a structure or within any underground space; “analysis” means the testing or examination of any matter, substance or process for the purpose of determining its composition or qualities or its effect (whether physical, chemical or biological) on any segment of the environment or examination of emissions or recording of noise or sub-sonic vibrations to determine the level or other characteristics of the noise or sub-sonic vibration or its effect on any segments of the environment; “Analyst” means an analyst appointed or designated under section 119; “annual report on the state of the environment” means the report prepared and issued under section 9; “Authority” means the National Environment Management Authority established under section 7; “beneficial use” means a use of the environment or any element or segment of the environment that is conducive to public health, welfare or safety and which requires protection from the effects of wastes, discharges, emissions and deposits; “benefited environment” means that environment which has benefited through the imposition of one or more obligations on the burdened land; “biological diversity” means the variability among living organisms from all sources including, terrestrial ecosystems, aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, among species and of ecosystems; “biological resources” include genetic resources organisms or parts thereof, populations, or any other biotic component or ecosystem with actual or potential use or value for humanity “burdened land” means any land upon which an environmental easement has been imposed;
3
“chemical” means a chemical substance in any form whether by itself or in a mixture or preparation, whether manufactured or derived from nature and for the purposes of this Act includes industrial chemicals, pesticides, fertilizers and drugs; “Coastal zone” means any area declared to be a protected coastal zone under section 55; “Continental Shelf” means the exclusive economic zone established under section 4 of the Maritime Zones Act; “controlled area” means any area designated as such by the Minister under this Act; “Deposit Bond” means a deposit bond paid under section 28; “developer” means a person who is developing a project which is subject to an environmental impact assessment process under this Act; “Director” means a Director appointed under section 10; “Director-General” means the Director-General of the Authority appointed under section 10; “District Environment Action Plan” means the District Environment Action Plan prepared under section 40; “District Environment Committee” means the District Environment Committee appointed under section 29; “Ecosystem” means a dynamic complex of plant, animal, micro-organism communities and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit; “effluent” means gaseous waste, water or liquid or other fluid of domestic, agricultural, trade or industrial origin treated or untreated and discharged directly or indirectly into the aquatic environment; “element” in relation to the environment means any of the principal constituent parts of the environment including water, atmosphere, soil, vegetation, climate, sound, odour, aesthetics, fish and wildlife; “environment” includes the physical factors of the surroundings of human beings including land, water, atmosphere, climate, sound, odour, taste, the biological factors of animals and plants and the social factor of aesthetics and includes both the natural and the built environment; “environmental audit” means the systematic, documented, periodic and objective evaluation of how well environmental organisation, management and equipment are performing in conserving or preserving the environment; “environmental education” includes the process of recognising values and clarifying concepts in order to develop skills and attitudes necessary to understand and appreciate the inter-relatedness among man, his culture and his biophysical surroundings; “environmental impact assessment” means a systematic examination conducted to determine whether or not a programme, activity or project will have any adverse impacts on the environment;
“Environmental Inspector” means any environmental inspector appointed or designated under section 117; “environmental management” includes the protection, conservation and sustainable use of the various elements or components of the environment; “environmental monitoring” means the continuous or periodic determination of actual and potential effects of any activity or phenomenon on the environment whether short-term or long-term; “environmental planning” means both long-term and short-term planning that takes into account environmental exigencies; “environmental resources” includes the resources of the air, land, flora, fauna and water together with their aesthetical qualities; “environmental restoration order” means an order issued under section 108; “environmentally friendly” includes any phenomenon or activity that does not cause harm or degradation to the environment; “ex-situ conservation” means conservation outside the natural ecosystem and habitat of the biological organism; “exclusive economic zone” means the exclusive economic zone established and delimited under section 4 of the Maritime Zones Act; “financial year” means the period of twelve months ending on the thirtieth June in every year; “General Fund” means the General Fund established under section 20; “genetic resources” means genetic material of actual or potential value; “good environmental practice” means practice that is in accordance with the provisions of this Act or any other relevant law; “hazardous substance” means any chemical, waste, gas, medicine, drug, plant, animal or micro-organism which is likely to be injurious to human health or the environment; “hazardous waste” means any waste which has been determined by the Authority to be hazardous waste or to belong to any other category of waste provided for in section 91; “in-situ conservation” means conservation within the natural ecosystem and habitat of the biological organism; “intergenerational equity” means that the present generation should ensure that in exercising its right to beneficial use of the environment, the health, diversity and productivity of the environment is maintained or enhanced for the benefit of future generations;
4
“intragenerational equity” means that all people within the present generation have the right to benefit equally from the exploitation of the environment, and that they have an equal entitlement to a clean and healthy environment; “lead agency” means any Government ministry, department, parastatal, state corporation or local authority, in which any law vests functions of control or management of any element of the environment or natural resource; “local authority” has the meaning assigned to it in section 2 of the Local Government Act; “Minister” means the Minster for the time being responsible for matters relating to the environment; “mixture containing oil” means a mixture of substances or liquids with such oil content as may be specified under this Act or, if such oil content is not specified, a mixture with an oil content of one hundred parts or more in one million parts of the mixture; “National Council of Non-Governmental Organisations” means the Council established by section 23 of the Non-Governmental Organizations Co-ordination Act, 1990; “National Environment Action Plan” means the plan referred to in section 37; “natural resources” includes resources of the air, land, water, animals and plants including their aesthetic qualities; “noise” means any undesirable sound that is intrinsically objectionable or that may cause adverse effect on human health or the environment; “occupational air quality” means the concentration prescribed under or pursuant to this Act of a substance or energy in the atmosphere within a structure or under-ground space in which human activities take place; “occupier” means a person in occupation or control of premises, and in relation to premises different parts of which are occupied by different persons, means the respective persons in occupation or control of each part; “oil” includes – (a) crude oil, refined oil, diesel oil, fuel oil and lubricating oil; and (b) any other description of oil which may be prescribed;
“owner” in relation to any premises means – (a) the registered proprietor of the premises; (b) the lessee, including a sub-lessee of the premises;
(c) the agent or trustee of any other owners described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this interpretation section or where such owner as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) cannot be traced or has died, his legal personal representative;
(d) the person for the time being receiving the rent of the premises whether on his
own account or as agent or trustee for any other person or as receiver or who would receive the rent if such premises were let to a tenant; and
in relation to any ship means the person registered as the owner of the ship or in the absence of registration, the person owning the ship; except that in the case of a ship owned by any country and operated by a company which in that country is registered as the ship’s operator, “owner” shall include such country and the master of the ship; “ozone layer” means the layer of the atmospheric zone above the planetary boundary layer as defined in the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985; “pollutant” includes any substance whether liquid, solid or gaseous which – (a) may directly or indirectly alter the quality of any element of the receiving
environment; (b) is hazardous or potentially hazardous to human health or the environment; and includes objectionable odours, radio-activity, noise, temperature change or physical, chemical or biological change to any segment or element of the environment; “polluter-pays principle” means that the cost of cleaning up any element of the environment damaged by pollution, compensating victims of pollution, cost of beneficial uses lost as a result of an act of pollution and other costs that are connected with or incidental to the foregoing, is to be paid or borne by the person convicted of pollution under this Act or any other applicable law; “pollution” means any direct or indirect alteration of the physical, thermal, chemical, biological, or radio-active properties of any part of the environment by discharging, emitting, or depositing wastes so as to affect any beneficial use adversely, to cause a condition which is hazardous or potentially hazardous to public health, safety or welfare, or to animals, birds, wildlife, fish or aquatic life, or to plants or to cause contravention of any condition, limitation, or restriction which is subject to a licence under this Act; “practicable” means reasonably practicable having regard, among other things, to local conditions and knowledge and the term “practicable means” include the provision and the efficient maintenance of plants and the proper use thereof, and the supervision by or on behalf of the occupier of any process or operation;
5
“precautionary principle” is the principle that where there are threats of damage to the environment, whether serious or irreversible, lack of full scientific certainty shall not be used as a reason for postponing cost-effective measures to prevent environmental degradation; “premises” include measures, buildings, lands, and hereditaments in every tenure and machinery, plant or vehicle used in connection with any trade carried on at any premises; “project” includes any project, programme or policy that leads to projects which may have an impact on the environment; “project report” means a summary statement of the likely environmental effect of a proposed development referred to in section 58; “proponent” means a person proposing or executing a project, programme or an undertaking specified in the Second Schedule; “proprietary information” means information relating to any manufacturing process, trade secret, trade mark, copyright, patent or formula protected by law in Kenya or by any international treaty to which Kenya is a party; “Provincial Director of Environment” means the Provincial Director of Environment appointed under section 16; “Provincial Environment Committee” means the Provincial Environment Committee established under section 29; “Public Complaints Committee” means the Public Complaints Committee established under section 31; “radiation” includes ionising radiation and any other radiation likely to have adverse effects on human health and the environment; “Regional development authority” means a regional development authority established by an Act of Parliament; “regulations” mean regulations made under this Act; “Restoration Fund” means the National Environment Restoration Fund established under section 25; “segment” in relation to the environment means any portion or portions of the environment expressed in terms of volume, space, area, quantity, quality or time or any combination thereof; “ship” includes every description of vessel or craft or floating structure; “soil” includes earth, sand, rock, shales, minerals, vegetation, and the flora and fauna in the soil and derivatives thereof such as dust; “standard” means the limits of discharge or emissions established under this Act or under regulations made pursuant to this Act or any other written law;
“sustainable development” means development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs by maintaining the carrying capacity of the supporting ecosystems; “sustainable use” means present use of the environment or natural resources which does not compromise the ability to use the same by future generations or degrade the carrying capacity of supporting ecosystems; “territorial waters” means territorial waters provided for under section 3 of the Maritime Zones Act; “trade” means any trade, business or undertaking whether originally carried on a fixed premises or at varying places which may result in discharge of substances and energy and includes any activity prescribed to be a trade, business or undertaking for the purpose of this Act; “Tribunal” means the National Environment Tribunal established under section 125; “Trust Fund” means the National Environment Trust Fund established under section 24; “waste” includes any matter prescribed to be waste and any matter, whether liquid, solid, gaseous, or radioactive, which is discharged, emitted, or deposited in the environment in such volume composition or manner likely to cause an alteration of the environment; “water” includes drinking water, river, stream, water-course, reservoir, well, dam, canal, channel, lake, swamp, open drain, or underground water; “wetland” means areas permanently or seasonally flooded by water where plants and animals have become adapted;
PART II – GENERAL PRINCIPLES
3. (1) Every person in Kenya is entitled to a clean and healthy environment and had the duty to safeguard and enhance the environment. (2) The entitlement to a clean and healthy environment under subsection (1)
includes the access by any person in Kenya to the various public elements or segments of the environment for recreational, educational, health, spiritual and cultural purposes.
(3) If a person alleges that the entitlement conferred under subsection (1) has been, is being or is likely to be contravened in relation to him, then without prejudice to any other action with respect to the same matter which is lawfully available, that person may apply to the High Court for redress and the High Court may take such orders, issue such writs or give such directions as it may deem appropriate to –
6
(a) prevent, stop or discontinue any act or omission deleterious to the environment;
(b) compel any public officer (c) to take measures to prevent or discontinue any act or omission
deleterious to the environment; (d) require that any on-going activity be subjected to an environment
audit in accordance with the provisions of this Act; (e) compel the persons responsible for the environmental degradation to
restore the degraded environment as far as practicable to its immediate condition prior to the damage; and
(f) provide compensation for any victims of pollution and the cost of beneficial uses lost as a result of an act of pollution and other losses that are connected with or incidental to the foregoing.
(4) A person proceeding under subsection (3) of this section shall have the capacity to bring an action notwithstanding that such a person cannot show that the defendant’s act or omission has caused or is likely to cause him any personal loss or injury provided that such action –
(a) is not frivolous or vexations; or (b) is not an abuse of the court process. (5) In exercising the jurisdiction conferred upon it under subsection (3), the
High Court shall be guided by the following principles of sustainable development;
(a) the principle of public participation in the development of policies, plans
and processes for the management of the environment;
(b) the cultural and social principle traditionally applied by any community in Kenya for the management of the environment or natural resources in so far as the same are relevant and are not repugnant to justice and morality or inconsistent with any written law;
(c) the principle of international co-operation in the management of
environmental resources shared by two or more states;
(d) the principles of intergenerational and intragenerational equity;
(e) the polluter-pays principle; and
(f) the pre-cautionary principle.
PART III – ADMINISTRATION The National Environment Council
4. (1) There is established a council to be known as the National Environment Council (hereinafter referred to as the “Council”) which shall consist of-
(a) the Minister who shall be the chairman;
(b) the Permanent Secretaries in the Ministries for the time being responsible
for the matters specified in the First Schedule;
(c) two representatives of public universities in Kenya to be appointed by the Minister;
(d) two representatives of specified research institutions in Kenya to be
appointed by the Minister;
(e) three representatives of the business community, to be appointed by the Minister, one of whom shall be a representative of oil marketing companies;
(f) two representatives of Non-Governmental Organisations active in the environmental field to be appointed by the Minister;
(g) the Director-General who shall be the secretary; and (h) such number of other members as may, from time, be co-opted by the
Minister to be members of the Council. (2) Every appointment under paragraph (f) of subsection (1) shall be made from a
list of nominees submitted by the Non-Governmental Organizations Council. (3) Every appointment under paragraph (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of subsection (1)
shall be by name and by notice in the Gazette and shall be for a renewable period of three years, but shall cease if the appointee – (a) serves the Minister with a written notice of resignation; or (b) is absent from three consecutive meetings of the Council without the
permission of the Minister; or (c) is convicted of an offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term
exceeding six months or to a fine exceeding ten thousand shillings; or (d) is incapacitated by prolonged physical or mental illness from performing
his duties as a member of the Council; or (e) conducts himself in a manner deemed by the Minister, in consultation with
the Council, to be inconsistent with membership of the Council; or
7
(f) is adjudged bankrupt or has entered into a scheme or arrangement with his creditors.
5. The Council shall – (a) be responsible for policy formulation and directions for purposes of this
Act; (b) set national goals and objectives and determine policies and priorities for
the protection of the environment; (c) promote co-operation among public departments, local authorities, private
sector, Non-Governmental Organisations and such other organisations engaged in environmental protection programmes; and
(d) perform such other functions as are assigned under this Act. 6. (1) The Council shall meet at least three times in every financial year, at such place as it may deem appropriate for the transaction of its business.
(2) The Minister shall preside at all meetings of the Council but in his absence a person appointed by him shall preside on his behalf at such a meeting.
(3) The secretary to the Council shall prepare and keep all the records of the business conducted at the meetings of the Council.
(4) The powers of the Council shall not be affected by any vacancy in the membership thereof nor by any defect in the appointment of a person purporting to be a member of the Council.
(5) Subject to this section, the Council shall regulate its own procedure. The Authority
7. (1) There is established an Authority to be known as the National Environment
Management Authority.
(2) The Authority shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and shall, in its corporate name, be capable of –
(a) suing and being sued;
(b) taking, purchasing, charging and disposing of movable and immovable
property;
(c) borrowing money;
(d) entering into contracts; and
(e) doing or performing all such other things or acts for the proper administration of this Act, which may lawfully be performed by a body corporate.
8. The Headquarters of the Authority shall be in Nairobi. 9. (1) The object and purpose for which the Authority is established is to exercise
general supervision and co-ordination over all matters relating to the environment and to be the principal instrument of Government in the implementation of all policies relating to the environment. (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Authority shall –
(a) co-ordinate the various environmental management activities being
undertaken by the lead agencies and promote the integration of environmental considerations into development policies, plans, programmes and projects with a view to ensuring the proper management and rational utilization of environmental resources on a sustainable yield basis for the improvement of the quality of human life in Kenya;
(b) take stock of the natural resources in Kenya and their utilisation and
conservation;
(c) establish and review in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, land use guidelines;
(d) examine land use patterns to determine their impact on the quality and
quantity of natural resources; (e) carry out surveys which will assist in the proper management and
conservation of the environment; (f) advise the Government on legislative and other measures for the
management of the environment or the implementation of relevant international conventions, treaties and agreements in the field of environment, as the case may be;
(g) advise the Government on regional and international environmental conventions, treaties and agreements to which Kenya should be a party and follow up the implementation of such agreements where Kenya is a party;
(h) undertake and co-ordinate research, investigation and surveys in the field of environment and collect, collate and disseminate information about the findings of such research, investigation or survey;
(i) mobilise and monitor the use of financial and human resources for environmental management;
8
(j) identify projects and programmes or types of projects and programme, plans and policies for which environmental audit or environmental monitoring must be conducted under this Act;
(k) initiate and evolve procedures and safeguard for the prevention of accidents which may cause environmental degradation and evolve remedial measures where accidents occur;
(l) monitor and assess activities, including activities being carried out by relevant lead agencies, in order to ensure that the environment is not degraded by such activities, environmental management objectives are adhered to and adequate early warning on impending environmental emergencies is given;
(m) undertake, in co-operation with relevant lead agencies, programmes intended to enhance environmental education and public awareness about the need for sound environmental management as well as for enlisting public support and encouraging the effort made by other entities in that regard;
(n) publish and disseminate manuals, codes or guidelines relating to environmental management and prevention or abatement of environmental degradation;
(o) render advice and technical support, where possible, to entities engaged in natural resources management and environmental protection so as to enable them to carry out their responsibilities satisfactorily;
(p) prepare and issue an annual report on the state of the environment in Kenya and in this regard may direct any lead agency to prepare and submit to it a report on the state of the sector of the environment under the administration of that lead agency;
(q) perform such other functions as the Government may assign to the
Authority or as are incidental or conducive to the exercise by the Authority of any or all of the functions provided under this Act.
(3) The Minister shall lay every annual report on the state of the environment prepared
under subsection (2) (p) before the National Assembly as soon as reasonably practicable after its publication.
10. (1) The Authority shall be managed by a Board which shall consist of –
(a) a chairman appointed by the President; and
(b) the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry for the time being responsible for matters relating to the authourity or an officer of that Ministry designated in writing by the Permanent Secretary.
(c) a Director-General appointed by the President:
(d) three Directors who shall be officers of the Authority;
(e) seven members, not being public officers appointed by the Minister in
consultation with the Council; and
(f) the Secretary of the Board, who shall be appointed by the Authority.
(2) No person shall be appointed under subsections (1) (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) unless such person holds at least a post-graduate degree from a recognised university in the field of environmental law, environmental science or natural resource management or a relevant social science and in the case of the Director-General, has at least fifteen years’ working experience in the relevant field.
(3) The members referred to under section (1) (a) and (e) should be appointed at
different times so that the respective expiry dates of their terms of office shall fall at different times.
(4) The members appointed under paragraphs (a), (c) and (e) of subsection (1) shall hold office for a term of four years and shall be eligible for reappointment for one further term of four years.
(5) The Board shall elect a vice-chairman from among the members appointed under paragraph (e) of subsection (1).
(6) The Board shall meet at least four time in every financial year. (7) The Chairman shall preside at every meeting of the Board at which he is
present, but in his absence the vice-chairman shall preside, and in his absence, the members present shall elect one of their member who shall, with respect to that meeting and the business transacted thereat have all the powers of the Chairman.
(8) Unless a unanimous decision is reached, a decision on any matter before the Board shall be by a majority of votes of the members present and in the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman or person presiding shall have a casting vote.
(9) The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Board shall be seven members including the person presiding; and all acts, matters or things
9
authorized or required to be done by the Board, shall be effected by a resolution passed by a majority of the members present and voting.
(10) The Secretary to the Board shall not be entitled to vote on any matter before the Board. (11) Appointment of a member of the Board may be terminated by the appointing
authority where the member - (a) is adjudged bankrupt or enters into a composition or scheme of
arrangement with his creditors; (b) is convicted of an offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term of six
months or more without the option of a fine; (c) is incapacitated by prolonged physical or mental illness from performing
his duties as a member of the Board; or (d) becomes, for any reason, incapable or incompetent of properly performing
the functions of his office. (12) Where a member of the Board dies or resigns or otherwise vacates office
before the expiry of his term of office, the appointing authority shall appoint another person in the place of such member.
(13) Where the Director-General is unable to perform the functions of his office due to any temporary incapacity which is likely to be prolonged, the President may appoint a substitute therefore to act with the full powers of the Director-General until such time as the President determines that the incapacity has ceased.
(14) (a) The Director-General shall be the chief executive of the Authority and shall, subject to this Act, be responsible for the day to day management of the affairs of the Authority.
(b) A Director shall perform such functions as are conferred by this Act and
such additional duties as may be assigned by the Director-General.
(c ) The Director-General and the Directors of the Authority shall be paid such salaries and allowances as may, from time to time, be determined by the President.
(15) Subject to subsections (6), (7), (8) and (9) the Board shall regulate its own
Procedure. 11. The Authority shall have all powers necessary for the proper performance of its
functions under this Act and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Authority shall have power to – control, supervise and administer the assets of the Authority in such manner as best promotes the purpose for which the Authority is established;
(a) determine the provisions to be made for capital and recurrent expenditure and for reserves of the Authority;
(b) receive any grants, gifts, donations or endowments and make legitimate disbursements there from;
(c) enter into association with other bodies or organisations within or outside Kenya as the Authority may consider desirable or appropriate and in furtherance of the purpose for which the Authority is established;
(d) open a banking account or banking accounts for the funds of the Authority; and
(e) invest any funds of the Authority not immediately required for its purposes in the manner provided in section 26.
12. The Authority may, after giving reasonable notice of its intention so to do, direct any lead agency to perform, within such time and in such manner as it shall specify, any of the duties imposed upon the lead agency by or under this Act or any other written law, in the field of environment and if the lead agency fails to comply with such directions, the Authority may itself perform or cause to be performed the duties in question, and the expense incurred by it in so doing shall be a civil debt recoverable by the Authority from the lead agency.
13.(1) Subject to this Act, the Authority shall regulate its own procedure. 14. The Authority shall pay the Director-General and the Directors such salaries
and allowances as may, from time, be determined by the President, but those salaries and allowances shall not be altered to their detriment during their term of office.
15. Subject to this Act, the Authority may, by resolution either generally or in any particular case, delegate to any committee of the Authority or to any member, officer, employee or agent of the Authority, the exercise of any of the powers or the performance of any of the functions or duties of the Authority under this Act.
16. The Authority may appoint such officers or other staff of the Authority as are necessary for the proper discharge of its functions under this Act or any other written law, upon such terms and conditions of service as the Authority may determine.
17. The common seal of the Authority shall be kept in such custody as the Authority may direct and shall not be used except on the order of the Authority.
18. No matter or thing done by a member of the Authority or any officer, employee or agent of the Authority shall, if the matter or thing is done bona fide for executing the functions, powers or duties of the Authority, render the member, officer, employee or agent or any person acting on his directions personally liable to any action, claim or demand whatsoever.
19. The Provisions of section 18 shall not relieve the Authority of the liability to pay compensation or damages to any person for any injury to him, his property or
10
any of his interests caused by the exercise of the powers conferred on the Authority by this Act or by any other written law or by the failure, whether wholly or partially, or any works.
20.(1) There shall be a general fund of the Authority which shall vest in the Authority. (2) There shall be paid into the general fund –
(a) such monies or assets as may accrue to or vest in the Authority in the course of the exercise of its powers or the performance of its functions under this Act;
(b) such sums as may be granted to the Authority by the Minister pursuant to subsection (3); and
(c) all monies from other source provided for or donated or lent to the Authority.
(3) There shall be made to the Authority out of monies provided by Parliament for that purpose, grants towards the expenditure incurred by the Authority in the exercise of its powers or the performance of its functions under this Act.
(4) There shall be paid out of the general fund all sums required to defray the expenditure incurred by the Authority in the exercise, discharge and performance of its objectives, functions and duties.
21. The financial year of the Authority shall be the period of twelve months ending on
the thirtieth June in each year.
22.(1) At least three months before the commencement of each financial year, the Authority shall cause to be prepared estimates of the revenue and expenditure of the Authority for that year.
(2) The annual estimates shall make provisions for the estimated expenditure of
the Authority for the financial year and in particular, the estimates shall provide for –
(a) the payment of the salaries, allowances and other charges in respect of
the staff of the Authority; (b) the payment of pensions, gratuities and other charges in respect of the
staff of the Authority; (c) the proper maintenance of the buildings and grounds of the Authority; (d) the maintenance, repair and replacement of the equipment and other
property of the Authority; and (e) the creation of such reserve funds to meet future contingent liabilities in
respect of retirement benefits, insurance or replacement of buildings or
equipment, or in respect of such other matter as the Authority may deem appropriate.
(3) The annual estimates shall be approved by the Authority before the commencement of the financial year to which they relate and shall be submitted to the Minister for approval and after the Minister’s approval, the Authority shall not increase the annual estimates without the consent of the Minister.
23.(1) The Authority shall cause to be kept all proper books and records of accounts of the income, expenditure and assets of the Authority.
(2) Within a period of four months from the end of each financial year, the Authority shall submit to the Auditor-General (Corporations) or to an auditor appointed under this section, the accounts of the Authority together with –
(a) a statement of the income and expenditure of the Authority during that year; and
(b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the Authority on the last day of that year.
(5) The accounts of the Authority shall be audited and reported upon in accordance with section 29 and 30A of the Exchequer and Audit Act, by the Auditor-General (Corporations), or by an auditor appointed by the Authority with the approval of the Auditor-General (Corporations) given in accordance with section 29(2) (b) of the Exchequer and Audit Act.
24.(1) There is hereby established a fund to be known as the National Environment Trust Fund, (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust Fund”).
(2) The Trust Fund shall consist of – (a) such sums of money as may be received by the Trust Fund in the form of
donations, endowments, grants and gifts from whatever source and specifically designated for the Trust Fund;
(b) such sums of money or other assets as may be specifically designated to the Trust Fund by the Authority out of its General Fund.
(3) The Trust Fund shall be vested in the Authority and subject to this Act, shall be administered by a Board of five Trustees to be appointed by the Minister by a notice in the Gazette on such terms and conditions as he deems fit. The trustees shall be persons holding at least post-graduate degree from a recognised university in the field of environmental law, economics, environmental science or natural resource management at the time of their appointment. The object of the Trust Fund shall be to facilitate research intended to further the requirements of the environmental management, capacity building, environmental awards, environmental publications, scholarships and grants.
11
(4) The Board of Trustees may, on the recommendation of the Council, determine that certain donations to the Trust Fund shall be applied specifically and reserved only for prizes and awards for exemplary services to the environment. Such prizes and awards shall be applied by the recipient exclusively to the management of the environment.
25.(1) There is hereby established a fund to be known as the National Environment
Restoration Fund, (hereinafter referred to as “The Restoration Fund”). (2) The Restoration Fund shall consist of:-
(a) such proportion of fees or deposit bonds as may be determined by the
Authority from time to time; (b) such sums as may be donated or levied from industries and other projects
proponents as a contribution towards the Restoration Fund.
(3) The Restoration Fund shall be vested in the Authority and, subject to this Act, shall be administered by the Director-General. The object of the Restoration Fund shall be as supplementary insurance for the mitigation of environmental degradation where the perpetrator is not identifiable or where exceptional circumstances require the Authority to intervene towards the control or mitigation of environmental degradation.
(4) The Minster may, by notice in the Gazette, issue orders for the levying of funds from project proponents towards the Restoration Fund.
26.(1) Subject to this Act, the Authority may, invest any of its funds in securities in which trustees may, for the time being, invest trust funds or in any other securities which the Treasury may, from time to time, approve for that purpose.
(2) Subject to this Act, the Authority may place on deposit with such bank or banks
as it may determine, any moneys not immediately required for its purposes. (3) The assets of the Authority may be disposed of:-
(a) if they are current assets, in the normal course of business carried on by the Authority;
(b) where the disposal and utilization of the proceeds have been taken into account in an annual estimate prepared and approved in accordance with section 22;
(c) by way of sale or otherwise with the approval of the Minister and the Treasury where such disposal has not been taken into account in the estimates.
27.(1) As soon as practicable and not later than three months after the expiry of the financial year, the Director-General shall submit to the Council a financial report concerning the activities of the Authority during such financial year.
(2) The Report of the Director-General under subsection (1) shall include information on the financial affairs of the Authority and shall be appended to the Report:- (a) an audited statement of income and expenditure of the previous financial
year; (b) estimates of income and expenditure of the Authority for the next ensuing
financial year. (3) The Minister shall not later than fourteen days after the sitting of the National
Assembly next after receipt of the Report referred to in subsection (1) lay it before the National Assembly.
28.(1) The Authority shall create a register of those activities and industrial plants and undertakings which have or are most likely to have significant adverse effects on the environment when operated in a manner that is not in conformity with good environmental practices.
(2) The Minister responsible for finance may, on the recommendations of the Council, prescribe that persons engaged in activities or operating industrial plants and other undertakings identified under subsection (1) pay such deposit bonds as may constitute appropriate security for good environmental practice.
(3) The deposit bond determined in accordance with subsection (2) shall be refunded to the operator of the activity, industrial plant or any other undertaking by the Authority after such duration not exceeding twenty-four months without interest where the operator has observed good environmental practices to the satisfaction of the Authority.
(4) The Authority may, after giving the operator an opportunity to be heard, confiscate a deposit bond where the operator is responsible for environmental practice that is in breach if the provisions of this Act, and the Authority may in addition cancel any licence issued to the operator under this Act if the Authority is satisfied that the operator has become an habitual offender.
(5) Where an operator is dissatisfied with the confiscation of his deposit bond under this Act, he may refer the matter to a competent court of law.
(6) The proceeds of every refundable deposit bond levied under this section shall be paid into the Restoration Fund and shall be treated as part of the Restoration Fund until refunded to the depositor subject to subsection (3) or confiscated by the Authority.
(7) Any interest accruing from monies deposited into the Restoration Fund under this section shall be for the benefit of the Authority.
Provincial and District Environment Committees
12
29.(1) The Minister shall by notice in the Gazette, appoint Provincial and District Environment Committees of the Authority in respect of every province and district respectively.
(2) Every Provincial Environment Committee shall consist of –
(a) the Provincial Commissioner of the Province who shall be the chairman;
(b) the Provincial Director of Environment of the Province who shall be the
Secretary;
(c) one representative each of the Ministries responsible for the matters specified in the First Schedule at the provincial level;
(d) a representative of every local authority whose area of jurisdiction falls
wholly or partly within the province;
(e) two representatives of farmers or pastoralists within the province to be appointed by the Minister;
(f) two representatives of the business community operating within the concerned province appointed by the Minister;
(g) two representatives of the non-governmental organisations engaged in environmental management programmes within the province appointed by the Minister in consultation with the National Council of Non-Governmental Organisations; and
(h) a representative of every regional development authority whose area of jurisdiction falls wholly or partially within the province.
(1) Every District Environment Committee shall consist of – (a) the District Commissioner of the district who shall be the chairman; (b) the District Environment Officer of the district who shall be the secretary; (c) one representative each of the Ministries for the time being responsible for
the matters specified in the First Schedule at the district level; (d) a representative of every local authority whose area of jurisdiction falls
wholly or partially within the district; (e) two representatives of farmers or pastoralists within the district to be
appointed by the Minister; (f) two representatives of the business community in the district to be
appointed by the Minister; (g) two representatives of the non-governmental organisations engaged in
environmental management programmes, operating in the district, to be
appointed by the Minister in consultation with the National Council of Non-Governmental Organisation; and
(h) two representatives of the community-based organizations engaged in environmental programmes operating in the district, to be appointed by the Minister.
30. The Provincial and District Environment Committee shall – (a) be responsible for the proper management of the environment within the
province or district in respect of which they are appointed. (b) perform such additional functions as are prescribed by this Act or as may,
from time to time, be assigned by the Minister by notice in the Gazette. 31. (1) There is hereby established a committee of the Authority to be known as
the Public Complaints Committee (hereinafter referred to as “the Complaints Committee”) which shall consist of – (a) a Chairman appointed by the Minister and who shall be a person
qualified for appointment as a Judge of the High Court of Kenya; (b) a representative of the Attorney-General; (c) a representative of the Law Society of Kenya; (d) a representative of non-governmental organisations appointed by the
National Council of Non-Governmental Organisations and who shall be the secretary of the Complaints Committee;
(e) a representative of the business community appointed by the Minister; (f) two members appointed by the Minister for their active role in
environmental management. (2) The members of the Complaints Committee, other than the chairman, shall
hold office for a period of three years but shall be eligible for reappointment: Provided that no member shall hold office for more than two terms.
(3) A member of the Complaints Committee other than the member appointed under subsection (1) (b) may – (a) at anytime resign from office by notice in writing to the Minister through the
chairman; (b) be removed from office by the Minister if the member –
(i) has been absent from three consecutive meetings of the Committee without permission from the chairman; (ii) is convicted of a criminal offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term exceeding six months or to a fine exceeding ten thousand shillings; (iii) is incapacitated by prolonged physical or mental illness; or (iv) is otherwise unable or unfit to discharge his functions.
(4) If a member of the Complaints Committee vacates office before the expiry of his term, the appointing authority shall appoint a suitable replacement thereof. Where a member of the Complaints Committee is unable to perform the
13
functions of his office due to any temporary incapacity which may be prolonged, the appointing authority may appoint a substitute for the member until such time as the Minister determines the incapacity has ceased.
(6) Subject to this Act, the Complaints Committee shall regulate its own procedure.
32. The functions of the Complaints Committee shall be – (a) to investigate –
(i) any allegations or complaints against any person or against the Authority in relation to the condition of the environment in Kenya; (ii) on its own motion, any suspected case of environmental degradation, and to make a report of its findings together with its recommendation thereon to the Council;
(b) to prepare and submit to the Council, periodic reports of its activities which report shall form part of the annual report on the state of the environment under section 9 (3); and
(c) to perform such other functions and exercise such powers as may be
assigned to it by the Council. 33.(1) The Complaints Committee may, by notice in writing, require any person to –
(a) give to the Complaints Committee all reasonable assistance in connection with the investigation of any complaint under section 32; or
(b) appear before the Complaints Committee for examination concerning matters relevant to the investigation of any complaint under section 32.
(2) A Person who – (a) refuses or fails to comply with the requirement of the Complaints
Committee which is applicable to him, to the extent to which he is able to comply with it; or
(b) obstructs or hinders the Complaints Committee in the exercise of his powers under this Act; or
(c) furnishes information or makes a statement to the Complaints Committee which he knows to be false or misleading in any material particular; or
(d) when appearing before the Complaints Committee for examination, makes a statement which he knows to be false or misleading in any material particular
commits an offence. A person convicted of an offence under subsection (2) shall be liable to a fine not exceeding fifty thousand shillings.
(3) Where an offence under subsection (2) is a continuing offence, the person convicted shall, in addition to the penalty prescribed in subsection (3), be liable
to a fine of one thousand shillings for each day during which the offence continues.
34. No proceedings shall lie against the chairman or any member of the Complaints Committee in respect of anything done bona fide in the performance of the duties of the Complaints Committee under this Act.
35. (1)If a member of the Complaints Committee is directly or indirectly interested in any matter before the Complaints Committee and is present at a meeting of the
Complaints Committee at which the matter is the subject of investigation, he shall, at the meeting and as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement thereof, disclose the fact and shall not take part in the consideration or discussion of, or vote on, any questions in respect of the matter, or be counted in the quorum of the meeting during the consideration of the matter. (4) A disclosure of interest made under subsection (1) shall be recorded in the
minutes of the meeting at which it is made. 36.(1) There shall be paid to the chairman and members of the Complaints
Committee, such remuneration, fees or allowances for expenses as the Council may determine.
(2) The remuneration fees or allowances referred to in subsection (1) together with any other expenses incurred by the Complaints Committee in the execution of its functions under this Act shall be paid out of monies provided by Parliament for that purpose.
PART IV – ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING
37.(1) There is established a committee of the Authority to be known as the National Environment Action Plan Committee and which shall consist of –
(a) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time being responsible for
national economic planning and development who shall be the chairman; (b) the Permanent Secretaries in the Ministries responsible for the matters
specified in the First Schedule or their duly nominated representatives; (c) four representatives of the business community to be appointed by the
Minister; (d) representatives of each of the institutions specified in the Third Schedule; (e) five representatives of non-governmental organisations nominated by the
National Council of Non-Governmental Organizations; (f) representatives of specialised research institutions that are engaged in
environmental matters as may be determined by the Minister; and (g) a Director of the Authority who shall be the secretary.
14
(2) The National Environment Action Plan Committee shall, after every five years,
prepare a national environment action plan for consideration and adoption by the National Assembly.
38. The national environment action plan shall – (a) contain an analysis of the natural resources of Kenya with an indication as
to any pattern of change in their distribution and quantity over time; (b) contain an analytical profile of the various uses and value of the natural
resources incorporating considerations of intergenerational and intragenerational equity;
(c) recommend appropriate legal and fiscal incentives that may be used to encourage the business community to incorporate environmental requirements into their planning and operational processes;
(d) recommend methods for building national awareness through environmental education on the importance of sustainable use of the environment and natural resources for national development;
(e) set out operational guidelines for the planning and management of the environment and natural resources;
(f) identify actual or likely problems as may affect the natural resources and the broader environment context in which they exist;
(g) identify and appraise trends in the development of urban and rural settlements, their impacts on the environment, and strategies for the amelioration of their negative impacts;
(h) propose guidelines for the integration of standards of environmental protection into development planning and management;
(i) identify and recommend policy and legislative approaches for preventing, controlling or mitigating specific as well as general adverse impacts on the environment;
(j) prioritise areas of environmental research and outline methods of using such research findings;
(k) without prejudice to the foregoing, be reviewed and modified from time to time to incorporate emerging knowledge and realities; and
(l) be binding on all persons and all government departments, agencies, state corporations or other organs of Government upon adoption by the National Assembly.
39. Every Provincial Environment Committee shall every five years, prepare a provincial environment action plan in respect of the province for which it is appointed, incorporating the elements of the relevant district environment action plans prepared under section 40 and shall submit such plan to the chairman of the National Environment Action Plan Committee for incorporation into the national environment action plan.
40. Every District Environment Committee shall, every five years, prepare a district environment action plan in respect of the district environment for which it is appointed and shall submit such plan to the chairman of the Provincial Environment Action Plan Committee for incorporation into the provincial environment action plan proposed under section 39.
41. Every provincial environment action plan and every district environment action plan prepared under section 39 and 40 respectively shall contain provisions dealing with matters contained in section 38 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) in relation to their respective province or district.
PART V – PROTECTION AND CONSERVATION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
42.(1) No person shall, without prior written approval of the Director-General given after an environmental impact assessment, in relation to a river, lake or wetland in Kenya, carry out any of the following activities – (a) erect, reconstruct, place, alter, extend, remove or demolish any structure
or part of any structure in, or under the river, lake or wetland; (b) excavate, drill, tunnel or disturb the river, lake or wetland; (c) introduce any animal whether alien or indigenous in a lake, river or
wetland; (d) introduce or plant any part of a plant specimen, whether alien or
indigenous, dead or alive, in any river, lake or wetland; (e) deposit any substance in a lake, river or wetland or in, on, or under its bed,
if that substance would or is likely to have adverse environmental effects on the river, lake or wetland;
(f) direct or block any river, lake or wetland from its natural and normal course; or
(g) drain any lake, river or wetland. (2) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, declare a lake shore, wetland,
coastal zone or river bank to be protected area and impose such restrictions as he considers necessary, to protect the lake shore, wetlands, coastal zone and river bank from environmental degradation. In declaring a lake shore, wetland, coastal zone or river bank a protected area, the Minister shall take into consideration the following factors – (a) the geographical size of the lake shore, wetland, coastal zone or river
bank; and (b) the interests of the communities resident around the lake shore, wetland,
coastal zone or river bank concerned.
15
(3) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, issue general and specific orders, regulations or standards for the management of river banks, lake shores, wetlands or coastal zones and such orders, regulations or standards may include management, protection, or conservation measures in respect of any area at risk of environmental degradation and shall provide for – (a) the development of an overall environmental management plan for a lake,
river, wetland or coastal area, taking into account the relevant sectoral interests;
(b) measures for the prevention or control of coastal erosion; (c) the conservation of mangrove and coral reef ecosystems; (d) plans for the harvesting of minerals within the coastal zone, including
strategies for the restoration of mineral sites; (e) contingency plans for the prevention and control of all deliberate and
accidental discharge of pollutants into the sea, lakes or rivers; (f) plans for the protection of wetlands; (g) the regulations of harvesting of aquatic living and non-living resources to
ensure optimism sustainable yield; (h) special guidelines for access to and exploitation of living and non-living
resources in the continental shelf, territorial sea and the Exclusive Economic Zone;
(i) promotion of environmentally friendly tourism; and (j) the management of biological resources;
(4) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines for the management of the environment of lakes and rivers.
(5) Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with any orders, regulations or standards issued under this section shall be guilty of an offence.
43. The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, declare the traditional interests of indigenous communities customarily resident within or around a lake shore, wetland, coastal zone or river bank to be protected interests.
44. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, develop issue and implement regulations, procedures, guidelines and measures for the sustainable use of hill sides, hill tops, mountain areas and forests and such regulations, guidelines, procedures and measures shall control the harvesting of forests and any natural resources located in or on a hill side, hill top or mountain areas so as to protect water catchment areas, prevent soil erosion and regulate human settlement.
45.(1) Every District Environment Committee shall identify the hilly and mountainous
areas under their jurisdiction which are at risk from environmental degradation. (2) A hilly or mountainous area is at risk from environmental degradation if –
(a) it is prone to soil erosion;
(b) landslides have occurred in such an area;
(c) vegetation cover has been removed or is likely to be removed from the
area at a rate faster than it is being replaced; or
(d) any other land use activity in such an area is likely to lead to environmental degradation. Each District Environment Committee shall notify the Director-General of the hilly and mountainous areas it has identified as being at risk from environmental degradation under subsection (1).
(3) The Director-General shall maintain a register of hilly and mountainous areas identified under subsection (1) to be at risk from environmental degradation.
46.(1) Every District Environment Committee shall specify which of the areas identified in accordance with section 45 (1) are to be targeted for afforestation or reforestation.
(2) Every District Environment Committee shall take measures, through encouraging voluntary self-help activities in their respective local community, to plant trees or other vegetation in any areas specified under subsection (1) which are within the limits of its jurisdiction.
(3) Where the areas specified under subsection (1) are subject to leasehold or any
other interest in land including customary tenure, the holder of that interest shall implement measures required to be implemented by the District Environment Committee including measures to plant trees and other vegetation in those areas.
47.(1) The Authority shall, in consultant with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the sustainable use of hill tops, hill slides and mountainous areas.
(2) The guidelines issued and measures prescribed by the Authority under subsection (1) shall be by way of Gazette Notice and shall include those relating to – (a) appropriate farming methods; (b) carrying capacity of the areas described in subsection (1) in relation to
animal husbandry; (c) measures to curb soil erosion; (d) disaster preparedness in areas prone to landslides; (e) the protection of areas referred to in subsection (1) from human
settlements; 16
(f) the protection of water catchment areas; and (g) any other measures the Authority considers necessary.
(3) The District Environment Committees shall be responsible for ensuring that the guidelines issued and measures prescribed under subsection (2) in respect of their districts are implemented.
(4) Any person who contravenes any measure prescribed by the Authority under this section or who fails to comply with a lawful direction issued by a District Environment Committee under this section shall be guilty of an offence.
48.(1) Subject to subsection (2) the Director-General may, with the approval of the Director of Forestry, enter into any contractual arrangement with a private owner of any land on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed for the purposes of registering such land as forest land.
(2) The Director-General shall not take any action, in respect of any forest or mountain area, which is prejudicial to the traditional interests of the indigenous communities customarily resident within or around such forest or mountain area.
49. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, promote the use of renewable sources of energy by –
(a) promoting research in appropriate renewable sources of energy; (b) creating incentives for the promotion of renewable sources of energy; (c) promoting measures for the conservation of non-renewable sources of
energy; and (d) taking measures to encourage the planning of trees and woodlots by
individual land users, institutions and by community groups. 50. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, prescribe
measures necessary to ensure the conservation of biological diversity in Kenya and in this respect the Authority shall –
(a) identify, prepare and maintain an inventory of biological diversity of Kenya;
(b) determine which components of biological diversity are endangered, rare
or threatened with extinction;
(c) identify potential threats to biological diversity and devise measures to remove or arrest their effects;
(d) undertake measures intended to integrate the conservation and
sustainable utilisation ethic in relation to biological diversity in existing government activities and activities by private persons;
(e) specify national strategies, plans and government programmes for conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity;
(f) protect indigenous property rights of local communities in respect of
biological diversity; and
(g) measure the value of unexploited natural resources in terms of watershed protection, influence on climate, cultural and aesthetic value, as well as actual and potential genetic value thereof.
51. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, prescribe
measures adequate to ensure the conservation of biological resources in-situ and in this regard shall issue guidelines for – (a) land use methods that are compatible with conservation of biological
diversity; (b) the selection and management of protected areas so as to promote the
conservation of the various terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems under the jurisdiction of Kenya;
(c) selection and management of buffer zones near protected areas; (d) special arrangement for the protection of species, ecosystems and
habitats threatened with extinction; (e) prohibiting and controlling the introduction of alien species into natural
habitats; and (f) integrating traditional knowledge for the conservation of biological diversity
with mainstream scientific knowledge. 52. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies –
(a) prescribe measures for the conservation of biological resources ex-situ especially for those species threatened with extinction;
(b) issue guidelines for the management of:- (i) germplasm banks; (ii) botanical gardens; (iii) zoos or aquaria; (iv) animal orphanages; and (v) any other facilities recommended to the Authority by any of its Committees or considered necessary by the Authority.
(c) ensure that species threatened with extinction which are conserved ex-situ are re-introduced into their native habitats and ecosystems where:- (i) the threat to the species has been terminated; or (ii) a viable population of the threatened species has been achieved.
17
53.(1) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the sustainable management and utilisation of genetic resources of Kenya for the benefit of the people of Kenya.
(2) Without prejudice to the general effect of subsection (1), the guidelines issued or measures prescribed under that subsection shall specify – (a) appropriate arrangement for access to genetic resources of Kenya by non-
citizens of Kenya including the issue of licences and fees to be paid for that access;
(b) measures for regulating the import or export of germplasm; (c) the sharing of benefits derived from genetic resources of Kenya; (d) biosafety measures necessary to regulate biotechnology; (e) measures necessary to regulate the development, access to and transfer
of biotechnology; and (f) any other matter that the Authority considers necessary for the better
management of the genetic resources of Kenya. 54.(1) The Minister may, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, by notice in
the Gazette, declare any area of land, sea, lake or river to be a protected natural environment for the purpose of promoting and preserving specific ecological processes, natural environment systems, natural beauty or species of indigenous wildlife or the preservation of biological diversity in general.
(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the Authority may, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the management and protection of any area of environmental significance declared to be a protected natural environment area under this section.
55. (1) The Minster may, by notice in the Gazette, declare an area to be a protected
coastal zone. (2) As soon as practicable upon the commencement of this Act, the Authority shall,
in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, prepare a survey of the coastal zone and prepare an integrated national coastal zone management plan based on the report of such survey.
(3) The Authority shall, from time to time, not exceeding every two years, review
the national coastal zone management plan prepared under subsection (2).
(4) The report of the survey of the coastal zone shall contain:-
(a) an inventory of all structures, roads, excavations, harbours, outfalls, dumping sites and other works located in the coastal zone;
(b) an inventory of the state of the coral reefs, mangroves and marshes found
within the coastal zone;
(c) an inventory of all areas within the coastal zone of scenic value or of value for recreational and cultural purposes;
(d) an inventory of areas within the coastal zone of special value for research
in respect of fisheries, erosion, littorals movement and such other similar subjects;
(e) an estimate of the quantities of sand, coral sea shells and other
substances being removed from the coastal zone; (f) an estimate of the impacts of erosion on the coastal zone; and (g) an estimate of the extent, nature, cause and sources of coastal pollution
and degradation; (h) an estimate of freshwater resources available in the coastal zone; and (i) any other relevant data or information that may be deemed appropriate.
(5) Any person who releases or causes to be released into the coastal zone any polluting or hazardous substances contrary to the provisions of this Act shall be guilty of an offence and liable upon conviction to a fine of not less than one million shillings or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years or to both such fine and imprisonment.
(6) The Minister shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue appropriate regulations to prevent, reduce and control pollution or other form of environmental damage in the coastal zone.
(7) Notwithstanding the generality of subsection (6) of this section, the regulations made thereunder shall provide for the control and prevention of pollution – (a) of the marine environment from land based sources including rivers,
estuaries, pipelines and outfall structures; (b) from vessels, aircrafts and other engines used in the coastal zone; (c) from installations and devices used in the exploration or exploitation of the
natural resources of the seabed and subsoil of the exclusive economic zone; and
(d) of the marine environment arising from or in connection with seabed activities and from artificial islands installations and other structures in the exclusive economic zone.
56.(1) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, undertake or commission other persons to undertake national studies and give due recognition to developments in scientific knowledge relating to substances,
18
activities and practices that deplete the ozone layer to the detriment of public health and the environment.
(2) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and institute programmes concerning the:- (a) elimination of substances that deplete the stratospheric ozone layer; (b) controlling of activities and practices likely to lead to the degradation of the
ozone layer and the stratosphere; (c) reduction and minimisation of risks to human health created by the
degradation of the ozone layer and the stratosphere; and (d) formulate strategies, prepare and evaluate programmes for phasing out
ozone depleting substances. 57.(1) Notwithstanding the provision of any relevant revenue Act, the Minister
responsible for finance may, on the recommendation of the Council, propose to Government tax and other fiscal incentives, disincentives or fees to induce or promote the proper management of the environment and natural resources or the prevention or abatement of environmental degradation.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) the tax and fiscal incentives, disincentives or fees may include –
(a) customs and excise waiver in respect of imported capital goods which
prevent or substantially reduce environmental degradation caused by an undertaking;
(b) tax rebates to industries or other establishments that invest in plants,
equipment and machinery for pollution control, re-cycling of wastes, water harvesting and conservation, prevention of floods and for using other energy resources as substitutes for hydrocarbons;
(c) tax disincentives to deter bad environmental behavior that leads to
depletion of environmental resources or that cause pollution; or
(d) user fees to ensure that those who use environmental resources pay proper value for the utilisation of such resources.
PART VI – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 58.(1) Notwithstanding any approval, permit or licence granted under this Act or any
other law in force in Kenya, any person, being a proponent of a project, shall, before financing, commencing, proceeding with, carried out, executing or conducting or causing to be financed, commenced, proceeded with, carried out, executed or conducted by another person any undertaking specified in the
Second Schedule to this Act, submit a project report to the Authority, in the prescribed form, giving the prescribed information and which shall be accompanied by the prescribed fee.
(2) The proponent of a project shall undertake or cause to be undertaken at his own expense and environmental impact assessment study and prepare a report thereof where the Authority, being satisfied, after studying the project report submitted under subsection (1), that the intended project may or is likely to have or will have a significant impact on the environment, so directs.
(3) The environmental impact assessment study report prepared under this subsection shall be submitted to the Authority in the prescribed form, giving the prescribed information and shall be accompanied by the prescribed fee..
(4) The Minister may, on the advice of the Authority given after consultation with the relevant lead agencies, amend the Second Schedule to this Act by notice in the Gazette.
(5) Environmental Impact Assessment studies and reports required under this Act shall be conducted or prepared respectively by individual experts or a firm of experts authorised in that behalf by the Authority. The Authority shall maintain a register of all individual experts or firms of all experts duly authorized by it to conduct or prepare environmental impact assessment studies and reports respectively. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at reasonable hours by any person on the payment of a prescribed fee.
(6) The Director-General may, in consultation with the Standards Enforcement and Review Committee, approve any application by an expert wishing to be authorised to undertake Environmental Impact Assessment. Such application shall be made in the prescribed manner and accompanied by any fees that may be required.
(7) Environmental impact assessment shall be conducted in accordance with the environmental impact assessment regulations, guidelines and procedures issued under this Act.
(8) The Director-General shall respond to the applications for environmental impact assessment licence within six months.
(9) Any person who upon submitting his application does not receive any communication from the Director-General within the stipulated time may within nine months of such submission start his undertaking.
59.(1) Upon receipt of an environmental impact assessment study report from any proponent under section 58(2), the Authority shall cause to be published in each of two successive weeks in the Gazette and newspaper circulating in the area or proposed area of the project once at least in each of two successive weeks in some one and the same a notice which shall state:-
19
(a) a summary description of the project; (b) the place where the project is to be carried out; (c) the place where the environmental impact assessment study, evaluation
or review report may be inspected; and (d) a time limit of not exceeding ninety days for the submission of oral or
written comments by any member of the public on the environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report.
(2) The Authority may, on application by any person extend the period stipulated in sub-paragraph (d) so as to afford reasonable opportunity for such person to submit oral or written comments on the environmental impact assessment report.
60. A lead agency shall, upon the written request of the Director-General, submit written comments on an environmental impact assessment study, evaluation and review report within thirty days from the date of the written request.
61. The Authority may set up a technical advisory committee to advise it on
environmental impact assessment related reports and the Director-General shall prescribe the terms of reference and rules of procedure for the technical advisory committee appointed hereunder.
62. The Authority may require any proponent of a project to carry out at his own
expense further evaluation or environmental impact assessment study, review or submit additional information for the purpose of ensuring that the environmental impact assessment study, review or evaluation report is as accurate and exhaustive as possible.
63. The Authority may, after being satisfied as to the adequacy of an
environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report, issue an environmental impact assessment licence on such terms and conditions as may be appropriate and necessary to facilitate sustainable development and sound environmental management.
64.(1) The Authority may, at any time after the issue of an environmental impact
assessment licence direct the holder of such licence to submit at his own expense a fresh environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report within such time as the Authority may specify where –
(a) there is a substantial change or modification in the project or in the
manner in which the project is being operated;
(b) the project poses environmental threat which could not be reasonably foreseen at the time of the study, evaluation or review; or
(c) it is established that the information or data given by the proponent in
support of his application for an environmental impact assessment licence under section 58 was false, inaccurate or intended to mislead.
(2) Any person who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with the directions of the
Authority issued under subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.
65.(1) An environmental impact assessment licence may be transferred by the holder to another person only in respect of the project in relation to which such licence was issued.
(2) Where an environmental impact assessment licence is transferred under this section, the person to whom it is transferred and the person transferring it shall jointly notify the Director-General in writing of the transfer, not later than thirty days after the transfer.
(3) Where no joint notification of a transfer is given in accordance with subsection (2), the registered holder of the licence shall be deemed for the purposes of this Act to be the owner or the person having charge or management or control of the project as the case may be.
(4) Any transfer of an environmental impact assessment licence, under this section shall take effect on the date the Director-General is notified of the transfer.
(5) Any person who contravenes any provisions of this section, shall be guilty of an offence.
66.(1) No civil or criminal liability in respect of a project or consequences resulting from a project shall be incurred by the Government, the Authority or any public officer by reason of the approval of an environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report or grant of an environmental impact assessment licence or by reason of any condition attached to such licence.
(2) The issuance of an environmental impact assessment licence in respect of a project shall afford no defense to any civil action or to a prosecution that may be brought or preferred against a proponent in respect of the manner in which the project is executed, managed or operated.
67.(1) The Authority shall, on the advice of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee, cancel, revoke or suspend any environmental impact assessment licence for such time not exceeding twenty four months where the licensee contravenes the provisions of the licence.
(2) Whenever an environmental impact assessment licence is revoked, suspended or cancelled, the holder thereof shall not proceed with the project which is the subject of the licence until a new licence is issued by the Authority.
20
(3) The Authority shall maintain a register of all environmental impact assessment licences issued under this Act. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at reasonable hours by any person on the payment of a prescribed fee.
PART VII – ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT AND MONITORING 68.(1) The Authority shall be responsible for carrying out environmental audit of all
activities that are likely to have significant effect on the environment. An environmental inspector appointed under this Act may enter any land or premises for the purposes of determining how far the activities carried out on that land or premises conform with the statements made in the environmental impact assessment study report issued in respect of that land or those premises under section 58(2).
(2) The owner of the premises or the operator of a project for which an environmental impact assessment study report has been made shall keep accurate records and make annual reports to the Authority describing how far the project conforms in operation with the statements made in the environmental impact assessment study report submitted under section 58(2).
(3) The owner of premises or the operator of a project shall take all reasonable
measures to mitigate any undesirable effects not contemplated in the environmental impact assessment study report submitted under section 58(2) and shall prepare and submit an environmental audit report on those measures to the Authority annually or as the Authority may, in writing, require.
69.(1) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, monitor:-
(a) all environmental phenomena with a view to making an assessment of any possible changes in the environment and their possible impacts; or
(b) the operation of any industry, project or activity with a view of determining its immediate and long-term effects on the environment.
(2) An environmental inspector appointed under this Act may enter upon any land
or premises for the purposes of monitoring the effects upon the environment of any activities carried on that land or premises.
PART VIII – ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS
70.(1) There is hereby established a Standards and Enforcement Review Committee to be a committee of the Authority.
(2) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall consist of the members set out in the Third Schedule to this Act.
(3) The permanent secretary under the Minister shall be the Chairman of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee.
(4) The Director-General shall appoint a Director of the Authority to be a member of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee who shall be the secretary to the Committee and shall provide the secretarial services to the Committee.
(5) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall regulate its own proceedings.
(6) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee may co-opt any person to attend its meetings and a person so co-opted shall participate at the deliberations of the Committee but shall have no vote.
(7) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall meet at least once every three months for the transaction of its business.
71. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies:-
(a) advise the Authority on how to establish criteria and procedures for the measurement of water quality;
(b) recommend to the Authority minimum water quality standards for all the waters of Kenya and for different uses, including – (i) drinking water; (ii) water for industrial purposes; (iii) water for agricultural purposes; (iv) water for recreational purposes; (v) water for fisheries and wildlife; (vi) and any other prescribed water use.
(c) analyse and submit to the Director-General conditions for discharge of effluents into the environment.
(d) prepare and recommend to the Director-General guidelines or regulations for the preservation of fishing areas, aquatic areas, water sources and reservoirs and other areas where water may need special protection.
(e) identify and recommend to the Authority areas of research on the effects of water pollution on the environment, human beings flora and fauna;
(f) advise the Authority to carry out investigations of actual or suspected water pollution including the collection of data;
(g) advise the Authority to take steps or authorise any works to be carried out which appear to be necessary to prevent or abate water pollution from natural causes or from abandoned works or undertakings;
(h) document the analytical methods by which water quality and pollution control standards can be determined and appoint laboratories for the
21
analytical services required or request the Director-General to establish such laboratories;
(i) collect, maintain and interpret data from industries and local authorities on the pretreatment nature and levels of effluents;
(j) recommend to the Director-General measures necessary for the treatment of effluents before being discharged into the sewerage system;
(k) recommend to the Director-General works necessary for the treatment of
effluents before being discharged into the water; (l) submit to the Director-General all such recommendations as may appear
necessary for the monitoring and control of water pollution. 72.(1) Any person who upon the coming into force of this Act, discharge or applies
any poison, toxic, noxious or obstructing matter, radioactive waste or other pollutants or permits any person to dump or discharge such matter into the aquatic environment in contravention of water pollution control standards established under this Part shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to a fine not exceeding one million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.
(2) A person found guilty under subsection (1) shall, in addition to any sentence or fine imposed on him:- (a) pay the cost of the removal of any poison, toxic, noxious or obstructing
matter, radioactive waste or other pollutants, including the costs of restoration of the damaged environment, which may be incurred by a Government agency or organ in that respect;
(b) pay third parties reparation, cost of restoration, restitution or compensation as may be determined by a court of law on application by such third parties.
73. All owners or operators of irrigation project schemes, sewage systems, industrial production workshops or any other undertaking which may discharge effluents or other pollutants or have been discharging effluents or other pollutants shall within ninety days upon the coming into force of this Act or as may be demanded from time to time by the Authority, submit on demand, to the Authority accurate information about the quantity and quality of such effluent or other pollutant.
74.(1) Every owner or operator of a trade or industrial undertaking shall discharge any
effluents or other pollutants originating from the trade or industrial undertaking only into existing sewerage systems and the relevant Local Authority operating or supervising such sewerage system shall issue, at a prescribed fee, the necessary licence for discharge.
(2) The proponent or owner of a trade or an industrial undertaking shall, prior to being granted a licence to discharge effluents into the environment, install an appropriate plant for the treatment of such effluents before they are discharged into the environment.
75.(1) No Local Authority operating a sewerage system or owner or operator of any trade or industrial undertaking shall discharge any effluents or other pollutants into the environment without an effluent discharge licence issued by the Authority.
(2) Every owner or operator of a trade or an industrial undertaking discharging any effluents or other pollutants into the environment before the commencement of this Act shall, within twelve months of such commencement apply to the Authority for an effluent discharge licence.
(3) Every application for an effluent discharge licence shall be in the prescribed form and accompanied by the prescribed fee.
(4) Before the issuance of a licence under subsection (1) and (2), the Authority shall – (a) solicit the comments of local authorities concerned and organisations and
persons as he may deem fit; (b) take into consideration the possible effects of effluents or pollutants to be
discharged on the quality of an affected water course or other source of water;
(c) take into consideration the existing licences affecting the concerned water course or other source; and
(d) take into consideration the water requirements of riparian residents and ecosystems, human settlements, and agricultural schemes which depend on the affected water course.
(5) Where the Authority rejects an application for the grant of an effluent discharge licence it shall within twenty one days notify the applicant of its decision and state in writing its reasons for so rejecting the application.
(6) An effluent discharge licence issued under this Act shall be in a prescribed form, be subject to such conditions as may be prescribed or as may be specified in the licence and shall remain valid for such period and may be renewed for such further periods as may be prescribed or specified in the licence.
76.(1) The Authority may in writing, cancel any effluent discharge licence:- (a) if the holder of the licence contravenes any provision of this Act or any
regulations made thereunder; (b) if the holder fails to comply with any condition specified in the licence; or (c) if the Authority considers it in the interest of the environment or in the
public interest so to do. 77. The Authority shall maintain a register of all effluent discharge
22
licences issued under this Act. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at any reasonable hour by any person on the payment of the prescribed fee.
78.(1) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies:-
(a) advise the Authority on how to establish criteria and procedures for the
measurement of air quality; (b) recommend to the Authority –
(i) ambient air quality standards; (ii) occupational air quality standards; (iii) emission standards for various sources; (iv) criteria and guidelines for air pollution control for both mobile and stationary sources; (v) any other air quality standards;
(c) advise the Authority on measures necessary to reduce existing sources of air pollution by requiring the redesign of plants or the installation of new technology or both, to meet the requirements of standards established under this section;
(d) recommend to the Authority guidelines to minimize emissions of green house gases and identify suitable technologies to minimize air pollution;
(e) advise the Authority on emissions concentration and nature of pollutants emitted;
(f) recommend to the Authority the best practicable technology available in controlling pollutants during the emission process;
(g) determine for consideration by the Authority the analytical methods for monitoring air contaminants and recommend to the Director-General the establishment of such number of laboratories for analytical services as may be needed;
(h) request the Authority to carry out investigations of actual or suspected air pollution including pollution produced by aircrafts and other self propelled vehicles and by factories and power generating stations;
(i) request the Authority to order any industry or other source of air pollution to file such returns and provide such information as it may require; and
(j) do all such things as appear necessary for the monitoring and controlling of air pollution.
(2) Any person who emits any substances which cause air pollution in contravention of emission standards established under this Part shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term of not more than two years
or to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings or to both such fine and imprisonment.
(3) A person found guilty under subsection (2) shall, in addition to any sentence or fine imposed on him; (a) pay the cost of the removal of the pollution, including any costs which may
be incurred by any Government agency or organ in the restoration of the environment damaged or destroyed as a result of the emission; and
(b) the cost of third parties in the forms of reparation, restoration, restitution or compensation as may be determined by a competent court upon application by such third parties.
79.(1) The Minister, may on the advice of the Authority, by the Gazette Notice, declare any area to be a controlled area for the purposes of this Part.
(2) The Minister may, on the advice of the Authority, in regulations, prescribe the air emission standards in respect of any controlled areas. 80.(1) An owner or operator of a trade, industrial undertaking or an establishment which after the commencement of this Act, is emitting a substance or energy which is causing or is likely to cause air pollution shall apply to the Authority for an emission licence.
(2) In the case of any trade, industrial undertaking or establishment existing before the commencement of this Act, such application shall be made within twelve months after this Act has come into operation.
(3) Every application for an emission licence shall be in the prescribed form and be accompanied by the prescribed fee.
81.(1) Before issuing a licence in respect of emissions, the Authority shall:- (a) consider the possible effects of the emissions on the quality of ambient air; (b) consider existing licences affecting the same air resource; (c) give due regard to the requirements for the residents, human settlements
and other industrial and commercial activities; (d) solicit the comments of relevant Local Authorities and concerned
organisations; (e) where the information accompanying the application appears inadequate,
require the applicant to furnish further information relating to the undertaking in question, its location, materials, technology design or other appropriate matters;
(f) where it appears necessary to conduct an environmental impact study, require the applicant to conduct an environmental impact assessment study in respect of the undertaking in question in accordance with the provisions of Part VI.
(2) An emission licence issued under this Act shall be in a prescribed form, be subject to such conditions as may be prescribed or as may be specified in the
23
licence and shall remain valid for such period and may be renewed for such further periods as may be prescribed or specified in the licence.
(3) Where the Authority rejects an application for the grant of an emission licence, it shall within twenty one days of its decision, notify the applicant in writing of its reasons for such refusal.
82. No owner or operator of a motor-vehicle, train, ship, aircraft or other similar conveyance shall –
(a) operate it in such a manner as to cause air pollution in contravention of the established emission standards; or
(b) import any machinery, equipment, device or similar thing that will cause
emissions into the ambient air in contravention of prescribed emission standards.
83. The Authority may establish additional procedures for the application and grant of any licence under this Act and impose such conditions as it may deem appropriate.
84. The Authority may, in writing, cancel any emission licence:- (a) if the holder of the licence contravenes any provisions of this Act or of any
regulations made under it; (b) if the holder fails to comply with any conditions specified in the licence; or (c) if the Authority considers it in the interest of the environment or in the
public interest so to do; 85. The Authority shall maintain a register of all emission licences issued under
this Act. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at reasonable hours by any person on the payment of a prescribed fee.
86. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, recommend to the Authority measures necessary to:-
(1) identify materials and processes that are dangerous to human health and the environment; issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the management of the materials and processes identified under subsection (1);
(2) prescribe standards for waste, their classification and analysis, and formulate and advise on standards of disposal methods and means for such wastes; or
(3) issue regulations for the handling, storage, transportation, segregation and destruction of any waste.
87.(1) No person shall discharge or dispose of any wastes, whether generated within or outside Kenya, in such manner as to cause pollution to the environment or ill health to any person.
(2) No person shall transport any waste other than –
(a) in accordance with a valid licence to transport wastes issued by the Authority; and
(b) to a wastes disposal site established in accordance with a licence issue by the Authority.
(4) No person shall operate a wastes disposal site or plant without a licence issued by the Authority.
(5) Every person whose activities generate wastes shall employ measures essential to minimize wastes through treatment, reclamation and recycling.
(6) Any person who contravenes any provisions of this section shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term of not more than two years or to a fine of not more than one million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.
88.(1) Any person intending to transport wastes within Kenya, operate a wastes disposal site or plant or to generate hazardous waste, shall prior to transporting the wastes, commencing with the operation of a wastes disposal site or plant or generating hazardous wastes, as the case may be, apply to the Authority in writing for the grant of an appropriate licence.
(2) A licence to operate a waste disposal site or plant may only be granted subject to the payment of the appropriate fee and any other licence that may be required by the relevant Local Authority.
(3) Where the Authority rejects an application made under this section, it shall within twenty one days of its decision, notify the applicant of the decision
specifying the reasons thereof. 89. Any person who, at the commencement of this Act, owns or operates a waste
disposal site or plant or generated hazardous waste, shall apply to the Authority for a licence under this Part, within six months after the commencement of this Act.
90. The Authority may apply to a competent court for orders compelling any person to immediately stop the generation, handling, transportation, storage or disposal of any wastes where such generation, handling, transportation, storage or disposal presents an imminent and substantial danger to public health, the environment or natural resources.
91.(1) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, recommend to the Authority standard criteria for the classification of hazardous wastes with regard to determining – (a) hazardous waste; (b) corrosive waste; (c) carcinogenic waste; (d) flammable waste; (e) persistent waste; (f) toxic waste;
24
(g) explosive waste; (h) radioactive waste; (i) wastes, reactive otherwise than as described in the forgoing paragraphs of
this subsection; (j) any other category of waste the Authority may consider necessary.
(2) The Authority shall, on the recommendation of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee issue guidelines and regulations for the management of each category of hazardous wastes determined under subsection (1).
(3) No person shall import into Kenya any hazardous waste falling under any category determined under subsection (1).
(4) No hazardous waste shall be exported to any country from Kenya without a valid permit granted by the Authority and written consent given by a competent authority of the receiving country.
(5) No hazardous waste shall be transported within or through Kenya without a valid permit granted by the Authority.
(6) Any person who contravenes any provision of this section or who withholds, falsifies or otherwise tampers with information relating to trafficking in hazardous or other waste shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term of not less than two years or to a fine of not less than one million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.
(7) A person found guilty under subsection (6) shall be responsible for the removal of the waste from Kenya and for its safe disposal.
92. The Minister may, on the advice of the Authority make regulations prescribing the procedure and criteria for –
(a) classification of toxic and hazardous chemicals and materials in accordance with their toxicity and the hazard they present to the human health and to the environment;
(b) registration of chemicals and materials; (c) labelling of chemicals and materials; (d) packaging for chemicals and materials; (e) advertising of chemicals and materials; (f) control of imports and exports of toxic and hazardous chemicals and
materials permitted to be so imported or exported; (g) distribution, storage, transportation and handling of chemicals and
materials; (h) monitoring of the effect of chemicals and their residue on human health
and the environment; (i) disposal of expired and surplus chemicals and materials; and (j) restriction and banning of toxic and hazardous substances and energy.
93.(1) No person shall discharge any hazardous substance, chemical, oil or mixture containing oil into any waters or any other segments of the environment contrary to the provisions of this Act or any regulations thereunder.
(2) A person who discharges a hazardous substance, chemical, oil or a mixture containing oil into any waters or other segments of the environment contrary to subsection (1) commits an offence.
(3) A person convicted of an offence under subsection (2) shall, in addition to any other sentence imposed by the court:- (a) pay the cost of the removal of the hazardous substance, chemical, oil or a
mixture containing oil including any costs which may be incurred by any Government agency or organ in the restoration of the environment damaged or destroyed as a result of the discharge; and
(b) the costs of third parties in the form of reparation, restoration, restitution or
compensation as may be determined by a competent court on application by such third parties.
(4) The owner or operator of a production or storage facility, motor vehicle or vessel from which a discharge occurs contrary to this section shall mitigate the impact of the discharge by – (a) giving immediate notice of the discharge to the Authority and other
relevant Government officers; (b) immediately beginning clean-up operations using the best available clean-
up methods; (c) complying with such directions as the Authority may, from time to time,
prescribe. (5) Where the owner or operator of a production or storage facility, motor vehicle
or vessel has refused, neglected and/or failed to take the mitigation measures prescribed in subsection (4), the Authority may seize the production or storage facility, motor vehicle or vessel.
(6) Where the owner or operator fails to take the necessary measures under subsection (4) after the passage of a reasonable time not exceeding six months in all the circumstances, the Authority may, upon an order of court, dispose of the production or storage facility, motor vehicle or vessel to meet the costs of taking necessary measures under subsection (4) and other remedial and restoration measures.
(7) The Court in convicting a person of an offence under this section shall take into account the measures taken by that person to comply with subsection (4).
94. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies shall –
(a) prepare and submit to the Authority draft standards for the concentration of pesticides residues in raw agricultural commodities, processed foods
25
and animal feed and for the purposes of this paragraph raw agricultural commodities:-
(i) include fresh or frozen fruit and vegetables in their raw state, grains, nuts, eggs, raw milk, meat and other agricultural produce; (ii) do not include any agricultural produce or good which is processed, fabricated or manufactured by cooking, dehydrating, milling, or by any other similar means;
(b) establish, revisit, modify and submit to the Authority draft standards to regulate the importation, exportation, manufacture, storage, distribution, sale, use, packaging, transportation, disposal and advertisement of pesticides and toxic substances with the relevant organisations;
(c) establish and submit to the Authority draft procedures for the registration of pesticides and toxic substances;
(d) establish and submit to the Authority draft measures to ensure proper labelling and packaging of pesticides and toxic substances;
(e) constantly review the use and efficacy of pesticides and toxic substances and submit the findings of such review to the Authority.
(f) recommend to the Authority measures for monitoring the effects of pesticides and toxic substances on the environment;
(g) recommend to the Authority measures for the establishment and maintenance of laboratories to operate as standards laboratories for pesticides and toxic substances;
(h) recommend to the Authority measures for the establishment of enforcement procedures and regulations for the storage, packaging and transportation of pesticides and toxic substances;
(i) constantly collect data from industries on the production, use and health effects of pesticides and toxic substances and avail such data to the Authority;
(j) keep up-to-date records and reports necessary for the proper regulations of the administration of pesticides and toxic substances;
(k) do all other things as appear necessary for the monitoring and control of pesticides and toxic substances;
95.(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act or any other written law applicable in Kenya, any person who intends to manufacture, import or process a new pesticide or toxic substance or who intends to reprocess an existing pesticide or toxic substance for a significantly new use, must apply to the Authority for the registration of the pesticide or toxic substance, before importing, manufacturing, processing or reprocessing such pesticides or toxic substance.
(2) The application referred to in subsection (1) shall include the name, trade mark, and the molecular structure, proposed categories of use, an estimate of
the quantity of the pesticides or toxic substances and any data related to health and other environmental effects thereof that the Authority may require.
96. Any person who, being in Kenya, has been manufacturing, importing or
processing a pesticide or toxic substance before the coming into force of this Act, shall apply to the Authority for registration of such pesticides or toxic substance within one year after the commencement of this Act.
97.(1) The Authority may, upon application, register a pesticide or toxic substance
subject to such existing conditions and any other conditions that the Authority may determine.
(2) Every pesticide or toxic substance shall be registered for ten years unless some
other period is specified by the Authority, and may be renewed for a like period. (3) Where the Authority refuses to register any pesticide or toxic substance, the notice
of refusal shall state the reasons for such refusal. 98.(1) No person shall –
(a) detach, alter or destroy any labelling on a pesticide or toxic substance contrary to the provisions of this Act;
(b) change the composition of a pesticide or toxic substance, contrary to the provisions of this Act; or
(c) use or dispose into the environment a pesticide or toxic substance in contravention of the provisions of this Act.
(2) No person shall distribute, sell, offer for sale, hold for sale, import, deliver for importation to, or receive from, deliver or offer to deliver to any other person any unregistered pesticide or toxic substance.
(3) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this section shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable upon conviction to a fine of not more than one million shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not more than two years or to both such fine and imprisonment.
99.(1) Any pesticide or toxic substance which the Authority reasonably suspects to be the subject matter of an offence under this Act shall be liable to seizure by the Authority.
(2)Whenever any pesticide or toxic substance is seized under subsection (1), the Authority shall serve a notice of seizure on the owner of the pesticide or toxic substance as soon as practicable.
(8) Where any pesticide or toxic substance is seized under this section, the
pesticide or toxic substance shall be placed under the custody of the Authority. (9) Any pesticide or toxic substance placed under the custody of the Authority
under subsection (3) shall be released, if after six months –
26
(a) no prosecution under this Act has been instituted with regard to the pesticide or toxic substance;
(b) no person is convicted of an offence under this Act. 100. The Minister shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, make
regulations prescribing the contents of any application and the conditions for the registration of pesticides and toxic substances under this Act.
101. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies – (a) recommend to the Authority minimum standards for emissions of noise
and vibration pollution into the environment as are necessary to preserve and maintain public health and the environment;
(b) establish and submit to the Authority criteria and procedures for the measurement of noise and vibration pollution into the environment;
(c) establish and submit to the Authority criteria and procedures for the measurement of sub-sonic vibrations;
(d) establish and submit to the Authority standards of the emission of sub-sonic vibrations which are likely to have a significant impact on the environment;
(e) recommend to the Authority guidelines for the minimisation of sub-sonic vibrations, referred to in paragraph (d) from existing and future sources;
(f) establish and submit to the Authority noise level and noise emission standards applicable to construction sites, plants, machinery, motor vehicles, aircraft including sonic bonus, industrial and commercial activities;
(g) recommend to the Authority measures necessary to ensure the abatement and control of noise from sources referred to in paragraph (f);
(h) measure the levels of noise emanating from the sources referred to in paragraph (f) details of which measurements shall be given to the owner or occupier of the premises from which the measurement was taken; and
(i) recommend to the Authority guidelines for the abatement of unreasonable noise and vibration pollution emitted into the environment from any source.
102. Subject to the provisions of the Civil Aviation Act, any person who emits noise in excess of the noise emission standards established under this Part commits an offence.
103.(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 102, the Authority may on request grant a temporary permit not exceeding three months, allowing emission of noise in excess of established standards for such activities as fireworks, demolitions, firing ranges, and specific heavy industry on such terms and conditions as the Authority may determine.
(2) Where an exemption has been granted under subsection (1), workers exposed to excessive levels of noise shall be adequately protected in accordance with the directives issued by the Authority.
104. Subject to the provisions of the Radiation Protection Act, the Authority, on the advice of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee and in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, shall – (a) establish the standards for the setting of acceptable levels of ionising and
other radiation in the environment; (b) establish criteria and procedures for the measurement of ionising and
other radiation; (c) inspect and examine any area, place or premises or any vehicle, vessel,
boat or any carrier of any description in or upon which the Authority has reasonable cause to believe that radioactive material or any source of ionising radiation is stored, used, transported or disposed of;
(d) examine any person with respect to matters under this Act, where there is reasonable cause to believe that that person is contaminated with radioactive material or is unlawfully in possession of an ionising radiation source;
(e) provide information, warn and protect the public in case of actual or potential public exposure to radioactive material or ionising radiation;
(f) in collaboration with the Radiation Protection Board, conduct an ionising radiation monitoring programme and advise on ionising radiation control and protection measures;
(g) maintain records of release of radioactive contaminants into the environment;
(h) keep records of baseline data of radiation in the environment; (i) maintain a register of all radioactive substances imported into Kenya; and (j) do all such things as may be necessary for the monitoring and control of
pollution from radiation. 105. An inspector of the Authority at any reasonable time may –
(a) enter, inspect and examine any place, area, premises or any vehicle, vessel, boat, aircraft or any carriage of any description on which he has reasonable grounds to believe that radioactive materials or any source of ionising radiation is stored, used, transported or disposed of provided that no entry shall be made into any private dwelling house except with a court warrant;
(b) order presentation of – (i) a licence authorising the possession or use of radioactive material or sources of dangerous ionising radiation; (ii) a licence authorising the mining and processing of radioactive materials; and
27
(iii) a register, certificate, notice or document kept under the control of the Radiation Protection Board.
106.(1) A person who imports, processes, mines, exports, possess, transports, uses, or disposes radioactive materials or other source of dangerous ionising radiation without a licence issued under this Act or regulation made thereunder, shall be guilty of an offence and liable upon conviction to a fine of not less than five hundred and fifty thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not less than two years or to both such fine and imprisonment.
(2) In addition to the penalties provided in subsection (1) of this section, the radioactive material or other source of dangerous ionising radiation may be seized, impounded, destroyed or disposed of in such a manner as the Court may consider necessary to protect the public and the environment or may only be returned to the owner on order of the Court and under any other conditions set out in the licence issued by the Authority.
107. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, establish – (a) procedures for the measurement and determination of noxious smells; (b) minimum standards for the control of pollution of the environment by
noxious smell; or (c) guidelines for measures leading to the abatement of noxious smells,
whether from human activities or from naturally occurring phenomena.
PART IX – ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION ORDERS, ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION ORDERS AND ENVIRONMENTAL EASEMENTS
108.(1) Subject to any other provisions of this Act, the Authority may issue and serve on any person in respect of any matter relating to the management of the environment an order in this Part referred to as an environmental restoration order.
(2) An environmental restoration order issued under subsection (1) or section 111
shall be issued to – (a) require the person on whom it is served to restore the environment as
near as it may be to the state in which it was before the taking of the action which is the subject of the order; prevent the person on whom it is served from taking any action which would or is reasonably likely to cause harm to the environment;
(b) award compensation to be paid by the person on whom it is served to
other persons whose environment or livelihood has been harmed by the action which is the subject of the order;
(c) levy a charge on the person on whom it is served which in the opinion of
the Authority represents a reasonable estimate of the costs of any action taken by an authorised person or organisation to restore the environment to the state in which it was before the taking of the action which is the subject of the order.
(3) An environmental restoration order may contain such terms and conditions and
impose such obligations on the persons on whom it is served as will, in the opinion of the Authority, enable the order to achieve all or any of the purposes set out in subsection (2).
(4) Without prejudice to the general effect of the purpose set out in subsection (2) an environmental restoration order may require a person on whom it is served to – (a) take such action as will prevent the commencement or continuation or
cause of pollution; (b) restore land, including the replacement of soil, the replanting of trees and
other flora and the restoration as far as may be, of outstanding geological, archaeological or historical features of the land or the area contiguous to the land or sea as may be specified in the particular order;
(c) take such action to prevent the commencement or continuation or cause of environmental hazard;
(d) cease to take any action which is causing or may contribute to causing pollution or an environmental hazard;
(e) remove or alleviate any injury to land or the environment or to the amenities of the area;
(f) prevent damage to the land or the environment, aquifers beneath the land and flora and fauna in, on or under or about the land or sea specified in the order or land or the environment contiguous to the land or sea specified in the order;
(g) remove any waste or refuse deposited on the land or sea specified in the order and dispose of the same in accordance with the provisions of the order;
(h) pay any compensation specified in the order; (5) In exercising the powers under this section, the Authority shall –
(a) be guided by the principles of good environmental management in accordance with the provisions of this Act; and
(b) explain the right of appeal of the persons against whom the order is issued to the Tribunal or if dissatisfied with the decision of the Tribunal, to superior courts.
28
109.(1) An environmental restoration order shall specify clearly and in a manner which may be easily understood:- (a) the activity to which it relates; (b) the person or persons to whom it is addressed; (c) the time at which it comes into effect; (d) the action which must be taken to remedy the harm to the environment
and the time, being not more than thirty days or such further period as may be prescribed in the order within which the action must be taken;
(e) the powers of the Authority to enter any land and undertake the action specified in paragraph (d);
(f) the penalties which may be imposed if the action specified in paragraph (d) is not undertaken;
(g) the right of the person served with an environmental restoration order to appeal to the Tribunal against that order, except where the order is issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, in which case the right of appeal shall lie with superior courts.
(2) An Environmental Inspector of the Authority may inspect or cause to be
inspected any activity to determine whether that activity is harmful to the environment and may take into account the evidence obtained from that inspection in any decision on whether or not to serve an environmental restoration order.
(3) The Authority may seek and take into account any technical, professional and scientific advice which it considers to be desirable for a satisfactory decision to be made on an environmental restoration order.
(4) An environmental restoration order shall continue to apply to the activity in respect of which it was served notwithstanding that it has been complied with.
(5) A person served with an environmental restoration order shall, subject to the provisions of this Act, comply with all the terms and conditions of the order that has been served on him.
(6) It shall not be necessary for the Authority or its Inspectors in exercising the powers under subsection (2), to give any person conducting or involved in the activity which is the subject of the inspection or residing or working on or developing land on which the activity which is the subject of the inspection is taking place, an opportunity of being heard by or making representations to the person conducting the inspection.
110.(1) At any time within twenty-one days after the service of an environmental restoration order, a person upon whom the order has been served may, by giving reasons in writing, request the Authority to re-consider that order.
(2) Where the Authority exercises the power under subsection (1), the expenses necessarily incurred by it in the exercise of that power shall be a civil debt recoverable summarily by it from the person referred to in subsection (1).
111.(1) Without prejudice to the powers of the Authority under this Act, a court of competent jurisdiction may, in proceedings brought by any person, issue an environmental restoration order against a person who has harmed, is harming or is reasonably likely to harm the environment.
(2) For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be necessary for a plaintiff under this
section to show that he has a right or interest in the property, environment or land alleged to have been or likely to be harmed.
112.(1) A court may, on an application made under this Part, grant an environmental easement or an environmental conservation order subject to the provisions of this Act.
(2) The object of an environmental easement is to further the principles of environmental management set out in this Act by facilitating the conservation and enhancement if the environment, in this Act referred to as the benefited environment, through the imposition of one or more obligations in respect of the use of land, in this Act referred to as the burdened land, being the land in the vicinity of the benefited environment.
(3) An environmental easement may be imposed on and shall thereafter attach to the burdened land in perpetuity or for a term of years or for an equivalent interest under customary law as the court may determine.
(4) Without prejudice to the general effect of subsection (2), an environmental conservation order may be imposed on burdened land so as to – (a) preserve flora and fauna; (b) preserve the quality and flow of water in a dam, lake, river or acquifer; (c) preserve any outstanding geological, physiological, ecological,
archeological, or historical features of the burdened land; (d) preserve scenic view; (e) preserve open space; (f) permit persons to walk in a defined path across the burdened land; (g) preserve the natural contours and features of the burdened land; (h) prevent or restrict the scope of any activity on the burdened land which
has as its object the mining and working of minerals or aggregates; (i) prevents or restrict the scope of any agricultural activity on the burdened
land; (j) create and maintain works on burdened land so as to limit or prevent harm
to the environment; or (k) create or maintain migration corridors for wildlife.
29
(5) Where an environmental easement is imposed on burdened land on which any person has at the time of the imposition of the easement, any existing right or interest to the land and that environmental easement will restrict that right or interest, there shall be paid to that person, by the applicant for the environmental easement such compensation as may be determined in accordance with section 116.
(6) As environmental easement may exist in gross; that is to say, the validity and enforceability of the easement shall not be dependent on the existence of a plot of land in the vicinity of the burdened land which can be benefited or, of a person with an interest in that plot of land who can be benefited by the environmental easement.
113.(1) A person or a group of persons may make an application to the court for the
grant of one or more environmental easements. (2) The court may impose such conditions on the grant of an environmental
easement as it considers to be best calculated to advance the object of an environmental easement.
114.(1) Proceedings to enforce an environmental easement may be commenced only
by the person in whose name the environmental easement has been issued. Proceedings to enforce an environmental easement may request the court to:-
(a) grant an environmental restoration order; (b) grant any remedy available under the law relating to easements in respect
of land. (2) The court shall have a discretion to adapt and adjust, so far as seems
necessary to it, the law and procedures relating to the enforcement of the requirements of an environmental easement.
115.(1) Where an environmental easement is imposed on land, the title of which is registered under a particular system of land registration, the environmental easement shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of the Act applicable to that particular system of registration for easements.
(2) Where an environmental easement is imposed on any land other than land referred to in subsection (1), the District Environment Committee of the area in which that land is situated shall register the environmental easement on a register maintained for that purpose in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
(3) In addition to any matter which may be required by any law relating to the registration of easements in respect of land, the registration of an environmental easement shall include the name of the applicant for the environmental easement as the person in whose name the environmental easement is registered.
116.(1) Any person who has a legal interest in the land which is the subject of an environmental easement, shall, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, be entitled to compensation commensurate with the lost value of the use of the land.
(2) A person described in subsection (1) may apply to the court that granted the environmental easement for compensation stating the nature of his legal interest in the burdened land and the compensation sought.
(3) The court may require the applicant for the environmental easement to bear the cost of compensating the person described in subsection (1).
(4) The court may, if satisfied that the environmental easement sought is of national importance, order that the Government compensates the person described in subsection (1).
(5) The court in determining the compensation due under this section shall take into account the relevant provisions of the Constitution and any other laws relating to compulsory acquisition of land.
PART X – INSPECTION, ANALYSIS AND RECORDS 117.(1) The Director-General shall, by Gazette Notice, appoint duly qualified persons
whether public officers or otherwise whether by name or by title of office, to be environmental inspectors of the Authority for such jurisdiction units as shall be specified in the Gazette Notice appointing them.
(2) An environmental inspector shall:- (a) monitor compliance with the environmental standards established under
this Act; (b) monitor the activities of other sector-specific environmental inspectorates; (c) monitor the pattern of use of environmental resources; (d) conduct environmental audits; and (e) perform such other functions as may be required under this Act or under
the Gazette Notice appointing him. (3) An environmental inspector may, in the performance of his duties under this
Act or any regulations made thereunder, at all reasonable times and without a warrant – (a) enter any land, premises, vessel, motor vehicle or ox-drawn trailer and
make examinations and enquiries to determine whether the provisions of this Act are being complied with;
(b) require the production of, inspect, examine and copy licences, registers, records and other documents relating to this Act or any other law relating to the environment and the management of natural resources;
(c) take samples of any article and substances to which this Act relates and, as may be prescribed, submit such samples for test and analysis;
30
(d) carry out periodic inspections of all establishments and undertakings within their respective jurisdictional limits which manufacture, produce as by-products, import, export, store, sell, distribute or use any substances that are likely to have significant impact on the environment, to ensure that the provisions of this Act are complied with;
(e) seize any article, vessel, motor vehicle, plant, equipment, substance or any other thing which he reasonably believes has been used in the commission of an offence under this Act or the regulations made thereunder;
(f) with the written approval of the Director-General order the immediate
closure of any manufacturing plant or other establishment or undertaking which pollutes or is likely to pollute the environment contrary to the provisions of this Act and to require the owner or operator of such establishment or undertaking to implement any remedial measures that the environmental inspector may direct in the notice closing down the establishment or undertaking closed down under this paragraph may resume its operations only with the written approval of the Director-General;
(g) with the approval of the Director-General issue an improvement notice
requiring the owner or operator of any manufacturing plant, vessel, motor vehicle or other establishment or undertaking to cease any activities deleterious to the environment and to take appropriate remedial measures, including the installation of new plant and machinery if necessary, within such reasonable time as the Director-General may determine;
(h) with an arrest warrant and the assistance of a police officer, arrest any person whom he reasonably believes has committed an offence under this Act; and
(i) install any equipment on any land, premise, vessel or motor-vehicle for purposes of monitoring compliance with the provisions of this Act, or the regulations made thereunder upon giving the owner or occupier of the land three months written notice.
(4) In exercising his powers under this Act, the environmental inspector shall suitably identify himself.
118. Subject to the Constitution and the directions and control of the Attorney-General, an environmental inspector may, in any case in which he considers it desirable so to do:- (a) institute and undertake criminal proceedings against any person before a
court of competent jurisdiction (other than a court-martial) in respect of
any offence alleged to have been committed by that person under this Act; and
(b) discontinue at any stage with the approval of the Attorney-General, before judgement is delivered any such proceedings instituted or undertaken by himself.
119.(1) The Director-General may, by Notice in the Gazette, designate such number of laboratories as he may consider necessary, analytical or reference laboratories for the purposes of this Act.
(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall state the specific functions of the laboratory, local limits or subject matter which the laboratory shall serve and the persons appointed as analysts in respect of that laboratory.
(3) The Authority shall, on the advice of the Standards Enforcement Review Committee, prescribe the form and manner in which samples will be taken for analysis.
120.(1) A laboratory designated as an analytical or reference laboratory under section 119 shall issue a certificate of analysis of any substance submitted to it under this Act.
(2) The certificate of analysis shall state the methods of analysis followed and shall be signed by the analyst or the reference analyst, as the case may be.
(3) A certificate issued under subsection (1) and complying with subsection (2) shall be sufficient evidence of the facts stated in the certificate for all purposes under this Act.
(4) The results of any analysis made by the laboratory shall be open to inspection by all interested parties.
121.(1) The Director-General shall, by notice in the Gazette, prescribe the activities for which records shall be kept for the purposes of this Act, the contents of such records and the manner in which they shall be kept. The records kept in accordance with subsection (1) of this section and any other records available at the site of an establishment or undertaking shall be made available at such reasonable time to any environmental inspector for the purpose of – (a) an environmental audit; (b) environmental monitoring and evaluation; (c) pollution control; (d) inspection; (e) any other purpose that may be prescribed by the Director-General from
time to time. 122. The records kept under section 121 shall be transmitted annually to the
Authority or its designated representative to be received not later than one month after the end of each calendar year. The Authority shall keep all records
31
transmitted hereunder and may maintain their confidentiality if the applicable circumstances so require.
123.(1) Subject to the provisions of section 122, any person may have access to any
records transmitted to the Authority under this Act.
(2) A person desiring access to such records referred to in subsection (1) may on application to the Authority, be granted access to the said records on the payment of a fee prescribed by the Authority.
PART XI – INTERNATIONAL TREATIES, CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENTS 124.(1) Where Kenya is a party to an international treaty, convention or agreement,
whether bilateral or multilateral, concerning the management of the environment, the Authority shall, subject to the direction and control of the Council, in consultation with relevant lead agencies:- (a) initiate legislative proposals for consideration by the Attorney-General, for
purposes of giving effect to such treaty, convention or agreement in Kenya or for enabling Kenya to perform her obligations or exercise her rights under such treaty, convention or agreement; and
(b) identify other appropriate measures necessary for the national implementation of such treaty, convention or agreement.
(2) The Authority shall, in relation to the formation of international treaties, conventions or agreements on the environment, assist the relevant lead agencies negotiating such treaties, conventions or agreements.
(3) The Authority shall keep a register of all international treaties, agreements or conventions in the field of the environment to which Kenya is a party.
PART XII – NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT TRIBUNAL 125.(1) There is established a Tribunal to be known as the National Environment
Tribunal which shall consist of the following members – (a) a chairman nominated by the Judicial Service Commission, who shall be a
person qualified for appointment as a judge of the High Court of Kenya; (b) an advocate of the High Court of Kenya nominated by the Law Society of
Kenya; (c) a lawyer with professional qualifications in environmental law appointed by
the Minister; and (d) two persons who have demonstrated exemplary academic competence in
the field of environmental management appointed by the Minister. (2) All appointments to the Tribunal shall be by name and by the Gazette Notice
issued by the Minister.
(3) The members of the Tribunal shall be appointed at different times so that the respective expiry dates of their, terms of office shall fall at different times.
(4) The office of a member of the Tribunal shall become vacant:- (a) at the expiration of three years from the date of his appointment; (b) if he accepts any office the holding of which, if he were not a member of
the Tribunal, would make him ineligible for appointment to the office of a member of the Tribunal;
(c) if he is removed from the membership of the Tribunal by the Minister for failure to discharge the functions of his office (whether arising from infirmity of body or mind or from any other cause) or for misbehaviour; and
(d) if he resigns the office of member of the Tribunal. 126.(1) The Tribunal shall not be bound by the rules of Evidence Act.
(2) The Tribunal shall, upon an appeal made to it in writing by any party or a referral made to it by the Authority on any matter relating to this Act, inquire into the matter and make an award, give directions, make orders or make decisions thereon, and every award, direction, order or decision made shall be notified by the Tribunal to the parties concerned, the Authority or any relevant committee thereof, as the case may be.
(3) The Tribunal shall sit at such times and in such places as it may appoint. (4) The proceedings of the Tribunal shall be open to the public save where the
Tribunal, for good cause, otherwise directs. (5) Except as expressly provided in this Act or any regulations made thereunder,
the Tribunal shall regulate its proceedings as it deems fit. 127.(1) The Tribunal may:-
(a) make such orders for the purposes of securing the attendance of any person at any place where the Tribunal is sitting, discovery or production of any document concerning a matter before the Tribunal or the investigation of any contravention of this Act as it deems necessary or expedient;
(b) take evidence on oath and may for that purpose administer oaths; or (c) on its own motion summon and hear any person as witness;
(2) Any person who – (a) fails to attend the Tribunal after having been required to do so under
subsection (1) (a); (b) refuses to take oath or affirmation before the Tribunal or being a public
officer refuses to produce any article or document when lawfully required to do so by the Tribunal;
(c) knowingly gives false evidence or information which he knows to be misleading before the Tribunal; or
(d) at any sitting of the Tribunal – (i) willfully insults any member or officer of the Tribunal;
32
(ii) willfully interrupts the proceedings or commits any contempt of the Tribunal;
(e) fails or neglects to comply with a decision order, direction or notice confirmed by the Tribunal commits an offence under this Act.
128.(1) For the purposes of hearing and determining any cause or matter under this Act, the Chairman and two members of the Tribunal shall form a quorum.
(2) A member of the Tribunal who has a direct interest in any matter which is the subject of the proceedings before the Tribunal shall not take part in those proceedings.
129.(1) Any person who is aggrieved by:-
(a) a refusal to grant a licence or to the transfer of his licence under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(b) the imposition of any condition, limitation or restriction on his licence under this act or regulations made thereunder;
(c) the revocation, suspension or variation of his licence under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(d) the amount of money which he is required to pay as a fee under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(e) the imposition against him of an environmental restoration order or environmental improvement order by the Authority under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
may within sixty days after the occurrence of the event against which he is dissatisfied, appeal to the Tribunal in such manner as may be prescribed by the Tribunal. (2) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Act, where this Act empowers the
Director-General, the Authority or Committees of the Authority to make decisions, such decisions may be subject to an appeal to the Tribunal in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Tribunal for that purpose.
(3) Upon any appeal, the Tribunal may:- (a) confirm, set aside or vary the order or decision in question; (b) exercise any of the powers which could have been exercised by the
Authority in the proceedings in connection with which the appeal is brought; or
(c) make such other order, including an order for costs, as it may deem just. (4) Upon any appeal to the Tribunal under this section, the status quo of any
matter or activity, which is the subject of the appeal, shall be maintained until the appeal is determined.
130.(1) Any person aggrieved by a decision or order of the Tribunal may, within thirty days of such decision or order, appeal against such decision or order to the High Court.
(2) No decision or order of the Tribunal shall be enforced until the time for lodging an appeal has expired or, where the appeal has been commenced until the appeal has been determined.
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2), where the Director-General is satisfied that immediate action must be taken to avert serious injuries to the environment, the Director-General shall have the power to take such reasonable action to stop, alleviate or reduce such injury, including the powers to close down any undertaking, until the appeal is finalised or the time for appeal has expired.
(4) Upon the hearing of an appeal under this section, the High Court may:- (a) confirm, set aside or vary the decision or order in question; (b) remit the proceedings to the Tribunal with such instructions for further
consideration, report, proceedings or evidence as the court may deem fit to give;
(c) exercise any of the powers which could have been exercised by the Tribunal in the proceedings in connection with which the appeal is brought; or
(d) make such other order as it may deem just, including an order as to costs of the appeal or of earlier proceedings in the matter before the Tribunal.
(5) The decision of the High Court on any appeal under this section shall be final. 131. The Chairman of the Tribunal may appoint any persons with special skills or
knowledge on environmental issues which are the subject matter of any proceedings or inquiry before the Tribunal to act as assessors in an advisory capacity in any case where it appears to the Tribunal that such special skills or knowledge are required for proper determination of the matter.
132.(1)When any matter to be determined by the Authority under this Act appears to it to involve a point of law or to be of unusual importance or complexity, it may, after giving notice to the concerned parties, refer the matter to the Tribunal for direction. Where any matter has been referred to the Tribunal under subsection (1), the Authority and the parties thereto shall be entitled to be heard by the Tribunal before any decision is made in respect of such matter and may appear personally or be represented by an Advocate.
(2) Any person who is a party to proceedings before the Tribunal may appear in person or be represented by an Advocate before the Tribunal.
133.(1) The Chairman or other members of the Tribunal shall not be liable to be sued in a civil court for an act done or omitted to be done or ordered to be done by them in the discharge of their duty as members of the Tribunal, whether or not within the limits of their jurisdiction, provided they, at the time, in good faith, believed
33
themselves to have jurisdiction to do or order the act complained of and no officer of the Tribunal or other person bound to execute the lawful warrants, orders or other process of the Tribunal shall be liable to be sued in any court for the execution of a warrant, order or process which he would have been bound to execute if within the jurisdiction of the Tribunal. (1) It shall be an offence for any person to engage in acts or make omissions
amounting to contempt of the Tribunal and the Tribunal may punish such person for contempt in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
134. There shall be paid to the Chairman and the members of the Tribunal such remuneration and allowances as the Minister shall determine.
135. The Minister shall appoint a public officer to be the Secretary to the Tribunal who shall be paid such allowances as the Minister shall determine.
136.(1) The Minister may establish such other Tribunals in any part of Kenya as he deems appropriate.
(2) The provisions of section 126-135 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any Tribunal established under subsection (1).
PART XIII – ENVIRONMENTAL OFFENCES 137. Any person who –
(a) hinders or obstructs an environmental inspector in the exercise of his duties under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(b) fails to comply with a lawful order or requirement made by an environmental inspector in accordance with this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(c) refuses an environmental inspector entry upon any land or into any premises, vessel or motor vehicle which he is empowered to enter under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(d) impersonates an environmental inspector; (e) refuses an environmental inspector access to records or documents kept
pursuant to the provisions of this Act or regulations made thereunder; (f) fails to state or wrongly states his name or address to an environmental
inspector in the cause of his duties under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(g) misleads or gives wrongful information to an environmental inspector under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
(h) fails, neglects or refuses to carry out an improvement order issued under this Act by an environmental inspector;
commits an offence and shall, on conviction be liable to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twenty four months, or to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings, or both.
138. Any person who – (a) fails to submit a project report contrary to the requirements of section 58 of
this Act; (b) fails to prepare an environmental impact assessment report in accordance
with the requirements of this Act or regulations made thereunder; (c) fraudulently makes false statements in an environmental impact
assessment report submitted under this Act or regulations made thereunder;
commits an offence and is liable on conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twenty four months or to a fine of not more than two million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.
139. Any person who – (a) fails to keep records required to be kept under this Act; (b) fraudulently alters any records required to be kept under this Act; (c) fraudulently makes false statements in any records required to be kept
under this Act; commits an offence and is liable upon conviction to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not more than eighteen months or to both such fine and imprisonment.
140. Any person who – (a) contravenes any environmental standard prescribed under this Act; (b) contravenes any measure prescribed under this Act; (c) uses the environment or natural resources in a wasteful and destructive
manner contrary to measures prescribed under this Act; commits an offence and shall be liable upon conviction, to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not more than twenty four months or to both such fine and imprisonment.
141. Any person who – (a) fails to manage any hazardous waste and materials in accordance with
this Act; (b) imports any hazardous waste contrary to this Act; (c) knowingly mislabels any waste, pesticide, chemical, toxic substance or
radioactive matter; (d) fails to manage any chemical or radioactive substance in accordance with
this Act; (e) aids or abets illegal trafficking in hazardous waste, chemicals, toxic
substances and pesticides or hazardous substances; (f) disposes of any chemical contrary to this Act or hazardous waste within
Kenya;
34
(g) withholds information or provides false information about the management of hazardous wastes, chemicals or radioactive substances;
commits an offence and shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine of not less than one million shillings, or to imprisonment for a term of not less than tow years, or to both. 142.(1) Any person who –
(a) discharges any dangerous materials, substances, oil, oil mixtures into land, water, air, or aquatic environment contrary to the provisions of this Act;
(b) pollutes the environment contrary to the provisions of this Act; (c) discharges any pollutant into the environment contrary to the provisions of
this Act; commits an offence and shall on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings. (2) In addition to any sentence that the Court may impose upon a polluter under
subsection (1) of this Section, the Court may direct that person to – (a) pay the full cost of cleaning up the polluted environment and of removing
the pollution; (b) clean up the polluted environment and remove the effects of pollution to
the satisfaction of the Authority. (3) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsections (1) (2) of this section, the
court may direct the polluter to meet the cost of the pollution to any third parties through adequate compensation, restoration or restitution.
143. Any person who – (a) Fails, neglects or refuses to comply with an environmental restoration
order made under this Act; (b) fails, neglects or refuses to comply with an environmental easement,
issued under this Act; (c) fails, neglects or refuses to comply with an environmental conservation
order made under this Act;
commits an offence and shall on conviction, be liable to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twelve months, or to a fine not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings, or to both.
144. Any person who commits an offence against any provision of this Act or of regulations made thereunder for which no other penalty is specifically provided is liable, upon conviction, to imprisonment for a term of not more than eighteen months or to a fine of not more than three hundred and fifty thousand shillings or to both such fine and imprisonment.
145.(1) When an offence against this Act, is committed by a body corporate, the body
corporate and every director or office of the body corporate who had knowledge of the commission of the offence and who did not exercise due diligence, efficiency and economy to ensure compliance with this Act, shall be guilty of an offence.
(2) Where an offence is committed under this Act by a partnership, every partner
or officer of the partnership who had knowledge or who should have had knowledge of the commission of the offence and who did not exercise due diligence, efficiency and economy to ensure compliance with this Act, commits an offence.
(3) A person shall be personally liable for an offence against this Act, whether
committed by him on his own account or as an agent or servant of another person.
(4) An employer or principal shall be liable for an offence committed by an employee or agent against this Act, unless the employer or principal proves that the offence was committed against his express or standing directions.
146.(1) The Court before which a person is charged for an offence under this Act or any regulations made thereunder may, in addition to any other order:- (a) upon the conviction of the accused; or
(b) if it is satisfied that an offence was committed notwithstanding that no
person has been convicted of the offence; order that the substance, motor vehicle, equipment and appliance or other thing by means whereof the offence concerned was committed or which was used in the commission of the offence be forfeited to the State and be disposed of as the court may direct. (2) In making the order to forfeit under subsection (1) the Court may also order
that the cost of disposing of the substance, motor vehicle, equipment, appliance or any other thing provided for in that subsection be borne by the person convicted thereunder.
(3) The Court may further order that any licence, permit or any authorisation given under this Act, and to which the offence relates, be cancelled.
(4) The Court may further issue an order requiring that a convicted person restores at his own cost, the environment to as near as it may be to its original state prior to the offence.
(5) The Court may in addition issue an environmental restoration order against the person convicted in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
PART XIV – REGULATIONS 147.(1) The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Authority and upon
consultation with the relevant lead agencies, make regulations prescribing for 35
matters that are required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed or are necessary or convenient to be prescribed for giving full effect to the provisions of this Act.Regulations made under subsection (2) may –
2. Urban Development including:-
(a) make provisions for the issue, amendment and revocation of any licence; (b) provide for the charging of fees and levying of charges; (c) adopt wholly or in part or with modifications any rules, standards,
guidelines, regulations, by-laws, codes, instructions, specifications, or administrative procedures prescribed by any lead agency either in force at the time of prescription or publication or as amended from time.
148. Any written law, in force immediately before the coming into force of this Act, relating to the management of the environment shall have effect subject to modifications as may be necessary to give effect to this Act, and where the provisions of any such law conflict with any provisions of this Act, the provisions of this Act shall prevail.
FIRST SCHEDULE (s.4(1)(b), 29(1)(c), (3)(b), 37(1)(b)) Agriculture. Economic Planning and Development. Education. Energy. Environment. Finance. Fisheries. Foreign Affairs. Health. Industry. Law or Law Enforcement. Local Government. Natural Resources. Public Administration. Public Works. Research and Technology. Tourism. Water Resources. SECOND SCHEDULE (s.58(1), (4)) PROJECTS TO UNDERGO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 1. General –
(a) an activity out of character with its surrounding;
(b) any structure of a scale not in keeping with its surrounding; (c) major changes in land use.
(a) designation of new townships; (b) establishment of industrial estates; (c) establishment or expansion of recreational areas; (d) establishment or expansion of recreational townships in mountain areas,
national parks and game reserves; (e) shopping centres and complexes.
3. Transportation including – (a) all major roads; (b) all roads in scenic, wooded or mountainous areas and wetlands; (c) railway lines; (d) airports and airfields; (e) oil and gas pipelines; (f) water transport.
4. Dams, rivers and water resources including – (a) storage dams, barrages and piers; (b) river diversions and water transfer between catchments; (c) flood control schemes; (d) drilling for the purpose of utilising ground water resources including geothermal
energy. 5. Aerial spraying. 6. Mining, including quarrying and open-cast extraction of –
(a) precious metals; (b) gemstones; (c) metalliferous ores; (d) coal; (e) phosphates; (f) limestone and dolomite; (g) stone and slate; (h) aggregates, sand and gravel; (i) clay; (j) exploitation for the production of petroleum in any form; (k) extracting alluvial gold with use of mercury.
Forestry related activities including – (a) timber harvesting; (b) clearance of forest areas; (c) reforestation and afforestation.
7. Agriculture including – (a) large-scale agriculture;
36
(b) use of pesticide; (c) introduction of new crops and animals; (d) use of fertilizers; (e) irrigation.
8. Processing and manufacturing industries including – (a) mineral processing, reduction of ores and minerals; (b) smelting and refining of ores and minerals; (c) foundries; (d) brick and earthware manufacture; (e) cement works and lime processing; (f) glass works; (g) fertilizer manufacture or processing; (h) explosive plants; (i) oil refineries and petro-chemical works; (j) tanning and dressing of hides and skins; (k) abattoirs and meat-processing plants; (l) chemical works and process plants; (m) brewing and malting; (n) bulk grain processing plants; (o) fish-processing plants; (p) pulp and paper mills; (q) food-processing plants; (r) plants for the manufacture of assembly of motor vehicles; (s) plants for the construction or repair of aircraft or railway equipment; (t) plants for the manufacture or assembly of motor vehicles; (u) plants for the manufacture of tanks, reservoirs and sheet-metal containers; (v) plants for the manufacture of coal briquettes; (w) plant for manufacturing batteries;
9. Electrical infrastructure including – (a) electricity generation stations; (b) electrical transmission lines; (c) electrical sub-stations; (d) pumped-storage schemes.
10. Management of hydrocarbons including – the storage of natural gas and combustible or explosive fuels.
11. Waste disposal including –sites for solid waste disposal;
Representatives of the following institutions:-
(a) sites for hazardous waste disposal; (b) sewage disposal works; (c) works involving major atmospheric emissions;
(d) works emitting offensive odours. 12. Natural conservation areas including –
(a) creation of national parks, game reserves and buffer zones; (b) establishment of wilderness areas; (c) formulation or modification of forest management policies; (d) formulation or modification of water catchment management policies; (e) policies for the management of ecosystems, especially by use of fire; (f) commercial exploitation of natural fauna and flora; (g) introduction of alien species of fauna and flora into ecosystems.
13. Nuclear Reactors. 14. Major developments in biotechnology including the introduction and testing of
genetically modified organisms. THIRD SCHEDULE (s. 37(1)(d), 70(2)) Representatives of the Government Ministries responsible for the following matters:- Agriculture; Economic Planning and Development; Education; Energy; Environment; Finance; Fisheries; Health; Industry; Law and Law Enforcement; Local Government/Authority; Natural Resources; Public Administration; Public Works; Research and Technology; Tourism; Water Resources; Lands and settlement; Labour; Information;
Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology; Kenya Agricultural Research Institute; Kenya Bureau of Standards; Kenya Forestry Research Institute;
37
Kenya Marine Research Institute; Kenya Medical Research Institute; Kenya Wildlife Service; Kenyatta University; Moi University; National Council of Sciences; National Museums of Kenya; University of Nairobi; Radiation Protection Board; Pesticides Products Control Board.
38
KENYA THE FORESTS ACT, 2005
ARRANGEMENT OF CLAUSES PART 1 – PRELIMINARY 1- Short title and commencement. 2- Application 3- Interpretation PART II – ADMINISTRATION 4- Establishment of the Service 5- Functions of the Service 6- Forests Board 7- Functions of the Board 8- Powers of the Board 9- Committees of the Board 10- Appointment of the Director of Forest Service 11- Officers of the Service 12- Meetings of the Board 13- Forest Conservancy areas and Committees 14- Funds of the Service 15- Financial year 16- Annual Estimates 17- Accounts and audit 18- Forest Management and Conservation Fund 19- Sources of Fund 20- Management of the Fund PART III – CREATION AND MANAGEMENT OF FORESTS 21- Forests to vest in the State 22- Customary rights 23- Creation of State Forests 24- Creation of Local Authority Forests
1
25- Private and farm forestry 26- Declaration of provisional forests 27- Reversion of provisional forests 28- Variation of boundaries or revocation of State or local authority
Forests 29- Exchange of forest area with private land 30- Arboreta, Recreational Parks, Mini-forests 31- Donations and Bequests 32- Declaration of a nature reserve 33- Special use of nature reserve 34- Presidential protection of trees 35- Management plans 36- Joint management of forests 37- Management of plantation forests owned by the State 38- Management of local authority forests 39- Local authority forest management agreements 40- Concession over state forests 41- Management of indigenous forests 42- Consent for mining and quarrying 43- Requirement for re-vegetation 44- Offences in relation to mining, quarrying or re-vegetation 45- Activities outside management plans PART IV – COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION 46- Application for community participation 47- Functions of a forest association 48- Assignment of forest user rights 49- Termination or variation of a management agreement PART V – ENFORCEMENT 50- Powers of officers 51- Use of firearms 52- Prohibited activities in forests 53- Counterfeiting or unlawfully affixing marks 54- Other offences 55- Compensation for loss or damage 56- Prosecutorial powers 57- General penalty
2
58- Restraint of breaches of the Act PART VI – MISCELLANEOUS 59- Act to bind Government 60- Rules 61- Director to maintain register 62- International obligations 63- Cooperation regarding cross-border forests and forest produce 64- Environmental impact assessment PART VII – TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 65- Repeal of Cap. 385 66- Savings 67- Vesting of Assets and transfer of liabilities 68- Transfer of Employees First Schedule - Provisions relating to the Officers of the Service Second Schedule - Provisions relating to the conduct of business and affairs of the Board Third Schedule - Provisions as to public participation
3
AN ACT of Parliament to provide for the establishment, development and sustainable management, including conservation and rational utilization of forest resources for the socio-economic development of the country: RECOGNIZING that forests play a vital role in the stabilization of soils and ground water, thereby supporting the conduct of reliable agricultural activity, and that they play a crucial role in protecting water catchments in Kenya and moderating climate by absorbing greenhouse gases; AND FURTHER recognizing that forests provide the main locus of Kenya’s biological diversity and a major habitat for wildlife; AND ACKNOWLEDGING that forests are the main source of domestic fuel wood for the Kenyan people, and that they provide essential raw materials for wood based industries and a variety of non-wood forest products; AND WHEREAS Kenya is committed to the inter-sectoral development and sustainable use of forestry resources and is committed under international conventions and other agreements to promote the sustainable management, conservation and utilization of forests and biological diversity: NOW THEREFORE BE IT ENACTED BY THE PARLIAMENT OF KENY AS FOLLOWS: PART 1 – PRELIMINARY This Act may be cited as the Forests Act, 2005, and shall come into operation on such date as the Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, appoint. 1. This Act shall apply to all forests and woodlands on state, local authority and private land. 2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires – “activity” includes any operations, development, works or conduct; “afforestation” means the establishment of a tree crop on an area where such trees are absent;
4
“arboretum” means a botanical garden of trees; “association” means a community forest association registered in accordance with the provisions of Section 46; “biodiversity” means the variability among living organisms from all sources, including the ecological complexes of which they are a part and the diversity within and among species, and ecosystems; “Board” means the Board of the Kenya Forest Service referred to in Section 6; “catchment area” means any land area drained by a river, stream, or fixed body of water and its tributaries having a common source of surface run-off; “chainsaw” means a motorized equipment used for cutting wood; “concession” means the right of use granted to an individual or organization in respect of a specified forest area; “consumptive use’ in relation to a forest, means the removal of a forest produce, “and non-consumptive use” shall be construed accordingly; “deforestation” means the negative reduction of forest cover from the original status; “Director” means the person appointed as director of Kenya Forest Service pursuant to section 10; “Forest Conservation Committee” means a committee established in each forest conservancy area or part thereof to advice the Board on all matters relating to management and conservation of forests in that area; “environmental impact assessment” shall be the meaning assigned to it under the Environmental Management and Coordination Act; “farm forestry” means the practice of managing trees on farms whether singly, in rows, lines, boundaries, or in woodlots or private forests;
5
“forests” refers to any land containing a vegetation association dominated by trees of any size, whether exploitable or not, capable of producing wood or other products, potentially capable of influencing climate, exercising an influence on the soil, water regime, and providing habitat for wildlife, and includes woodlands; “forest area” means any land declared to be a forest land under this Act; “forest community” means a group of persons who-
a) have a traditional association with forest for purposes of livelihood, culture or religion;
b) are registered as an association or other organization engaged in forest conservation;
“forest officer” includes the Director, a forester, a disciplined officer of the service, or an honorary forester; “forest owner” means-
a) in the case of state forests, the Kenya Forest Service;
b) in the case of local authority forests, a local authority;
c) in the case of private forests, an individual, association, institution or body corporate;
“forest produce” includes bark, bat droppings, beeswax, canes, charcoal, creepers, earth, fibrewood, frankincense, fruit galls, grass, gum, honey, leaves, flower, limestone, moss, murram, myrrh, peat, plants, reeds, resin, rushes, rubber, sap, seeds, spices, stones, timber, trees, water, waxwithies and such other things as may be declared by the Minister to be forest produce for the purpose of this Act; “forestry” refers to the science of establishing, tending and protecting forest and tree resources, and includes the processing and use of forests and tree products; “indigenous forest” means a forest which has come about by natural regeneration of trees primarily native to Kenya, and includes mangrove and bamboo forests;
6
“independent environmental impact assessment” means an environmental impact assessment not carried out by interested parties; “Kenya Forestry College” means the college of that name operating under the forest department; “Kenya Forestry Society” means the registered professional association of the forest officers; “licence” means a permit of other written authorization issued under any of the provisions of this Act; “livestock” means domesticated animals such as cattle, goats, sheep, assess, horses, camels and pigs and includes the young ones thereof; “local authority” means:-
a) any forest situated on trust land which has been set aside as a forest by a local authority pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Land Act;
b) any arboretum, recreational park or mini-forest created under section
30 of this Act;
c) any forest established as a local authority forest in accordance with the provisions of section 20;
“management agreement” means an agreement between the service and a local authority or any person or organization for the purpose of managing a state or local authority forest; “management plan” refers to a systematic programme showing all activities to be undertaken in a forest or part thereof during a period of at least five years, and includes conservation, utilization silvicultural operations and infrastructural development; “mini- forest” refers to a group of trees occupying less than ten hectares of land; “nature reserve” means an area of land declared to be a nature reserve under section 32;
7
“non-consumptive use” in relation to a forest means non-extractive use of forest; “person” means natural person or a corporate person; “plantation forest” means a forest that has been established through forestation or reforestation for commercial purposes; “private forest” refers to any forest owned privately by an individual, institution or body corporate; “property mark” means a mark placed on a log, timber or other forest produce with a prescribed instrument to denote ownership by the government, local authority or any other owner; “protected tree” means any tree or tree species which have been declared under section 34 to be protected; “provisional forest” means any forest which has been declared a provisional forest by the Minister under section 26; “responsible authority” in relation to a forest area means the Service, in the case of a state or provisional forest, the local authority concerned in the case of a local authority forest and the private land owner in the case of private forests; “sacred grove” means a grove with religious or cultural significance to a forest community; “sawmill” means a set of machinery used to process and convert wood into saw timber; “service” means the Kenya Forest Service established under section 4; “state forest” means any forest –
a) declared by the Minister to be central forest, a forest area or nature reserve before the commencement of this Act and which has not ceased to be such a forest or nature reserve or;
8
b) declared to be a state forest in accordance with the provisions of section 23;
“sustainable use”, in relation to a forest, means the use of a forest and any of its natural resources in a manner and to an extent which does not compromise the capacity of the forest and its use by future generations, and does not degrade the carrying capacity of its supporting ecosystems; “sustainable management”, in relation to a forest, means management of the forest so as to permit any such use of it as constitutes sustainable use; “timber” means –
a) any tree which has fallen; or
b) the part of any tree which has been cut off or fallen, and all wood whether sawn, split, hews or otherwise fashioned;
“tree” means any timber producing plant, or shrubs, bush of any kind, and includes a seedling, sapling or reshoot of any age, or any part thereof; “unalienated government land” means land for the time being vested in the Government which –
a) is not the subject of any conveyance, lease or occupation license from the Government;
b) has not been dedicated or set aside for the use of public, and includes
out-pans; and
c) has not been declared to be a State Forest; “wildlife” means all forms of fauna and flora other than domesticated plants and animals; “woodland” means an open stand of trees less than ten metres which has come about by natural regeneration.
9
PART II – ADMINISTRATION 3 (1) There is hereby established a Service to be known as the Kenya
Forest Service.
(2) The Service shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and shall, in its corporate name, be capable of -
(a) suing and being sued;
(b) acquiring, holding, charging and disposing of movable
and immovable property; and
(c) doing or performing all such other things or acts for the proper discharge of its functions under this Act.
(3) The headquarters of the Service shall be in Nairobi. 4 The functions of the Service shall be to –
(d) formulate for approval of the Board, policies and guidelines regarding the management, conservation and utilization of all types of forest areas in the country;
b) manage all state forests; c) manage all provisional forests in consultation with the
forest owners; d) protect forests in Kenya in accordance with the
provisions of the Act; e) promote capacity building in forest management; f) collaborate with individuals and private and public
research institutions in identifying research needs and applying research findings;
g) draw or assist in drawing up management plans for all
indigenous and plantation state, local authority,
10
provisional and private forests in collaboration with the owners or lessees, as the case may be;
h) provide forest extension services by assisting forest
owners, farmers and Associations n the sustainable management of forests;
i) enforce the conditions and regulations pertaining to
logging, charcoal making and other forest utilization activities;
j) collect all revenue and charges due to the Government in
regard to forest resources, produce and services; k) develop programmes and facilities in collaboration with
other interested parties for tourism, and for the recreational and ceremonial use of forests;
l) collaborate with other organizations and communities in
the management and conservation of forests and for utilization of biodiversity therein;
m) promote the empowerment of associations and
communities in the control and management of forests; n) manage forests on water catchment areas primarily for
purposes of water and soil conservation, carbon sequestration and other environmental services;
o) promote national interests in relation international forest
related conventions and principles; and p) enforce the provisions of the Act and any forestry and
land use rules and regulations made pursuant to any other written law.
5 (1) The management of the service shall be carried out by a Board,
which shall consist of –
11
(a) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time being responsible for matters relating to forestry, or his designated representative;
(b) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time
being responsible for matters relating to water, or a designated representative;
(c) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time
being responsible for Finance, or his designated representative;
(d) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time
being in charge of Local Authorities or his designated representative;
(e) the Director of Kenya Wildlife Service; (f) the Director General of the National Environment
Management Authority; (g) the Director of the Kenya Forestry Research Institute; (h) the Director of Kenya Forest Service, who shall be the
secretary, and (i) eight other persons, not being public servants, appointed
by the Minister.
(1) Of the members appointed under subsection (1) (h) –
(a) one shall be a person who has knowledge of, and at least ten years’ experience in, matters relating to security and law enforcement;
(b) one shall be a representative of the Kenya Forestry
Society; and (c) the remaining members shall be persons –
12
(i) who have expertise in relation to forestry or the forestry industry or in a related scientific or educational field, or who are members of non-governmental organizations dealing with environmental or natural resource matters; or
(ii) who are associated with, or with an area that contains, one or more forest communities,
and who have shown special or outstanding interest in the field of conservation, environment and natural resources.
(3) One of the members appointed under subsection (2) (c) shall be designated by the President to be the Chairman of the Board. (4) The appointment of the members of the Board shall take into account the principle of gender and regional representation. (5) There shall be paid to the chairman and members of the Board such remuneration, fees or allowances for expenses as the Minister may determine.
6 The functions of the Board shall be to –
(a) ensure the efficient management of the Service; (b) consider and make recommendations to the Minister on
the establishment of state forests on un-alienated Government land and any other Government land;
(c) consider and make recommendations to the Minister
regarding the determination and alteration of boundaries of state forests;
(d) approve policies of the Service that affects forestry
practice and development; (e) formulate policies for the administration and
management of Kenya Forestry College;
13
(f) consider all management agreements including granting of management licences for state plantation forests;
(g) negotiate for financial and other incentives for
advancement of the forestry-related activities of private persons, companies, communities, non-governmental organizations and local authorities;
(h) establish and review policies and rules for marketing of
trade in forest produce; (i) coordinate and monitor inter-agency forestry activities in
the country; (j) develop modalities and guidelines for joint management
of forests between the service, local authorities, forest communities, government agencies and other private sectors;
(k) advice the Minister on matters pertaining to
establishment, development, conservation and utilization of forests in Kenya;
(l) consider applications for the undertaking of activities
within forest areas; (m) prescribe criteria for access to assistance for owners of
private forests; (n) establish forest conservancy areas for purposes of
conservation and management; and (o) approve the provision of credit facilities and technical
training for community based forest industries, and the provision of incentives to persons who exploit wood and non-wood forest products sustainably.
7 The Board shall have all the powers necessary for the performance of
its functions under this Act, and, in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board shall have power to –
14
(a) approve and ratify the policies of the Service; (b) manage, control and administer the assets of the Service
in such manner and for such purposes as are best to promote the purposes for which the Service is established;
(c) receive any gifts, grants, donations or endowments made
to the Service; (d) determine the provisions to be made for capital and
recurrent expenditure and for the reserves of the Service; (e) open a banking account or banking accounts for the funds
of the Service; (f) invest any moneys of the Service not immediately
required for the purposes of this Act; (g) determine and issue the terms and conditions for the
appointment and enlistment of personnel to the Service; and
(h) cooperate with other organizations undertaking functions
similar to its own, whether within Kenya or otherwise. 8 (1) The Board may from time to time establish committees for the
better carrying out of its functions.
(2) The Board may, with the approval of the Minister, co-opt into the membership of committees established under subsection (1) other persons whose knowledge and skills are found necessary for the functions of the Board.
9 (1) There shall be a Director of the Kenya Forest Service who shall be
appointed by the Board and who shall hold office on such terms and conditions as may be specified in the instrument of his appointment.
15
(2) No person shall be appointed under subsection (1) unless such a person holds a degree from a recognized university in the field of forestry and has had at least fifteen years’ experience in the relevant field. (3) The Director shall be the chief executive officer of the Service and responsible to the Board.
10 (1) The Board may, on such terms and conditions as it deems fit,
appoint –
(a) such officers of the Service as are specified in subparagraph (2)(a) and (b) of paragraph 1 of the First schedule; and
(b) such disciplined officers as are specified in paragraph
(2)(c) of paragraph 1 of the First Schedule; and (c) such other employees, agents or servants of the Service.
(2) Every person appointed under subparagraph (b) of subsection (1) shall take and subscribe to the oath of allegiance set out in Part II of the First Schedule. (3) The provisions of the First Schedule shall have effect with respect to the officers of the Service. (4) The Board shall within a reasonable time provide for a staff superannuation scheme to determine service for the employees of the Service. (5) The Director may, with the approval of the Board, appoint suitable persons to be honorary foresters for the purpose of assisting the carrying into effect the provisions of this Act. (6) An honorary forester shall –
1. be appointed by notice published in the Gazette;
16
(ii) hold office, subject to such conditions as the Director may prescribe, for a period of five years; and
(iii) have such functions as may be prescribed by rules made
under this Act.
11 The provisions of the Second schedule shall have effect with respect to the procedure at the meetings of the Board.
12 (1) The Board shall establish forest conservancy areas for the proper
and efficient management of forests and may divide such conservancy areas into forest divisions.
(2) There shall be established a forest conservation committee in respect of each conservancy area established under subsection (1). (3) The functions of the committee shall be to -
(a) inform the Board on the ideas, desires and opinions of the people within the forest conservancy areas in all matters relating to the conservation and utilization of forests within such area;
(b) monitor the implementation of this Act and other forest
regulations within the area; (c) review and recommend to the Board applications for
licences and renewals thereof; (d) regulate the management of forests at the local level,
including the setting of charges and retention of income; (e) in consultation with the Board, assist local communities
to benefit from royalties and other rights derived from flora or fauna traditionally used or newly discovered by such communities;
(f) identify areas of un-alienated Government land or trust
land to be set aside for the creation of forests;
17
(g) recommend to the Board the establishment of forest division conservation committees; and
(h) perform such other functions as the Board may require or
delegate to it.
(4) A forest conservation committee shall consist of -
(a) a Chairman appointed by the Board, who shall have at least ten years’ experience in forestry, forest management or social sciences;
(b) one person to represent the provincial administration;
(c) the forest officer in charge of the area who shall be the secretary;
(d) one member nominated jointly by members of the timber industry operating in the area;
(e) four persons knowledgeable in forestry matters nominated by forest associations operating in the conservancy area, at least one of whom shall be a woman and one shall be a youth;
(f) an agricultural officer based in the area, who shall be nominated by the Minister responsible for agriculture; and
(g) an environmental officer based in the area, who shall be nominated by the Director General, National Environment Management Authority.
(5) Persons who are not members of the committee may be invited to attend meetings of the committee and take part in its deliberations. (6) A member of a forest conservation committee shall be entitled to be paid such allowances as the Board may, with the approval of the Minister, determine.
18
(7) The Minister may, in consultation with the Board, make rules and regulations governing the procedures and functions of the committees.
13 (1) The funds of the Service shall comprise –
(a) such moneys or assets as may accrue to or vest in the
Service in the course of the exercise of its powers or the performance of its functions under this Act or any other written law and approved by Parliament; and
(b) all moneys from any other source provided for or donated
or lent to the Service. 14 The financial year of the Service shall be the period of twelve months
ending on the thirtieth of June in each year. 15 (1) At least three months before the commencement of each financial
year, Board shall cause to prepared estimates of revenue and expenditure of the Service for that year.
(2) The annual estimates shall make provision for the estimated expenditure of the Service for the financial year and in particular, the estimates shall provide for the –
(a) payment of salaries, allowances, pensions, gratuities and
other charges in respect of the staff of the Service and of the forest conservation committees;
(b) proper maintenance, repair and replacement of the
equipment and other property of the Service;
(c) maintenance, repair and replacement of the equipment and other property of the Service;
(d) creation of such reserve funds as the Service may deem
appropriate to meet the recurrent expenditure and contingent liabilities of the Service.
19
16 (1) The Service shall cause to be kept all proper books and other records of accounts of the income, expenditure and assets of the Service.
(2) Within a period of four months from the end of each financial year, the Service shall submit to the Controller and Auditor-General or an auditor appointed under subsection (3), the accounts of the Service in respect of that year together with –
(a) a statement of the income and expenditure of the Service
during the year; and (b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the Service on
the last day of the year.
(3) The accounts of the Service shall be audited and reported upon in accordance with the provisions of the Public Audit Act.
17 There is hereby established a Forest Management and Conservation
Fund, which shall be used for the following purposes –
a) the development of forests; b) the maintenance and conservation of indigenous forests; c) the promotion of commercial forest plantations; d) the rehabilitation of provisional forests; e) the provision of forest extension services; f) the promotion of community-based forest projects; g) the facilitation of education and research activities; h) the establishment of arboreta and botanical gardens; i) the maintenance of sacred groves and other areas of
cultural, ethno-botanical or scientific significance;
20
j) undertaking of surveys and establishment of databases; k) the management of unique forests for biodiversity
conservation; l) the establishment of nurseries and production of
seedlings; m) silvicultural practices and tree improvement; and n) such other purposes as may be prescribed by rules made
under this Act.
18 (1) The Fund shall consist of –
a) monies from time to time appropriated by Parliament for purposes of the Fund;
b) moneys levied upon forest beneficiaries in such manner
as the Minister may, upon the recommendation of the Board and in consultation with the Minister for Finance, determine;
c) income from investments made by the Board; and d) such grants, donations, bequests or other gifts as may be
made to the Fund.
(2) All moneys due to the Service shall be collected or received on behalf of the Board by the Director and, subject to the direction of the Board, paid into a special account of the Fund in line with obtaining financial regulations.
19 (1) The Fund shall be managed by a Finance Committee appointed
and empowered in that behalf by the Board.
(2) The Finance Committee shall, with the approval of the Board –
21
a) determine the amounts of money payable in respect of any purpose for which the Fund is established and formulate the conditions for disbursement;
b) make necessary investments from the Fund for the realization
of the Fund’s objectives, in securities approved from time to time by the Treasury; and
c) keep and maintain audited accounts of the Fund and publish
such accounts in such a manner as may be approved by the Treasury.
PART III – CREATION AND MANAGEMENT OF FORESTS 20 All forests in Kenya other than private and local authority forests are
vested in the state, subject to any rights of user in respect thereof, which by or under this Act or other written law, have been or are granted to any other person.
21 Nothing in this Act shall be deemed to prevent any member of a forest
community from taking, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, such forest produce as it has been the custom of that community to take from such forest otherwise than for the purpose of sale.
22 The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Board, by notice in
the Gazette declare –
a) any unalienated Government land, b) any land purchased or otherwise acquired by the Government,
to be state forest. 23 Upon the recommendation of the forest conservation committee for
the area within which a forest is situated, the local authority and the Board, the Minister shall declare any land under the jurisdiction of a local authority to be a local authority forest where the –
22
a) land is an important catchment area, a source of water springs, or is a fragile environment;
b) land is rich in biodiversity or contains rare, threatened or
endangered species; c) forest is of cultural or scientific significance; or d) forest supports an important industry and is a major
source of livelihood for the local community.
24 (1) A person who owns a private forest, including a forest in the course of establishment, on land owned by the person may apply to the Service for registration under this section.
(2) The Board shall register a forest under subsection (1) where the forest meets the criteria prescribed in regulations made under this Act. (3) Upon registration under subsection (2), the owner of a private forest shall be entitled to receive from the Service:
(a) technical advice regarding appropriate forestry practices and conservation; and
(b) subject to availability of funds, loans from the Fund for
the development of the forest, provided that the funds are obtained and utilized in accordance with the procedures set out by the Service.
(4) A person who establishes or owns a private forest may apply to the relevant authorities for exemption from payment of all or part of the land rates and such other charges as may be levied in respect of the land on which the forest is established. (5) In this section, “private forest” includes arboreta and recreational parks.
25 (1) Upon the recommendation of the Board, the Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, declare any local authority forest or
23
private forest, which in the opinion of the Board is mismanaged or neglected, to be a provisional forest.
(2) A declaration under subsection (1) of this section shall only be made where:
(a) the forest is –
(i) is an important catchment area or a source of water springs;
(ii) is rich in biodiversity and contains rare,
threatened or endangered species;
(iii) is of cultural or scientific significance; or
(iv) supports an important industry and is a source of livelihood for the surrounding forest communities; and
(b) the Director has issued a notice requiring the local
authority or private owner, as the case may be, to undertake specific silvicultural practices to improve the forest, and such notice has not been complied with, or the forest owner is unable to undertake the specified practices.
(3) A provisional forest shall be managed by the Service in collaboration with the owner thereof, and any profits accruing therefrom shall be paid to such owner less the expenses incurred by the Service in managing the forest concerned. 26 (1) A provisional forest shall revert to the owner where the Board is
satisfied that it has been adequately rehabilitated and the owner has given an undertaking to efficiently manage it.
(2) The Board may, upon reversion of a provisional forest, prescribe for observance by the owner such conditions as may be necessary to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Act.
24
27 (1) A notice under this Part which is proposed: -
a) to vary the boundaries of a state or a local authority forest; or
b) to declare that a forest shall cease to be a state or local
authority forest shall only be published where the proposal is recommended by the Service in accordance with subsection (2) and is subsequently approved by resolution of Parliament.
(2) The Service shall not recommend any such proposal unless;-
a) it has been approved by the forest conservation committee for the area in which the forest is situated;
b) it is satisfied that such variation of boundary or cessation
of forest proposed by the notice:-
i) shall not endanger any rare, threatened or endangered species;
ii) does not adversely affect its value as a water
catchment area; and
iii) does not prejudice biodiversity conservation, cultural site protection of the forest or its use for educational, recreational, health or research purposes.
(c) the proposal has been subjected to an independent
Environmental Impact Assessment; and
(d) public consultation in accordance with the Third Schedule has been undertaken and completed in relation to the proposal.
25
28 1) Subject to section 29(2), the Board may exchange part of a forest area with private land with the consent of the owner of such land where –
a) the exchange enhances the efficient management and
protection of the forest; b) the exchange is equitable to the Service and the land
owner, according to an independent valuation; c) an independent Environmental Impact Assessment has
been conducted and has shown that such exchange shall not adversely affect the environment; and
d) the forest area to be exchanged does not contain rare,
threatened or endangered species and is not a water catchment area or a source of springs.
(2) The Service or a local authority may, with the approval of the Minister, acquire by purchase any land suitable to be declared a state or local authority forest under this Act. (3) No purchase or exchange shall be transacted under this section unless prior public consultation is carried out in accordance with the Third Schedule.
29 (1) Every local authority shall, as far is reasonably practicable,
establish and maintain arboreta, mini-forests or recreational parks for the non-consumptive use of persons residing within its area of jurisdiction.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), every local authority shall cause housing estate developers within its jurisdiction to make provision for the establishment of mini-forests at the rate of at least five percent of the total land area of any housing estate intended to be developed. (3) Every local authority shall, as far as reasonably practicable, establish and maintain a recreational park in every market centre within its area of jurisdiction.
26
(4) The Service shall facilitate and initiate the provision of technical assistance in the establishment and maintenance of mini-forests, recreational parks and arboreta by local authorities. (5) No arboretum, mini-forest or recreational park shall be converted to any other use unless the local authority, in the manner prescribed by rules made under this Act, seeks for and obtains the approval of a majority of the persons residing within its area of jurisdiction for such conversion. (6) For purposes of this section, a local authority may in consultation with the Service prescribe conditions as to the species of trees to be planted in a mini-forest, arboretum or recreational park. 30 (1) Any person who is registered as proprietor of land in accordance
with the provisions of any written law may donate or bequeath all or part of that land to the state, a local authority, an educational institution, an association or a non-governmental organization for the development of forestry and the conservation of biodiversity.
(2) The forest established on the land so donated or bequeathed to the state shall be gazetted in accordance with this Act and named after the person who has made the donation or bequest unless the instrument of bequest states otherwise. (3) The forest or land so donated or bequeathed shall not be used for any purpose other than the establishment and conservation of forests as originally desired by the previous owner.
31 (1) Upon the recommendation of the Service, the Minister may, in consultation with the Minister responsible for local authorities where appropriate, by notice in the Gazette declare any forest area, or woodland or any part thereof, which has a particular environmental, cultural, schientific or other special significance, to be a nature reserve for the purpose of preserving its biodiversity and natural amenities thereof.
(2) Where a nature reserve declared as such under subsection (1) occurs within a private forest, the Minister shall make such
27
arrangements for compensation to the owner of such forest as may be arrived at by an independent valuation. (3) No cutting, grazing, removal of forest produce, hunting or fishing, shall be allowed in a nature reserve except with the permission of the Director granted in consultation with other conservation agencies, which permission shall only be given with the object of facilitating research. (4) The provisions of this Part with respect to the revocation of declaration of a forest area or the variation of boundaries thereof shall apply with respect to a nature reserve.
32 (1) Any forest community, or person who is desirous of utilizing or conserving any grove or forest which is part of a nature reserve for cultural, religious, educational, scientific or other reasons shall submit an application, in the prescribed form, to the board through the forest conservation committee for the area in which the nature reserve occurs.
(2) Upon receipt of the application referred to in subsection (1), the Board shall make inquiries regarding the application, including the authenticity of the application and the suitability of the site vis-a –vis the activities for which the application is made, and, based on such inquiry, the Board may within three months of receipt of the application –
a) grant the application as requested; b) grant the application on specified terms and conditions;
or c) refuse to grant the application, giving reasons for such
refusal. (3) Where an application has been submitted under subsection (1) the decision of the Board either to grant the application or refuse to grant the application shall be final.
28
(4) Sacred groves found in any state forest, nature reserve, local authority forest or private forest shall not be interfered with and any person who, without lawful authority, fells, cuts, damages or removes any such grove or tree or regeneration thereof, or biodiversity therein, or abets in the commission of any such act commits an offence. 33 (1) The President may, on the advice of the Board, by order published
in the Gazette, declare any tree, species or family of tree species to be protected in the whole country or in specific areas thereof, and the Board shall cause this information to be disseminated to the public.
(2) Any person who fells, cuts, damages or remove, trades in or exports or attempts to export any protected tree, species or family of trees or regeneration thereof or abets in the commission of any such act commits an offence. (3) The provisions of subsection (1) shall be reversed when the Board is satisfied that the protection is no longer necessary.
34 (1) Every state forest, local authority forest and provisional forest shall be managed in accordance with a management plan that complies with the requirements prescribed by rules made under this Act.
(2) The Service shall be responsible for the preparation of a management plan with respect to each state forest and provisional forest. (3) A local authority shall be responsible for the preparation of a management plan with respect to each local authority forest within its jurisdiction. (4) The Service or a local authority may discharge its responsibilities under this section by preparing any requisite plan and adopting it or by adopting a plan prepared by another person or body. (5) In preparing and adopting a management plan, the Service or the local authority shall consult with the local forest conservation committee.
29
(6) The Director may, with the approval of the Minister, make rules to give effect to the provisions of management plans.
35 (1) The Director may, with the approval of the Board, enter into an agreement with any person for the joint management of any forests.
(2) The agreement referred to in subsection (1) may enjoin such person to use or refrain from using such forest or any part thereof in a particular manner in order to ensure the conservation of biodiversity: Provided that where an agreement enjoins such person to use or refrain from using the forest in any particular manner, it shall contain modalities of payment of compensation to such person for any loss incurred thereby. 3) Where any person enters into an agreement with the Director in accordance with subsection (1) of this section, the agreement shall be enforceable against such person or his successors in title, assignees or any or all other persons deriving title from him. (4) Nothing in this section shall render enforceable any conservation agreement entered into under subsection (1) where the use of such forest in accordance with such agreement contravenes the provisions of any law for the time being in force, or is inconsistent with any prior agreement relating to the use of such forest and which is binding on such owners, their successors in title or persons deriving title from them.
36 (1) All plantation forests owned by the state shall be managed by the Service on a sustainable basis with the primary objective being the production of wood and other forest products and services for commercial purposes.
(2) Where the Board is satisfied that all or part of a state forest which is a plantation forest may be efficiently managed through a licence, concession, contract, joint agreement, it may place an advertisement in two daily newspapers of national circulation calling for applications from interested persons for the management of the same.
30
(3) An applicant under subsection (2) shall submit to the Board together with his application, a proposed management plan in respect of the forest which is the subject of the application. (4) Where the Board approves an application submitted under subsection (3) and intends to enter into a management agreement as specified under subsection (2), it shall publish its intention in two daily newspapers of national circulation at least thirty days before the agreement is due to take effect. (5) A management agreement entered into by the Board with the successful applicant shall specify among other things:-
(a) the duration of agreement;
(b) the terms and conditions under which the applicant shall manage the forest;
(c) any charges payable to the Service;
(d) a management plan to be followed by the applicant;
(e) the mechanism for settlement of disputes arising in
respect of the agreement; and
(f) the circumstances under which the agreement may be terminated.
(6) The Board shall, before entering into an agreement, call for an independent inventory of the forest and other relevant data to enable it determine the true value of such a forest. (7) Management agreements may be entered into or renewed subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Board: Provided that:
(a) no part of a state forest which contains rare, threatened or endangered species, or which has particular environmental, cultural or scientific significance or
31
which has been declared a nature reserve under this Act, shall be included in such agreements.
(b) no applicant may assign, exchange, transfer or convey
the agreement or any part of his rights or interests therein without the prior written consent of the Board.
(8) The applicant may assign, exchange, transfer or convey the agreement only where:-
a) the agreement has been in existence for at least six (6) years;
b) he has not violated any provisions of this Act, and has
complied with the terms and conditions of the agreement; c) the assignee would himself qualify to be an applicant
under this section; and d) the Board has approved such assignment, exchange or
transfer.
(9) Where the applicant assigns, exchanges, or transfers his agreement without the approval of the Board, the agreement shall lapse and the management of the forest shall revert to the Service. (10) Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Board to enter into a management agreement for a plantation forest under this section may, within the period specified in subsection (4), make representations to the Board, and the Board shall consider such objections and take such action as justified in the circumstances.
37 (1) Each local authority shall, with the assistance of the Service, be responsible for the protection and management of all forests and woodlands under its jurisdiction, and shall ensure that such forests are managed on a sustainable basis in accordance with an approved management plan.
32
(2) The provisions contained in this Act regarding the management of indigenous forests shall apply to the management of indigenous forests situated within the jurisdiction of a local authority. (3) A forest officer responsible for the area shall, in consultation with the forest conservation committee, make inspection visits at least twice a year, and shall make a report thereon to the Director as to whether such forests are managed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
(4) The Director shall report to the Board on a forest officer’s report received under subsection (3), and the Board may, if it is satisfied that it is in the public interest for a local authority forest to be managed by the Service, make recommendations to the Minister.
(5) The Minister may declare a local authority forest in respect of which a report is received under this section to be a provisional forest. 38 (1) A local authority may, upon application by a company,
government agency, a forest community, a professional association, an educational institution, or non – governmental organization, a cooperative society or an individual, and after approval by the Board has been obtained, enter into an appropriate management agreement for all or part of any forest within its jurisdiction.
(2) A management agreement entered into under subsection (1) shall specify:-
a) the period for which the forest shall be managed; b) the terms and conditions under which the applicant shall
manage the forest; c) any royalties and charges payable in respect thereof to
the local authority or the Service; d) the mechanism for settlement of disputes arising in
respect of the agreement; and
33
e) the circumstances under which the agreement may be terminated.
(3) Where the forest referred in subsection (1) lies within the jurisdiction of more than one local authority, an application shall be made to each of such local authorities, and such local authorities may jointly agree to enter into a management agreement for all or part of such forest pursuant to such application.
(4) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to transfer or to vest in any person, institution, or organization any right of ownership of any land declared to be a local authority forest, other than the privilege of management and control. (5) No management agreement shall convert a local authority forest into a settlement area. 39 (1) Where the Board is satisfied that utilization of a forest can be done
through the granting of concessions, the Service may, by licence, grant the same subject to an Environmental Impact Assessment Licence in accordance with the Environmental Management and Coordination Act, 1999.
(2) In addition to subsection (1), the grantee of a concession shall:-
a) comply with the guidelines or management plans prescribed by the Service;
b) protect the concession area from destruction and
encroachment by other persons; c) ensure that the forest areas under his management are
maintained for the conservation of biodiversity, cultural or recreational use;
d) maintain the physical boundaries of the concession; e) take precautions to prevent the occurrence and spread of
forest fires in connection with any or all operations within or outside the concession area; and
34
f) ensure that all structures and facilities constructed or
operated by and in connection with any activities are maintained according to the conditions of the licence.
(3) The licence shall indicate the nature of the concession, including its physical location and boundaries, and the purpose for which it is granted. (4) The Board may withdraw a concession granted under this section where a grantee breaches any of the conditions prescribed under subsection (2). (5) A grantee of a concession under this section shall be held personally responsible for any damage, including the negligence of his employees, arising directly from his operations on the land for which the concession has been obtained. 40 (1) All indigenous forests and woodlands shall be managed on a
sustainable basis for purposes of: -
a) conservation of water, soil and biodiversity; b) riverine and shoreline protection; c) cultural use and heritage; d) recreation and tourism; e) sustainable production of wood and non-wood products; f) carbon sequestration and other environmental services; g) education and research purposes; and h) habitat for wildlife in terrestrial forests and fisheries in
mangrove forests.
35
(2) In pursuance of subsection (1), the Service shall, in consultation with the forest conservation committee for the area where the indigenous forest is situated, prepare forest management plans. (3) The Board may enter into a joint management agreement for the management of any state indigenous forest or part thereof with any person, institution, government agency or forest association. 41 (1) The Board shall only give its consent for mining and quarrying
operations in a forest area where:-
a) the area does not contain rare, threatened or endangered species;
b) the forest does not have any cultural importance or
contain sacred trees or groves; c) an Independent Environmental Impact Assessment has
been carried out; d) the miner has undertaken through execution of a bond the
value of which will be determined by the Board, to rehabilitate the site upon completion of his operation to a level prescribed by the Board;
e) the forest is not an important catchment area or source of
springs: Provided that the Minister may, on the recommendation of the Board, and in consultation with the minister responsible for mining, publish rules to regulate and govern mining operations in forest areas; and
f) the carrying on of the mining and quarrying operations shall not contravene any rules made under this Act.
(2) Subject to subsection (1), mining and quarrying may be carried out in a state or local authority forest under the authority of a licence issued by the Service and the local authority.
36
(3) A licence under subsection (2) shall not be issued unless the applicant has implemented safety measures to prevent injury to human beings, livestock and wildlife traversing the forest.
42 (1) The conditions on which a licence for mining and quarrying, or
any other activity carried out in the forest, shall, where the activity concerned is likely to result in the depletion of forest cover in any forest, include a condition requiring the licensee to undertake compulsory revegetation immediately upon the completion of the activity.
(2) Revegetation shall be undertaken in consultation with the Service, which shall determine the seeds and seedlings proposed to be used in such revegetation. 43 Any person who contravenes the provisions of this Act in relation to
activities in forest areas relating to mining, quarrying or revegetation commits an offence and shall be liable on conviction to imprisonment to a term not exceeding twelve months or to a fine of not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings or to both such fine and imprisonment.
44 (1) Any activities within a forest area which are not included in a
management plan shall only be undertaken with the consent of the Board granted in accordance with this section.
(2) A person intending to undertake any activity referred to in subsection (1) within a forest area shall apply in that behalf to the Board and the application shall be accompanied by the results of an independent Environmental Impact Assessment conducted in respect of the proposed activity.
(3) Where the Board intends to grant its approval under this section, it shall cause a notice of such intention to be published in the Gazette and in at least two newspapers of national circulation, and posting a notice in such manner as to bring to attention of the persons likely to be directly affected by such activity, and giving a period of not less than ninety days within which any person may make objections to the Board.
37
(4) The Board shall deliberate on any objection received and deliver its decision to the objector within a period of sixty days from the date of receipt thereof.
(5) Any objector aggrieved by a decision of the Board under this section may within sixty days after receipt of such decision appeal to the High Court.
PART IV – COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION
45 (1) A member of a forest community may, together with other
members or persons resident in the same area, register a community forest association under the Societies Act.
(2) An association registered under subsection (1) may apply to the Director for Permission to participate in the conservation and management of a state forest or local authority forest in accordance with the provisions of this Act. (3) The application referred to in subsection (2) shall be in the prescribed form and shall contain –
a) a list of the members of the association and its address; b) the Constitution of the association; c) the association’s financial regulations; d) the area of forest for which the association proposes to
undertake conservation and management; e) the association’s proposals concerning –
(i) use of forest resources; (ii) methods of conservation of biodiversity;
38
(iii) methods of monitoring and protecting wildlife and plant populations and enforcing such protection; and
f) such other information as the Director may require.
(4) Where there is no management plan in respect of the area, or where the association proposes that there be a new management plan, the application shall be accompanied by a draft management plan. (5) The provisions of this act regarding management plans shall apply in respect of the draft management plan submitted under subsection (4). (6) The Director shall cause to be kept an up to date record of all associations participating in the conservation or management of forests.
46 (1) An association approved by the Director under section 46 to
participate in the management or conservation of a forest or part of a forest shall –
a) protect, conserve and manage such forest or part thereof
pursuant to an approved management agreement entered into under this Act and the provisions of the management plan for the forest;
b) formulate and implement forest programmes consistent
with the traditional forest user rights of the community concerned in accordance with sustainable use criteria;
c) protect sacred groves and protected trees; d) assist the Service in enforcing the provisions of this Act
and any rules and regulations made pursuant thereto, in particular in relation to illegal harvesting of forest produce;
e) with the approval of the Board enter into partnerships
with other persons for the purposes of ensuring the
39
efficient and sustainable conservation and management of forests;
f) keep the Service informed of any developments, changes
and occurrences within the forest which are critical for the conservation of biodiversity;
g) help in fire fighting; and h) do any other that is necessary for the efficient
conservation and management of the forest. (2) The management agreement between the Director and the association may confer on the association all or any of the following forest user rights –
(a) collection of medicinal herbs; (b) harvesting of honey; (c) harvesting of timber or fuel wood; (d) grass harvesting and grazing; (e) collection of forest produce for community based
industries; (f) ecotourism and recreational activities; (g) scientific and education activities; (h) plantation establishment through non-resident
cultivation; (i) contracts to assist in carrying out specified silvicultural
operations; (j) development of community wood and non-wood forest
based industries; and
40
(k) other benefits which may from time to time be agreed upon between an association and the Service:
Provided that:
(i) none of the activities specified in this subsection shall be carried out so as to conflict with the conservation of biodiversity; and
(ii) the Director may, in consultation with the
association, make rules regulating the performance thereof.
47 (1) An association may, with the approval of the Director, assign any
or all its rights under a management agreement to a suitably qualified agent on mutually agreed terms.
(2) The Director shall not approve any assignment which would derogate from the main objectives and purposes set out in the management agreement. (3) The management agreement shall be deemed to provide that an association shall be liable for all the activities, acts and omissions of the assignees of its rights under the agreement.
48 1) The Director may terminate a management agreement with an association or withdraw a particular user right where –
a) an association grossly breaches the terms and conditions
thereof; b) he considers such action as necessary for purposes of
protecting and conserving biodiversity; or c) the association itself so requests.
(2) Where the Director intends to terminate a management agreement or withdraw a particular user right on either of the grounds stipulated in subsection (1) (a) or (b) of this section, he shall give the affected association thirty day’s notice to show cause why
41
the management agreement should not be so terminated or the user so withdrawn. (3) Where a request for termination of a management agreement or the withdrawal of a user right has been made by an association, the Director shall make inquiries into the grounds for the request, and where he is satisfied that it is in the best interests of the association and of conservation to do so, may grant the request. (4) Where an association is aggrieved by the decision of the Director under this section, it may, within thirty days after being notified of the decision, appeal to the Board against the decision. (5) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the grounds on which, in accordance with the terms of a management agreement, the agreement or any user right may be terminated.
PART V – ENFORCEMENT
49 (1) A forest officer may –
a) demand from any person the production of an authority or licence for any act done or committed by that person in a state, local authority or provisional forest, or in relation to any forest produce for which a licence is required under this Act or under any rules made thereunder;
b) require any person found within or without a state, local
authority or provisional forest who has in his possession any forest produce, to give an account of the manner in which he became possessed thereof, and, where the account given is not satisfactory, arrest and take such person before a magistrate;
c) search any person suspected of having committed an
offence under this Act or of being in possession of any forest produce in respect of which an offence has been committed, and arrest the person, seize and detain any baggage, package, parcel, conveyance, tent, hut or
42
building under the control of that person or his agent or servant:
Provided that no person shall be arrested under this
section unless the forest officer has reasonable cause to believe that that person may fail to appear to answer a summons, or unless that person refuses to give his name and address or gives a name and address which there is reasonable cause to believe is false;
d) search any vehicle or vessel and seize and detain any
forest produce in respect of which there is reason to believe that an offence has been committed, together with any tools, equipments, vessels, vehicles or livestock used in the commission of the offence:
Provided that the forest officer seizing such
property shall forthwith report the seizure to the magistrate having jurisdiction over the area where the offence takes place;
e) seize and detain any livestock found in a State, local
authority or provisional forest without any person in charge of them; and
f) confiscate any equipment or receptacle placed without
authority in a State, local authority or provisional forest.
(2) The Director or any forest officer may –
a) enter any private forest registered under section 25(1) in order to assess the condition thereof or to perform any such other act which he considers necessary in the circumstances; or
b) enter the premises of any forest-based industry or forest
produce dealer to inspect any forest produce placed or found within the premises to satisfy himself that the industry or dealer is abiding by the provisions of a licence issued under this Act:
43
Provided that during such inspection due regard shall be had to the property rights of the forest owner.
c) take all reasonable steps to prevent the commission of an
offence under this Act; and d) where qualified to do so, any officer of the Service who
is of or above the rank of Sergeant Forest Guard shall have the same powers conferred to relevant officers under sections 22 and 23 of the Criminal Procedure Code and section 20 of the Police Act.
50 (1) The President may, through the Commissioner of Police, make
available to the disciplined force of the Service such firearms as may be necessary for the Service to carry out its functions under this Act.
(2) A member of the disciplined force, after acquiring the requisite training, and when authorized by the Director, may use firearms for the following purposes:-
(a) in the course of law enforcement against –
(i) any person charged with an offence punishable under this Act, when that person is escaping or attempting to escape from lawful custody;
(ii) any person who, by force, removes or attempts
to remove any other person from lawful custody;
(iii) any person who, by force, attempts to prevent
the lawful arrest of himself or any other person; or
(iv) any person unlawfully hunting any animal
within a forest area or nature reserve.
44
(b) for the protection of people and property against any animal causing destruction to human life or property or crops; and
(c) in the course of animal population control.
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, an officer of the disciplined force of the Service shall not resort to the use of firearms –
a) under paragraph (a)(i) of subsection (2), unless the officer concerned has reasonable grounds to believe that he cannot otherwise prevent the escape, and unless he has given ample warning to such person that he is about to use a firearm against him, and the warning is unheeded;
b) under paragraph (a)(ii) or (iii) of subsection (2), unless
the officer concerned believes on reasonable grounds that he or any other person is in danger of grievous bodily harm, or that he cannot otherwise prevent the removal, or, as the case may be, effect the arrest.
52 (1) Except under a licence or permit or a management agreement
issued or entered into under this Act, no person shall, in a state, local authority or provisional forest –
a) fell, cut, take, burn, injure or remove any forest produce; b) be or remain therein between the hours of 7 p.m. and 6
a.m. unless he is using a recognized road or footpath, or is in occupation of a building authorized by the Director, or is taking part in cultural, scientific or recreational activities;
c) erect any building or livestock enclosure, except where
the same is allowed for a prescribed fee; d) smoke, where smoking is by notice prohibited, or kindle,
carry or throw down any fire, match or other lighted material;
45
e) de-pasture livestock, or allow livestock to be therein; f) clear, cultivate or break up land for cultivation or for any
other purpose; g) enter any part thereof which may be closed to any
person; h) collect any honey or beeswax, or hang on any tree or
elsewhere any honey barrel or other receptacle for the purpose of collecting any honey or beeswax, or enter therein for the purpose of collecting honey and beeswax, or be therein with any equipment designed for the purpose of collecting honey or beeswax;
i) construct any road or path; j) set fire to, or assist any person to set fire to, any grass or
undergrowth or any forest produce; k) possess, bring or introduce any chain saw or logging
tools or equipment; and l) damage, alter, shift, remove or interfere in any way
whatsoever with any beacon, boundary mark, fence notice or notice board.
(2) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) of this section commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding fifty thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months, or to both such fine and imprisonment. 53 Any person who, without lawful authority –
a) marks any forest produce, or affixes upon any forest produce, a mark ordinarily used by a forest officer to indicate that the forest produce is the property of the Government, or that it may or has been lawfully cut or removed;
46
b) alters, obliterates, removes or defaces any stamp, mark, sign, licence, permit or other document lawfully issued under the authority of this Act, or removes or destroys any part or a tree bearing the stamp or other mark used by any forest officer;
c) covers any tree stump in any state or local authority
forest or on any unalienated Government land with brushwood or earth, or by any other means whatsoever conceals, destroys, or removes or attempts to conceal, destroy or remove such tree stump or any part thereof;
d) wears any uniform or part of a uniform, or any badge or
other mark issued by the Service to be worn by forest officers or other employees of the Service, or who in any other way holds himself out to be an employee of the Service; or
e) counterfeits or issues without lawful authority any
licence or other document purporting it to be a licence or document issued under this Act or any rules made thereunder,
commits an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years or to both.
54 (1) Any person who –
a) commits a breach of, or fails to comply with the provisions of, this Act;
b) commits a breach of, or fails to comply with any of, the
terms or conditions of a licence issued to him under this Act;
c) fails to comply with a lawful requirement or demand
made or given by a forest officer;
47
d) obstructs a person in the execution of his powers or duties under this Act;
e) willfully or maliciously sets fire to any private,
provisional, local authority or state forest; or f) makes charcoal in a state, local authority or provisional
forest; or in private forest or farmlands without a licence or permit of the owner as the case may be:
commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding one hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year, or to both such fine and imprisonment.
(2) Any person who willfully or maliciously sets fire to any private, provisional, local authority or state forest commits an offence and is liable to a fine of not less than two hundred thousand shillings, or to imprisonment for a term of not less than one year or to both such fine and imprisonment. (3) Any person who operates a sawmill in a manner contrary to that prescribed in rules made under this act commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding one million shillings or to imprisonment for term not exceeding ten years, or to both such fine and imprisonment. (4) Save under a licence or permit or a management agreement issued or entered into under this Act, no person shall, in a forest capture or kill any animal, set or be in possession of any trap, snare, gin or net, or dig any pit, for the purpose of catching any animal, or use or be in possession of any poison or poisoned weapon: Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to prohibit the capturing or killing of an animal in accordance with the conditions of a valid licence or permit issued under the Wildlife (Conservation and Management) Act. (5) Any livestock found in any forest shall, unless the owner thereof proves to the contrary, be deemed to be there under the authority of
48
the owner as well as the person, if any, actually in charge of the livestock. (6) The livestock detained under paragraph 50(1)(e) may be auctioned at the expiry of five days if the owner does not reclaim them, and the proceeds of such auction shall be paid to such owner, less the amount incurred by the Service in the care of such livestock, and neither the Service nor any of its officers shall be held liable for the injury or death of any livestock so seized and detained. (7) Neither the Service nor any of its officers shall be liable for the injury, loss or death of any livestock seized or detained under section 50(1). (8) Any person who, in any forest area –
a) introduces any exotic genetic material or invasive plants without authority from the Service;
b) dumps any solid, liquid, toxic or other wastes; c) grows any plant from which narcotic drugs can be
extracted; or
d) extracts, removes or causes to be removed, any tree, shrub or part thereof for export,
commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding five million shillings or to imprisonment for a term not less than ten years, or to both such fine and imprisonment.
55 (1) Where a person is convicted of an offence of damaging, injuring
or removing forest produce from any forest, the court may in addition to any other ruling order –
a) that such person pay to the forest owner, by way of
compensation, a sum equal to the determined value of the forest produce so damaged, injured or removed and where the value cannot be estimated, ten thousand shillings for each offence;
49
b) if it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that the
person so convicted is the agent or employee of another person, that other person to pay by way of compensation to the forest owner, the value of the forest produce, unless after hearing that other person, the court is satisfied that the offence was not due to his negligence or default;
c) the forest produce be removed, and any vessels, vehicles,
tools or implements used in the commission of the offence, be forfeited to the Service:
Provided that the value of the forest produce shall be either the commercial value of the forest produce or the cost of repairing the damage caused to biodiversity as a result of the activities complained of. (2) Where a person is convicted of an offence of occupying or cultivating land in a forest area without a licence, the court may, in addition to any other penalty imposed under this Act, order such person to remove any buildings, enclosures, huts or crops within a period to be specified in the order, and if the person so convicted fails to comply with an order within the period so specified, the buildings, enclosures, huts or crops shall be deemed to be the property of the State, local authority or forest owner, as the case may be, and may be disposed of as the State, local authority or forest owner may think fit: Provided, however, that expenses incurred as a result of keeping in custody anything seized or detained under this section shall be borne by the person whose property is seized or detained.
56 A forest officer may with the leave of the Attorney General given
under the Criminal Procedure Code, conduct any prosecution for any offence committed under this Act.
57 Any person found guilty of an offence against the provisions of this
Act for which no specific penalty is provided shall be liable to a fine not exceeding ten thousand shillings or to imprisonment for term not exceeding three months.
50
58 (1) Every citizen of Kenya, and any person who is ordinarily resident
in Kenya, who has reason to believe that the provisions of this Act have been, are being or are about to be violated, may petition the High Court for-
a) a declaration that the provisions of this Act are being,
have been or are about to be contravened; b) an injunction restraining any specified person from
carrying out such a contravention; c) the writ of mandamus against any officer or person who
has failed to perform any duty imposed by or under this Act; and
d) any remedy at law or equity for preventing or enforcing
the provisions of this Act.
(2) The petition submitted under subsections (1) shall state –
(a) the particulars of the petitioner; (b) the nature of the violation or likely violation; (c) the provision(s) of this Act which is or are being
violated; and (d) the person, agency or body violating or about to violate
the said provisions.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the court shall not issue an order under subsection (1) in respect of a proposal by the State or a local authority where such proposal has been duly submitted to public consultation in accordance with the Third Schedule, except an application which is-
a) made within 60 days after publication, in accordance
with the Schedule, of the notice of the decision; and b) made by a person –
(i)who made a comment or objection concerning the proposal within the time allowed in that Schedule; or
51
(ii)who shows reasonable cause why he did not make such comment or objection.
PART VI – MISCELLANEOUS
59 (1) The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Board, make
rules for or with respect to any matter which is necessary or expedient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, rules may be
made under this section for-
(a) controlling the harvesting, collection, sale of land and disposal of forest produce;
(b) prescribing the amount of royalties or fees payable under
this Act generally or in particular cases;
(c) regulating the use and occupation of state forest land for the purposes of residence, cultivation, grazing, tourism, recreation, camping, picnicking, cultural activities, industrial or any other similar activities;
(d) the circumstances in which licences, permits, leases,
concessions and other agreements may be applied for, granted, varied, refused or cancelled, and the manner in which a person to whom a licence is granted may exercise a right or privilege conferred upon him by the licence;
(e) regulating the felling, working and removal of forest
produce in areas where trees may be felled or removed;
(f) regulating the entry of persons into a state or provisional forest, the period during which such persons may remain there and conditions under which they may remain;
52
(g) closing paths or roads in a state or provisional forest to either human or vehicular traffic or both;
(h) regulating entry into a nature reserve;
(i) providing conditions of administration and management
of forests and forestry;
(j) providing for plant inspections and the declaration of insects and fungal pests dangerous to forests and forest produce, and prescribing measures to be taken to control or eradicate such notified pests;
(k) providing for compulsory use of property marks by the
Service, local authorities and owners of private forests for the purpose of identifying wood sold from State , local authority, provisional and private forests;
(l) regulating or prohibiting the lighting of fires or smoking
or carrying, kindling or throwing of any fires or light or inflammable material;
(m) prescribing the form, duration and other conditions in
respect of forest management agreements;
(n) conditions under which mismanaged or neglected forests may be declared provisional forests and conditions for reverting them to the original owners;
(o) regulating the establishment of forest-based industries;
(p) providing for measures that enhance community
participation in the conservation of forests at the local level;
(q) providing for the establishment of new forest areas;
(r) regulating the production, transportation and marketing
of charcoal;
53
(s) prescribing the manner of nomination of representatives of forest associations to forest conservancy committees.
(3) Rules made under this section may require acts or things to be performed or done to the satisfaction of the Service, and may empower the Board to issue orders imposing conditions and dates upon, within or before which acts or things shall be performed or done.
(4) Upon the recommendation of a local authority or forest conservation committee, the Minister may, in consultation with the Board and the Minister for the time being responsible for matters related to local authorities, make rules in respect of any or all local authority forests.
(5) The provisions of section 27 of the Interpretation and General Provisions Act shall not apply to rules made under this section.
60 (1) The Director shall maintain register of:-
(a) all licences issued under this Act;
(b) private forests registered under section 25 and the owners
thereof;
(c) local authority forests;
(d) all associations participating in the conservation and management of forests under this Act; and
(e) all forest management plans;
(2) All registers maintained under this section shall be open for inspection at the office of the Director by members of the public during official working hours.
61 The provisions of this Act shall be carried out in accordance with Kenya’s obligations under any treaty or international agreement concerning forests or forest resources to which it is a party.
54
62 The Director may, with the approval of the Board, develop management plans and enter into joint management arrangements for the purposes of the proper management of cross-border forests and forest produce.
63 (1) The provisions of Part VI of the Environmental Management and
Coordination Act shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to and in respect of a licence under this Act and any Environmental Impact Assessment as well as reference to the National Environment Tribunal required under this Act.
(2) The provisions of the Environmental Management and Coordination Act regarding reference to the Tribunal established under that Act shall apply to the settlement of disputes arising under this Act.
PART VII – TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 64 The Forests Act is repealed. 65 (1) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Forests Act:-
a) any land which, immediately before the commencement
of this Act, was a forest or nature reserve under that Act, shall be deemed to be a state or local authority forest or nature reserve, as the case may be, under this Act; and
b) any licences or permits granted under that Act and in
force immediately before the commencement of this Act shall be deemed to have been granted under the provisions of this Act, and shall remain in force until revoked in accordance with any terms in that regard set out in the licence, as the case may be, or renewed as a licence under this Act.
66 (1) All property, except any such property as the minister may
determine, which immediately before the commencement of this Act was vested in the Government for the use of the Forest Department shall, upon the taking effect of a notice by the Minister published in the Gazette, and without further assurance, vest in the Service, subject
55
to all interests, liabilities, charges, obligations and trusts affecting such property. (2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (1) in relation to property, all contracts, debts, obligations and liabilities of the Government attributable to the Forest Department immediately before the commencement of this Act shall remain vested in the Government and may be enforced by or against the Government.
67 (1) All persons, being public officers, who, before the
commencement of this Act are employed by the Government for the purposes of the activities of the Forest Department, shall at the commencement of this Act be, deemed to be on secondment to the Service until they are employed by the Service in accordance with this Act, or their deemed secondment otherwise ceases in accordance with the terms of such secondment.
(2) Where, at the commencement of this Act, any penalty, other than dismissal, has been imposed on any employee of the Forest Department pursuant to disciplinary proceedings against him, and the penalty has not been or remains to be served by such employee, such employee shall, on his transfer to the Service, serve, or continue to serve such penalty to its full term as if it had been imposed by the Service.
56
FIRST SCHEDULE
PART I
PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE OFFICERS OF THE SERVICE 1. (1) The officers of the Service shall hold the ranks specified in
subparagraph (2). 2. The ranks of the officers of the Service referred to in subparagraph (1)
in order of seniority shall be as follows:-
(a) Professional Cadre
Director of Forests Senior Deputy Director of Forests Deputy Director of Forests Senior Assistant Director of Forests Assistant Director of Forests Senior Forest Officer Forest Office I Forest Officer II
(b) Technical Cadre
Chief Conservator Assistant Chief Conservator Senior Forester Forester I Forester II Forester III
(c) Disciplined Officers Cadre
Commandant Deputy Commandant Assistant Commandant Senior Superintendent Forest Guard Superintendent Forest Guard Chief Inspector Forest Guard
57
Inspector Forest Guard Sergeant Forest Guard Corporal Forest Guard Constable Forest Guard Forest Guard Recruit
(2) The officers of the Service shall, in the performance of the duties conferred upon them under this Act and any other written law, conform with any lawful instructions, directions or orders which may be given by the Director.
(3) The Director may, with the consent of the Board, from time to time
make and issue administrative orders to be called Service Standing Orders for the general control, direction and information of the officers of the Service.
1 (1) The Director shall, with the approval of the Board, issue a
Disciplinary Code for Officers of the Service, which shall apply to the disciplined officers of the Service and which may provide for the following matters-
(a) the investigation of disciplinary offences and the hearing
and determination of disciplinary proceedings;
(b) disciplinary penalties; and
(c) any other related matters.
(2) The following disciplinary penalties, or any combination thereof, may be included in the Disciplinary Code for infringement of the Code issued under subparagraph (1)-
(a) dismissal from the Service; (b) reduction in rank; (c) confinement for not more than fourteen days in guard
room or restriction to the confines of any camp or other area where a part of the Service is stationed;
58
(d) fines; (e) surcharge; (f) where the offence has occasioned any expense, loss or
damage, stoppages of pay or allowances; (g) extra drills, parades or fatigues; (h) severe reprimand; (i) reprimand; and (j) admonition.
(3) A Disciplinary Code issued under this paragraph may provide that a disciplined officer of the Service committing a disciplinary offence may be arrested without a warrant by or on the order of an officer senior to him or placed in command over him, who may, if the circumstances so warrant, confine that officer or cause that officer to be confined in a building suitable for the purpose, pending the determination of disciplinary proceedings:
Provided that no person shall be confined for more than five days without a warrant being issued for his arrest. 2 (1) A disciplined officer of the Service who –
(a) strikes, or otherwise uses violence on, or threatens violence to or incites any other person to use violence on, an officer senior to or placed in command over him or that other person; or
(b) uses threatening or insubordinate language to an officer
senior to or placed in command over him, shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for term not exceeding one year.
59
(2) The Director or an officer of or above the rank of Assistant Director of Forests, or the Commandant or an officer above the rank of Senior Superintendent Forest Guard to whom power so to do has been delegated by the Director of Forests, may direct that an offence committed under this paragraph be dealt with under the Code.
a) (1) A disciplined officer of the Service who absents himself from duty
without leave or just cause for a period of or exceeding twenty-one days shall, unless he proves the contrary, be deemed to have deserted from the force.
(2) A disciplined officer who deserts the Service shall forfeit any pay or allowance due to him, and all rights in respect of any pension, provident fund or any other scheme operated by the Service, and in addition, such member shall be liable to disciplinary action.
(3) No pay or allowance shall be paid to a disciplined officer in respect of any day during which he is absent from duty without leave, unless the Director otherwise directs.
(4) Any disciplined officer who deserts from the Service for a cumulative and successive period of or exceeding twenty one days shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months or a fine not exceeding five thousand shillings or both.
(5) Any disciplined officer who, upon being dismissed from the Service, or who deserts from the Service for a period of twenty one days and does not surrender the property of the Service or the Government within a period of or exceeding seven days from the date of dismissal or desertion, shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for one year or a fine not exceeding ten thousand shillings or both.
5. (1) No disciplined officer of the Service shall be or become a member
of –
(a) a trade union or any body or association affiliated to a trade union;
60
(b) a body or association the objects or one of the objects of which is to control or influence conditions of employment in a trade or profession; or
(c) a body or association the objects, or one of the objects of
which, is to control or influence pay, pension or conditions of the Service other than a staff association established and regulated by rules or regulations made under this Act.
(2) A disciplined officer of the Service who contravenes subparagraph (1) shall be liable to be dismissed from the Service and to forfeit all his rights to pension or gratuity. (3) If a question arises as to whether a body is a trade union or an association to which this paragraph applies, such question shall be referred to the Minister whose decision thereon shall be final.
6. In this Part, “disciplined officer” means an officer specified in
subparagraph (2)(c) of paragraph 1.
61
PART II
OATH OF ALLEGIANCE
I………………do hereby swear (or do hereby solemnly and sincerely affirm) that I shall be faithful and bear true allegiance to the President and to the republic of Kenya; that I shall at all times, as required and authorized by law, do my utmost to preserve the peace and prevent offences against the same; and that I shall, to the best of my skill and knowledge, discharge all the duties of Forest Guard faithfully according to the law; and that during my tenure in the Kenya Forest Service, I shall obey all such lawful orders as may be given to me and shall observe all Acts, Regulations and Orders relating to the Kenya Forest Service which may from time to time be in force. (So help me God) …………………………………….. Signature of Declarant Personal Number:…………………………………………………………… Sworn/Affirmed before me………………………………………………… On the……………………………………………………………………….
62
SECOND SCHEDULE
PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS OF THE BOARD 1 (1) The chairman of the Board shall hold office for a term of three
years and shall be eligible for reappointment for one further term of three years.
(2) Other than ex-officio members, a member of the Board shall, subject to the provisions of this section, hold office for a period not exceeding three years on such terms and conditions as may be specified in the instrument of appointment, and shall be eligible for reappointment for one further term of three years. (3) The members of the Board shall be appointed at different times so that the respective expiry dates of their term of office fall at different times.
(4) A member other than the chairman or an ex-officio member may –
(a) at any time resign from office by notice in writing to the
Minister; (b) be removed from office by the Minister if the member-
i. has been absent from three consecutive
meetings of the Board without the permission of the Chairman; or
ii. is adjudged bankrupt or enters into a composition scheme or arrangement with his creditors; or
iii. is convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty; or
iv. is convicted of a criminal offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term exceeding six moths or to a fine exceeding ten thousand shillings; or
63
v. is incapacited by prolonged physical or mental illness; or
vi. is found to have acted in a manner prejudicial to the aims and objectives of this act; or
vii. fails to comply with the provisions of this act relating to disclosure; or
viii. is otherwise unable or unfit to discharge his functions as a member of the Board.
2 (1) The Board shall meet not less than four times in every financial
year, and not more than four months shall elapse between the date of one meeting and the date of the next meeting:
Provided that the chairman may call a special meeting of the Board at any time where he deems it expedient for the transaction of the business of the Board. (2) Other than a special meeting, or unless three quarters of members agree, at least fourteen days written notice of every meeting of the Board shall be given to every member of the Board by the secretary.
(3) The quorum for the conduct of business of the Board shall be half of the members’ and unless a unanimous decision is reached, decisions shall be a majority vote of the members present, and in the case of an equality of votes, the chairman or the person presiding shall have a casting vote.
(4) The chairman shall preside over all meetings of the Board in which he is present, but in his absence, the vice chairman shall preside, and in his absence the members present shall elect one of their number who shall, with respect to that meeting and the business transacted thereat, have all the powers of the chairman.
(5) At the first meeting of the Board, the members shall elect a vice chairman, not being a public servant, from among its members.
3 (1) If a member is directly or indirectly interested in any contract, proposed contract or other matter before the Board and is present at the meeting of the Board at which the contract, proposed contract or
64
matter is the subject of consideration, he shall, at the meeting and as soon as practicable after the commencement thereof, disclose that fact and shall be excluded at the meeting at which the contract, proposed contract or matter is being considered.
(2) A disclosure of interest made under this section shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting at which it is made.
a) Save as provided in this Schedule, the Board may regulate its own
procedure.
65
THIRD SCHEDULE PROVISIONS AS TO PUBLIC CONSULTATION
1. (1) Where this Act imposes a requirement for public consultation, the responsible authority shall publish a notice in relation to the proposal –
a) in the Gazette;
b) in at least two national newspapers;
c) in at least one newspaper circulating in the locality to which the proposal relates; and
d) in at least one Kenyan radio station broadcasting in that
locality. (2) The notice shall in each case –
(a) set out a summary of the proposal;
(b) state the premises at which the details of the proposal
may be inspected;
(c) invite written comments on or objections to the proposal;
(d) specify the person or body to which any such comments are to be submitted; and
(e) specify a date by which any such comments or objections
are required to be received, not being a date earlier than 60 days after publication of the notice.
2. The responsible authority shall make arrangements for the public to obtain copies, at reasonable cost, of documents relating to the proposal which are in the possession of the responsible authority. 3. The responsible authority shall consider –
66
(a) any written comments or objections received on or before the date specified under paragraph 2(2) (e); and
(b) any comments, whether in writing or not, received at any
public meeting held in relation to the proposal at which the responsible authority was represented, or pursuant to any other invitation, to comment.
4. The responsible authority shall publish, through the same media as
were employed pursuant to paragraph 1, notice of the fact that a copy of the decision in writing of the responsible authority in relation to the proposal, and of the reasons thereof, is available for public inspection at the same premises as were notified under paragraph 1(2) (b).
5. Where rules made under this Act so require, the responsible authority
shall cause a public meeting to be held in relation to a proposal before the responsible authority makes its decision on the proposal.
67
Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area
Management Plan 2010-2020
January 2010
Planning carried out by
GLECA Managers and GLECA Stakeholders
In accordance with the
KWS PROTECTED AREAS
PLANNING FRAMEWORK
i
Acknowledgements
This General Management Plan has been developed through a participatory planning process involving a cross section of Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area (GLECA) stakeholders, under the coordination of National Museums of Kenya (NMK) and Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS).
Funding for the planning process has been provided by UNESCO
Planning technical assistance and facilitation was provided by Dr. Shadrack M. Muya, Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology
ii
Executive Summary This is a 10-year management plan (2010 - 2020) for the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area (GLECA). The planning was designed as stipulated in the Protected Areas Planning Framework (PAPF) guidelines developed by Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS). The plan aims at harmonising the various land-use activities in the GLECA region, and ensure the water body in Lake Elmenteita is conserved and protected thus giving the lake security status that would enable it get listed as a world heritage site by United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO). The plan outlines the strategies that will ensure that the three main rivers - Mereroni, Kariandusi and Mbaruk – that drain into the lake are not blocked upstream and that some water is allowed to flow into the lake. Currently, there is little water flowing into the lake from these rivers, because farmers use most of the water for irrigation upstream. The plan also outlines the roles and functions GLECA managers and the local community will play in conserving and protecting GLECA. The GLECA Management Plan is intended to be a practical tool to support and guide coordinated and integrated management of the Lake Elmenteita water body, the buffer zone and rivers that drain into the lake and the Core areas far behind the buffer zones. The plan also contains a series of prescriptions and management actions that will be enforced and implemented in order to achieve these goals. The management planning process also captures Memorandums of Understanding between the different actors that constitute GLECA affirming that they will play their role in ensuring that the lake water body is conserved and protected. The main actors include Kariandusi Water Users Association, Mereroni Water Users Association, Mbaruk Water Users Association, Ututu Conservation Trust, Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy, Kenya Wildlife Service and the hoteliers that are found mainly on the northern shores of the lake. As a result, the final plan sets out a vision for the future management of the GLECA that is consensus based, and if not entirely agreeable, is at least acceptable, to all concerned. The bulk of the plan consists of the zonation scheme and four management programmes that specify what should occur or not occur in the GLECA in the next ten years. Efforts have been put in place to ensure that the management programmes are explicit and logically link with the purpose statement (which sets out the overall goal of the programme), management objectives, and the management actions to achieve these objectives. Each management programme also contains a strategy, which describes the overall approach pursued throughout its implementation, and a 3-Year Activity Plan. The activity plans provide the vital link between the actions set out in the management plan and the day-to-day management activities in the GLECA region. The activity plans also provide a bridge between the management plan and the annual operational planning and budgeting carried out by the GLECA management. GLECA Purpose and Values The purpose of the GLECA as defined by the area’s stakeholders is:
The development of the above Purpose Statement was based on the stakeholder identification of GLECA’s “Exceptional Resource Values” (ERVs), which were divided into four categories:
• Biodiversity – the Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus); the Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor); and the Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus roseus)
• Scenic – the lake; the riparian forest; Ututu scrubland; the hills in Soysambu; the Kariandusi caves, and the general landscapes found in GLECA region
• Socioeconomic – irrigation from the rivers; salt harvesting; tourism; and Ututu hot springs
To protect and conserve the Lake Elmenteita water body and the unique birdlife, habitats and landscapes of the GLECA for the benefit of present and future generations
iii
• Cultural – the diverse ethnic groups in the area; and the Kariandusi pre-historic site GLECA Zonation Scheme and prescribed uses The GLECA zonation scheme provides a framework for supporting both centralised management of the protected area and the regulation and promotion of land-use activities that ensure ecosystem integrity, eco-tourism potential enhancement, and minimization of conflicts and provision of long-term guidelines for effective resource management. The zonation plan will direct the daily management as well as long term decision making on land-use in the area to harmonize conservation of the Lake and sustainable development of the area in general. The zonation has been guided by the following factors:
• Land tenure and the various laws relating to or governing them • Physiography and Landform • Various land-use practises in the ecosystem • Protection and conservation of ecosystem integrity and habitats • Stakeholder interests and development needs • Type, location and current use of various resources
The following zones have been identified and management prescriptions provided as follows:
Core Zone – this includes the open water body, the associated islands, especially the Pelican breeding rock Islets and the associated marshes mainly to the Southern and western shores of the lake. This Zone comprises critical habitats that are breeding and feeding sites for birds. These areas are sensitive and vulnerable to destructive anthropogenic impacts. Access to and use of this zone will be restricted to low impact tourism activities and research.
Buffer Zone – This zone includes the acacia woodlands and the cliff area to the East of the lake, Soysambu Wildlife sanctuary, and Ututu conservation area and private land adjacent to the lake that is being used for tourism. This zone will mainly be used for eco-tourism activities. Access to this area will be subject to authorisation by GLECA managers. Eco-tourism activities such as ecolodges, tented camps, campsites, observation towers, view points and picnic sites will be permitted.
Riverine Zone - This area includes the Kariandusi hot spring, and Mereroni, Kariandusi and Mbaruk rivers. This zone will be used for conservation and management of water resources. The natural environment will be maintained as much as possible to achieve this objective.
Controlled Development Zone – this covers farmland, livestock areas and urban centres. Land use and development in this zone will be guided by the local land-use development plan that will be developed by the Physical Planning department of the Ministry of lands.
In order to facilitate easy implementation and understanding of the scheme, the number of zones has been kept to a minimum, and, wherever possible, the zone boundaries are aligned with easily identifiable physical features on the ground (see fig...) Ecological Management Programme The Ecological Management Programme aims to ensure that “the ecological components and processes of the GLECA are understood, restored and conserved, and threats to the area’s key ecological features are reduced”. In order to achieve this aim, and in line with the PAPF, the programme uses The Nature Conservancy’s Conservation Action Planning (CAP) process as a tool for focusing the ecological management of the area. This process involves identifying and developing an accurate definition and understanding of the area’s most important ecological features (the conservation targets), their management needs, and the major threats to
iv
these features. This information then provides the foundation for developing the programme’s objectives and management actions. The nine conservation targets identified for the GLECA are:--
1. Great White Pelican 2. Lesser Flamingo and Greater Flamingo 3. Giraffe 4. Burchell’s Zebra 5. Euphorbia candelabrum woodland 6. Acacia Xanthophloea woodland 7. Hills such as the Sleeping Warrior rock in Soysambu 8. Ututu scrubland 9. River systems
The objectives of the Ecological Management Programme focus on protecting and conserving the open water body that is home to several threatened bird species that include the Lesser Flamingo (Phoenicopterus minor) and Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus roseus) that are both regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity, Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus) that is critically threatened in the eastern Africa region; Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus), that is globally restricted in range and on the CMS Appendix I.; Great Egret (Casmerodius albus): (CITES APP. III); and Maccoa Duck (Oxyura maccoa). The plan also focuses on abating threats to conservation targets that are either partially or completely beyond the boundaries of the GLECA, but nevertheless remain critical to its long-term ecological integrity. This will involve a high level of collaboration with the agencies mandated to deal with these issues in the wider ecosystem, such as the Water Resources Management Authority and National Environmental Management Authority. Tourism Development and Management Programme The Tourism Development and Management Programme aims to ensure that “the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area is a major tourism destination in Kenya, offering a distinctive and diverse visitor experience that capitalises on the area’s special wilderness values and history”. Within the bounds of maintaining a high quality wilderness experience in the area, the programme sets out a strategy for tourism development across the GLECA. This strategy is designed to optimise the potential benefits from tourism to the area’s conservation by increasing the GLECA’s local and national profile and importance. The strategy focuses on providing new and innovative opportunities for private sector investment in the area, and encouraging and supporting the expansion of visitor use across the area through providing a diverse variety of visitor use options. The expansion and diversification of the GLECA tourism product and the creation of attractive investment opportunities in the area is facilitated by allowing an increasing diversity of visitor activities. The Core Zone will have very limited visitor use and will include bird viewing at specific points (bird hide). KWS will manage entry into this area as it will be gazetted as protected area. Actions under this programme will focus on regulation of limited use of this area through the creation of guidelines, and the identification of specific routes and areas where activities can take place. Efforts will also focus on improving visitor experience in the GLECA through the development of interpretation materials, such as a GLECA guidebook and map, and strengthening the GLECA management’s tourism human resource and capacity. Community Partnership and Education Programme The Community Partnership and Education Programme aims to ensure that “To support and enhance the participation of GLECA adjacent communities in conservation and sustainable use of GLECA’s natural resources”. Key in achieving this aim is ensuring that GLECA management and resident communities are able to communicate effectively and collaborate with each other. This will be addressed through actions that establish Community Consultative Committees. The programme will aim at abating human-wildlife
v
conflict, and increase support for the area by enhancing the opportunities for community members to benefit from the GLECA, through, for example, the development of ecotourism or cultural tourism ventures. At the same time, the programme aims to reduce the impacts of community natural resource use on the GLECA’s conservation by improving community awareness of the area’s exceptional conservation values, through the production of community awareness-raising materials and by supporting community based-natural resource management initiatives, such as the formation of water resource users associations in GLECA. GLECA Operations Programme The aim of this programme is to ensure that “the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area’s operational systems and structures are effectively and efficiently supporting the achievement of the GLECA purpose and the delivery of the GLECA’s management programmes”. This is the backbone of the four management programmes, and the programme covers a variety of issues that are vital to the efficient and effective management of the GLECA. The programme will focus on strengthening institutional collaboration in the management of the GLECA, in the coordinated administration and management of the GLECA. The programme will also focus on the development of the area’s infrastructure and improving the availability of the resources needed for management of the area. Particular emphasis will focus on the development and maintenance of infrastructure essential for supporting the expansion of tourism use and accompanying security presence over the entire GLECA. This programme also focuses on both expanding law enforcement presence across the entire GLECA, through intensification of patrols. The efficiency of law enforcement operations will also be improved by strengthening collaboration with key stakeholders, including local police and GLECA tourism industry investors to improve visitor security across the area. Plan Monitoring The plan monitoring section provides a framework for scrutinizing the potential impacts, both positive and negative, that are anticipated from the implementation of each of the four management programmes. The framework also includes easily measurable indicators for monitoring positive and negative impacts, and potential sources of this information.
vi
Contents Acknowledgements ............................................................................................................... i Executive Summary.............................................................................................................. ii Contents ............................................................................................................................... vi List of tables and figures ................................................................................................... viii Acronyms ............................................................................................................................. ix
Plan Foundations .......................................................................................................................... 1
The Plan ............................................................................................................................... 2 Plan functions .................................................................................................................................... 2 Plan structure ..................................................................................................................................... 3 Planning process ................................................................................................................................ 3
The GLECA .......................................................................................................................... 5 Area description ................................................................................................................................ 5 GLECA management collaboration ............................................................................................... 8 GLECA Purpose Statement ............................................................................................................ 8 GLECA Exceptional Resource Values .......................................................................................... 9
GLECA Zonation Scheme .......................................................................................................... 11
Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 12 Visitor Use Zones ................................................................................................................ 12
GLECA-wide accommodation prescriptions ............................................................................. 14 Core Zone ........................................................................................................................................ 14 Buffer Zone...................................................................................................................................... 14 Riverine and Controlled Development Zones ............................................................................ 15
Ecological Management Programme ........................................................................................ 16
Programme Purpose and Strategy ...................................................................................... 17 Targeting Ecological Management Action ........................................................................ 18
Ecological management objectives and actions .......................................................................... 18 Management Objectives ..................................................................................................... 21
Objective 1: Conservation status of GLECA’s threatened wildlife enhanced ....................... 21 Objective 2: Important GLECA habitats managed and improved ......................................... 22 Objective 3: Forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected, in collaboration with other stakeholders .......................................................................................... 25
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 27
Tourism Development & Management Programme ................................................................ 31
Programme Purpose and Strategy ..................................................................................... 32 Management Objectives .................................................................................................... 33
Objective 1: The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified ................................... 33 Objective 2: The GLECA is marketed as a single destination ................................................. 34 Objective 3: GLECA tourism management improved .............................................................. 36
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 38
Community Partnership & Education Programme .................................................................. 41
Programme Purpose and Strategy ..................................................................................... 42 Management Objectives .................................................................................................... 43
Objective 1: Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened ................... 43
vii
Objective 2: Human-wildlife conflict reduced ............................................................................ 44 Objective 3: Opportunities for local communities to benefit from the GLECA improved ........................................................................................................................................... 45
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 47
GLECA Operations Programme ................................................................................................ 49
Programme Purpose and Strategy ..................................................................................... 50 Management Objectives ..................................................................................................... 51
Objective 1: Visitor security ensured ............................................................................................ 51 Objective 2: Security patrols enhanced ........................................................................................ 52 Objective 3: Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened ................................... 53 Objective 4: Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, and finance) to support GLECA management and tourism development availed .......................................... 54
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 56
Plan Monitoring .......................................................................................................................... 59
Plan Annexes ............................................................................................................................... 61
viii
List of tables and figures
Table 1 GLECA Exceptional Resource Values ........................................................................................................ 9
Table 2 GLECA wide prescriptions on accommodation sizes ........................................................................... 14
Table 3 Core Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions ................................................................................................. 14
Table 4 Buffer Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions .............................................................................................. 15
Table 5 Buffer Zone: Permitted visitor facility categories ................................................................................... 15
Table 6 GLECA conservation targets ..................................................................................................................... 19
Table 7Threats to GLECA Conservation Targets ................................................................................................ 20
Figure 1 GLECA zonation scheme ......................................................................................................................... 13
ix
Acronyms
ASL Above Sea Level BoT Board of Trustees CAP Conservation Action PlanningCBO Community Based OrganisationCCC Community Consultative CommitteeCPT Core Planning Team EA Environmental Audit ERV Exceptional Resource ValueGIS Geographic Information SystemGLECA Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation AreaGPS Global Positioning SystemsHWC Human-Wildlife ConflictIPM Integrated Pest Management IUCN The World Conservation UnionKEA Key Ecological AttributeKWS Kenya Wildlife Service LAU Limits of Acceptable UseLEECO Lake Elmenteita Ecotourism Community OrganizationMAC Management Advisory CommitteeMoU Memorandum of UnderstandingNEMA National Environmental Management AuthorityNGO Non-Government OrganisationNMK National Museums of KenyaPAPF Protected Areas Planning FrameworkTNC The Nature ConservancyWCK Wildlife Clubs of Kenya WRMA Water Resources Management AuthorityWRUA Water Resource Management Association
Plan Foundations
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
2
The Plan This 10-year (2010 - 2020) management plan for the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area (GLECA) has been developed in consultation with several institutions that are members of the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area Association (GLECAA). The planning process and reporting procedures have borrowed heavily from the KWS Protected Area Planning Framework (PAPF) guidelines. The planning approach adopted here is highly participatory building on ideas from a broad cross-section of GLECA stakeholders. The plan is developed using a standard PAPF management plan template that KWS uses to prepare protected area management plans. This is in light of the fact that most conservation strategies designed to address conservation issues are similar in most of the conservation areas as they are based on current national conservation laws and policies regulating the conservation sector. The structure of the management plan has been designed to maximise ease of implementation by the stakeholders. This has been achieved through a rigorous application of the “Logical Framework Approach” in the plan’s management programmes, and the development of “3-year Activity Plans” that provide the bridge from the 10-year vision components of the plan to the annual operational planning carried out by the managers of GLECA who will be responsible for plan implementation. The following sections on the plan functions, plan structure and stakeholder participation in the plan’s development provide an overview of the practical application of this management plan.
Plan functions This plan is primarily designed to be a practical management tool supporting GLECA managers in carrying out their day to day activities. The plan will achieve this aim by providing strategic guidance on the goals that management is working on, and a series of prescriptions and management actions that need to be implemented in order to achieve these aims. Hence, the following points set out the key functions of the GLECA Management Plan. The GLECA Management Plan (2010 - 2020) is designed to achieve the following functions:
Vision: Set out a common understanding between the different stakeholders about the purpose of the GLECA and its exceptional resource values, towards which all management action will be focused.
What: Establish clear management objectives that are agreed by the GLECA stakeholders and
managers and that, if achieved, will ensure the conservation of all exceptional resource values.
How: Provide clear and unambiguous guidance and a rationale for the specific management actions that GLECA Managers will need to implement over the 10-year timeframe of the plan to achieve the management objectives.
Where: Define a mechanism for GLECA zoning to enable different types and intensities of use in
different parts of the GLECA, thereby facilitating reconciliation of GLECA’s sometimes competing conservation and development objectives.
When: Provide a detailed activity plan for the first three years of implementing the management plan,
thereby establishing a crucial link between the plan’s long-term management objectives and the annual operational planning and budgeting routinely carried out by GLECA Managers.
Rules: Set out clear and unambiguous prescriptions and regulations on what can and cannot be done
in different parts of the GLECA in order to achieve the area’s management objectives and fulfil the GLECA purpose.
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
3
Who: Provide a practical framework enabling the collaboration of GLECA managers and other institutions and stakeholders in implementing the plan.
The Plan is NOT designed to:
Provide a comprehensive reference source for the GLECA, with detailed background information on the area’s biodiversity, ecology, geology, soils, etc
Set out a detailed inventory of issues or problems impacting the GLECA, that is not directly addressed
through the plan’s management objectives and actions.
Provide detailed descriptions of the GLECA management, administration, and national policies, unless they are relevant to the plan’s management objectives and actions.
Plan structure In order to fulfil the Plan’s functions, GLECA’s management plan is structured and developed to be as simple as possible, and hopefully, easily understood by stakeholders and implementable by GLECA management. The following outline summarise the plan’s main sections:
Plan Foundations. This chapter introduces the planning process as used to describe the plan’s functions, structure and stakeholder participation mechanisms. The chapter also provides an introduction to the GLECA, its location and exceptional resource values. It sets out the GLECA’s Purpose Statement, which explains why the GLECA has been established, and the major functions and roles the GLECA aims to fulfil.
GLECA Zonation Scheme. This section sets out the specific areas in GLECA where different types of
visitor use and tourism developments and settlement are permitted. The scheme contains detailed prescriptions on the size of tourism developments allowed in different parts of the GLECA, and specific prescriptions on the types of visitor activity allowed in each zone.
The five management programmes. The main bulk of the plan is divided into four management
programmes: o Ecological Management Programme o Tourism Development and Management Programme o Community Partnership and Education Programme o GLECA Operations Programme
Each programme includes a programme purpose statement and a strategy describing the overall management approach pursued through the programme. Each programme also contains management objectives that set out the goals that GLECA management aims to achieve, and a set of specific management actions to realize the goals. Each of the management programmes are completed by a 3-year Activity Plan, which breaks down the individual management actions to be completed in the first three years of the plan implementation period into a series of tangible management activities, and sets out the timeframe for their implementation, allocates responsibility for their completion, and the “milestones” that management aims to achieve. These activity plans are designed to provide the basis for annual operational planning by GLECA managers and are a vital link between the management plan’s 10-year outlook, and day-to-day management activities in the GLECA. It is intended that the 3-year Activity Plans will be rolled forward annually as part of the annual operational planning carried out by GLECA managers.
Planning process The planning process involved a high degree of stakeholder participation in plan development. This was achieved through a multi-layered approach involving a variety of mechanisms that ensured that all
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
4
stakeholders meaningfully contributed to the plan’s development. Three principal mechanisms were used to enable this participation. They were:--
• The Core Planning Team • Stakeholder Workshops • Expert Working Groups
The roles and functions of these mechanisms are elaborated in the following paragraphs:
The GLECA Core Planning Team (GLECA-CPT) provided overall guidance and oversight to the entire planning process. The GLECA-CPT met several times (formally and informally) throughout the plan’s development. Membership consisted of: GLECAA officials; National Museums of Kenya (NMK) staff, KWS staff; Soysambu Conservancy management and a planning consultant. Members of the team initially defined the scope and functions of the plan, and allocated roles and responsibilities for the plan’s development. GLECA-CPT members then ensured that the plan’s development progressed smoothly, which included: ensuring funding was available for planning events; collecting and collating information necessary for planning; organising and facilitating planning events; and compiling planning event outputs into the final management plan. GLECA-CPT members also participated in all other planning mechanisms described below.
Three GLECA Stakeholder Workshops were held during the plan’s development. The first was held at
Elmenteita Lodge on 19th September 2006. This workshop was attended by 23 stakeholder representatives from GLECA management, KWS, the County Councils, local communities, tour operators and investors, researchers and scientists. The initial workshop identified the exceptional resources and Purpose of the GLECA. Stakeholders then went on to identify the key problems and issues the plan must address, what management programmes should be included in the plan, and defined the specific management objectives that GLECA managers should be working towards. The second consultative workshop was held on 15th October 2009. This workshop provided an opportunity for GLECA stakeholders to review and comment on contents of the draft management plan and gets updated on status of the Kenya Rift Valley Lakes Systems world heritage nomination.
Four Expert Working Groups were formed during the plan’s development, each responsible for
developing one of the plan’s four management programmes. Each working group refined the relevant management programme’s purpose, strategy and objectives, and developed the subsidiary management actions necessary for achieving each objective. In addition, all working groups were involved in the development and review of the GLECA Zonation Scheme.
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
5
The GLECA Area description Location GLECA is approximately 120 km north of the Kenya’s capital city; Nairobi, from where it can be accessed by the Trans-African Highway, (A104), and the Kenya-Uganda railway or via several private airstrips existing within the area. It is the catchment basin for Lake Elmenteita and covers an area of around 500 Km2. To the south of the Lake, GLECA extends to the Eburru ranges and to the west it extends to the Boundaries of Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy. Ndundori highlands form the northern catchment area, while the Aberdare escarpments form the eastern catchment. Lake Elmenteita forms the core zone of GLECA. It is a shallow alkaline lake lying on the floor of Kenya’s southern Rift Valley. The nearest administrative town is Gilgil within Nakuru District in Rift Valley Province. It lies between 1775 – 1950 m ASL and spans from 00 38ʹ to 00 54ʹ S and 360 29ʹ to 360 16ʹ E degrees. Although the lake and a terrestrial buffer zone cover an area about 108.8 km2, the size of the open lake water body fluctuates between 19 and 22 km2. Climate GLECA falls under agro-climatic zone V with annual mean temperatures ranging between 18.5 and 19.80 C. Records in the area indicate a mean annual precipitation of between 600 to 700mm (Soysambu, Nderit and Winston estate, Kekopey ranch, Lanet police station and Chokora farm near Mbaruk). Rainfall is bimodal with the long-rains in April to June and the short rains between October and November. History Lake Elmenteita is a natural lake formed by the Rift Valley tectonic movements and is part of the formation of the Great Gregory Rift Valley in Kenya. Some million years ago, a large lake covered the present area occupied by lakes Nakuru, Elmenteita and Naivasha, which drained southwards towards Lake Naivasha. This was followed by drier conditions that left behind the three distinct lakes. Geology The geology of the area consists of young volcanic and sedimentary rocks. To the south lies the”badlands”, an area of young volcanic rocks including cones and flows of Holocene age. To the North are a number of slightly older volcanic rocks predominantly basalt lava. On the eastern side of the lake are a number fault scarps. There is also an extensive faulted area further east forming the edge of the Rift valley. The lake lies between two areas of diatomite, Kariandusi to the east and Kockum to the west. This gives evidence of the area having been a much bigger lake in the past. Saline flats covered with trona surround the modern lake. In most parts of the plan area the existence of the Gilgil trachyte is evident. These are particularly widespread along the Gilgil escarpment, Soysambu estate and some parts of Mbaruk. The trachyte might also overlie the Mbaruk basalt at several places. McCall (1967) suggests that Pliocene fissure eruptions may have resulted in the emission of the basaltic lavas, trachytes and phonolites in many places across the catchment. Much of the southern and western sides of the lake is covered by what McCall terms “Elmenteita badlands” which form into basalt-cinder cones at various places the most distinguishable being the cone at the southern shores of the lake. Some very recent tuff cones can also be identified south of Lake Elmenteita. Around Kariandusi area, diatomite forms layers separating the Gilgil trachyte to form the Kariandusi lacustrine sediments formed during lower or middle Pleistocene. This deposition is believed to have occurred within a larger basin of the joint ancient Nakuru-Elmenteita Lake.
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
6
Soils Stream basal materials in the area indicate higher proportions of fine sediments and silt except around Mbaruk railway station where clay is abundant. The middle watershed areas are relatively rocky, particularly across Kasambara and Kiringa where the proportion of sand and gravel in stream basal material is much higher. Upper catchment areas are relatively non-rocky and unlike the rest of the basin are characterized by more detritus silts with small quantities of clay. The Mbaruk-Chamuka watershed soils have Sand, silt and gravel constituting the dominant stream basal materials. Stream basal material of the Kariandusi consists of sand, gravel and diatomaceous earth. The lake bottom is filled with weathered material from the catchment area. The soil type is mainly sandy alluvial, of volcanic origin indicated by soda ash and fine sandy/loam soils on the lake bottom and its immediate surrounding areas. The soil in most areas is highly permeable and very little surface water is noticeable after the rains. Soils vary considerably within the basin. Light grey dusty soils (Andosols) on the flat plains around Lake Elmenteita have developed on the diatomaceous silts of this part. Topography Lake Elmenteita lies within the bed of the Great Rift Valley. To the east, the lake is bordered by the Ndundori-Ngorika-Gitare hills (elevation 2500m ASL) which are part of the Bahati escarpment and to the west by Eburru hills (elevation 2600m ASL) which are part of the Mau ranges. To the north and south is the almost flat rift valley floor (elevation 1900m ASL) with important catchment boundaries to Lake Nakuru and Lake Naivasha respectively. The Mbaruk-Chamuka landscape is monotonously flat at an elevation of about 1880-m and river depth varies between 0.5 and 1 m with fairly wide channels generally between 3 and 3.2 m. Prominent features include the “Sleeping Warrior” hill, caves, “badlands lava”, spectacular flamingo cliffs and the pelican breeding rocky islands. Hydrology The drainage basin has a largely dendrite pattern, and can be divided into four minor watersheds Mbaruk, Chamuka, and Kariandusi and Mbaruk-Chamuka. Mbaruk watershed is the largest and wettest while Kariandusi is the driest. Both Chamuka and Kariandusi manifest geothermal activities. The major tributaries of Mbaruk watershed include Bonde, Rutara, Gichure, Ndunduri and Weruini. Tributaries for Chamuka watershed include Ndiriini, Nyaituga, Kanjuiri and Kiringa. The Mbaruk-Chamuka watershed represents the flow into the lake of both Mbaruk and Chamuka after converging about 1.5 km from the lakeshore. The Kariandusi watershed extends from the upper areas of Gitare and Northern Gilgil, into the mid lowland and lowland zones of Kariandusi and Elmenteita. Major tributaries include Kabugi, Gitare, Kekopey and Mai Mahiu. These are relatively small streams, which are ephemeral in nature. Flora Vegetation around Elmenteita drainage basin consists of upland forest, woodland, bush land and grassland. In recent years, much of the natural forest and woodlands has either been removed or modified into shrubs and bush land by cultivation, grazing and fires. Around the lake, vegetation is sparse and can be categorized into five major vegetation zones as follows: -- The woodlands are concentrated around the mouth of rivers with Acacia xanthophloea, as the dominant tree species rising up to 25 meters high with clear vertical stratification. Below the upper canopy are various climbers including Senecio petitianus, Commicarpus pedunculosus and Ipomea cairica .The herbaceous layer is dominated by Acyranthus aspera, Hypoestes verticillaris, Conyza foribunda, Solanum incanum, Urtrica maasaica Gutenbergia cordifolia. Grasses of the ground layer include Cynodon dactylon, Pennisetum clandestinum and Pannicum spp. among others.
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
7
Dry bushland cover parts of the eastern, southern and western parts of the lake where dominant tree species include Acacia xanthophloea and Eurphobia candelabrum. Shrubs include Rhus natalensis, Sesbania sesban, and Vernonia spp. The grasses include Cynodon dactylon, Chloris gayana and Panicum spp. Grasslands have been categorized into two groups:
• Lakeside grasslands dominated by Sporobolus spicatus and Chloris gayana • Other grasslands, dominated by Themeda triandra, Sporobolus fibriatus, Eragrostis spp., Pennisetum catabasis
and Cynodon dactylon Marshes are located in the southern part of the lake, dominated by Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp Ututu scrubland is located south of the lake and is dominated by Olea sp. and Tarchonanthus camphoratus. Fauna The lake provides seasonal habitats for both lesser and greater flamingos which migrate between lakes Elmenteita, Nakuru and Bogoria and elsewhere into Central and Southern Africa. The lake also harbours several other bird species, notably Marabou Storks (Leptoptilos crumeniferus), Fish Eagles (Cuncuma vocifer) and the Grey-headed Gulls (Larus cirrhocephalus). The lake ecosystem has small populations of migratory Zebras (Equus burchelli), Thomson’s Gazelles (Gazella thomsoni) and Giraffes. Other animals common around the lake include hyenas and Dik dik (Rhynochotrogus kirkii). Most of these animals are concentrated around the northern woodlands where human influence is minimal. Current land tenure system The lake and the adjoining riparian land is state owned, but are under the custody of various landowners whose land is in continuum with the lake. KWS is in the process of gazetting the lake as a National Park. The surrounding area is privately owned, with a few forest pockets that are state owned. Land-use patterns in GLECA (a) Within the Core and Buffer Zone: Currently, part of the core and buffer zone is used by the local community for small scale and large scale grazing and watering of livestock. About 80% of the riparian land is used for biodiversity conservation and is preserved by both Soysambu and Ututu as wildlife sanctuaries. At the moment tourism is not well developed but is growing. Tourism activities include bird watching, game viewing, horse riding, scenery viewing (Lake Elmenteita, Great Rift Valley and Kariandusi Prehistoric site), camping, guided tours and sale of handicrafts. The tourism facilities include Lake Elmenteita Lodge, Flamingo Camp, and the observation point managed by Lake Elmenteita Ecotourism Community Organization (LEECO). On development, tourism is expected to bring benefits to the local community, who will in turn appreciate nature and become more involved in biodiversity and landscape conservation. Mining activities in the core and buffer zone include extraction of sand, salt and diatomite. There is minimal manual surface stone crushing. Sand for building is extracted at the old lakebed in the southern part of the lake for local use. The local community scoop salt from the lakeside evaporation pans along the lakeshore for both local and commercial use. The East African Diatomite Company undertakes diatomite mining at Kariandusi. (b) Within the catchment and Controlled Development Zones Subsistence agriculture is the main land use activity. Major crops grown include maize, beans, sweet and Irish potatoes, Peas, Oranges, Cassava, Paw Paws, Bananas, Ground Nuts, Millet, Onions, Vegetables and Yams. Farm holdings vary in size, those at viewpoint, Kasarani and Kericho, ranging from 1 to 2 hectares and those at Kekopey area ranging from 5 to 15 hectares. Crop failure is frequent due to unreliable rainfall. Much of the food is consumed locally and the surplus sold in the surrounding towns like Gilgil, Nakuru and Nairobi.
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
8
Livestock rearing is a major occupation in the transition area. There are three forms of livestock husbandry in the area. (i) Small scale livestock husbandry involving keeping of a few cattle, sheep, goats, and sometimes donkey. (ii) Pastoralism practiced by the neighbouring pastoral community who keep cattle, sheep, goats, and donkeys. (iii) Ranching practiced in the large scale farms where beef cattle for local consumption and export are reared. In most places, this is combined with small scale cultivation. However, some farms across Ngorika notably Waiyaki, Mahihu and Kiringa specialize in large scale dairy farming and maize is mainly grown as a fodder crop. Milk production is high in this area, much of which is sent for processing at the local dairy plants. Ranching is restricted to the drier belts around the lake (Soysambu, Kekopey and Nderit estates) where rearing of beef cattle is a prominent undertaking. Pastoralism is common around the southern fringes of Lake Elmenteita, which constitute dry season grazing for the Maasai who are assured of watering points along the Kariandusi quasi-delta zone. There are two forms of settlement in the Controlled Development Zone; rural and urban. Rural settlements are found moderately scattered within the individual land holdings. Urban settlements are found along the Nairobi-Nakuru highway and Nakuru-Elmenteita-Kiambogo road. The urban settlements are clustered, poorly planned with inadequate social amenities and are mainly trading centers. The urban centers are restricted to a few market points like Kekopey, Ndunduri, Ngorika, Kanjuiri and Lanet where a variety of commercial activities take place. Ndundori, the largest of these, is traversed almost in the middle by Bonde River, a tributary of Mbaruk. The level of urban effluent disposal into the stream is noticeable, particularly in the absence of any kind of sewage treatment. The population of the center is increasing and a number of small scale industries mostly involved with saw milling are emerging. Other industries include sand mining, salt mining (lake shore) and telecommunications industry (Gilgil). The diatomite mines at Kariandusi exploit ancient diatomaceous earths. Currently, the factory is bringing in its raw material from diatomite deposits located to the west of Lake Elmenteita within Soysambu estate. Gilgil is a major town and trading center and is the central administrative headquarters of the area. There is wildlife conservation at upper areas of Soysambu and in Ututu community wildlife sanctuary. The Kariandusi pre-historic site is a cultural conservation area under the National Museums of Kenya.
GLECA management collaboration The management of GLECA region requires signing of several Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) with distinct institutions that will state clearly the mandate of each institution in the use, management and conservation of GLECA. As such, MoUs concerning the implementation of this management plan will be agreed between Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy, Ututu Conservation Area Trust and KWS. Specific issues addressed in these MoUs relating to the implementation of this management plan include:
• A definition of the roles and responsibilities of each Institution • Agreements on management and access to various sectors of GLECA • Agreements on distribution of revenues and allocation of expenditure
GLECA Purpose Statement The GLECA Purpose Statement summarises the importance of the GLECA, clarifies the reasons for its existence, and provides the overall goal that GLECA managers are striving to achieve. The Purpose Statement is divided into a primary GLECA Purpose followed by a series of supplementary purposes that expand on and complement the primary purpose. Both primary and supplementary purposes have been defined by GLECA stakeholders. The Purpose of the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area is:
Supplementary purposes of the GLECA are:
To protect and conserve the Lake Elmenteita water body and the unique birdlife, habitats and wilderness landscapes of the GLECA for the benefit of present and future generations
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
9
• To provide optimal benefits to local communities and other GLECA stakeholders. • To enable collaboration between stakeholders in the conservation and sustainable use of GLECA
natural resources • To preserve all sites of aesthetic, historical and cultural significance in the GLECA • To promote scientific research and education in order to guide sustainable management of natural
resources in and around the GLECA The development of the above Purpose Statement was based on the stakeholder identification of the GLECA’s “Exceptional Resource Values” (ERVs). These ERVs are discussed and elaborated in the following sections.
GLECA Exceptional Resource Values The GLECA ERVs describe the area’s key natural resources and other features that provide outstanding benefits to local, national and international stakeholders and that are especially important for maintaining the area’s unique qualities, characteristics and ecology. The following sections describe the GLECA ERVs that have been prioritised by GLECA stakeholders. These sections have been set out according to the three categories of ERV identified: Biodiversity, Scenic, Socioeconomic and Cultural Biodiversity values GLECA contains several species of different conservation status. These include Lesser Flamingo (Phoenicopterus minor) and Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber roseus) both of which are regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity. The Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus) is critically threatened in the eastern Africa region. The Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus; which is globally restricted in range and on the CMS Appendix I. The Great Egret (Casmerodius albus) which appears in CITES APP. III. The Maccoa Duck (Oxyura maccoa) which is also proposed for CMS Appendix I listing. The lake regularly supports migrant waders such as Pied avocet (Recurvirostra avosetta) and Little stint (Calidris alba) and other migratory birds such as the Eurasian Marsh Harrier that use it as a stopover during migration. The lake ecosystem has small populations of migratory Zebras (Equus burchelli), Thomson’s Gazelles (Gazella thomsoni) and Giraffes (Giraffa Camelopardalis). Other animals common around the lake include hyenas and Dik dik (Rhynochotrogus kirkii) Most of these animals are concentrated around the northern woodlands where human influence is minimal. The lake has a variety of fast growing single celled algae, e.g. the blue green algae (Spirulina platensis) which is the main food for the Lesser Flamingos. In addition the marsh areas of this wetland are characterized by salt resistant sedge, dominated by Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp. Other key flora in GLECA includes Acacia xanthophloea and Eurphobia candelabrum. Bush species include Rhus natalensis, Sesbania sesban, and Vernonia spp. The grasses include Cynodon dactylon, Chloris gayana and Panicum spp. Table 1 GLECA Exceptional Resource Values
Category Exceptional Resource Value
Biodiversity
The Great White Pelican Lesser Flamingo Greater flamingo Mosaic of vegetation types The Great Crested Grebe Giraffe Common zebra and large herds of buffaloes
Scenic The lake
PLAN FOUNDATIONS
10
Undisturbed wilderness in Ututu scrubland The riparian forest The hills in Soysambu, Hot volcanic steam vents The Kariandusi cave
Socioeconomic and cultural
Community consultative committees River water catchments Salt harvesting Tourism attractions Ututu hot springs
Ethnic and cultural diversity Delamere graves Ethnobotany knowledge of the local populace The pre-historic site at Kariandusi
Scenic values The Inselbergs dotting the GLECA landscape; Lake Elmenteita; the riparian forest; Ututu scrubland; the Ututu volcanic caves; and the hot volcanic steam vents adjacent to Ututu are key scenic sites in GLECA. Socioeconomic and cultural values GLECA has several attributes of socio-cultural value. The Kariandusi prehistoric site and the early man caves found within the area are rich in archaeological artefacts. These sites present a very comprehensive account of the early man’s history. Most of the riparian land is reserved for biodiversity conservation, and is an important feeding and breeding area for wildlife and birds. Tourism and recreational facilities in the area are an important foreign exchange earner and employer. There is a tourist class hotel, campsites, existing and proposed wildlife sanctuaries. The hot springs around Chamuka is a source of water for domestic, livestock watering and subsistence irrigation by the local community. For years the nomadic Maasai herdsmen have brought their livestock to the area for grazing and salt licking. The Lake and its catchment have continued to attract individuals and institutions for scientific research because of its rich biodiversity in a semi-arid area surrounding a saline lake. There are many local and foreign researchers and students who have studied various aspects of the lake and there is also an increasing interest in the Site by schools and youth groups. The history of the Delamere family is strongly engraved in GLECA region. The family graves are of historical importance.
GLECA Zonation Scheme
ZONATION SCHEME
12
Introduction The GLECA area is divided into four zones (Figure 1) to provide the basis for guiding development and management activities within the area. This is aimed at ensuring ecosystem integrity, eco-tourism potential enhancement, minimization of conflicts and provision of long-term guidelines for effective resource management. This zonation plan will direct daily management as well as long term decision making to harmonize conservation and sustainable development. In designing different zones, the following factors have been taken into consideration:--
• Land tenure and the various laws relating to or governing them • Physiography and Landform • Various land use practises in the ecosystem • Protection and conservation of ecosystem integrity and habitats • Stakeholder interests and development needs • Type, location and current use of various resources
In order to facilitate easy implementation and understanding of the scheme, the number of zones has been kept to a minimum, and, wherever possible, the zone boundaries are aligned with easily identifiable physical features on the ground. The following zones have been identified and management prescriptions provided as follows: Core Zone This includes the open water body, the associated islands, especially the Pelican breeding rock Islets and the associated marshes mainly to the Southern and western shores of the lake. This Zone comprises critical habitats that are breeding and feedings sites for birds. These areas are sensitive and vulnerable to destructive anthropogenic impacts. Access to and use of this zone will be restricted to management purposes and other authorized activities. The Buffer Zone This zone includes the acacia woodlands and the cliff area to the East of the lake, Soysambu Wildlife sanctuary, and Ututu conservation area and private land adjacent to the lake that is being used for tourism. This zone will mainly be used for eco-tourism activities. Access to this area will be subject to authorisation by GLECA managers. Eco-tourism activities such as ecolodges, tented camps, campsites, observation towers view points, and picnic sites will be permitted. Riverine zone This area includes the Kariandusi hot spring, and Mereroni, Kariandusi and Mbaruk rivers. This zone will be used for conservation and management of water resources. Any subsequent use of the zone will conform to this objective. The natural environment will be maintained as much as possible to achieve this objective. Controlled Development Zone This covers farmland, livestock grazing areas and urban centres. Land use and development in this zone will be guided by the local land-use development plans that will be developed by the Physical Planning department of the Ministry of Lands.
Visitor Use Zones The GLECA has been divided into Core Zone (CZ), Buffer Zone (BF), Riverine Zone (RZ) and Controlled Development Zone (CDV) based on the required level of conservation and use. The zones also closely correspond with the GLECA management sectors i.e. Lake Elmenteita Sector corresponds to the Core Zone; Soysambu Sanctuary and Ututu conservation area correspond to the Buffer zone; while the developed area correspond to the Controlled Development Zone.
ZONATION SCHEME
13
Figure 1 GLECA zonation scheme
The visitor use zones, the activities allowed, and visitor accommodation sites permitted are described in more detail in the following sections. This is preceded by an explanation of the zone Limits of Acceptable Use that
ZONATION SCHEME
14
have been established for the various Zones, and a description of the GLECA-wide prescriptions on visitor accommodation facility sizes.
GLECA-wide accommodation prescriptions Table 2 below sets out the prescriptions on the maximum size of the different categories of tourism accommodation facilities that are permitted in the GLECA. As the table shows, the maximum bed capacity for existing lodges in the GLECA and for new eco-lodges proposed for development through this plan is 40 beds. The rationale behind this upper limit on facility size is that small low-impact facilities will be effective in minimizing environmental impacts. To further support these aims, there will be a minimum distance of 6 km (more if specified in existing facilities lease agreements) between permanent tourism concession sites in the GLECA, especially in Ututu and Soysambu areas. Table 2 GLECA wide prescriptions on accommodation sizes
Facility Type Maximum Facility Size
Lodges and eco-lodges 40 beds Permanent tented camps 24 beds Special campsites 10 beds Starbed camps 8 beds Self-help bandas 20 beds Public campsites 20 beds
Core Zone This zone comprises the lake’s open water body, and the black lava islets that are some of the last breeding grounds of the Great White Pelican. No tourism infrastructure will be developed within this zone. Visitor activity prescriptions This zone contains the highest concentration of water fowl in the GLECA, which, combined with its open landscape, presents the best opportunities for bird viewing in the conservation area. The zone will continue to have the highest level of tourism use in the GLECA. However, in order to help ensure a quality experience, visitor activities in this zone will be restricted to game viewing on foot, long walks along the lake shore and short walks along specified routes from permanent accommodation facilities that are developed in the Buffer Zone. The specific activities allowed in this zone are set out in Table 3. Table 3 Core Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions
Game viewing at designated view points strategically located at wildlife drinking points
Bird watching along the lake shore
Long walks along the lake shore
Short walks along specified routes agreed between operator and GLECA management.
Buffer Zone This zone covers 60% of the GLECA. It includes the acacia woodlands and other riparian forest; the immediate cliff to the East of the lake, Soysambu Wildlife Sancturay; Ututu Conservation area; and areas close to the lake that have tourism infrastructure.
ZONATION SCHEME
15
Visitor activity prescriptions This zone is characterised by dense vegetation cover and is favourable for game viewing especially in the Soysambu and Ututu side of GLECA. Various tourism activities will be allowed in this area including walking safaris along specified routes. The specific activities allowed in this zone are set out in Table 4 below. Table 4 Buffer Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions
Game drives along designated roads
Night game drives along specified routes agreed between the operator and GLECA management. Short walks along specified routes agreed between operator and GLECA management.
Walking safaris along specified routes between permanent and/or temporary camps agreed between operator and GLECA management.
Horse and Camel safaris along specified routes agreed between operator and GLECA management
Visitor accommodation prescriptions This zone will have a density of visitors that reflect the restriction of tourism accommodation facilities to small unobtrusive facilities such as permanent tented camps, special campsites and starbed camps. Table 5 Buffer Zone: Permitted visitor facility categories
Permanent tented camps Special campsites Starbed camps
Riverine and Controlled Development Zones There will be no tourist infrastructure development in the river basins. Development in the CDZ will be guided by other existing laws such as the Land Planning Act, Physical Planning Act and local government Act.
Ecological Management Programme
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
17
Programme Purpose and Strategy
Information adduced during the stakeholders meeting suggest that the ecology of the GLECA has altered considerably over the past thirty years, with wildlife numbers being reduced substantially, mainly due to intense poaching pressure and clearance of land for human settlement. The problem of rapid increase of human population size is accelerated by influx of internally displaced persons who are trooping in large numbers from other areas of Rift Valley province and settling in this area. Urbanization is also another attraction to concentration of human masses. A case in point is Kekopey Market which was a one shop market in 1989. Today it is a big market centre with over fifty shops. Other threats to the ecology of the GLECA, such as bushmeat poaching, illegal grazing, invasive species and abstraction of water upstream of the GLECA are escalating, mainly as a result of increasing human population and intensifying land-uses in the areas around the GLECA. The GLECA Ecological Management Programme aims to address the threats that are impacting on the most important ecological features and values of the GLECA ecosystem, and to provide a guiding framework for the long-term ecological monitoring of the area. This plan sets out the guiding principles that will guide GLECA managers and stakeholders in the implementation of the Ecological Management Programme and the achievement of the Programme Purpose. In implementing the GLECA’s Ecological Management Programme, GLECA Management and stakeholders should strive to ensure that:--
• GLECA key habitats and wildlife are protected and conserved • Habitat connectivity within GLECA is maintained • The GLECA receives a sufficient supply of clean water • GLECA ecological trends and threats are monitored, understood and managed
GLECA key habitats and wildlife are protected and conserved The Core, Buffer and Riverine Zones contain GLECA’s key habitats that require keen focus for protection and conservation. While not seeking to preserve the GLECA in a static ecological state, the Ecological Management Programme will aim to restore the area’s natural wildlife species composition, with particular attention to species of special concern (through their economic or ecological status), such as the White Great Pelicans, the Lesser flamingos and the Greater Flamingos, and work towards re-establishing natural vegetation composition and dynamics in the area. Habitat connectivity within GLECA is maintained Many of the large mammals in the GLECA depend not only on the conservation of suitable habitat within the area, but also on habitat connectivity with surrounding areas. The ability of such species to move unhindered within GLECA is critical to their continued survival. Therefore this programme will make efforts to remove any barrier between Lake Elmenteita Sanctuary, Ututu Conservation Area, and Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary and where feasible, re-establish connectivity with other adjacent lands that are currently teeming with wildlife. The GLECA receives a sufficient supply of clean water A variety of habitats and wildlife species in the GLECA are dependent on water supplied by the rivers flowing into the conservation area, especially the area’s riverine forest and the Lake Elmenteita. However, human population in the catchment areas of these rivers has increased rapidly in recent years, and as a result, water extraction and disturbance of the natural hydrological cycles essential for the survival of key habitats in the GLECA have also increased to levels such that no water reaches the Lake during dry seasons. As such,
The ecological components and processes of the GLECA are understood, restored and conserved, and threats to the area’s key ecological features are reduced
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
18
management actions under this programme will seek to maintain a hydrological cycle that ensures equitable distribution of water, and help ensure a consistent and clean supply of water to the GLECA, where appropriate in collaboration with other key stakeholders. GLECA ecological trends and threats are monitored and understood Given the high and increasing human pressures the GLECA is facing, the monitoring of trends in the status of the most important features of the GLECA’s ecology, and the major threats impacting or with the potential to seriously impact on these features is a high priority during the lifespan of this management plan. In addition, ecological monitoring will be designed and implemented in such a way as to provide a firm foundation for adaptive management and for measuring management effectiveness.
Targeting Ecological Management Action The PAPF prescribes the use of the Nature Conservancy’s (TNC) Conservation Action Planning (CAP) process as a foundation for designing the plan’s Ecological Management Programme. The rationale underlying this is that, with limited human and financial resources available to GLECA managers, it is impractical to attempt to manage and monitor every single aspect of the complex ecology of a protected area. Hence the need to identify specific conservation elements that can be the focus of conservation efforts and which at the same time are a good representation of the biodiversity in the area. The PAPF identifies three main stages in applying the CAP methodology: the selection of conservation targets; the identification and ranking of threats to the conservation targets; and the development of management objectives and actions to address these threats as well as to enhance the conservation targets. GLECA stakeholders have identified conservation targets, their threats and key ecological attributes (see table 6).
Ecological management objectives and actions The identification and ranking of the threats to GLECA’s conservation targets and their KEAs provides the basis for the development of the Ecological Management Programme’s management objectives and actions. Objectives have been developed to address the clusters of threats shown in table 7. Three objectives have been developed addressing threats to GLECA’s species of concern (covering conservation targets: Pelicans, Flamingos and Giraffe); addressing crosscutting threats to GLECA’s most important habitats (covering conservation targets: the open waters of Lake Elmenteita, The Black Lava Islets and River Basin Catchment); and addressing threats to targets selected beyond the CZ and the RZ (covering conservation targets: Riverine Forest and Buffer Zone). The three objectives developed for the GLECA Ecological Management Programme are: MO 1. Conservation status of GLECA’s species of concern enhanced MO 2. Important GLECA habitats managed and improved MO 3. Riparian forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected in
collaboration with other stakeholders These management objectives and their subsidiary management actions are described in detail in the sections below. Under each management objective there is a brief description of the relevant management issues and opportunities, which provides the specific context and justification for the management actions.
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
19
Table 6 GLECA conservation targets
Conservation target
Rationale for selection Important subsidiary
targets Key ecological
attributes
Spec
ies
Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus)
This species is global restricted in range and on the CMS Appendix I. There are reports that it breeds in Lake Elmenteita especially in the Pelican Islands. It’s a major tourist attraction to GLECA
Habitat size and quality (water and forage)
Population size, recruitment and structure
Water quantity and quality
Flamingos(P. minor and (P. roseus
Both subspecies are regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity.
Habitat size and quality (water and forage)
Population size, recruitment and structure
Water quantity and quality Giraffe Though classified as "Least Concern"
from a conservation perspective by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), it is important to note that it is an umbrella species in GLECA. A large area will be required to conserve a genetically viable Giraffe population thus offering habitats for conservation of other species.
Other species that disperse within the GLECA (e.g. buffalo, zebra)
Impala Eland
Habitat size and composition
Population size, recruitment and structure
Genetic diversity and variability
Burchell’s Zebra It is an umbrella species for many grazers Thomson’s Gazelle Grant’s gazelle
Habitat size and composition
Population size, recruitment and structure
Hab
itat
s
Acacia xanthophloea woodland
Located mainly in the southern end of the lake and at the mouth of the rivers. This forest has aesthetic value and it is popular with tourists who use it for picnicking
Buffalo Eland
Population size of grazing species
Vegetation structure and composition
Euphorbia candelabrum Woodland
Mainly found in Soysambu which could be harbouring the last largest remaining stand in the area after a major decline of the one in Nakuru National Park.
Dik dik Eland Impala Buffalo Duikers
Population size of browsing species
Vegetation structure and composition
Hills Rocky projections that occur throughout the GLECA e.g. Sleeping warrior that are of great beauty and offer opportunities for hiking.
Population size of unique plant communities
Ututu scrubland
Located south of the lake is dominated by Olea sp. and Tarchonanthus camphoratus. It is an important dispersal area for wildlife and has potential for development of several types of visitor activities.
Indigenous tree species
Scrubland size Habitat structure and
composition
Syst
ems
River Systems Important for riverine forests and the open water body, Lake Elmenteita, which provide important habitats for many wildlife species. Under threat from intensifying water use and conversion of water catchment areas.
Riverine vegetation Diverse Bird species Lake Elmenteita
Forest catchment River regime (flow and
pattern) Water quantity and quality Size, structure and
composition of riparian habitat
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
20
Table 7Threats to GLECA Conservation Targets CONSERVATION TARGETS
THREATS River systems
Ututu scrubland
Euphorbia candelabrum woodland
Acacia xanthophloea woodland Hills Pelicans Flamingos Giraffe
Burchell’s Zebra
Poaching High High
Livestock incursions High Medium High Medium High High
Fire High High High Medium Medium Low Low
Invasive species Low Low Low Low Low Low
Inbreeding High Low
Ecto-parasites Low Low Low
Disease Low Low High High
Settlement in dispersal areas
Very High High High High High High High
Predation High Low
Charcoal burning and logging
Very High Very High
Low Very High High
Human encroachment Very High Very High
Very High Very High Very High
Tourism infrastructure development Low Low Low Low Very High
Destruction of catchment forest High
Conversion of riparian habitat Very High
Swamp drainage Very High Use of agricultural chemicals Medium
Abstraction of water for irrigation Very High
Mining (Sand, salt, diatomite) Medium Medium Medium
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
21
Following the description of Management Objectives, the next section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the Ecological Management Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the completion of each of the management actions in the first 3-year timeframe of the management plan.
Management Objectives
Objective 1: Conservation status of GLECA’s threatened wildlife enhanced Though the Great White Pelicans are classified as species of "Least Concern" from a conservation status perspective by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN 3.1), it is important to note there are two species of pelicans in Lake Elmenteita. They include the Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus) and the Pink-Backed Pelican (Pelecanus rufescens). Both species breed in the western part of the lake that is dominated by numerous islands of black lava mostly bare but occasionally invaded by the grasses Sporobolus spicatus and Chloris gayana. In dry years, these islands are connected to the shore by stretches of mud flats and have been found to provide the only suitable nesting and breeding grounds for Pelicans in the Rift Valley region. The pelicans are a key attraction to the lake. In addition, they also function as umbrella species to other waterfowls including Blacksmith plover (Vanellus armatus). Therefore the pelican population is a good indicator of the health of the lake. Any effort that will be geared towards ensuring protection and conservation of a healthy population of the pelicans will not only ensure protection and conservation of the open water body for the pelicans, but also the survival of the many other avian species dependent on the lake. The Flamingos are both regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity. When environmental conditions particularly food resource dwindle in other saline lakes in the Rift Valley, like Lake Nakuru and Lake Bogoria, flamingos disperse to Lake Elmenteita, thus making the lake a major refuge for flamingos in Kenya’s southern Rift Valley. The large aggregations of flamingos are a great spectacle which attracts tourists to the area. The health of the flamingo population is also an indicator of the health of the Lake. This objective is therefore set to ensure that the current population of flamingos in the GLECA is enhanced and that a viable and self-sustaining population is established and maintained in the area over the long-term. Giraffes are the largest mega herbivores in GLECA and therefore an umbrella species. Survival of an outbreed giraffe population in GLECA will depend on availability of suitable habitat that can support a minimum viable population. This will require conservation of a sufficiently large track of land that will also contain large herds of other species. A focus on giraffe as a conservation target will ensure that the buffer zones of GLECA are also protected. The desired future state of the GLECA is one where the four conservation target species selected for the GLECA are effectively managed and monitored, so as to ensure their long-term survival in the GLECA, and that of the co-occurring species and habitats. In order to achieve this desired state, a series of management actions have been developed relating to the species-level conservation targets selected for the GLECA: Pelicans, Flamingos and Giraffe. These management actions are set out in the following sections. Action 1.1 Protect the pelican breeding habitats
The main threat to pelican populations is loss of their breeding sites due to receding Lake Shoreline. As a result, the rock islets are easily accessible to predators making eggs and chicks vulnerable. Therefore, under this management action, GLECA management will collaborate with stakeholders in the water catchment areas of rivers that empty into Lake Elmenteita to ensure that water abstraction is regulated to allow adequate flow to the lake.
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
22
Action 1.2 Intensify monitoring of the pelican population
The National Museums of Kenya, in collaboration with other stakeholders, have established a water fowl monitoring programme which carries out a water fowl count in the area semi-annually. In order to understand the population trends of the Great White Pelicans in GLECA, GLECA management will increasingly collaborate with NMK and KWS in the water fowl counts. In regard to this, scientists from Soysambu Conservancy will participate in these counts. In addition, Soysambu Conservancy will support the water fowl census in terms of providing transport for the counting team. In addition, members of the local conservation community based organisations will also be included in the counting team to build water fowl census capacity and increase appreciation of conservation issues among the local communities.
Action 1.3 Maintain a Lake habitat that is suitable for flamingo foraging
So long as there is water in the lake, then a variety of fast growing single celled algae, diatoms and blue green algae (Spirulina platensis) will thrive in the lake and attract large numbers of flamingos and other waterfowls. The challenge therefore is ensuring that adequate water that does not suffer pollution, reaches the Lake. The major cause of declining water in the Lake is excessive abstraction of water from the two main rivers emptying into the Lake i.e Mbaruk and Kariandusi Rivers. As regards water pollution, agricultural and wood treatment chemicals washed into the Lake from adjacent lands are the key sources of pollution. To maintain lake Elmenteita as an important foraging area for the Flamingoes, GLECA management will work closely with NEMA to ensure that Environmental Audits(EA) are carried out for all major facilities (industrial and tourism) that have potential to pollute the Lake water. Once the EAs are carried out, GLECA will follow-up with these facilities to ensure that pollution mitigation measures are implemented.
Action 1.4 Carry out ongoing monitoring of Flamingo population
The Ornithological Department of the National Museums of Kenya has accumulated long term data on flamingo populations in the saline lakes of Rift Valley, including Lake Elmenteita that forms baseline information for further monitoring of flamingo population dynamics in Lake Elmenteita. To ensure that the status of Flamingos at GLECA is understood, GLECA management will increase its support of this water fowl monitoring programme by availing resources, both personnel and vehicles, to support the counts.
Action 1.5 Carry out a study on giraffe habitat requirements and population dynamics
While Giraffe numbers have declined substantially in other areas within GLECA because of human encroachment and subsequent habitat destruction, Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary has facilitated conservation of a viable giraffe population in GLECA due to preservation of a suitable habitat for giraffes. In order to maintain a viable giraffe population, KWS and GLECA will carry out a study to determine suitable giraffe stocking levels at GLECA. The outcomes of this study will inform giraffe management strategies, such as translocation to other areas to reduce pressure on the habitat. In addition, GLECA management will continue its support of the regular wildlife census to monitor giraffe and other wildlife population trends. Information will be collected and collated on GLECA giraffe population sizes, recruitment rates and age/sex structures. This information will provide a baseline for assessing the effectiveness of the management actions and for improving management responses to changing conditions and threats.
Objective 2: Important GLECA habitats managed and improved There has been a drastic decline in wildlife numbers in Kenya in general in the last 30 years and GLECA has not been an exception. The main cause of this decline is intense poaching pressure during the late 1970s and early 1990s. Combined with increased impacts from increasing human population, wildfires and livestock grazing, the GLECA’s vegetation has gained significant changes. Most notably the Ututu scrubland, Acacia
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
23
xanthophloea woodland and the wooded grasslands are being gradually encroached upon by charcoal burners resulting in an overall increase in open bushland habitat across the GLECA. These changes have impacted negatively on the habitat diversity in the GLECA and the ability of grazing species to recolonise the area. The desired future state that this objective aims to achieve is one where the management of key habitats within the GLECA is improved, so as to re-establish the area’s natural vegetation composition and dynamics support the restoration of the area’s natural wildlife species composition, and improve tourism game viewing in the GLECA. In order to achieve this future desired state, four management actions have been developed that address the threats impacting on the three habitat-level conservation targets selected for the GLECA: Ututu scrubland; Acacia xanthophloea woodland; and the hills.
Action 2.1 Develop and implement GLECA Fire Management Plan
Evidence suggests that across the GLECA, and in particular in Soysambu and Ututu Community Wildlife Conservancies wildfires are major threat to the wooded grasslands. There is an outbreak of major wildfires year in year out that has negatively impacted on the population of medium sized mixed-feeder wildlife species. Wildfires also negatively affect large grazers such as zebras and buffaloes whenever they raze down large areas of grassland and leave nothing to feed on. This results in escalation of human-wildlife conflicts when these grazers leave the conservancies to settled areas in search of food. As such, under this management action, wildfires will be mitigated through construction of firebreaks in fire prone areas to reduce wildfire outbreaks within GLECA. In addition, to prevent accidental fires and at the same time avert habitat deterioration, charcoal burning will not be permitted in any section of GLECA.
Action 2.2 Carry out a GLECA land use/cover change study
GLECA adjacent areas have in the past suffered heavily from land conversion and habitat modification with far-reaching impacts on the area’s wildlife populations. Many browsing and grazing species have been drastically reduced in numbers after the influx of small scale settlers in areas adjacent to GLECA. However, although these changes are widely acknowledged, scientific investigation and documentation of the actual changes in GLECA vegetation types needed as a basis for their current management has not been undertaken. As such, a land use/ cover change survey will be carried out with support from GLECA stakeholders, in order to establish the specific changes that have occurred regarding the GLECA vegetation types, and clearly identify areas where significant changes in land use and cover have occurred. This information will help in focusing the habitat management activities that are required to maintain a healthy mix of wildlife populations.
Action 2.3 Train the community in effective livestock husbandry practices
Livestock kept in the area include cattle, sheep, goats, and donkeys, which are traditional breeds that yield low income. Most of the farmers’ land parcels in the plan area cannot support their livestock numbers due to inadequate pasture as a result of low rainfall. Inappropriate livestock breeds, prevalence of livestock diseases and livestock rustling are the major constrains to development of livestock production as a viable income generating activity. Consequently, GLECA management will support training of community members in sound livestock husbandry practises to improve economic returns from livestock. In addition, the community will be trained in pasture improvement practices to create a favourable environment for livestock and wildlife to co-exist.
Action 2.4 Develop appropriate codes of conduct to regulate mining activities within the GLECA
Mining activities in GLECA involve extraction of sand, salt and diatomite. Sand is extracted at the old lakebed in the southern part of the lake. Salt is extracted using evaporation pans along the lakeshore and is sold at the roadside. Mining of whichever product has a negative impact on the environment in one way or another unless appropriate mitigation measures are implemented. Hence, to mitigate habitat degradation
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
24
through mining, GLECA will collaborate with miners and NEMA in developing mining regulations that will be adhered to by local miners and salt harvesters.
Action 2.5 Carry out a study to establish impacts of livestock on vegetation structure and composition
In recent years, much of the natural forest and woodlands in GLECA have either been removed or modified into shrubs and bush-land by cultivation, grazing and fires. However, there are remnant patches of forests at Ututu, Kariandusi hotsprings and the Acacia stand at the southern end of the lake. Presently, there is a substantial amount of illegal grazing and poaching activities taking place in Ututu Conservation Area and areas immediately adjacent to Lake Elmenteita. However, success has been limited in combating these livestock incursions as the Ututu area and the lake shore are currently regarded as ‘open access’ as there is no effective management authority. A critical tool that can be used to forestall livestock incursions is raising awareness among the local communities on the impacts of livestock grazing on the GLECA’s conservation, and in particular its vegetation structure and composition. This, however, can only be carried out if scientific information on the impacts of livestock is available. Consequently, a study will be carried out to establish the impacts of livestock incursions on the vegetation structure and composition of habitats in the GLECA. The study will be carried out by GLECA researchers in collaboration with other institutions of higher learning such as universities with GLECA management offering logistical support as appropriate.
Action 2.6 Carry out a study on the population size and carrying capacity of the key grazing species
There is a substantial relationship between the health of habitants and the browsing/grazing pressure present in the habitat. If the population of herbivores is maintained at below the carrying capacity, beautiful features of the habitat are retained. However, if herbivore population is maintained at ecological carrying capacity, chances are that the features of the habitat are damaged in its struggle to act as a limiting factor to the increase in the herbivore population size. Hence a study will be carried out to determine the optimal herbivore population sizes that are suitable for GLECA. Once this information is available, GLECA management will focus its management activities in maintaining the recommended stocking levels.
2.7 Develop research and monitoring programmes to address specific issues
Limited socio-economic and scientific studies have been undertaken in the area. Hence, there is inadequate information on hydrology, hydrogeology, flora, fauna and socio-economic aspects. Lack of elaborate research and monitoring programmes for the area has resulted in inadequate data and information for effective management of the area. Sound scientific data and information are imperative for effective conservation and management of the lake Elmenteita ecosystem in view of the complexity of the existing environmental issues in the area. Consequently, the following research and monitoring programmes are recommended to understand ecological interactions:
• Hydrology • Hydrogeology • Ecological and environmental studies • Water quality and quantity • Floral and faunal dynamics • Viability of the proposed community sanctuary • Land use changes and socio-economic trends • EIA for infrastructure development
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
25
Objective 3: Forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected, in collaboration with other stakeholders The desired future state that this objective aims to achieve is one where the forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape, and in particular those that empty into Lake Elmenteita, are sustainably managed and conserved so as to ensure the continued conservation of the GLECA, and the unique assemblage of habitats and species it supports In recent years, much of the natural forest and woodlands have been removed by charcoal burning and firewood collection. However, there are remnant patches of forests at Ututu, Kariandusi hot springs and the Acacia stand at the southern end of the lake. Continued conservation of these forests will ensure sustainable ground recharge for the lake and water supply to the local community. Community vigil groups have been formed to ensure several forests within the area are protected. The community groups have also established tree nurseries that support on-farm forestry activities in the area. The GLECA receives extremely low rainfall. The main water sources are two hot springs and the seasonal Kariandusi, Meroreni and Mbaruk Rivers. Most of the water from these sources is mainly used for domestic supply as well as small-scale irrigation leaving very little to recharge the Lake. Other problems facing the water use in the area include: paucity of information on hydrology and dynamics of water resources in the area; unequal accessibility of water resources to stakeholders; declining water resources; inefficient water delivery technology resulting in water wastage through burst pipes (Maji moto line) and poorly maintained water systems; unregulated water abstraction; absence of appropriate water management and planning systems; lack of alternative water sources e.g. roof water harvesting or storage reservoirs; ineffective enforcement of water legislation e.g. lack of personnel; deteriorating water quality and quantity; temporal availability of water; and lack of adequate capacity and institutions, and education and awareness on water resources in the plan area. In order to effectively address the water sector issues and achieve the future desired state as regards water resource management in the area, a series of management actions have been developed that correspond to the River Systems conservation target located outside of the GLECA. These actions are elaborated in the following sections.
Action 3.1 Develop sub-catchment water allocation plans
The main instrument to guide water allocation from rivers in the GLECA is the Water Allocation Plan (WAP). The WAP provide the rules and procedures that govern the way in which allocatable water is to be allocated to different uses and users, and the management controls that are required to safeguard the water reserve. To streamline water allocation in GLECA and mitigate impacts of excessive abstraction from water bodies (rivers and springs), Water Resources Management Authority (WRMA) will prepare sub-catchment WAPs for all the major rivers. The WAPs will spell out how water will be allocated to various types of users based on priority of use, measures to be taken during seasons of water stress, and ways and means of enforcement and compliance.
Action 3.2 Collaborate with WRMA in monitoring water abstraction in the GLECA
As a result of enactment of the Water Act, which decentralized permit issuance to the Regions, there is need to take an inventory of all valid water permits and review them with a view of making them compliant with the requirements of the Water Act 2002. In regard to this, WRMA will create comprehensive databases of water abstractors which will be updated continuously. This information will be shared with the other stakeholders, and particularly those who are involved in the management of the GLECA. In addition, WRMA will collaborate with these stakeholders (GLECA management) in carrying out inspections of water abstraction points in areas adjacent to GLECA to ensure that illegal water abstraction is stopped.
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
26
Action 3.3 Develop and construct unified water abstraction, storage and delivery systems
Illegal abstraction of water is exacerbated by proliferation of community as well as individual water intake points which are difficult to monitor as they are far apart. Hence to curb illegal water abstraction, WRMA will cluster all authorised water intakes that are in close proximity of each other into common intake points to facilitate control and monitoring of water abstraction in the GLECA water catchment. And to facilitate the establishment of common intake points, WRMA will carry out water abstraction surveys for all the major rivers emptying into Lake Elmenteita to discern water demand and supply in the GLECA catchment. In addition, all water abstractors will be required to install water meters to facilitate monitoring water utilisation and levying appropriate fees to water users.
Action 3.4 Collaborate with WRUAs to enforce water regulations
The Ministry of Water and WRMA, in collaboration with other stakeholders, have prepared a set of regulations in line with Water Act 2002 (Legal Notice 171-The Water Resources Management Rules, 2007). WRMA has the responsibility of enforcing these regulations, but Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs) and other water users can also be used to support enforcement of the regulations. WRUAs have a role through MoUs signed between them and WRMA in: Identifying the members who are not compliant; sensitizing the members on the need to become compliant conducting inspections as well as patrols on compliance; recommending remedial measures and preparing proposals for funding; and embedding code of practice for water users in their various constitutions. In view of this, WRMA will increasingly work with WRUAs to enforce water regulations ensuring that water allocation plans are adhered to and land use activities injurious to riparian systems are curbed.
Action 3.5 Support irrigation farmers to harvest run-off or flood water for irrigation
Rainwater harvesting for agriculture by local farmers in the watersheds of rivers flowing in GLECA can immensely augment surface water use in agricultural production and address environmental problems such as soil erosion. Harvesting rainwater to support meaningful irrigated agriculture requires that simple, appropriate and affordable rain harvesting and irrigation technologies be availed to farmers. Towards this, to increase gains from rain harvesting, it is essential that farmers are not only facilitated to harvest rain water, but they are also helped to adopt both water-saving irrigation systems and highly effective crop production systems. In view of this, to enhance rain water harvesting for irrigation and domestic use, WRMA will provide training and extension services to farmers to facilitate adoption of rain water harvesting.
Action 3.6 Monitor water quality from water sources
It has been observed that upstream of most rivers intense human activities are taking place affecting water quality. One of the guiding principles of WRMA is to enhance protection of the quantity and the quality of all water resources based on improved information. Hence, for proper assessment of the status of water resources within the catchment, improved monitoring of the resources will be carried out. And to curb against deterioration of the water resource due to pollution, WRMA will be vigilant in identifying pollution sources and taking appropriate management or legal action where necessary. Other measures to curb pollution include encouraging livestock keepers to construct water troughs; disseminating recommended water quality standards to stakeholders; and involving the local community in monitoring and reporting water pollution incidents. .
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
27
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the Ecological Management Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and time-bound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4Objective 1: Conservation status of the GLECA’s threatened wildlife enhancedAction 1.1 Protect the pelican breeding habitats
Activity 1.1.1 Stake holders meeting GLECA, WRMA, WRUAS Abstraction levels agreed
Activity 1.1.2 Monitor abstraction agreement adherence WRMA, WRUAS Abstraction levels maintained Activity 1.1.3 Monitor showline levels GLECA Acceptable showline levels attained Activity 1.1.4 Monitor pelican responses to showline levels GLECA Acceptable responses attained Action 1.2 Intensify monitoring of the pelican annual demography
Activity 1.2.1 Bi - monthly census of pelican populations GLECA, KWS, NMK Data obtained and analysed
Activity 1.2.2 Research on pelican demography GLECA, NMK Results availed to GLECA Action 1.3 Maintain Lake habitat that is suitable for flamingo foragingActivity 1.3.1 Ensure that Environmental Audits (EA) are carried out for all major facilities (industrial and tourism) that have potential to pollute the Lake water.
GLECA, NEMA, KWS EAs carried out and results availed
Activity 1.3.2 Follow-up the EAs with these facilities to ensure that pollution mitigation measures are implemented GLECA Mitigation measures implemented
Activity 1.3.3 Support WRUAS in the GLECA areas to develop and implement watershed management plans GLECA Watershed management plans
developed and implemented Action 1.4 Carry out ongoing monitoring of Flamingo population Activity 1.4.1 Enhance support for the water fowl monitoring programme by availing resources, personnel and resources GLECA Waterfowl counts done quarterly
Action 1.5 Carry out a study on giraffe habitat requirements and population dynamics Activity 1.5.1 Determine suitable stocking levels for giraffes at GLECA GLECA Stocking levels determined Activity 1.5.2 Study Giraffe population dynamics in GLECA Report on dynamics
Activity 1.5.3 Implement measures to retain desired stock levels GLECA Either add or reduce Giraffe population with regard to Activity 1.5.1
Activity 1.5.4 Evaluate effectiveness of the management procedures GLECA Adaptive management implemented
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
28
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4based on results of Activity 1.5.2 Objective 2: Important GLECA habitats managed and improvedAction 2.1 Develop and implement GLECA Fire Management Plan Activity 2.1.1 Survey and document fire prone areas GLECA Report Activity 2.1.2 construct fire breaks GLECA Fire breaksActivity 2.1.3 Erect signage warning visitor of accidental outbreaks due their carelessness and monitor awareness Awareness reports
Activity 2.1.4 Stop charcoal burning in the buffer zone GLECA No Charcoal burningAction 2.2 Carry out a GLECA land use/cover change Activity 2.2.1 Develop GLECA vegetation map GLECA Activity 2.2.2 Monitor or develop a land use/ cover change map GLECA Activity 2.2.3 Maintain a health mix of wildlife populations GLECA Action 2.3 Train the community to improve livestock husbandry practicesActivity 2.3.1 Engage ILRI in determining high yielding breeds suitable for GLECA area GLECA, NMK Report of suitable livestock breeds
Activity 2.3.2 Hold seminars/barazas on livestock husbandry GLECA. NMK Barazas/SeminarsActivity 2.3.3 Monitor levels of adoption of proposed livestock breeds by communities GLECA, NMK Report
Action 2.4 Develop appropriate codes of conduct to regulate mining activities within the GLECA Activity 2.4.1 Carry out a survey of all materials mined in GLECA GLECA ReportActivity 2.4.2 Develop a mining regulation to be adhered to by all miners within GLECA
GLECA, NEMA, MINES Dept Standards report
Activity 2.4.3 Monitor adherence to mining regulations by all miners within GLECA GLECA Report + Enforcement
Action 2.5 Carry out a study to establish impacts of livestock on vegetation structure and compositionActivity 2.5.1 Establish annual movement of livestock in the GLECA GLECA ReportActivity 2.5.2 Establish biomass and species diversity of graze in GLECA GLECA Report
Activity 2.5.3 Relate livestock movements and annual grazing composition GLECA Report
Activity 2.5.4 Develop and implement mitigation of livestock impact on vegetation GLECA Implementation report
Action 2.6 Carry out a study on the population size and carrying capacity of the key grazing species Activity 2.6.1 Determine the optimal herbivore population sizes that are suitable for GLECA GLECA Report
Activity 2.6.2 GLECA to implement recommended stocking levels GLECA Implementation report
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
29
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4Activity 2.6.3 Monitor implementation of recommended stocking levels GLECA Compliance report2.7 Develop research and monitoring programmes to address specific issuesActivity 2.7.1 Establish research advisory committee to supervise research functions for GLECA
GLECA, KWS, NMK, NEMA Committee set up
Objective 3: Forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected, in collaboration with other stakeholdersAction 3.1 Develop sub-catchment water allocation plans
Activity 3.1.1 Formation of subcatchment WAP GLECA, WRMA, WRUAS Committee set up
Activity 3.1.2 The WAPs meet and spell out water allocation to various types of users based on priority of use and measures to be taken during seasons of water stress
GLECA, WRMA, WAPs WAP set up
Action 3.2 Collaborate with WRMA in monitoring water abstraction in the GLECAActivity 3.2.1 Support WRMA in water quality monitoring GLECA, KWS Regular water quality reports Activity 3.2.2 Support WRMA in water abstraction monitoring GLECA, KWS Regular water abstraction reports Activity 3.2.3 Support WRMA in enforcing water abstraction allocations and stop illegal abstractions
GLECA, WRMA, Prov. Adm Reports on functioning abstraction
levels Action 3.3 Develop and construct a unified water abstraction, storage and delivery systemActivity 3.3.1 Support WRMA in water quality monitoring GLECA, WRMA Quality reportsActivity 3.3.2 Initiate construction of reservoir dam along Kariandusi river GLECA, WRMA Dam constructed
Activity 3.3.3 Educate and facilitate farmers on water saving irrigation systems e.g., drip irrigation GLECA, WRMA Seminar reports
Activity 3.3.4 Facilitate the community to harness alternative sources of water e.g. from geysers and hot springs GLECA Reports on increased water
harvesting Action 3.4 Control farmland nutrient, sediment and pollution discharge into water bodiesActivity 3.4.1 Encouraged farmers to utilize erosion controls to reduce runoff flows and retain soil on their field
GLECA. Min of Agr Reports on increase conservation of
soil erosion Activity 3.4.2 Encouraged farmers to adopt Integrated Pest Management (IPM) techniques
GLECA. Min of Agr Reports on increased use of IPM
Action 3.5 Build the capacity of GLECA WRUAs to effectively participate in water resource managementActivity 3.5.1 Train WRUAs on project management GLECA Training reportsActivity 3.5.2 Support WRUAs in project proposal writing GLECA Report on funded projects Action 3.6 Support the preparation of integrated water management plans for rivers within GLECA Activity 3.6.1 Prepare integrated water resource management plans for priority rivers flowing into the GLECA GLECA Reports/Plans
Activity 3.6.2 Plan, attend and facilitating community planning meetings GLECA Training reports
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
30
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4for integrated water resource plans Activity 3.6.3 Facilitate governance of WRUAs GLECA Governance reports
Tourism Development & Management Programme
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
32
Programme Purpose and Strategy
Lake Elmenteita is an important tourist attraction for visitors destined for the Rift Valley alkaline lakes harbouring large flocks of Flamingoes. A major viewpoint exists off the Trans-African highway which transverses the basin. Further, the National Museums of Kenya operates an anthropogenic pre-historic site at Kariandusi, which displays historical aspects of the Stone Age Man. The tourist facilities include the following: Two Tented Camps; Delamere and Flamingo; one View point (Managed by Lake Elmenteita Eco-Tourism Organization); one Tourist lodge (Lake Elmenteita); and prehistoric site (Kariandusi). Activities include game viewing and bird watching. Tourism in the plan area is poorly developed. Lack of diversification, poor tourism infrastructure, inadequate marketing and publicity and limited community participation are the major factors limiting realization of the tourism potential. The situation is further aggravated by the uncoordinated management of the area. The GLECA today has low visitor numbers, limited tourism infrastructure and facilities, relatively low densities of wildlife particularly in the Ututu badlands. However, the area undoubtedly has significant tourism potential if other attractions are developed and diversified. This programme sets out a series of management objectives and actions that GLECA management will implement over the next 10 years aimed at realising the area’s full tourism potential. The tourism component of this plan sets out the guiding principles that will guide GLECA Management in the implementation of the Tourism Development and Management Programme and the achievement of this Programme Purpose. In implementing the GLECA’s Tourism Development and Management Programme, GLECA Management will strive to ensure that:
Tourism is developed as a major positive force in support of GLECA’s conservation and management There is minimal tourism in the area. Tourist activities include bird watching, game viewing, horse riding, scenic viewing (Lake, Great Rift Valley and Prehistoric site), camping, guided tours and sale of handicrafts. The tourism facilities include Lake Elmenteita Lodge, Flamingo Camp, Delamare tented camp and the observation point managed by Lake Elmenteita Ecotourism Community Organization (LEECO). Tourism has a huge potential as a source for sustaining GLECA’s long-term financing needs to run its management and conservation programmes. A significant and active tourism industry will also raise the profile of the area, and thereby encourage political and financial support from government and donors. For these reasons, the promotion of tourism development is critical such that it supports GLECA’s conservation and management. Hence tourism development is a key aspect of the strategy for management and conservation of GLECA. Tourism is developed appropriately While tourism has the potential to be a strong and sustainable source of support for conservation and management of the area, uncontrolled tourism development has the potential of keeping away visitors due to congestion. Most visitors to the GLECA are presently attracted by the large waterfowl especially pelicans and
The Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area is a major tourism destination in Kenya, offering a distinctive and diverse visitor experience that capitalises on the area’s special wilderness values and history
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
33
flamingos and Kariandusi Hot springs that are unique to this area. The challenge therefore is to develop the capacity of tourism to support the long-term conservation of the open water body of the Lake and contribute to national economic development, while continuing to ensure a top-quality visitor experience based on diverse tourist attractions. These guiding principles are intended to guide the implementation of the Programme‘s three management objectives that, when taken together, will achieve the Programme Purpose. These three objectives are: MO 1. The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified MO 2. The GLECA is marketed as a single destination MO 3. GLECA tourism management improved These management objectives and the actions needed to achieve them are described herein. Under each management objective there is a brief description of the relevant management issues and opportunities, which provides the specific context and justification for the management actions. The final section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the Tourism Development and Management Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan.
Management Objectives
Objective 1: The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified The GLECA’s tourism product presently revolves around wildlife viewing in Soysambu and Ututu Community Wildlife Conservancy, and the open lake waters. Outside this core wildlife area, the GLECA does not presently have sufficient densities of wildlife to support traditional game viewing, but it does have major areas of quality wilderness and alternative management regimes (hot springs, view points, rocks etc) that together provide an ideal natural and regulatory setting for the development of wilderness activity-based visitor activities. The promotion of innovative visitor activities in the presently under-utilised parts of the GLECA will strengthen GLECA’s reputation as a major and distinctive tourism destination, establish the GLECA as an important revenue source for GLECA management authorities, and help deter illegal uses, such as livestock grazing, charcoal burning and bushmeat poaching, in these less utilized areas. Objective 1 aims to expand and diversify GLECA’s offering of visitor activities and their supportive infrastructure, in order to attract an increased number of visitors to the area and encourage tourism use of the entire GLECA. Two of the key issues that need to be addressed in order to achieve this objective are the development of a conducive environment that fosters private sector interest and investment in new activities in GLECA, and the establishment of management systems necessary to support the implementation and operation of these activities. This will involve building on, and as appropriate adapting any existing national guidelines to take account of the specific issues and opportunities in GLECA, and communication and collaboration with the tourism industry to ensure that GLECA is providing appropriate support for their initiatives. The management actions under this objective that have been developed to address these issues, and to ensure that GLECA visitor activities and supportive infrastructure are expanded and diversified, are elaborated in the following sections.
Action 1.1 Facilitate and regulate existing alternative activities to traditional game-viewing
As discussed above, there is significant scope for the development of a wide variety of new and innovative visitor activities in GLECA (such as hiking, camel safaris and other activities). In addition to the traditional
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
34
game viewing, other on-going visitor activities in the GLECA include: bird watching using bird hides; and guided walks organised by Flamingo Eco-tourism Self help Project However, due in part to ambiguous regulations and a lack of clear guidelines, these activities are only occurring on an extremely limited scale in the GLECA, and their full potential in the area is not presently being realised. In addition, as tourism increases during the lifespan of this plan, the formalisation and regulation of these existing activities will become increasingly important in order to maintain a well-regulated and high quality tourism product. To facilitate the regulation and promotion of the existing alternative activities, this management action focuses on the review and adaptation of the relevant national guidelines, in order to create a set of specific guidelines appropriate for the GLECA context. Once these guidelines have been developed, routes and areas where each activity can take place will be agreed amongst GLECA managers and tourism stakeholders.
Action 1.2 Support the development of walking safaris in parts of theBuffer Zone and Riverine Zone
Although large parts of the GLECA have marginal value for traditional game viewing, the GLECA’s large and currently underused wilderness areas in Ututu Conservation Area provide excellent opportunities for the development of walking safaris. Under this management action, GLECA Management will support the development of walking safaris in line with the general restrictions set out in the GLECA Zonation Scheme. And to ensure that the routes are used by hikers, tour operators will be involved in the identification and alignment of the walking routes.
Action 1.3 Promote the development of horse and camel safaris in Ututu Conservation Area
The Buffer and Riverine Zones cover almost 70% of GLECA and currently host all major tourism investment in the area. However, some of the remote areas in these zones are completely unused by visitors; mainly due to lack infrastructure, lack of large mammals and unsuitable vegetation to sustain large mammals for game viewing from vehicles. However, these areas have potential for development of exclusive camel and horse safaris. As such, under this management action such areas which are mainly located in Ututu Conservation Area will be promoted as sites where tour operators can be given exclusive rights to operate camel or horse Safaris.
Action 1.4 Designate and establish special campsites in the Buffer Zone
Special campsites provide opportunities for camping in a safe and exclusive location within a Core/Buffer Zone, a concept that appeals to many high-end mobile safari operators. Currently all of the GLECA’s special campsites are located in Soysambu Conservancy, and there is significant potential for their development in the other areas of GLECA. As such, sites suitable for development of special campsites will be identified and developed in Ututu Conservation Area. And wherever possible these sites will be identified in collaboration with tourism operators familiar with the area.
Objective 2: The GLECA is marketed as a single destination Currently, the GLECA is not as a major tourism destination and many tour operators market/visit Lake Naivasha, then proceed to Lake Nakuru and skip most or all destinations in GLECA; perhaps due to lack of adequate tourism support infrastructure in this area. Alongside the efforts to expand and diversify the GLECA tourism product as set out under the previous objective, it will therefore also be important to establish the GLECA’s identity as the only place in Kenya where Pelicans breed and hence a distinctive and
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
35
highly desirable destination. GLECA is also a stopover refuge of the Greater and Lesser flamingos during their northward migration from their breeding sites in Lake Natron in Tanzania. This identity will be the cornerstone of efforts to market the GLECA and will underpin the expansion of tourism in the area. Objective 2 focuses on building this distinctive identity for the GLECA, in particular through the coordinated marketing of the area as a single destination. These efforts to establish the GLECA tourism identity will be complemented by management actions aimed at enhancing the visitor experience in the GLECA itself, through improved interpretation facilities and materials highlighting the area’s exceptional natural resources and unique history. The management actions that have been developed under this objective to ensure that awareness of GLECA’s significance and values is raised are outlined in the following sections.
Action 2.1 Publicize and market the area as a single tourist destination
GLECA has never suffered from a major negative publicity involving tourists, neither can it be classified as a high insecurity area for tourists and even during the post election violence, not even a single tourist was attacked. Hence GLECA should build on this good will from the populace and market the area as a top tourist destination based on its exceptional qualities and unique history. The history of the Delamere family blends seriously with GLECA’s human settlement history and stands out as a unique historical item that should be captured in the GLECA history. As such, this action will focus on establishing and marketing a distinctive tourism identity and visitor experience for the entire GLECA, which sets it apart from other tourism destinations in Kenya. Marketing will be based on the area’s special features including pelican breeding, flamingo refuge and the hot springs, along with the area’s rich history of the Delamere family, in particular with regard to their conservation and farming efforts.
Action 2.2 Develop interpretation displays at key sites associated with the Lord Delamere’s life and works
There are a number of historic sites of interest in the GLECA associated with the works of Hugh Cholmondeley, the 2nd and 3rd Baron Delamere, and it is impossible to capture the history of GLECA fully in the absence of a chapter on the Lord Delamere. Among Kenya’s white settlers, Delamere was famous for his utter devotion to developing Kenyan agriculture. For about twenty years, Delamere farmed his colossal land by trial, error and dogged effort, experimenting endlessly with crops and livestock, and accruing an invaluable stockpile of knowledge that would later serve as the foundation for the agricultural economy of the country. Hence there is huge written history about Lord Delamere and this should be included in the GLECA unique history. The graves of the Delamere family members should be included in the historical attractions.
Action 2.3 Develop a visitor map covering the entire GLECA
A significant number of visitors to the GLECA are either Kenyan citizens or residents, who are likely to visit the area independent of any professional guide or safari company. As a result, almost all these visitors rely entirely on maps while navigating most tourist attractions. As such, to enhance visitor experience in GLECA, a visitor map covering the entire conservation area, will be produced and disseminated. The GLECA management will collect both spatial and non-spatial information which will be used to develop the visitor map. This information will then be cartographically processed using a Geographic Information System (GIS) environment to produce the visitor map. Once completed, these maps will be made available at entrance gates to the GLECA, visitor accommodation facilities, and appropriate retail outlets nationwide.
Action 2.4 Develop a guidebook covering the entire GLECA
If properly developed and presented, guidebooks can not only enhance a visitor’s experience when visiting a protected area, but also serve to raise awareness of the area’s importance and the role of GLECA in its protection. Typically these guidebooks provide visitors with information on the history of the planning area,
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
36
advice and information on visiting the area (including transport links from major centres), and information for visitors once in the area such as rules and regulations, accommodation options, maps, suggested itineraries and circuits, and detailed information on the biodiversity, ecology, and surrounding communities. As such, and in order to help improve the overall GLECA visitor experience, a high quality guidebook will be developed for the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area.
Objective 3: GLECA tourism management improved Through the actions implemented under the previous two objectives, it is anticipated that visitor numbers, tourism infrastructure and activities in the GLECA will increase and diversify during the 10-year lifespan of this plan. If GLECA Management is to achieve its obligations on tourism investors and operators, and ensure that the quality of the overall GLECA visitor experience is maintained and tourism investment encouraged, the anticipated increases in the scale and complexity of tourism in the area need to be complemented by strengthening and enhancing of GLECA tourism management capacity and systems. Without appropriate and concomitant improvements in the management of tourism in the GLECA, the long-term and sustained achievement of this programme’s management objectives will be seriously undermined. Objective 3 therefore focuses on ensuring that tourism management in the GLECA is strengthened, and that GLECA managers have the capacity and supportive administration systems to meet their obligations to tourism industry partners, and bring about the achievement of this programme’s management objectives. The management actions that have been developed under this objective are outlined in the following sections.
Action 3.1 Strengthen GLECA tourism human resource capacity
The implementation of the management actions set out in this programme will require dedicated human resources at the GLECA who will take responsibility for ensuring their implementation. The scope of work set out in this management programme is significant, and if the management objectives are to be achieved, the GLECA management will have to engage personnel to manage tourism activities and issues in the Area. As such, the three competent authorities as regards land in GLECA (KWS, Ututu, and Soysambu Conservancy) will jointly assess human resource needs and deploy relevant tourism staff as appropriate.
Action 3.2 Hold regular meetings with GLECA tourism investors and operators
Tourism investors and operators are major stakeholders in the GLECA, and their concerns and advice need to be regularly sought and considered in order to realise the area’s tourism potential, and to successfully implement a large number of the management actions contained in this programme. This group of stakeholders is also best placed to advise GLECA management on the key issues that may be emerging in the tourism sector that may be discouraging the development of new activities and investments. As such, a GLECA Tourism Management Committee will be established to improve communication and collaboration between GLECA managers and private sector investors. This committee will consist of members from GLECA Management and representatives from tourism industry stakeholders operating in the GLECA.
Action 3.3 Implement GLECA tourism infrastructure improvements in line with tourism stakeholder feedback
High quality and appropriately located infrastructure is essential to enable the expansion of tourism activities proposed under this management programme. Improvements to the GLECA’s road network will benefit from the presence of the Nairobi-Malaba trunk road that traverses the area. However, other infrastructure improvements will be needed during the 10-year lifespan of this plan, and GLECA Management needs to be able to respond to the changing situation on the ground, and to the needs of tourism industry stakeholders. As such, as part of the preparation for the GLECA Tourism Management Committee meetings discussed above, the GLECA Tourism Officers will hold individual consultations with tourism industry stakeholders in the GLECA to identify specific issues regarding supporting infrastructure in the area. The GLECA Tourism
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
37
management staff will then work together to ensure that the recommended improvements are included in their respective annual workplans and budgets.
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the Tourism Development and Management Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and time bound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Objective 1: The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified
Action 1.1 Facilitate and regulate existing alternative activities to traditional game-viewing
Activity 1.1.1 Develop guidelines on tourism development in GLECA GLECA, KWS, KTDA Guidelines
developed
Activity 1.1.2 Designate and develop routes and areas where each activity can take place GLECA, KWS, KTDA Sites designated
Activity 1.1.3 Monitor adherence to the guidelines GLECA, KWS Adherence reports
Action 1.2 Support the development of walking safaris in the Parts of Buffer Zone and River Catchment Zone
Activity 1.2.1 Develop walking safaris routes inline with GLECA zonation schemes GLECA, KWS, KTDA Route maps
Activity 1.2.2 Ensure that hikers, tour operators adhere to designated routes GLECA, KWS, KTDA Off route reports
Action 1.3 Promote the development of horse and camel safaris in GLECA
Activity 1.3.1 Develop horse and camel safaris routes inline with GLECA zonation schemes
GLECA, KWS, KTDA Route maps
Activity 1.3.2 Ensure that horse and camel tour operators adhere to designated routes GLECA, KWS, KTDA Off route reports
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
39
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Action 1.4 Designate and establish special campsites in the Buffer Zone
Activity 1.4.1 Develop special campsites inline with GLECA zonation schemes GLECA, KWS, KTDA
Designated sites
Activity 1.4.2 Ensure that camping occurs only in designated sites GLECA, KWS, KTDA Reports
Objective 2: The GLECA is marketed as a single destination
Action 2.1 Publicize and market the area as a single tourist destination
Activity 2.1.1 Establish a marketing function within GLCEA to package and market all attractions in GLECA as a circuit GLECA
Marketing function
team
Activity 2.1.2 Develop advertising materials GLECA Materials
Action 2.2 Develop interpretation displays at key sites associated with the Lord Delamere’s life and works
Activity 2.2.1 Develop a brochure on Delamere’s history GLECA Brochure
Activity 2.2.2 Develop signage to historical sites GLECA signage
Activity 2.2.3 Construct interpretation displays GLECA Displays
Action 2.3 Develop a visitor map covering the entire GLECA
Activity 2.3.1 Collection of material for the map GLECA Reports
Activity 2.3.2 Digitize the map materials in GIS GLECA Maps
Activity 2.3.3 Dissemination of the maps GLECA Map dissemination report
Action 2.4 Develop a guidebook covering the entire GLECA
Activity 2.4.1 Collection of material for the guidebook GLECA Reports
Activity 2.4.2 Collation of the guidebook materials GLECA Draft guidebook
Activity 2.4.3 Distribution of the guidebook GLECA Distribution reports
Objective 3: GLECA tourism management improved
Action 3.1 Strengthen GLECA tourism human resource capacity
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
40
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Activity 3.1.1 Deploy staff on secondment from KWS and Soysambu to spearhead development of tourism in GLECA GLECA HR returns
Activity 3.1.2 Recruit competitively tourism staff for GLECA GLECA HR returns
Action 3.2 Hold regular meetings with GLECA tourism investors and operators
Activity 3.2.1 Establish oversight Tourism Management Committee to monitor and enhance communication between GLECA managers and tourism operators GLECA HR returns
Action 3.3 Implement GLECA tourism infrastructure improvements in line with tourism stakeholder feedback
Activity 3.3.1 GLECA Tourism Officers to monitor and improve tourism infrastructure GLECA TO Reports
Community Partnership & Education Programme
COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME
42
Programme Purpose and Strategy
The majority of community members in areas within GLECA directly depend on natural resources for their livelihood needs. The main land use activities include intensive agriculture, pastoralism, conservation and beef cattle ranching. These communities impact on the GLECA, through, for example, the closure of wildlife dispersal areas or water abstraction, and are also impacted by the GLECA, for example, as a result of wildlife damage to crops or livestock, and even loss of human life. These reciprocal impacts are likely to escalate in the future as population density in the area continues to increase. The GLECA Community Partnership and Education Programme will therefore work towards mitigating these impacts; improving awareness of GLECA’s values; and fostering a constructive and supportive relationship between GLECA management, its adjacent communities, and other key stakeholders. The key guiding principles, which will guide the implementation of the Community Partnership and Education Programme over the next 10 years and the achievement of the programme purpose, are set out below. In implementing the GLECA’s Community Partnership and Education Programme, GLECA Management will strive to ensure that:
Communities can express their concerns, ideas and opinions Effective communication between GLECA managers and local communities is essential to enable both parties to raise common problems and work towards achieving shared goals. Without such two-way communication, it will be difficult to ensure community support for conservation, as minor issues are more likely to escalate into serious problems, and GLECA management activities may not be optimally targeted towards community needs. As such, activities under this programme will aim to further develop and strengthen GLECA management communication and collaboration mechanisms with local communities. The GLECA is having a positive impact on the lives of local communities GLECA’s local communities bear many of the direct and indirect costs of wildlife conservation through human-wildlife conflicts. If GLECA is managed primarily for conservation and tourism, communities will be denied access to certain areas that they had come to consider as ‘open accesses such as Ututu conservation Area and Lake Elmenteita. Hence, there is need to address the community’s socio-economic needs so that communities support GLECA’s conservation efforts. Communities and other stakeholders are aware of the GLECA’s values and importance One of the core functions of GLECA will be to provide wildlife education and raise awareness of the values of GLECA in order to improve support for wildlife conservation. As such, activities under this programme will establish a conservation education and outreach programme focusing outreach activities in community areas where support for conservation is poor, or where there are critical conservation issues that need to be addressed.
To support and enhance the participation of GLECA adjacent communities in conservation and sustainable use of GLECA’s natural resources
COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME
43
There is collaboration between GLECA managers and other stakeholders in strengthening GLECA Community Participation Many of the threats to the ecology and natural resources in the GLECA stem from community land-uses and practises many kilometres beyond the boundary of the GLECA Core and Buffer Zones. The scale and intensity of these impacts is increasing and, although outside the direct mandate of GLECA, these issues cannot be left unaddressed. As such, there is need to develop linkages, recognition, and relationships with stakeholders and pursue partnerships and collaborations with other institutions and organisations (such as CBOs, District Administration and NGOs) to address issues of mutual concern outside of GLECA. These guiding principles are intended to guide the development and implementation of the three management objectives that have been identified by stakeholders to achieve the Programme Purpose. These are: MO 1. Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened MO 2. Human-wildlife conflict reduced MO 3. Opportunities for communities to benefit from the GLECA improved The following sections describe these management objectives and provide an outline of the management actions needed to achieve them. These management objectives and their subsidiary management actions are described in detail in the sections below. The final section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the Community Partnership & Education Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan.
Management Objectives
Objective 1: Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened The desired future state for the GLECA is one where the existence of the conservation area is valued and supported by the local communities to ensure viable wildlife conservation in the long term. Three management actions have been developed to realise this desired state. These actions focus on preparing interpretation materials targeting GLECA local communities; promoting the GLECA through the mass media and the Internet; and supporting conservation education programmes in local schools. These actions are described further in the following sections.
Action 1.1 Prepare interpretation materials targeting local communities
Several marketing materials will be developed for the GLECA; especially on the resources in the Core/Buffer Zones, including a detailed infrastructure map, bird guidebook, brochure and poster. However, these interpretation materials and others developed under the Tourism Development and Management Programme mainly target tourists. These interpretation materials are therefore inadequate in bringing out the importance of diverse resource values of the GLECA to the local community. To rectify this, a review will be carried out to identify interpretation themes that illustrate the uniqueness of the natural and cultural resource values of the GLECA. Interpretation materials, targeting various age groups in the community, will then be prepared and disseminated through the outreach activities envisaged under action 1.4 of this programme.
COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME
44
Action 1.2 Promote the GLECA through the mass media, Internet, and organising and participating in both local and international conservation awareness events
The mass media (radio, television and the press) plays an important role in conveying conservation education messages to the community. Special radio and TV programmes will therefore be designed and aired through radio and TV stations that can be received in the GLECA area. Efforts will also be made to prepare articles on the GLECA and publish them in the local dailies. It is expected that this strategy will increase the variety of audiences that are educated on conservation issues within the GLECA, and further enhance appreciation of the area. In addition, GLECA managers will increasingly participate in local as well as international events such as World Environment Day, World Wetlands Day, and Agricultural Society of Kenya (ASK) shows, among others. During these events, the community will be enlightened on the unique GLECA natural resources, and issues and challenges facing their conservation.
Action 1.3 Support conservation education programmes in local schools
GLECA and its surroundings are a prominent area for WCK. The Clubs maintains staff Nakuru town who liaises with KWS personnel to enhance mutual efforts to gain public support for conservation. To strengthen the relationship between the GLECA management and the WCK, KWS through this action will support WCK’s wildlife education activities such as organising conservation rallies, seminars and workshops for teachers and students. In addition, GLECA managers will collaborate with WCK in organising visits for community members and school groups to the GLECA.
Objective 2: Human-wildlife conflict reduced The future desired state of GLECA is where human-wildlife conflict (HWC) around the GLECA and in particular crop raiding; livestock attacks/predation; disease transmission; and human injury or loss of life, are minimised to improve GLECA-community relations. In addition, the desired future state of the GLECA is where there are effective and efficient communication and collaboration mechanisms for building supportive and constructive relationships between GLECA managers and surrounding communities. These mechanisms need to ensure that issues can be raised and addressed by both sides before they escalate into serious problems, and enable managers and communities to work together to achieve shared goals. In order to achieve this objective, five management actions have been developed. These actions are elaborated below.
Action 2.1 Strengthen and support GLECA-community consultation mechanisms
As mentioned an effective community consultation mechanism is critical in resolving issues of resource use conflicts that will arise in GLECA once the area is strictly used for conservation and tourism. As such, a community consultative committee will be established to among other things deal with biodiversity resource utilisation conflicts and natural resource use and development in the area. The committee will participate in implementing measures to control activities destructive to the ecosystem such as poaching, illegal grazing and charcoal burning.
Action 2.2 Build capacity of Community Consultative Committees in project management
Sustainability of some of the community projects being implemented through Government agencies and NGOs is largely dependent on continuous maintenance of any developed facility. It will therefore be critical that the Community Consultative Committee is adequately equipped to manage such projects. Consequently the committees will be trained in various aspects of project planning and management and in maintenance of
COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME
45
implemented projects. This will ensure that community projects do not stall because of poor management or lack of maintenance skills.
Action 2.3 Construct and maintain wildlife barriers in areas prone to crop raiding
Human-wildlife conflict (HWC) is prevalent in the plan area. Nevertheless, its magnitude has not been quantified. This conflict is in the form of destruction of property by wildlife and habitat degradation and denudation by human beings. The main conflict is crop destruction and raiding by Baboon, Zebra, Porcupine and Wild-pig. The situation has been complicated by encroachment by human beings and competition between livestock and wildlife. KWS has used wildlife barriers, such as electric fences, moats and stone walls, to mitigate HWCs in many conflict hotspot areas in the country. However, the electric fence has proved to be the most effective barrier in containing large herbivores such as Giraffes, and it is for this reason that there are plans to build one such 10 Kilometre electric fence from Sunbird to Mbaruk along Nakuru-Nairobi Highway to mitigate crop-raiding incidents in the GLECA; especially from Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy. To enhance problem animal management in the GLECA, measures will be carried out that ensure that wildlife is contained within GLECA using effective fences. And in order to ensure that the fences are functional throughout the year, the fences will be maintained regularly.
Action 2.4 Establish an effective communication network to facilitate prompt reporting of human-wildlife conflict incidents
One of the reasons for poor relations between local communities and GLECA management is too much delay in responding to human-wildlife conflict incidents. This could be due to lack of an effective communication mechanism to enable the affected community to report problem animal incidents in time before extensive damage to crops or injury to people occurs. Therefore, to ensure that incidents are reported to GLECA management quickly, GLECA management will establish a HWC mobile telephone hotline to further boost the mechanisms of reporting HWC incidents.
Objective 3: Opportunities for local communities to benefit from the GLECA improved The desired future state of the GLECA is one where GLECA-local communities are benefiting directly from support given through KWS’ social responsibility projects or income-generating conservation projects. Four management actions have been developed to achieve this objective, focusing on implementing and support maintenance of social projects; supporting communities in identification and exploitation of ecotourism opportunities; promoting production of Aloe products in GLECA; and supporting communities in preparation of proposals to seek donor funding. These actions are discussed further in the following sections.
Action 3.1 Implement and support maintenance of social projects
Assisting communities by funding community projects not only helps GLECA to fulfil its corporate social responsibility, but also increases community support for local conservation initiatives. Over the years, KWS and Soysambu Ranch have supported many community projects in the area including construction of schools and other social facilities. This support will be increased under this management action to ensure that the community adjacent to GLECA is seen to reap tangible benefits from the existence of GLECA.
COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME
46
Action 3.2 Support communities in identification and exploitation of ecotourism opportunities
Involvement of local communities in tourism development can be an incentive to gain support for conservation outside the protected areas. Aside from direct employment, tourism also offers opportunities for development of enterprises that supply inputs to the tourism trade. This action will seek to assist the community in identifying and mapping all potential ecotourism opportunities outside the Core Zone. These include wildlife concentration areas in the Buffer and riverine Zones, Specific GLECA forests; perhaps areas with plants of medicinal, scientific or cultural significance, strategically located hills or craters that provide vantage points for scenic viewing, picnicking and sundowners, and potential cultural villages, e.g., the Ututu caves. Sites that have potential for development of tourist accommodation facilities, such as ecolodges and tented campsites will also be identified. This information will be used by GLECA and local stakeholders to raise the interest of tour operators in the tourism opportunities in areas within GLECA. Where appropriate, details of information on community tourism ventures and attractions will also be included in new GLECA interpretation materials, such as the GLECA map and guidebook in order to raise visitor awareness of the existence of these attractions.
Action 3.3 Promote sustainable production of Aloe products in GLECA
The rich biological resources around the GLECA provide local communities with livelihood means through the many products that are harvested including: timber for building, firewood and charcoal as source of energy, honey, medicinal plant products, and edible wild fruits. The Aloe plant grows wildly in GLECA and community members will be encouraged to utilise it commercially. GLECA will also support community members in establishing a sustainable Aloe farming enterprise to increasingly enable the community to reap maximum benefits from Aloe.
Action 3.4 Support communities in preparation of proposals to seek donor funding
It is vital that sustainability of GLECA-funded community projects is ensured otherwise there is a likelihood of constructing community structures that cease to be of use when GLECA support is no longer available. A very effective way of mobilising funds to support maintenance of community projects is through development of project proposals targeting identified donor funds. The GLECA Community Partnership & Education Programme will assist the communities in preparing and marketing funding proposals to potential donor agencies with an aim of generating funds for maintaining the projects.
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the Community Partnership and Education Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and timebound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Objective 1: Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened
Action 1.1 Prepare interpretation materials targeting local communities game-viewing
Activity 1.1.1 Review the interpretation themes that illustrate the uniqueness of GLECA’s natural and cultural resource values GLECA Reports
Activity 1.1.2 Preparation of interpretation materials, targeting various age groups in the community GLECA Reports
Action 1.2 Promote the GLECA through the mass media, Internet, and organising and participating in both local and international conservation awareness events
Activity 1.2.1 Prepare articles on the GLECA and publish them in the local dailies GLECA Articles
Activity 1.2.2 Participate in local as well as international events such as World Environment Day, World Wetlands Day, and Agricultural Society of Kenya (ASK) shows, GLECA Participation
reports
Action 1.3 Support conservation education programmes in local schools
Activity 1.3.1 support WCK’s wildlife education activities in schools GLECA/WCK Reports
Activity 1.3.2 Organise conservation rallies, seminars and workshops for teachers GLECA/WCK Reports
Objective 2: Human-wildlife conflict reduced
Action 2.1 Strengthen and support GLECA-community consultation mechanisms
Activity 2.1.1 Establish community resource utilization conflict resolution committee to deal with biodiversity resource utilisation conflicts and natural resource use and development GLECA/NMK HR returns
Action 2.2 Build capacity of conservation Community Consultative Committees in project management
Activity 2.2.1 Train community project manager on operations and maintenance of any Reports
COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME
48
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4development project
Action 2.3 Construct and maintain wildlife barriers in areas prone to crop raiding
Activity 2.3.1 Create fences in specific area GLECA Security reports
Activity 2.3.2 Regular fence maintenance GLECA Security reports
Action 2.4 Establish an effective communication network to facilitate prompt reporting of human-wildlife conflict incidents
Activity 2.4.1 Establish a HWC mobile telephone hotline GLECA Security reports
Activity 2.4.2 Establish community game scouts and issue them with hand held walkie talkies GLECA Security reports
Objective 3: Opportunities for local communities to benefit from the GLECA improved
Action 3.1 Implement and support maintenance of social projects
Activity 3.1.1 Support many community projects in the area including construction of schools and other social facilities GLECA Reports
Action 3.2 Support communities in identification and exploitation of ecotourism opportunities
Activity 3.2.1 Involve local communities in tourism development GLECA Reports
Activity 3.2.2 Prioritise recruitment of tourism staff from local communities GLECA HR returns
Action 3.3 Promote sustainable production of Aloe products in GLECA
Activity 3.3.1 Support community members in establishing a sustainable Aloe farming enterprise GLECA Reports
Action 3.4 Support communities in preparation of proposals to seek donor funding
Activity 3.4.1 Assist the communities in preparing and marketing funding proposals GLECA Reports
Activity 3.4.2 Assist communities to identify potential donor agencies GLECA Reports
GLECA Operations Programme
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
50
Programme Purpose and Strategy
With increased tourism activity and enlarged conservation activity security of visitors and wildlife will require boosting. As such, efficient, effective and expansive security operations are particularly important in the GLECA, and are key to the successful implementation of various aspects of this plan; including, perhaps most importantly, the proposed expansion of tourism. In addition to effectively exploit the tourism potential at GLECA, appropriate tourism support infrastructure is essential. GLECA Management structures also need to be harmonised so that management programmes in this plan can be implemented harmoniously. The following paragraphs set out the guiding principles that will guide GLECA Management in the implementation of the Operations Programme and the achievement of the Programme Purpose. In implementing the GLECA’s Operations Programme, GLECA Management will strive to ensure that: Security presence is expanded across the GLECA Currently wildlife in GLECA gets substantial security only within the precincts of Soysambu. Once they wonder away into the settled areas of GLECA their chances of getting poached increase tremendously. Even within Soysambu, incidences of poaching have been reported despite intense security operations. Hence there is a need to design an improved security system for GLECA. Without a significant enhancement in security and the reduction in illegal activities throughout GLECA, wildlife populations are bound to decline, and tourism investment and use will not expand. Collaboration with key stakeholders is strengthened Covering just less than 100 km2, though not very large compared to many protected areas in Kenya, GLECA is a very complex area, with diverse uses and limited infrastructure in the area, presenting major challenges for security operations. Despite the significant expansion of management presence and improvement of security operation effectiveness outlined in this management programme, communication and collaboration with key stakeholders in and around the GLECA will remain essential to improve security responses, strengthen the deterrent against illegal activities in the area, and improve the overall effectiveness of security operations. Management is integrated and unified across the GLECA A fundamental premise of this management plan is that GLECA will be managed holistically as a unified and integrated single management unit. This approach will maximise the efficiency and effectiveness of the area’s administration and management, ensure the conservation of the area’s shared Exceptional Resource Values, and facilitate the development of tourism across the entire conservation area in an appropriate and compatible manner. As such, this programme will aim to ensure that agreements and mechanisms to enable the effective management of GLECA as an integrated and unified unit are put in place.
The Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area’s operational systems and structures are effectively and efficiently supporting the achievement of the GLECA purpose and the delivery of GLECA’s management programmes
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
51
Good communications and access Good communications and access throughout the entire GLECA is essential to support the effective and unified management of the area, enable GLECA managers to respond rapidly to specific issues as they arise (most notably issues relating to security and HWC), and to support the dispersal of tourism activities and investment and use across GLECA. As such, this programme will emphasise enhancement of communication systems in support of management activities as well as cooperation between GLECA Management and other stakeholders, such as tourism industry partners. In addition, improvements in infrastructure across the area will be planned and targeted to provide maximum support for the effective management of GLECA, and to support tourism development across the area. Sufficient and well-allocated human and financial resources Underpinning every management action designed to achieve each of the management objectives outlined in this management plan, and thus achieves the desired future condition of GLECA, is the staff that will be responsible for implementing them. The staffs not only require conducive working conditions and facilities, but also the necessary equipment and training to carry out their tasks. This plan will require adequate and relevant staff, and sufficient financial resources to support implementation of the management actions set out in this plan. These guiding principles are intended to guide the implementation of the Programme‘s four management objectives that, when taken together, achieve the Programme Purpose. These four objectives are: MO 1. Visitor security ensured MO 2. Security patrols enhanced MO 3. Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened MO 4. Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, financial and communications) to
support GLECA management and tourism development availed The following sections describe these management objectives and provide an outline of the management actions needed to achieve them. Under each management objective there is a brief description of the relevant management issues and opportunities, which provides the specific context and justification for the management actions. The final section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the GLECA Operations Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan.
Management Objectives
Objective 1: Visitor security ensured The desired future state of the GLECA is one where visitors feel safe and are actually safe in and around accommodation facilities in the GLECA. In order to achieve this objective, two management actions have been developed. These relate to: establishing a communication mechanism between the GLECA security section and tourist facilities in the GLECA, and liaising with the local police to enhance security at the tourist facilities throughout the GLECA. These actions are further elaborated below.
Action 1.1 Establish a communication mechanism between the GLECA Security Section and tourist accommodation facilities
Sustainable tourism development in the GLECA hinges very much on maintenance of a heightened state of security in the area. It is worth noting that because of a high level of security in Soysambu, not a single incident of attack on visitors has been reported, which has contributed to an increase in tourism in the
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
52
area. To maintain this status, security will be strengthened further by establishing a communication mechanism between the GLECA security officers and tourist facilities in the GLECA. In regard to this, a 24-hour security hotline (cell phone number) will be established to boost communication between GLECA management, the tourist facilities and the general public.
Action 1.2 Liaise with the local police to enhance security at tourist accommodation facilities
KWS is mandated to provide a safe environment for wildlife in the protected areas, but the security of tourist facilities and tourists falls under the ambit of the Kenya Police Force, particularly the Kenya Tourist Police. It is therefore essential that GLECA management liaises with the police to ensure that law and order is maintained at the tourist facilities given that these facilities will be employing many staff in future as tourism grows. Through this action therefore, GLECA management will liaise with the police to ensure that police officers are deployed at large tourist facilities in the area to maintain security.
Objective 2: Security patrols enhanced In GLECA as elsewhere in the country, bushmeat poaching is a major problem. Most of the poaching is carried out by Subsistence Poachers who happen to be members of the local community thus complicating further the security operations. As such, the future desired state this objective aims to achieve is one where security operations have been revamped to effectively address challenges posed by bushmeat poaching in GLECA and in adjacent areas. Towards this, three management actions relating to establishing and equipping existing and new patrol outposts; carrying out intense ground and aerial patrols have been developed; and establishing a robust intelligence gathering mechanism. These actions are elaborated below.
Action 2.1 Establish new patrol outposts and equip existing ones
Currently, GLECA security presence is mainly observable in Soysambu. This could be attributed to the fact that the other GLECA management units (Ututu and Lake Elmenteita) are not yet active. Once these management units are fully operational, new patrol outposts will be established. In addition the outposts in Soysambu will be strengthened. Hence, new outposts will be established in the Ututu area to prevent continued destruction of the environment in this area. These outposts will be assigned a patrol sector and it will be optimally staffed and provided with basic equipment such as binoculars, GPS and a vehicle, to facilitate ground patrols.
Action 2.2 Carry out intense ground and aerial patrols
The resource use conflict issues at GLECA are bushmeat poaching, honey harvesting, logging, illegal livestock grazing and charcoal burning. These are challenges likely to remain so during the life span of this plan, and unless security can be assured in these areas, tourism will not grow as planned. As a result, the expansion and intensification of security patrols to curb illegal activities over the entire GLECA is paramount during the implementation period of this plan. In order to combat illegal activities through deterrence means, aerial and ground patrols will be intensified within the GLECA. In addition, to further facilitate the patrols, an efficient patrol road network will be designed and constructed. The patrol teams will also be equipped with modern security equipment including Global Positioning Systems (GPS) to record spatial data on patrol routes and illegal activities encountered. This data will be used to continuously monitor patrol effectiveness and adapt as necessary.
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
53
Action 2.3 Establish a robust intelligence gathering mechanism
An effective wildlife security system should be complemented by a wildlife intelligence system that collects security related information, analyses it, and advises the wildlife authority on steps to be taken to counter various wildlife issues. Many wildlife-related crimes such as poaching for bushmeat can be effectively prevented using reliable intelligence information. A well dispersed intelligence network is essential to obtain advance warning of events and movements of individuals that pose a threat to wildlife or tourism security in the GLECA. Community members can be a vital source of intelligence information as criminals live and operate within the community. Hence, in order to enhance intelligence information gathering, an intelligence gathering system that incorporates the local community will be established at GLECA.
Objective 3: Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened The desired future state of GLECA is where its three core management sectors (Lake Elementaita, Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary and Ututu Conservation Area) are managed as a single ecological unit and conservation stakeholders have a forum through which they can participate effectively in the conservation efforts at the GLECA. This is expected to, among other things, secure a minimum viable conservation area for the conservation targets identified under the Ecological Management Programme, raise essential funds to support conservation efforts at the GLECA, and gain support for conservation from the administration at the provincial and district levels. In order to realise this objective, two management actions focusing on development of an MOU between KWS-Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy-Ututu Conservation Trust; and establishing a GLECA Management Advisory Committee (MAC) comprising all stakeholders with interest in the conservation of the GLECA have been developed. These are expounded upon in the following sections.
Action 3.1 Develop and implement an MoU agreement between KWS -Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy-Ututu Conservation Trust for the implementation of the GLECA management plan
Many of the principles underlying the development of a single management plan covering the entire GLECA involve close management collaboration and agreements on a number of key management issues. In particular, for long-term viability, it is important that the GLECA management units are conserved and managed as a single ecological unit. This necessitates a high level of institutional collaboration between KWS-Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy and Ututu Conservation Trust. As such, collaborative agreements between these three management authorities will be negotiated, agreed upon and implemented. These MoUs will spell out the obligations of each party in the management of the GLECA, what each party will provide resources for, and how they will participate in the implementation of this management plan. During the 10-year implementation period of this plan, the three parties will be meeting twice a year to review progress in the implementation of the plan.
Action 3.2 Establish a GLECA Management Advisory Committee(MAC) comprising all stakeholders with interest in the conservation of the GLECA
Collaboration between stakeholders who operate within the GLECA (such as tourism industry investors or operators and/or scientific researchers) and the area’s management is a key aspect of effective management. The importance of such collaboration is likely to increase as tourism use increases in the GLECA during the lifespan of this plan. The GLECA management planning process has greatly benefited from the input of other conservation stakeholders, particularly in the development of management programmes. To ensure that these programmes are implemented fully, it is important that stakeholders,
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
54
and especially professionals in the tourism sector, participate in the management of the GLECA. Stakeholders can participate in a wide range of activities including tourism promotion and marketing, supporting community projects, and ecological research. Considering that conservation is a very expensive venture, stakeholders can also help fundraise to supplement available finances. Under this management action therefore, a GLECA Management Advisory Committee (MAC) will be established comprising of key stakeholders in the GLECA. These will include KWS, Soysambu Conservancy, Ututu Trust, hoteliers, and other relevant conservation NGOs and CBOs working in GLECA. The role of this committee will be to promote and market GLECA in line with the management actions specified in the Tourism Management Programme, mobilize funds to implement management actions specified in this management plan, and to monitor plan implementation. The MAC, in particular, will oversee implementation of the activity plan and compliance with management prescriptions for each zone. This committee will primarily be private sector driven to give it the necessary impetus to succeed. But to avoid a situation where the MAC usurps the role of GLECA Management, GLECA managers will chair the Committee, and the roles of Secretary and Treasurer will be taken by the private sector.
Objective 4: Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, and finance) to support GLECA management and tourism development availed In an effort to achieve the GLECA purpose, adequate resources to support implementation of management programmes are critical. Administrative infrastructure such as roads, entry gates, signages, and boundary markings need to be provided. In addition, adequate staff and finances to implement this plan are required. As such, this management objective is designed to provide resources required to implement this plan effectively. The actions that have been developed to realise this objective are elaborated in the following sections.
Action 4.1 Deploy staff to manage GLECA
For effective management of GLECA, it is important that the collaborating bodies deploy adequate staff to manage the area. During the plan period, therefore, all the three competent authorities regarding GLECA will deploy optimal staff to manage their respective management sectors. The staff deployment will however be preceded by a staff requirement assessment that will be carried out jointly by the three parties.
Action 4.2 Prepare a road development plan
A road development plan for the GLECA does not exist and one is required before management embarks on construction of new roads. Consequently, a road development plan that takes into consideration the access requirements for tourist facilities and activities, and other administrative infrastructure, and which also gives due consideration to maintenance of environmental integrity, is necessary. Therefore, to ensure that the road network facilitates achievement of GLECA’s management objectives effectively, a well-justified road development plan will be developed in collaboration with the Ministry of Roads. Subsequent to the development of this plan, roads will be constructed as appropriate with priority being given to tourist circuits.
Action 4.3 Construct entry gates
It is envisaged that enhanced visitor management and investment in the GLECA will attract more visitors than are currently being hosted. Hence, in order to facilitate visitor entry into the GLECA, entry gates will be constructed at suitable sites that will be identified jointly by the three management authorities.
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
55
Action 4.4 Install signage throughout the GLECA
Directional road signage in the GLECA is limited and inadequate. Moreover, with construction of new roads, signage will be required. Consequently, GLECA management will, as appropriate, install directional and informational signages along roads and other tourism infrastructure in the GLECA.
Action 4.5 Demarcate GLECA boundaries
Increased degrading activities like livestock incursions, encroachment of agriculture, and illegal bushmeat poaching can partly be attributed to unclear and unmarked GLECA boundary. To remove this boundary ambiguity, and stem illegal activities in GLECA, the GLECA boundary will be demarcated, cleared and marked to inform people when they are crossing to GLECA.
Action 4.6 Prepare project proposals for funding
Stakeholders have played a major role in conservation of natural resources at GLECA. This stakeholder intervention has ensured that the biodiversity of the area is maintained despite the fact that this area is not legally protected. The Lake’s listing as a Ramsar Site and its possible designation as a world heritage site has contributed to increased stakeholder interest in the conservation of the area. To ensure that stakeholders continue to contribute to the conservation activities at the GLECA, and that the area’s international recognition is capitalised on, GLECA management will collaborate with other stakeholders to develop funding proposals to support conservation efforts at GLECA.
Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the GLECA Operations Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and timebound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-131 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Objective 1: Visitor security ensured
Action 1.1 Establish a communication mechanism between the GLECA Security Section and tourist accommodation facilities
Activity 1.1.1 Establish a 24-hour security hotline between the GLECA security officers and tourist facilities GLECA/KWS Security
reports
Action 1.2 Liaise with the local police to enhance security at tourist accommodation facilities
Activity 1.2.1 Establish a 24-hour security link between the GLECA security officers and local police GLECA/KWS Security
reports
Objective 2: Security patrols enhanced
Action 2.1 Establish new patrol outposts and equip existing ones
Activity 2.1.1 Establish new outposts in the Ututu area to prevent continued destruction of the environment in this area GLECA/KWS
Security
reports Activity 2.1.2 Equip the new outpost with binoculars, GPS and a vehicle, to facilitate ground patrols GLECA/KWS Equipment
reports
Action 2.2 Carry out intense ground and aerial patrols
Activity 2.2.1 Establish a small well equip elite patrol team that can contact intense patrols GLECA/KWS Security reports
Activity 2.2.2 Establish a rapid response team GLECA/KWS Security reports
Action 2.3 Establish a robust intelligence gathering mechanism
Activity 2.3.1 Liaise with KWS to establish an intelligence gathering mechanism GLECA/KWS Security reports
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
57
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-131 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Activity 2.3.1 Incorporate the local community in gathering intelligence GLECA/KWS Security
reports
Objective 3: Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened
Action 3.1 Develop and implement service contracts between KWS -Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy-Ututu Conservation Trust for the implementation of the GLECA management plan
GLECA/KWS Operations report
Activity 3.1.1 Develop 10 years service contracts with each main stakeholder specifying their contributions
GLECA/KWS/NMK Operations report
Action 3.2 Establish a GLECA Management Advisory Committee(MAC) comprising all stakeholders with interest in the conservation of the GLECA
Activity 3.2.1 Establish MAC Operations report
Objective 4: Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, and financial) to support GLECA management and tourism development availed
Action 4.1 Deploy staff to manage GLECA
Activity 4.1.1 Staff requirement assessment that is carried out jointly by the main three parties
GLECA/KWS/Soysambu HR Report
Activity 4.1.2 Staff deployment by the three main parties
GLECA/KWS/Soysambu HR Report
Action 4.2 Prepare a road development plan
Activity 4.2.1 Advertise bids for road design GLECA Advertisement
Activity 4.2.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids
Activity 4.2.3 Road construction begins GLECA Project reports
Action 4.3 Construct entry gates
GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME
58
Management Action and Activities Persons responsible
Timeframe
Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-131 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Activity 4.3.1 Advertise bids for gate design GLECA Advertisement
Activity 4.3.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids
Activity 4.3.3 Gate construction begins Project reports
Action 4.4 Install signage throughout the GLECA Activity 4.4.1 Advertise bids for identification of locations and design for areas that require signage GLECA Advertiseme
nt
Activity 4.4.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids
Activity 4.4.3 Signage construction begins GLECA Project reports
Action 4.5 Demarcate GLECA boundaries
Activity 4.5.1 Advertise bids for survey work GLECA Advertisement
Activity 4.5.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids
Activity 4.5.3 Survey work begins GLECA Project reports
Action 4.6 Prepare project proposals for funding
Activity 4.6.1 Advertise bids for proposal development GLECA Advertisement
Activity 4.6.2 Open tenders and award bids GLECA Bids
Activity 4.6.3 Proposal development begins using community development cycle (CPC) approach
GLECA Project reports
Plan Monitoring
The plan monitoring framework set out in the following tables has been designed to provide guidance for the assessment of the potential impacts, positive, and where appropriate negative, resulting from the implementation of each of the five management programmes. The framework sets out the desired impact of each programme’s objectives and any potential negative impacts that may occur. The framework also includes easily measurable and quantifiable indicators for assessing these impacts, and potential sources of the information needed. Monitoring the impacts of the plan implementation is a key aspect of the ultimate success of the plan and in informing adaptive management of the area, and as such ensuring that overall benefits from plan implementation are maximised, and that any negative impacts are appropriately mitigated.
Plan Annexes
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GREATER LAKE ELMENTAITA CONSERVATION AREA (GLECA) STAKEHOLDERS MEETING HELD AT ELMENTAITA LODGE ON 19TH SEPTEMBER 2006 Attendance
Name Organization 1. Mrs. K. Combes Soysambu Ranch (Co-Chairing) 2. Stephen Mwangi Flamingo Eco-tourism Self help Project 3. Tabitha Nyambura Flamingo Eco-tourism Self Help Project 4. Joseph Kairo Flamingo Eco-tourism Self Help Project 5. William Murai Ututu conservation Programme Trust 6. Mwangi Kabaria Ututu Conservation Programme Trust 7. Daniel M. Karanja Ututu Conservation Programme Trust 8. Renato Perlini Rosalu farm 9. James K. Njoroge Rosalu Farm 10. Moses Mungai Lake Elmentaita Lodge 11. Cllr. Mungai Nakuru County Council 12. Peter M. Kuria Nakuru County Council 13. Joseph Muya Lake Elmentaita Lodge 14. Charles O. Konyango Physical Planning Department – Rift Valley 15. Beatrice Mureithi Physical Planning department 16. Oddilliah Ndeti M. D.O- Gilgil 17. Kibos S.J. NEMA 18. Jeremiah Nyabuga NEMA 19. Naftaly M. Kio KWS HQs 20. Apollo Kariuki KWS Lake Nakuru National Park (Chair/facilitator) 21. Wellington Gathungu KWS District Warden – Naivasha 22. Jane Wambugu KWS Lake Nakuru National Park Absent with apology 1. Anne Kahihia KWS AD- Central Rift 2. Elema Hapicha KWS District Warden – Nakuru PARTICIPANTS FOR THE STAKEHOLDERS’ WORKSHOP HELD AT STEM HOTEL ON 15TH OCTOBER 2009 1. Daniel Muchina K. Kikopey (07253811835) 2. David Gitau Chege Ngorika (0722295822) 3. William Munai Ututu (0733842950) 4. Anthony Mwai Lake Elementaita Lodge (0724623498) 5. Peter W. Wainaina Mbaruk (0726485213) 6. Joseph Ole Kadonyo Lake Elementaita Lodge (0722572068) 7. George Njoroge Gilgil (0720 037211) 8. Sammy P.M. Watho Hope –Kariandusi (0721286575) 9. Charles K. Muthui Soysambu Conservancy 10. Kathryn Combes Soysambu Conservancy 11. Kate Jennings Soysambu Conservancy 12. Sunbird Lodge, P.O. Box 13932, Nakuru 13. Dr. Shadrack Muya JKUAT, 62000-00200 NRB 14. James G. Njogu KWS 15. Hosea Wanderi NMK 16 Wycliffe |Oloo NMK 17. Linda Mboya NMK 18. George Abungu OAHC
PLAN MONITORING
63
19. Joseph Kairo Lake Elementaita Eco-Project (0722 911935) 20 Janet wangu Ndungu MUW/SALT (0727175344) 21. George Wamwere Lake Elementaita MUW/SALT (690098) 22. Grace Mukundi Gilgil, Box 405 GILGIL 23. Alice Karanja Ngorika (0724 917155) 24. Ambrose N. Njagi Nakuru Wildlife Conservancy (0722496228) 25. Joseph Gathuru Mbira Kasambara Conservancy Group (0720812167) 26. Duncan Kamau Muthinji KAWRUA – Kikopy Ranch (0720251346) 27. Karago Kimani Michael Ngorika (0713080791 28. Damaris Njeri Njoroge Kariandusi (0711378707) 29. David Chege Keekopey (07279910410) 30. Joseph B. Ng’era Nakuru (0722466029) 31. Moses Mbuthia Mwaura Kariandusi (Karura) (0723223284) 32. Winfred Njoroge Kariandusi (Karura) – (0723223284) 33. David Chege OASIS CAMP (0733733848) 34. Charles G. Mwangi L. E. Ecotourism (0726590011) 35. Rahab J. Njengah Mabaruk (0728662862) 36. Enam Echakari Karura (0720209625) 37. Joseph Muya Lake E. Lodge (722729986) 38. Michele L. St. Mary’s Mission Hospital (0712292392) 39. Dominic wambua WRMA – Naivasha (0727112710) 40. Jackson Mwangi WRMA – Naivasha (0723259534) 41. Peter K. Njuguna Forest Nyandarua (0728492145) 42. John Njuguna Kiogururia (0724333334) 43. Lilian Nyathigi Ngigi Kiungururia (0729059090) 44. Mable Nyongego Nakuru County Council (0724921445) 45. Josephat M.Mburu Chief Ngorika Location (0720655490) 46. Amos M. Mulayiala Mbaruk (0735591233) 47. Joseph K. Mwangi Mbaruk Chief (07203888736) 48. Patrick Njoroge Kekopey Wild Management (0725735855) 49. Mwangi Kabaia Kekopey Wildlife Management (0722813409) 50. Nixon Kariuki Thuo Gilgil ELM Loge (0722659650) 51. Dorcas M. Maina Ministry of Agriculture – Gilgil (0723863684) 52. Wilfred Mwangi Ngorika (0721431678) 53. Benson W. Kanyarati Ngorika Area (0729933965) 54. Peter M. Kuria Ngorika (0721535334) 55. Charles Bwabi ADC Lanet (0722249325) 56. R. P. Rosau Rosau Farm (0733705092) 57. James K. Njoroge Rosau Farm (0733996239) 58. Samuel K. Rotich Kariandusi PHS P. O. Box 91 Gilgil 59. Simon W. Gatwiku KARI Lanet P.O. Box 3840 NAKURU 60. Robert Kibet KASS MEDIA GROUP 61. Benardette Jerotich KASS MEDIA GROUP 62. Douglas K. Waithuki Ngorika (0722144108) 63. Sarah Omusula Soysambu Conservancy Ltd, Private, Bag Nakuru 64. Michael Wandera KBC (0720047215 65 Jane Kazira NMK 66. Mary Njeri Maura Women Leader (0721406908) 67. Jihad El- Hassan (0737911007) 68. Nimo El- Hassan (0735176205) 69. Ann W. Kahihia KWS Central Rift [email protected] 70. Euphemia CAAC (0721818399) 72. John Kinyanjui D.I.O (0724304422 73. Sally Kibos NEMA – NAKURU (0724923679) 74. Joseph Wanjohi (0734273045) 75. Mary Wanjiku (0722958085)
A Summary of
THE KENYA NATIONALBIODIVERSITY STRATEGY
AND ACTION PLAN
Ministry of Environment&
Natural Resources
IMP 00015March 2000
CONTENTS
Forcxvord .............................................................................. (v)
Acrom ms ..................... 7.................................................. <.... (vii)
I. INTRODUCTION 1
2. BUILDING CONSENSUS 3
3. STATUS OF KENYA'S BIODIVERSITY 7
4. TIlE NATIONAL STRATEGY .............................................. 10
5. TIlE ACTION PLAN ...................................................... 31
The Kettya National Biodiverslty Strategy & Action Plan Forward (V)
FOREWORD
Kenya's biological resources are fundamental to her national economic pros-15erity as sources of food, fuel, wood, shelter, employment, and foreign ex-change earnings, especially through tourism. The plan to industrialise the 21st
century depend to a large extent on national biodiversity resources. Other im-portant benefits of biodiversity, include the maintenance of water cycles, regu-lation of climate, photosynthetic fixation, protection of soil, storage and cy-
eling of essential nutrients, as well as absorption and breakdown of pollutants.
Kenya's vision to maintaining a clean and healthy environment with abundant
biodiversity resources will be achieved through sensitisation andempowerement of communities through participatory management practicesand use of environmentally friendly techniques and technologies. Best prac-tices in biodiversity management will be integrated into national development
planning. An important consideration in the new management approach is theneed to sustainably utilize these resources, while ensuring that benefits fromthem are used to equitably improve social, cultu: al and economic well-beingof the people. This National Biodiversity Strateey and Action Plan (NBSAP)was developed to facilitate the achievement of the national ')ision and aspira-tions. It describes issues that threatene biodiversity and what needs to be done,how it would be done, and the time-frame ,a _tbin which it should be done.
Issues needing action include conservation within protected areas, arid and
semi-arid areas, forests, degraded ecosystems, threatened, and alien species,genetically modified organisms, indigenous systems and knowledge. Thisaction plan addresses other fundamental concerns of biodiversity managementsuch as agricultural biodiversity, incentive measures, research and training,
public education and awareness, impact assessment, access to genetic resources,institutional capacities and linkages, gender concerns, policy and legislation,poverty, biotechnology and other technologies, information exchange, techni-cal and scientific co-operation, and financial resources.
Hon. Francis Nyenze, EGH, MPMINISTER FOR ENVIRONMENT
ACRONYMS
ASAL Arid and Semi-Arid Lands
BDM Biodixersil.', Data ManagemcmCBD Comcntion on Biological Diversity
CBO C;omamailx Based OrganizationsCHM Clearing House MechanismCOP Conferenceof PartiesGEF Global Em,ironnlcnt FacilityGMO Genetically Modified OrganismIMCE later-Ministerial Committee on Enviromncnt
KAM Kcn_ a Association of ManulacturcrsKARl Ken_',a Agricultural Research InstitutcKEFRI Kcnxa Forcst_' Rcscarch InstituteKEMFRI Kcnxa Marinc and Fishcrics Rcscarch InsdtutcKWS Kcnya Wildlifc ScrviccMENR Minist% of Environmenl and Natural RcsourccsNBSAP National Biodi_crsity Stratcg', and Action PlanNCST National Cotmcil for Scicncc and TechnologyNEAP National Enviromncnl Action PlanN ES National Emimmncnt Secretariat
NGO Non-Go_ crnmcntal OrganizationN MK National Muscums of KcnyaUNCED Unitcd Nations Confcrcncc on Enviromncnt and DevelopmentUNEP Unitcd Nations Enviromncnt Programme
T&eKeAygN_tio#_dBio_versiO,Str_le_),&ActioAl'D4f Introduction ]
I. INTIIODUCTION
In response to the United Nations General Assembly Resolution No. 2393
(XXIII) of 1971, Kenya joined the world community in the search for a global approachto the protection of the environmem by participating in the first United NationsConference on Human Environment in Stockholm, Sweden, in June 1972. This
conference led to the birth of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP),
now headquartered in Nairobi.
Globally, the value oj'biodiversity as a key component of the environment
was recognized during the buildup to the United Nations Conference on Environmentand Development (UNCED) in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. During that occasion,Kenya endorsed and adopted Agenda 21, and also stgned the Convention on
Biological Diversity' (CBD). It ratified the CBD in 1994. The Rio Earth Summitwas a global meeting mandated to devise integrated strategies that would halt and
reverse the negative impact of human behaviour on the physical envirotnnent and
promote enviromnentally sustainable economic development in all countries.
Agenda 21,among other things, specifically calls for the development ofnational strategies for the conservation of biological diversity and the sustainable use
of biological resources. In fact, biodiversity-related activities feature throughout the40 chapters of the Agenda. Sustainable development is an integrated approach to
policy and decision making, in which environmental protection and long term economic
growth are seen not only as compatible,but also complementary and mutuallydependent.
TheKenya government founded the National Environment Secretariat (NES)
in 1974 as the lead environment agency to coordinate and oversee environmentalactivities in the country. Later on, itt 1994, NES founded the Interministerial
Committee on Environment (1MCE) which is a multi-sectoral and multi-disciplinaryteam with membership from the government, private sector, and NGOs. The [MCE
ismade up of sub-committees and the Biodiversity sub-committee is responsible forthe implementation of the (CBD). Since then, the country has wimessed a remarkable
2
7_e Kenl'a Vatu_nd Biodiver_i O' Strat_y & .laion t¥#n Introduction
rise ill environmental awareness as evidenced by the phenomenal growth of relevantinstitutional and sectoral activities.
A multi-disciplinary and multisectoral Task Force was established in 1996to ftmction as a broad-based consultative and advisory group to steer the development
of a National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP).The Project PlanningTeam was appointed in 1997 to coordinate and execute the undertaking.
The overall objective of the NBSAP is to address the national andinternational undertakings elaborated bt Article 6 of the Convention. It is a national
framework of action for the implementation of the Convention to ensure that thepresent rate. of biodiversily loss is reversed, and that present levels of biologicalresources are maintained at sustainable levels for posterity.
1;_e Kenya :%'_ion_d t_iodlverslty S4ra_teg),& Action Plan Building Consensus 3
2. BUILDING CONSENSUS
Approach
Kcn3a's slralcgic approach Io thc i)loccss o£dcxclopmg thc NBSAP rccogmzcd:
· That the count Fy does not have one integrated nationalstrategy and action iAan tor biodiversity, and indeed thiswas the raison d'etre for developing the NBSAP. Rather,
we have a number of sectoral strategies ami programmeslhal normally operate hldependent[y of one mqother, whilenot necessarily addrcssing or respomling to a clearly setlist of national priorities. Due to the lack of rely nodalnational reporting, it is difficult to assess the status mhdimpact of these sectorai strategies.
· That il is important to create a sense of national ownershipthrough Ihe adoplioll orlogical, ol_jcclivc, inleraclive andparlicipalory met hodolc_gies.
· That in order to meet international requirements, it is
essential lhal the process be guided as much as possible,by the principles already established by Agenda 121 andthe Convention, and by the vm'ious publications and
guidelines fi'om the relevant UN and other specializedorganizatimls.
(hdding I¥i. ciph. s
Indcxcloping Ibis naliona} Stl-aicgxand aclion plan ForIbc COllSOrx,ation and sustamablcutilization of Kcn_,a's biodix crsib, thc follm_mg prmcil)lCS xxcrcconstanlb rclicd onas a guidc lo sclcclmg our options and actions:
· Tile ph', sical cnxironmcal (soil.xxatcr,air) and thc Iixlng olgalliSlnS (plants_animals and microbcs) conslilulc thc lbundation upon xdlich our
4 ?'he Kenya National Biodiversi O' StraZeg), & Action I;taw Building Cofisefisus
agriculturc and I_x)dsccurib arc bascdThc conscr_ ation and suslamablculilizalion of biodixcrsit5 must Ihcrclbrc go hand ill hand xxith thcconscrxation of lhcsc fundanmnlal rcsourccs.
· Thc conscrx ation and sustainablc utilization of Ken:,a's bio(Iixcrsil) is
kc) Io improxmg agrictdtural i:,rodtmti',il5 and sustailmbilit 5, Ihcrcb5contributing Io national dcxclopmcnt. I'ood sccurits, po_crt5alit'clarion.and thc fi_ir and cquitablc sharing of benefits arising
· Thc single n]aior thrcal to our biodixcrsit5 rcsourccs to(la.', is gcncliccrosion, x,,hich is mainl 5 brought about b5 encroachments on natural
xcgctation for sctdcmcnt and agricolturc It is xital to anlicipale, prcxChiand atlack at source thc causcs of significant reduction or loss of
biodixcrsits.
· Our biodivcrsity is best conscr,_cd itT-._Jlu,bul '_xcnltlSl incrcasc ourcapacib for ex-xint conscr_ation Wc arc fall', conscious of thc mlrmsic_aluc of our biological dixcrsil5 and ils ccological, social, economic.scicnlilic, educational, cultural and acsthctic imporlancc
· Conscr_ ation goals arc bcsl achicxcd Ihrough ccosFstcn] approaches.
parlicularI> ns managcd b} local communilics _xhoha_c nscd Iradilionaln)clhods 1oStlStamabl5 nmnagc ccosystcms for gcncralions
· Sound national policics and Icgislalion. such as thc Nalional Biosal_l 5
Fran]cu ork_ prox idc Iht foundalion (hr successful aalional programmcsm conscr_ ation and sustainable utilization of bi_livcrsily.
· Thc NBSAP is a coherent framcxxork for acti_itics in the field ofconscrvalion and sustamablc ulilization o(' biodi_crsils. II should
contribotc to crcaling s) ncrgics among on-going acti_ itics as ,,veil as thccmcicnl USC Of rcsottrccs.Thc utn]ost importancc of long-term nalional
commim}cnts Io intcgratcd national biodivcrsil.', plans and programmcs.and for indisl_nsablc national.rcgional and intcrnalional cooperation.isrccognizcd
· Utilization o1'Ken) a's bi(v,lixcrsit3 should be transparcnt, cquitablc, andcllicicnt
1_e A'ent.aN_*,_d I_vers_, ._',a'egy & A_Lon PI_ Building Consensus 5
National 17slot1
KCill 'a _ noliol?aJ 'ClMon i._ Ill,ti Iheiv itl//he ct/1ecl/Ih), eilvlrolznlc/?l /_l'ol,i(tll?t_ tiff iii1(Io111
hioJiver._il)' lUXOln'Ce._om/enxttrfi?q [ood.'.CCln'i/3'/bt IIict_eopJc ()Hr htod/ver_il 3'i'cXotlrc'c,xwill he ._u,_loi/?c#_(_c'otlsc,rvc,d enzcJltlilized b.l'se/?wlizcJ clnclc1117ollcl'cJ
colnmltnitie,_ I/llvm,t_hllclrticip[liorv inano,t_unlcntiirczcliccx. [tnd Ihc a/_plic[tiio/z o/inoderl? and it?dJt_enou.¥[_.'chllo/o_ics. 1J£'31 I)l'oclicc._ i/_ /_Jod/vcr_ily ('on.wrv_lUrlllwill he itllegraled into naliollal dc,velojml¢lll lllcnnffng,aml ifi/'Oli,t_/1,qood,_o;vlvlut?c'¢.Ihelv wiJl be suxloillohl¢ txfilizafion cnld eqltitahJe .sJlorill,_q/'bclTt'/il.s,c11._1o'111_inlt_roved vociol, cllJlln'Clland economic Mttlusqf lhe i_eoFJc.fi)rj*oslci-i(t:
Natio,al Goals
The national goals, as ,.'.ell as the specific objecd,.cs, ,.',crc scl b3 a broad rangc ofstakeholders In thc shorl term. Ken'2,a ,,',ill ha_e:
· An enabling policy, legislative and constitutional cn',ironment Ibr thcconscr,,atioa and sustamablc utilization of biodi,.crslb
· Informed and cmpov,crcd coJnmunilics I'ally in:olxcd m sustainableutilization and conscn alion o£ biodixcrsit)
· Complctcd surxc_xs, iaxcntorics, and documentation o[' nationalbiodix crsiLx resources
In thc long term, KcllX a will have:
· Adopted best practices in biodiversity mmlagement andconservation.
· Realized the benefits of sustainable utilization of
biodiversity resources, and as a result.
· Improved living standards of the people.
(;enerttl objectives
Thc gencral national objcctivcs arc basicalb thc ox crall otzicctixes of thc Conx carton:
6 TheKenyaNationMBiodi_e:sltyStealer,& ActionPlan BuildingConsensus
· 'lb conscr_c Kcn) a's biodkcrsilx.
· 'lo sustainabl) usc ils componcnts
· ']o {'airl', and cquilabl.', share Iht bcncliis m-ismg fi-on} ulilizalion orbiodkcrsil> rcsourccs among all stakchoklcrs
· 1'o cnhancc Icchnical and scientific coopcralion nalionall:, andinlcrnationaliy, inchlding Ibc exchange oJ' infornialion, in stq)l:,Orl oJ'biodixcrsit 3 conscrx alton.
,%,_,_lk' ,hj,,_'ti,,e_
Kcn3 a's spccific or immcdiatc o/_icclk cs arc:
· To undertake immediate biodiversity assessment measuresthat are a necessary pre-requisile for Ihe implementalionof the national strategy m_d action plan.
· To act on the decisions of'the Conferences of Parties tothe Convenlion.
· To gather, consolidale, and disseminate biodiversilyinformalion.
· To create all enabling legal and policy environmenl l_)rI)iodivcrsil.y collserva[ ion.
· To strengthen inslilulionat and community capacily forsustainable conservation of biodiversily, including the safeutilization of biotechnology.
· To conserve agricultural hiodiversily through increasedsupport to loca_ communities in the production andsustainable utilization of iarligenous and/or traditionalspecies for food and other uses.
· To incorporate biodiversity conservation _m(1 sustainableutilization of biodiversity resources into nationaldevelopment planning.
· To alleviale the social, cultural and economic impedimentsto hiodiversily conservation and the sustainable utilizationof ils resourees.
TheKeny(t ¥_n(d Biodivtrsit),Str(Ue)3'&Ict. JnPlan Status of Kenya's Bi(diversity 7
3. STATUS OF KENYA'SBIODIVERSITY
The country's biological resources are diverse, with an estimated35,000 known species of animals, plants and micro-organisms.As Kenya gears itself towards industrial development, theimportance of its biological resom'ces cannot be overemphasized.
Whether in the provision of food, indush'ial inputs, pulpwoo(I,firewood, construction materials, medicines, ecosystemfunctions, or aesthetk:s, the conservation and sustainable
utilization of biodiversity is a key factor in the country's statedgoal of industrializing early in this century. These resourcesform the basic source of livelihood for the country's population
especially in view of the fact that about 80% of the count .ry'spopulation directly or indirectly relies on biodiversity forsurvival. Further, ibc developing in(luslrial sectors in lhecountry, ranging from agra-based in(tustries to serviceindustries such as tourism, relies on the same resources.
There is cotisiderable t)olitieol tuill to conserve ncllional biodiuersityresolll'¢.es, as attested I)!J lite .(Jouerttttletll '.%comnfitmeltt tofi_(/_llin.(Ithe l)rovisions of the Com;ention and other t'elated conventions,treaties a/rd protocols. The baseline investment in sustaittableconservation that the country has undetlaken itt wildlife,.[_)t_,sts.agriculture, national waters and other biodiuersit.tj /*sourcesmanagement is further testimony to this.
The management of Kenya's biodiversity resources is
characterized by some weaknesses. More often than not, peopleare unable to make informed decisions regarding biodiversilymanagement as they lack adequate information on the nonconsumptive values of thc resources. While dire. et use wdut.'s
are well understood, the same may not apply for indirect uscvalues (ecosystem functions, maintaining water cycles,
8 The Kenya '.'l=ional I_,,_versiO' SW_eI_v& Act_mFI_ Status of Kenya's Biodivers_
regulation of clirnale, photosynthetic fixation of solar energy,production and protection of soil, storage and cycling of essentialnutrients, absorption and breakdown of pollutantsj.
Infi-astructure is inadequate to enhance better utilization antimanagement of biodiversily. As a result, the tourism sectorhas declined marginally over the last ten years, although it stillremains a key foreign exchange earner. The overall devek)pmeni
of local and international markets for bio(liversily products hasalso nol been satisfactmy.
Limited access to biodiversity data and information is also auJeakness, although a considerable volume of biodiversity datais generated by national attd recjional institutiotm. Low levels ofadoption of nezv technologies, including biotechnology, &avetended to undermine the application of optimal productiontechniques in the supply of consumptive materials, furtheraggravating demand for biodiversity products.
The opportunities the counlry has for improving the people'sliving conditions using biodiversity resources are many -
tourism, promotion and use of high nuh'ition indigenous lbods,application of biotechnology, and !he development of medicinalproducts for health and commercial purposes. The counlry also
possesses a wide diversity of indigenous knowledge, innovationsand practices that can be harnessed for sustainable utilizationand conservation of biodiversity. Kenya also has opportunitiesto utilize economic incentives to enhance management of itsbiodiversity resources. There is potential to enhanceinternational trade associated with local'biodiversity products,including patent rights of indigenous technologies of suchproducts as wood carvings and woven baskets, which might bepotential income earners for the country.
A lot of plant at_d animal species are being overexploitedforfood,medicine, Jilel and other commercial puoposes, resulting ill
Tike It_enya ,Vatlonol Biodiverslty Strt_teg), & Acti_,n Plan Status of Kenya's Biodiversity C)
widespread genetic erosion. Some rare species outside protecte_areas are threatened. Other significant thre¢lts identiJ_'ed includ¢
the adverse effects of poverty attd ovetl)opulation, tire effects qlclimate change, insecut_t.q, pollution of aquutie habitats, andu n regulated bioprospecting.
The Environmenlal Management and Coordination Law is the
legislative cornerstone of Kenya's efforts to conserve andsustainably utilize its biodiversity. In addition to this all-encompassing legal package are sectoraI laws covering theprincipal sectors in l)iodiversity. Biodivcrsily conservation
management has many key players, including governmentdepartments, research institutions, parastatals, national andinternational NGOs, local authorities and communities.
However, the roles and degree of involvement vary, and areinteractive, across many thematic sectors.
The Ministry of Environment and Natural l?esoarces (MENI?) ispresently charged with the responsibility of coordinating allenvironmental matters in the country. The ministt?j,through IVES,
is also designc_ted as the National Focal Point on matters t)ertainingto the implementation of the Convene'on as well as for the GlobalEnvironment Facility (CLEF].
Kenya's current GEF project portfolio consists of one national
project (the Tana River Primate National Reserve Project) andtwo regional projects (the Lake Vicloria EnvironmentManagemenl Project and the East African Cross-BorderBiodiversity Project). A new GEF regional project proposal is
under development to address the sustainable use of biodiversityin the Gregorian Rift Valley Lakes. New national project conceptpapers on coastal remnant forest biodiversity and foragebiodiversity have been fm_,arded Ia Ihc national focal poinl E_rfurther action.
lO ?'keKenl'a_ation_dBimliversiO',¥tr_#egJ'& lctl.nl*lan The National Strategy
4. TIlE NATIONAL STRATEGY
Since attaining independence. Kenya recognized the importance of conservingher biological resources The Sessional Paper No 10 of Ig65 on Afl'roan
Socialism attests to this concern, hi the recent past, national master plans forforestry, water, and tourism have been developed Likewise. action plans forenvironment, biodiversily data management, poverty eradication anddesertification and drought have been prepared. In addition, Kenya isimplementing the Convention, having completed the NEAP. the Countw Studyand tile First National Report lo the COl'. There are efforts to implement tileGlobal Plan of Action for the conservation and sustainable utilization of plant
genetic resources Ibr food and agriculture. Indeed Kenya has ratified most ofthe international treaties, conventions, agreements and protocols related toenvironmental protection and tile conservation of natural resources, Includedhere are the Ramsar, Law of the Sea, Framework to Combat Deserlification.
Conservation of MigratoJy Species of Wikt Animals, tile Protection of tileWorld Cullural and Natural Heritage. the Montreal Protocol, and tile Afl'roanConvention on tile Conservation or Nature and Natural Resources All these
concerns are geared towards addressing the country's key components ofbiodiversity conservation.
Ibc national slrtllCg? itlt'lll!JiCS gOtT/,'/_llld ohjcctircs alld tllltt/l'Zt'X Ibc gallsbCItlCCll t'lll'rc/ll rca/iLl, am/ thc tl.VIJl'tliiOllS cs/)OllSCd ill Ibc goals tllld
o[¥ccliYcx. /I [)lt'SCIllS i.`/sttc,s alld Xll'afc_ics I/Iai ilct'd It) bt' IIIIdl'l'ltt_CIl ill
Ol'dt'l' It) IllJti,t_tlfC ll,_l#llSl I/If ClIITCIll IbrcttL¥ Io [_iodivurxify. 71to ,','I/'iltc/,._'
adtbv.`/scs erich articlc o] lhc ( 5)re'crt/roi7,D'slcmatica/[3: stalin t_.'bat/leedsto be th)nc, alld bow Ibis ._bo.hl be *bmc.
4. 1.1 hlstlttttional capacities and/itlkrtges
The restitutions involved m biodiversity conservation should have adequatehcililies for research, reformation storage, and retrieval There is need to
establish networks between government departments, NGO's, the private sectorand other stakeholders for enhanced coordination ofbiodiversity conservation.
The Kenra %'ational Hiodi_ersiO* ,_tratcg,l' · Irt Jori I_/cJrt The National Strategy
In order lo achieve Ibis, tile following strategies should be implenlenled:
_/ Capacity building should target the Jaw enforcement agencies0ncludmg tile pohce, judiciary, adnmlistlation, and other regulatowagencies) in order to enhance and streamline in_plemenlation andenforcement of' enviromnental policies and legislation for tileprotection of biodiversity in particular, and the environment mgeneral
'4 Provide scientific equipment and related infrastructure to
biodiversity restitutions to enable them effectively carry outresearch
_/ Strengthen institutional systems and capacities for collaboration,
and establish linkages and networks to improve coordination,gatllering and exchange of reformation, research and development,and tile management of resources.
4.1.2 (;emler co. cerns
'File Kenya government does not discmnmate on the basis o[`gender, but alpractice, gender inlbalances do exist m biodiversity management and m theutilization ofnational resources I,and is perhaps tile countly's most importantnatural resource Gender inequality is reflected m the women's Imlited access
to land ownership and means of production Ahhough Kenya's statutory lawsdo not prevent women from owning land, women still do face numerous
difficulties m trying to own land. This is partly because conununal propertytends to be held m trust by male members ofthe family.
The NBSAP proposes the following strategies to overcome the apparent lackof gender equity in biodiversity management:
Develop progranrmes on gender concerns, fbcusing on roles,responsibilities and rigbts m order to overcome imbabnces ingender considerations.
12 The Ken),uNtttional Iliodivers_.,.Strate_r & lction Plan The National Strat_y
x/ Facilitate gender analysis, participation, and affirmative action m
biodiversity managemenl Ihrough gender-sensilive legislation
Promote gender awareness and involvement in all biodiversilyprogrammes and projects.
Recognize and support gender aggregation, including youth andtheir contribution to sustainable resource conservation and use of
indigenous systems for conservation of biodiversity
4. 1.3 Po/icl' a.d legi,_httion
The 1997-2001 National Development I:'lanrecognizes the underlying causesof environmental degradation It observes that environmental management
tools, including laws relating to the management of internationally sharedresources, cross-border issues, environmental ecooomics m_daccotmting and
environmental impact assessments, have not been adequately developed foreffective environmental management
Ibc I_rcvio.s/)' Cxislillg SCCIOI'tl! hi'w,Y OIl ('lll'il'O/llllelll /It?l'£' IlOI hCCll adCqllait'/J'
Ctl/Ol'c'Cd h)' I/lC _l.I/IOl'iZcd ill. SlillllJOn,¥ thio lO ti n'idc I'ttll_(! _?/ bottk'llCt']{S
Hon'cvct: it is CXlWciedthai thc t'cccnl[),uiuwlcd l:'nvir_tt.te.tal g4atutgc.tcntalld ();Olzlittaliott Law n'i/I rclllOVCthese bolllcncc,_s, all*l fha! i/ n'i]/betq[]c'clil'co' eq/brccd
The tbllowmg strategies should address current pressing issues of biodiversitypolicy and legislation:
x/ Include the conservation and sustainable utilization of Kenya's
biodiversity as one of the pillars of the Constitution of Kenya.
x/ l!nact new legislation to specifically address sustainable wildlifemanagement and equitable sharing of benefits for localcommtmities
sap!ummuo_luapuadap-_!s.laA!po!quaAlJaAodjosl_a_aat/}
ptmXluaaodpeaJdsap?aOtltamlpaJalpasodoJdaJ_sa!,2ale.lls,%mOllOJatLl'
'sluauodtuo_.,q!s.laa!po!qaql,_u!s!p_doa!'lnoql!MKl!Jadsoldptm
IC^!aJnsJoJsueattlat0ap!aoJd1milsaa!_e!l!u!uall!nqmuspootl!la^!lalq_u!ulsnS
7_.3.vvaqq_o
,Qqi_tlO._'l_;)dOqtlO:)'_'.¥0[.('/I.S'./,My_(;fqh';Lgllpll!.('llO,_.ly_tlO!l.91_UIHIIIII],9.tat/At
'.¥O.S'IIDDOIDIII!.¥O.ItI,QIIO'lO,l,)//ZlO.¥,_ldgltlIV'_]lU_B'ltl,gttldCq,9,tiy)lDUO!lDtlS'D
Favx,_.q_l,_.QlltJ_tl!llDattl;)q,QUOtll)oI_IID'.v.¥o/;O!s'.lp,_!]9o!q/(_._'aS'IID.OOIDIII!IIII
9tjjaID¥91t.¥._?A).Ii)A(_d])lIDuo!lD]ltlkjdIDql]_;)Z!IIB'0.9,9.I,)qI5'lltlll!:/,_AD,ItO/J
'S0311anl)agtl03alquj!sapunu!pallnsaj_tI]LIOLLItlOJ!AUOOq|ql!^nUO!lgl_Jalll!OSOIIPA_/{]JaAOdlUOlS!sJadXqpa!ul_dttio*_e
uo!lUlndod_u!s_oJ:_u}apn[atl!stualqoJdluatudOlaAapaau!poului!S_XUO_
'o!lo!aOllO,O.la,tOd1-'I't'
'tuaql13aloJdIBI[Iuoqels!,%Ipu_sa!a!loduatll,2uaJlsptm
dolaAapptm'spoo_Xl!sJa^!po!q:)!lqndaz!Joluaau!ptmXj!luapl
sa,mosoJXl!sJaa!po!qJ!aqljo
lllatlla_L>tlUtl[Iptmd!qsJatl/O-Oal!nbguo1SaO!tlrlllltuO_)lU*Olalquu]p
sJOllllUJJoSltl_!Jmilaz!u,':to:_aJptmXj!luapl
slau_ouu!Judujoslq_!lot{lluno:_:>ualu!o_ulII!mtl:_!tl_XXa!lod
sptmlla_ualulntmoJpuuso!a!lod,2u!ls!xoOZ!UOLU.mt IpU_OS!AOXdp.
'UOtUO_Xqd!t{sJou^xopuuIalssa*au01qm[nba_u!lul!l!*l_j
josa!l!lupotuatpou_jopo!.;apJoti!_ptmI[_untutuo3all:_adsa_
tl)!_,<l.mlnmlmd'satut,2aJX._!lodpuc_auIptmIleL]O!IUU_aa!^o/tp,
[[,_fi,_leilsleUO!ieNoN/Unhluo_;.q_.(_a_,_t,S- ,f_._aafpo?_//v_o_,_,S,'I_,(_a.¥ail
J 4 The K_t[j'a :¥_nal/_iodiu_r$i O' ,_trtlt_l' & (ctJon PIo/_ The National Strategy
_/ hnplement tile National Poverly Eradication Progranuneconqxments thai relate to the utilization of biological resources.
_/ Create adequate employment opportunities by diversifyinglivelihoods, increasing domestic investments and savings to levelssufficient to support the desired rates of economic growth
_/ Initiate and diversify income generation activities by increasing
agricultural production of indigenous/traditional crol)S, and
providing credit access to rural traditional farmers.
_/ Strengthen national programmes revolved m population control
programmes so that they may achieve sustainable populationgrowth rates.
4.2 Identification and Monitoring
The identification ofspecies ealdecosystems itl Kenya is incomplete. Similarly,tile monitoring of biological components of biodiversity is inadequate. The
following strategy should be implemented to improve tile situation:
x/ Implement tile Biodiversily Data Management fBI)M) report
_/ Strengthen and harmonize tile systems for accumulating,processing, storing and retrieving data.
Set up sustainable monitoring plmls with clear objectives andidentity, indicators for assessing progress.
l'Je Ken)vi '_etb,n.I Bi,.llver_ily ._tr.tegr ,_ h'ti,,. I'1.. The National Strategy ] 5
4.3 I.-situ Co.servatio.
4.3. I I47thhtprotected areas
Kenya has designated several areas as ilnpoltant fbr conservation pta posesThese include National Parks, Reserves, Wildlife sanctuaries, National
Motmments, Biosphere reserves, World Heritage and Ramsar sites
The nram issues il1tile management of protected areas mcJude weaknesses illpolicy and regulatory mechanisms, institutional arrangements to effectivelycollaborate and network, inadequate financial resources, and declining earningsfrom the tourism sector, In addition, there are gaps m biodiversity researchwhich require urgent attention Efforts are also required to involve localcommunities m wildlife mmlagement, and mrprove marketing strategies for
wildlife mid related resources. Finally, disaster preparedness mechanisms forthe protected areas need to be improved and harmonized In order to addressthese issues, tile following strategies should be implemented:
_/ Support bottom-up, participatory and consultative processesrevolving all stakeholders.
Strengthen tile capacity of tile Ke,ya Wildlife Service, as wet/aslinkages with other institutions.
_/ Develop and maintain mli'aslructure m protected and adjacentareas in order to Facilitate communication and effective
management
x/ Strengthen tile marketing of wildlife tourisnr while developing
modalities of sharing benefits accruing from these activities
Assist local conmmnilies to develop environmentally fi'iendlyincome generating projects
16 7'he K¢nya :¥_ional I_o_vcr_i_' Str_',zS.I& -lcti_n I"hm The National Strategy
_t Promote and sustain security in protected areas.
Develop and implement a disaster preparedness and early warningsystem to catastrophes in protected areas.
4.3.2 Outside protected area_
It is important to protect sites of high biological diversity outside the protected
area system because they may be habitats for unique endemics. AItematively,they may be reservoirs for species threatened elsewhere, wild relatives ofdomesticated species, or seasonal habitats and/or staging grounds for migratoryspecies. Buffer zones between protected areas and areas of human settlement
are also zones of potential conflicts of interest, particularly with regard to lossof human life, farm crops, and other property. It is therefore importf_t tosustainably conserve biodiversity while safeguarding these other societalinterests. In order for this to be achieved, the following strategies should be
implemented:
_/ Promote conservation and sustainable utilization of biodiversityoutside protected areas, including highland grasslands and palmsavannah
_/ Develop strategies for mlprotected areas, and institute conflict
resolution mechanisms to deal with potential conflicts of interest.
4.3.3 Protection of ecosystems attd natural habitats.
(a) Aquatic and wetland ecosystems.
The major problems associated with Kenya's aquatic and wetland ecosystemsinclude the discharge of high volumes of pollutants into aquatic systems, and
the inadequate control and hence unsustainable utilization of aquatic andassociated wetland resources such as fisheries, mangroves, papyrus, and coralreefs. Another key problem is the unplanned and uncontrolled diversion of
The A'e.)_ National I_odi.ersl O, Strategy _i Action Pltm The National Strategy ] '7
waler resources upstreanl with no adequate compensation flow dowastreamto sustain ecological processes
Tile following strategies should be implemented:
x/ Reduce tile levels olFpollutants entering the aquatic systems bysensitizing tile industrial sector oil the imminent adverse effectsand strengtbening institutional mechmfisms for monitoring andenforcement.
_/ Promote proper utilization of all aquatic resources (marine andfresh water) and the associated wetlands through creating publicawareness on suslainable resource use practices.
_/ Restore degraded aqualic habitats rind create more protected areasespecially m inland ecosystems.
X/ Enhance proper utilization of water resources upstream byenforcing environmental impac! assessment studies before anywater related development activities are undertaken.
(b) Arid'and semi-arid lands (ASAL)
Kenya's land surface area is largely arid or semi-arid, and is characterized byerratic rainfalls, droughts, soil erosion, and a myriad of ecological disasters
which are largely climatic and topographical. Nevertheless, ASAL are extremelyvaluable for their biodiversity resources which include livestock, agricultural
crops, wildlife, and valuable wild plantsJn order to adequately address theconservation and sustainable utilization of ASAL biodiversity, the followingstrategies are recommended:
x/ Assess tile status of, and inventorize ASAL biodiversity, and
1 _ The Kenya NationM Biodiversil), Ntrategj'& Action IYan The National Strategy
develop appropriate policies for their sustainable utilization andconservation
x/ Develop well-targeted programmes ill research and technology tofacilitate conservation and use while safeguarding local intellectualproperty rights.
_t Implement the National Water Master Plan as well as tile nationalprogrammes oil drought mid desertification.
x/ Review and update the agricultural and livestock productionpolicies and programmes to ensure their sustainability and
compatibility with biodiversity conservation.
hnprove and maintain security in order to facilitate biodivemityconservation and bioprospecting.
.(c) Foresls
Forests, which cover only 2.4% of the country's land surface, are currently
being lost at an estimated rate of 5,000 ha per annum. The current threats toforests include loss through encroachment by local communities,overexploitation by commercial loggers, and generalized unsustainableharvesting of various biodiversity products. 1'o overcome these problems, thefollowing measures are proposed:
',_ Harmonize and rationalize policies and legislation on forestresources to ensure that forests are sustainabily utilized, conserved
and protected
x/ Stop further degazettement and excision of forest land and repealrepugnant legislation that allows natural forest excisions throughthe Forests Act review process.
The Kenya Notional Biodiversi O, Ntrmegr & It_ion Plan The National Strate_ly 19
_l Support communities and private land-owners to initiate andimplement forest rehabilitationprogrammes.
_/ Treat forest conservation and economic development as integralaspects of sustainable development.
'4 Estimate the full value of standing forest resources in terms ofbiodiversily value, watershed protection, influence on climate,cultural and aesthetic value as well as actual genetic value indevelopment planning.
'4 Divei'sifyand optimize energysourcesby exploringand promotingalternativeenergy sources;e.g. solar,biogas,hydro-electricpower,wind, agricultural and forest residues, and geotbermal sources.Optimize the use of energy by exploring and promoting the useofenergy -saving devices, e.g. ceramic linedfiko cookers.
'4 Integrate and improve the management of forest resources byregulating access to forests and promoting benefit sharing,promotingthe re-use and recyclingof forestresources, encouragingthe use of forest resources for ecotourism, and drawing upmanagement plans for each forest area.
'4 Enforce the Code of Anti-corruption in the timber industrysignedby the Timber Merchants Association and the SawmillersAssociation through the Kenya Association of Manufacturers(KAM),
'4 Implement the KenyaForestry Master Plan.
(d) Other ecosystems
I. Open highland grasslands in highpotential areas shelter endemic birds anddiverse plants. However, they are being rapidly lost because of convemion
20 The Kes_ro National tiiodiversiiT,,Sttateg.v & A _ion Hah The Natio_at Slgategy
to agriculture. Highland grasslandsandpalmsavannaat thecoast aremajorecosystems which are not represented in protected areas. The followingmeasures are proposed for their conservation:
_/ Mobilize local communities to set aside and protect areas ofhighland grassland and palm savanna.
Establish protected areas to cover all threatened ecosystems illKenya, and establish their rates of degradation.
_/ Increase knowledge and awareness of these habitats among localcommunities, decision-makers, and the general public.
2. Seasonal wetlands are extraordinarily rich in biodiversity. Yet they are usuallyover[ooked a0d ignored because of their seasonal nature. The followingmeasures should be taken for their protection:
Enhance knowledge about, and awareness of seasonal wetlands
among local communities, decision-makers, and the general public.
_/ Inventory seasonal wetlands in each district.
X/ Take seasonal wetlands into consideration when buiklmg roadsand other infrastructure.
(e) Rehabilitation of degraded ecosystems and recovery of tlmeatenedspecies.
There are many examples of degraded ecosystems in Kenya, which may behome to endangered, rare, and threatened species. The following: trategiesare proposed for restoration and rehabilitation:
Tke Kenya Ntt_iontd I_dlv_b_l, Str_egy _ Action Plan The National Strategy 21
",/ Identify degraded ecosystems and their rate of degradation,biodiversity hot spots, and threatened species
",/ Develop and implement ecosystem restoration and rehabilitation
progranlmes.
_/ Draw management plmls for the degraded ecosystems
_/ Suppmt communities and private landowners to initiate and
implement ecosystem rehabilitation programmes.
(f) Management of alien species and genetically modified organisms
Some introduced species have proliferated and become a threat to indigenousspecies, for example the water hyacinth and the Nile perch in Lake Victoria.
Some aspects of biotechnology are potentially risky and may disrupt ecosystemsKenya's people and biodiversity therefore need protection fi'om importedbiotechnok)gy which may be hazardous.
In order to contain the situation, the following strategies should be implen/ented:
X/ Ensure that there is adequate legislation and enforcementmechanisms to control introductions of alien and geneticallymodified organisms.
Xt Create public awareness on the dangers of alien species andgenetically modified organisms through the public serviceframework and the national media.
'/ Carry out scientific research, including an inventory of alien species
and genetically modified organisms.
I
')_._.2 The Ken '. V_ional Biodiver_iO'Srratcg.r& et m I¥.n TheNational Strategy
(g) hldigenons knowledge, innovations and practices
Kenya has a considerable volume of indigenous systems and knowledge relevantto biodiversity, no doubt as a result of the prevailing etluuc and cultural diversityof the people, tlowever, little of this knowledge has been documented, orintegrated into national programmes or institutions The issue oflhe proteclionof indigenous and traditional intellectual properly rights is very relevant here,
because these communities must not be exposed lo exploitation. The followingstrategy should go a long way in meeting these requirements:
",/ Incorporate and integrate indigenous systems into national
development plans and recognize the invaluable relationship ofour cultures with biodiversity conservation.
Create and strengthen restitutions which study indigeaous systems,and provide human and financial resources
x/ Use existing communily institutions to document good approachesand metbodologies for conflict resolution, and incorporate them
into modem conflict resolution systems.
_/ Develop and implenrent a legal framework for indigenousintellectual properly rights.
4.4 Ex-sit. Conservation
The value ofex-sittt facilities such as genebanks, arboreta, botanical gardansaquaria and sites for the breeding of endangered species cannot be
overemphasized. Kenya has not developed these facilities to any considerabledegree, There is need to expand the existing facilities to facilitate theidentification and collection of rare germplasm, threatened and endangered
species, as well as the captive breeding of threatened animal species. Theseshould include medicinal, aromatic, pharmaceutical, and other plants providing
special products. The strategic action proposed is to expand trod diversifyex-sit, facilities in the country.
The Kenra ¥atlomd Biodi_¢rsiO' Strategy _ letlon /'lan The National Strategy 23
4.5 Agricullm'al Biodiversily
'Fhere is some degree of neglect and under utilization of certain food speciessuch as Iraditional vegetables, grams and indigenous livestock. Furthermore,
loss ofagrobiodiverse varieties of beans, sorghmn, wild fruits and vegetables,and wild relatives of food crops is threatening In addition, certain crop species
that are important at local level, but could attain national importance if giventhe necessary promotion, appear neglected. These include yams, millets, lablabbeans, taro, indigenous varieties of sugarcane, cowpeas, and pigeon peas.Agricultural biodiversity als{)includes other plant species of special importanceto man, such as medicinal species, anhnal forage species, tible species, oil
producing species, and multipurpose trees such as Markhamia, Me/ia.(;rcvillea, Sc,_banhl, etc.
Land use patterns and practices are also closely related to the conservation of
agricultural biodiversity Soil erosion, resulting mainly Ii'om hillside maddl_landcultivation, is one of the major threats particularly when associated withnlonocalluces
In order to rectify these constraints and problems, the Following strategies are
proposed for implementation:
_/ Conserve agricultural biodiversity by promoting the developmentand use of neglected and under utilized species throughinventorying and improving quality while creating awarenessamong users.
_/ Restore and re-introduce species and varieties that are already
lost by conducting surveys to determine the status of rare orthreatened germplasm. Re-introduce and propagate lost speciesfrom gene banks and other sources.
_/ Repair, maintain, and expand rural access colnmunication systems
by providing sufficient financial resources to oi0en tip rural
24 TkeKenyaNatiom_Biodiversio'Stratel_&A_onPlan The National Strategy
communications, especially the road system, which is crucial inagricultural marketing mid distribution.
Promote farming practices that conserve the ecosystem.
4.6 Sustainable Use of Components of Biological Diversity
The lack of integration of biodiversity management principles into national
development plmmmg, from the grassroots to the national level, is a majorimpediment to the conservation and sustainable utilization of biodiversity. Inother words, biodiversity is not valued m economic terms a.s a key nationalresource which requires regular monitoring and evaluation. The modalities ofequitable sharing of benefits from these resources have not been worked out
The perception that biodiversity resources are public goods has encouragedillegal prospecting for rare and highly valued biodiversity products Thefollowing strategies are proposed to improve the situation:
x/ Strengthen capacity building programmes, including tile provision
of training in enviromnental economics, resource accounting andaudit, and valuation of biodiversity at tertiary levels.
_/ Develop alternative products, services, and markets including theenhancement of' biotechnological research and development.
_/ Compile district biodiversity conservalion plans by conducting land-use surveys, resource surveys, conservation activities, and tile statusof the general infrastructure.
_/ Identify and categorize the benefits frond biodiversity, and develop
policies, programmes, and modalities for sharing them amongstakeholders.
_/ Formulate a national policy on bioprospeclmg and trade inbiodiversJty products.
The K_.y_; %'_onal I_ediv_rs_, Strategj' & 4t_Jon t_;m The National Strategy 25
'_ Recognize the vital role of the private sector and effectively involvethem m biodiversity conservation pmgrammes.
4,7 Incentive Measm-es
There is mi urgent need to identify and implement economic instruments forthe promotion of biodiversity conservation This is because they can providean important set of tools (incentives and disincentives) for biodiversityconservation as they can be used to make it more profitable for people to
conserve than to degrade biodiversity. The proposed strategies are
_/ Determine the existing use of incentives in the country, identify
perverse incentives m the economy, and take the neccesaTy action.
_/ Raise awareness of incentive measures among biodiversitystakeholders.
_/ Undertake pilot applications of incentive measures.
4.8 Research and Training
There is tack of sufficient scientific expertise to undertake state of the artresearch in several disciplines of relevance to biodiversily conservation. The
sh'ategies proposed lo improve the current situation are:
_t Provide high level specialized training in biodiversity at scientificand mm_agement levels.
_/ Support and promote research on technology development for
sustainable use and management of biodiversity resources.
_/ Assess the existing capacity in research and provide for training atlower levels.
26 The Kenya National IKodiverslty $trdtcg T & Action Plan T_ Natiolnal Strategy
4.9 Public Education and Awareness
To enhance public awareness and involvement ill biodiversity conservation,the following strategies are proposed for implementation:
'-,/ Promote institutional capacilies to acquire; process, store anddisseminate information on biodiversity through implementing therecommendations orthe BDM plan.
'4 Promote public awareness on biodiversity issues countrywide
x/ Incorporate biodiversity issues in formal education curriculum and
support the teaching of biodiversity in all educational institutions.
4.10 Impacl Assessment
There are many cases of uncontrolled pollution and toxic waste disposal evidentin many parts of the country, especially t.ban areas. There is also concern
over what would happen if such pollution assumed disaster proportions, orspread across international borders, especially in shared resources like LakeVictoria. Tile following measures are proposed:
x] Develop adequate policies on pollution and toxic waste disposal /aJld implement them.
I
x/ Establish regional co-ordination conmfittees to negotiate and[ommlate guidelines and appropriate operational mechanisms forsolving cross-border catastrophes.
'4 Develop disaster preparedness and effective response mechea_isms.
including trans-boundary arrangements, and implem_ nt them
Tire Kcn),a Natitutal Biotlivetsl O, ._;trategy dl tction lyon The National Strategy 27
4.11 Access lo Genetic Resources
'FileConvention encourages Parties to develop controls on access to a countly'S
resources 1o ensure conservation. Presently, there are only Iim/ted measures
in place for protecting Kenya's genetic resources. At the sanre time, there is
no mechanisn_ to facililate equitable sharing of benefits accruing front theseresources. The proposed strategic measures are:
',/ Devek)p and implement policies and legislation to articulale andregulate tile rights of access to, and benefit sharing, of national
genetic resources.
x/ Strengthen the capacity of Kenyans lo carry out bloprospectingactivities.
I
4.12 Access to and Trausfer of Biotechnology and Olher Technologies.
The use o1' tile genelic resources available in Kenya for biotechnology has
tremendous potential which Kenya has not exploited. Only small amounts ofmaterials are necessamyfor mm_ybiotechnologicat applications Biotechnok)gymay, therefore be considered a sustainable way of utilizing biological diversity.
The genetic resources used in biotechnology are not available everywheremid therefore, careful consideration must be given to the issue of fair midequitable sharing of benefits.
However, some of ll_e biotechnology uses genetically modified organisms,which are potentially risky mid could disrupt ecosystems. For this reason, theNational Regulations and Guidelines for Biosafety m Biotechnology for Kenyawere launched m February 1998, mid shortly thereafter, a National Biosafi:tyFramework was initiated Tile major issue in biotechnology is the lack ofcomprehensive policies on research and development. For the requirements ofthe Convention, the following strategies are proposed:
28 The Ken),tt Notional nlodiver_., Strateg_r & Action Plan The National Strategy
Develop national policy and legislation to articulate the modalitiesof access to and transfer of technology
'_ Review, update and inventorize both local and foreign technologiesavailable in tile country, and make recommendations on the bestway forwards.
'_ Review the status of biotechnology development ill the counlry,and develop a comprehensive national policy on biotechnology,and the equitable sharing of its benefits.
'_ Formulate national guidelines, policies and legislation on biosafety,and adhere to national and international biosafety protocols.
x/ Enhance national capacities ill biotechnology in priority areas bytraining and equipping tile national institutions carrying out researchrelevant to biotechnology.
4.13 Exchange of Information
The Convention encourages Parties to exchange information on biodiversity
issues regularly. In order to facilitate this, a global focal point for a ClearingHouse Mechanism (CHM) has been established. For Kenya to benefit fromthis, there is urgent need to develop a National Clearing House Mechanism, aswell as thematic focal points The lack of such focal points is a big hindranceto the country's information exchange system. The strategic measure proposedis the immediate establishment of a national clearing house mechanism and
thematic focal points.
4.14 Technical and Scientific Cooperaiiml
Cooperation in scientific and technical programmes and activities has manybenefits, including saving on time and resources and optimizing the use ofavailable facilities. In Kenya, there are no clear guidelines on how this
The Kenya National Biodlvers_, StrnteKr& 4etion Plan The National Strategy 29
cooperation can be achieved Indeed, even among local restitutions,cooperation is quite limiled The following strategies are proposed to address
this problem:
_t Develop national guidelines Cot'joint ventures ill research, andpronlote institutional linkages nationally, regionally andinternationally.
_/ Strengthen national institutional capacities itl order to promote
technology transfer
_/ F'romote bilateral, regional, and international ex)operation to
facilitate the full implementation of policies, stralegies and action
plans,
4.15 Financial Resources
Substantial investments are required to address the enormous ttu'eats midchallenges to the conservation ofbiodiversity in Kenya. The field of biodiversityinvolves very many stakeholder groups from all sectors of society which mustbe involved m drawing up plans and availing funds for their subsequentin)plementatibn. Government's budget resources are rarely adequate to meetrecurrent costs of financing even tile key development sectors, trodare generallyinadequate for biodiversity conservation needs. Donor fuudmg has itslimitatk)ns and constraints.
The major issue therefore is inadequate financial resources, and the followingstrategies are proposed to improve the situation;
Mobilize adequate and sustainable funding by increasing budgetaryalit)cations to {he relevant ministries, negotiating project supportfrom bilateral, multilateral and other international donors.
30 TheKenya Nm'io.a! I.'jiodi.ersityStrategy& Action Phm The Action Plan
",] Mobilize financial supporl fi'mn tile private sector and otherstakeholders.
_J Empower tile IMCE Sub-conmlittee on biodiversily lo eslablish anational biodiversily trust fund by encouraging voluntmy donationsfi'om well-wish,:_q and negotiating levies on corpmate users ofbiodiversity resources,
The Ke_nya Natlomd Biodlversi_ $1r_e_, d_Action Plan The Action Plan 31
5. THE ACTION PLAN
The action plan identifies specific policy objectives andaclions to be carried out over a period of time that shouldresult in enhanced conservation and sustainable
utilization of biodiversity.
In thc short term, the action plan attempts to translateand put the strategy into action .In Kenya's case,the action
plan addresses the achievement of specific objectiveswithin the next 5 years.
32 TheKen_N_'imudBia_r_StrwteJo'&ActionPlan The Action Ptan
I. Strengthen institutioaal and Government of Kenya, 2005community capacities and KWS, NGOs, CBOslinkages.
2. Promote gender equity in 2003biodiversity managen_ent.
3. Strengthen and tlarmonize 2003national policies andlegislation for the effectiveconservation and sustainable
utilization of biodiversity.
4 Take measures lo reduce tile Govermnenl of Kenya 2005
impacts of poverty on Private seclor
biodiversity. NGOsCBOs
5. Strengthen national capacity Government of Kenya 2000for monitoring and evaluation KWS,NMK,NGOs,of biodiversity. Universities
6. Strengthen and maintain high Government of Kenya, 2000standards of nmnagement and KWS, Private sector,conservation in the protected NGOs, CBOs, Universities.area system,especially thewildlife sector
7. Protect aquatic ecosystems Government of Kenya, 2000from pollution and other Private Sector, NMK,threats. KWS, NGOs.
The Kenjnt National Biodiversity Strategy & Aaa'ion Plato The Action PJan 3 3
8 Protect mid promote sustain Government of Kenya, 2002able development activities in KARl, Universities, KWS,arid and semi-arid lands CBOs.
9 Promote the conservation and Government of Kenya, 2002sustainable utilization of KEFI_,I, Universities,
forests. Private sector, NGOs,CBOs
t0. Rehabilitate degraded ecosys- Government ofKenya, 2003tems and restore threatened KWS, NMK, Universities,species. NGOs
I t Formulate national guidelines Government of Kenya, 2002and regulations with respect KARl, NCSI; Universities.to alien,invasive, and geneti-
cally modified orgmfisms;bioteclmology and biosarety.
12. Support and promote the Government of Kenya, 2002utilization of indigenous NGOs, CBOs.knowledge, innovations andpractices.
13. Strengthen national ex-sittt KARl, NMK, Universities. 2005conservation facilities
14. Promote tbe sustainable Government of Kenya, 2005
utilization of the components Private sector, Universities,
of biodiversity. KWS, NM K, NGOs, CBOs
15. Provide incentives to promote Government of Kenya, 2002biodiversily conservation NGOs, CBOs.
34 T&eA'enyaNatiomdB_dive_dy._lr_tegl,&A_tionPL_n The Action Plar)
16. Strengthen the national Governlnent of Kenya, 2003capacity for research and KARl, Universities, NMK,training,technical and scien- KWS, NCSTtific cooperation,andbiotechnology.
17. Strengthen national Government of Kenya, 2000progranmles for public Universities, NGOs, CBOs.education,awareness andexchange of information
18. Strengthen pollution control Government of Kenya, 2000measures and conduct impact Private sectorassessments.
19. Facilitate accessto ganetic Government of Kenya, 2000resourcesand transfer of KWS, NMK, Universilies,technology. NCST.
20. Strengthen the conservation Government of Kenya, 2005and sustainable utilization of NMK, KWS, Universities,agricultural biodiversity for Private sector, NGOs,food and agriculture. CBOs.
21 Act on the decisions of theConferences of Parties
2 I. I Address issues on alien Universities,KARI,KEMFRI, 2000species and develop relevant NGOs,Govemment of
country-driven projects as Kenya.elaborated in Decision VI/I
The Kenya x'oll,ontd Bi_divtrslty S,'olegy & Action Plan {ntrodt,_§?l_ _5
21'.2 Develop coum_-driven NMK, Universities 2001projects to implement theGlobal Taxonomy Initiative
(Decision ltl/lO andAnnex I).
213 Develop and implement the Government of Kenya 2000
National Clearing HouseMechanism (Decision IV/2).
214 Explore options and modali- Government of Kenya, 2001ties for access and benefit NCST, NMK, Universities,
sharing rnechanisms NGOs.m the national context
(Decision IV/8).
21 5 Institute appropriate mea- Goveinment of Kenya, 2000sures, including ways and Universities.means,lo assess environ-mental impacts andminimize tbeir adverse
effects on biodiversity
(Decision 1V/I 0).
21.6 Design and implement Government of Kenya, 2000
economically and socially NGOs.sound incentive measures['or the conservation andsustainable use of biodi-
versify (Decision IV/10).
36 TkeKenyaN4tionalBiod_v_sity$_egy&ActionPhm The Action Plat1
21.7 Analyze and report nation- Government of Kenya. 2000
ally as appropriate thecontent and national
obligations implied inDecision III/11.
21.8 Identify,assess,and report Government of Kenya 2000back to the COP the rel-
evant on-going activitiesand existing instruments atthe national level,choosing
among the thematic areas inthe indicative list in Annex 2
of the COP IV report.
21.9 Identify and report to the Government of Kenya 2000
COP issues and priorities inagricultural biodiversity that_'eed to be addressed at thenational level.
21.10 Make tourism and related Government of Kenya, 2000
activities compatible with Private sector, KWS.the conservation and
sustainable use ofbiodi-
versity (Decision IV/15).
21.11 Implement the work Government of Kenya, 2001programme elements for Universities, KWS, NMK.forest biodiversityas elaborated in Decision
IV/7.
ThcKenraN_bmalBiodiversityStrateR_,&ActionPlan The Action Plan 37
21.12 Implement the work Government of Kenya, 2000
programme elements for j KWS, NMK, Universities,the biodiversity of inland KEMFRI.water ecosystems as elabo-rated in Decision IV/4.
21 13 Implement tile work KEMFRI, KWS, NMK, 2002
programme elements for Universies.the biodiversity of marineand coastal biodiversilyas elaborated in DecisionIV/5.
2 I. 14 Implement tile Global Plan Government of Kenya, 2005of Action of the FAO for KARl, Universities, NMK.food and agriculture.
21.15 Implement Decision 111/20 Government of Kenya, 2003on issues related to NCST, Universities.
biosafety, including theNational Biosafety Frame-work.
2 I. 16 Consider and address Government of Kenya, 2002
specific issues on the KARl, Universities, Privateconservation and sustain- sector.
able use of agricultural
biodiversity raised inDecisions II1/I I and IV/6.
Produced by
The National Environment Secretariat
P.O. Box 67839, Nairobi, Kenya
through a grant from
WWFWorld Wide Fund for NIIture
Eastern Africa Regional Programme OfficeP.O. Box 62449, Nairobi, Kenya.
Fax: 25,1,- 2 - 332878
E-mail: eafriea_wwfnet.org
Summary prepared by:
Biotrak Consultancy Ltd,P.O. Box 61284, Nairobi
Fax: 716575
E-mall: blotrak_form-net.¢om
GOVERNMENT OF KENYA
MOI UNIVERSITY EGERTON UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF NAIROBI
WILDLIFE CLUBS OF KENYA WORLD WIDE FUND FOR NATURE MUNICIPAL COUNCIL OF NAKURU
KENYA WILDLIFE SERVICE THE ROYAL NETHERLANDS GOVERNMENT
LAKE NAKURU INTEGRATED ECOSYSTEM
MANAGEMENT PLAN
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Lake Nakuru Ecosystem integrated management plan is as a result of an outstanding response by stakeholders. The authors are greatly indebted to the organisations, institutions and persons that participated with great enthusiasm and commitment in the development of this ecosystem integrated management plan. We would like to acknowledge the contribution and support from the Provincial Administration, Local communities in the Nakuru catchment, University of Nairobi, Egerton University, Moi University, WWF - Nakuru, WCK- Nakuru, the Municipal Council of Nakuru, Kenya Wildlife Service and Government Departments (FD, WD, AD, ED, PA, Lands & Settlement) in Nakuru. Without the support of these organisations the production of this plan would not have been possible. This plan has been prepared by a task force composed of: 1. Charity Munyasia - Forest Department 2. Chege - MCN 3. Muthiomi - Lands & Settlement 4. Daniel Koros - WWF 5 Carol Entwistle - WCK 6. Jim Kairu - Moi University 7. Gideon Motelin - Egerton University 8. John Githaiga - UoN 9. Robert Chira - UoN 10. John Mworia - UoN 11. Anna Kahihia - LNNP 13. Benard Mwangi - DECO 14. Anderson Koyo - KWS 15. Robert Ndetei - KWS 16. Richard Odongo - KWS 17. John Kariuki - KWS 18. Maurice O. Nyaligu - KWS 19. Walter Njuguna - KWS 20 Mines and Geology 21. Lydia Kisoyan - KWS 22. Ben Zeck - KWS/ Netherlands Wetlands Programme 23. Kenneth Esau - KWS The dedication, commitment and insight of this committee is greatly appreciated. This plan would have been impossible to produce without the generous financial support from the Royal Netherlands Government through the KWS/ Netherlands Wetland Conservation and Training Programme. We are indeed greatly indebted and thankful for their support.
i
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The Lake Nakuru catchment is a unique ecosystem containing a variety of habitats that include an alkaline lake which is a home to millions of flamingos often referred to as “the greatest ornithological spectacle on earth”, the largest Euphorbia forest stand in East Africa, a wildlife rich savannah and highland moist forests. The nature, geology, climate, soils and ecology all interact to make this a vulnerable and fragile ecosystem. The area is a rich agricultural region with a diversity of agricultural activities. Nakuru town is the fourth largest and one of the fastest growing metropolitan in Kenya. The catchment area covering 1,800km2 has a variety of land use systems that include urban and industrial centres, small and large-scale intensive agriculture, ranching, forestry and wildlife conservation. From the turn of the 20th century the area has undergone enormous landscape and land use changes that have been impacting negatively on the environment. A variety of human activities undertaken in the catchment threaten the continued sustainable development and conservation of this ecosystem.
The catchment is a closed basin whose physical and ecological processes are interlinked and interdependent. There are several environmental issues in the catchment arising from human activities and land use changes threatening to disrupt ecological integrity of the area. These issues include deforestation, disruption of hydrological balance, pollution, waste disposal, land degradation, erosion and siltation. Demographic changes and its associated activities have led to resource over-utilization and poverty. Several initiatives have been undertaken in the past to address these issues. However these initiatives have been largely ineffective due to several factors, which include unilateral initiation and implementation, limited scope and objective, weak interagency linkages and inadequate stakeholder involvement. The overall weakness has been lack of a framework that integrates and guides these initiatives to achieve the overall environmental conservation and development targets.
This catchment integrated management plan provides a framework for an ecosystem management approach involving stakeholders and other actors in the Lake Nakuru catchment. The plan highlights environmental and developmental issues and prescribes management strategies to address these issues. It also identifies activities and financial resources, provides a mechanism for stakeholder involvement and interagency networking. To achieve this, the plan proposes implementation of planned initiatives to be coordinated by an interdisciplinary implementation committee.
The aim of this plan is to have a clean environment through implementation of sound waste management systems, education and awareness, capacity building, afforestation, appropriate land management practices and protected areas management through appropriate management systems. It also seeks to initiate alternative income generating activities for sustainable development in harmony with environmental conservation. The plan also outlines monitoring and evaluation systems to guide the implementation of activities, priority setting and to create a learning process to ensure attainment of the plan objectives.
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ............................................................................................................. i EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.............................................................................................................. i TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................ ii LIST OF TABLES ........................................................................................................................ vii LIST OF FIGURES ...................................................................................................................... viii PART ONE: .................................................................................................................................... 1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................... 1 CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ..................................................... 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Previous Management Plans and conservation initiatives ................................................ 1 1.2 The Scope of the Plan ....................................................................................................... 2 1.3 Structure of the Plan .......................................................................................................... 3
CHAPTER TWO DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION .................................................................. 4 2.0 LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT ........................................................................................ 4
2.1 Catchment Description ...................................................................................................... 4 2.1.1 Physical environment ..................................................................................................... 4
Geology ........................................................................................................................... 4 Soils ................................................................................................................................ 6 Terrain ............................................................................................................................. 6 Hydrology ....................................................................................................................... 6
2.1.2 Vegetation ...................................................................................................................... 7 2.1.3 Climate ........................................................................................................................... 7
Rainfall ............................................................................................................................ 7 Evaporation, Radiation and Temperature ....................................................................... 7
2.1.4 Demographic Trends of the catchment .......................................................................... 7 2.1.5 Land use in the Plan area ............................................................................................... 8 2.1.6 Urbanisation and Industry ............................................................................................ 10 2.1.7 Conservation ................................................................................................................ 11 2.1.8 Agriculture ................................................................................................................... 12 2.2 Lake Nakuru National Park - General Description. ........................................................ 12 2.2.1 Location ........................................................................................................... 12 2.2.2 Access .............................................................................................................. 12 2.2.3 Legal status ...................................................................................................... 12 2.2.4 History of the park ........................................................................................... 12 2.2.5 Flora and Fauna ................................................................................................ 14 2.2.6 Tourism ............................................................................................................ 16 2.2.7 Infrastructure in the Park. ......................................................................................... 18
Buildings ....................................................................................................................... 19 Lodges ........................................................................................................................... 19 Campsites and Picnic sites ............................................................................................ 19 Roads............................................................................................................................. 19 Airstrip .......................................................................................................................... 19 Water System ................................................................................................................ 20
2.2.8 Park Personnel ................................................................................................. 20 2.3 Environmental Concerns in the Catchment: ................................................................... 20 2.4 Lake Nakuru Catchment Linkages .................................................................................. 21
PART TWO: GOALS, OBJECTIVES & MANAGEMENT ISSUES ......................................... 26
iii
CHAPTER THREE GOAL, OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES . 25 3.0 MANAGEMENT ISSUES AND CONCERNS ................................................................. 25
3.1 Issues In the catchment ................................................................................................... 25 3.2 Issues in Lake Nakuru National Park .............................................................................. 25 3.2.1 Ecological Issues .............................................................................................. 25 3.2.2 Human Induced issues ..................................................................................... 26 3.2.3 Hydrological Issues .......................................................................................... 26
3.3 Goal, Objectives and Strategies ...................................................................................... 27 3.3.1 Goal .................................................................................................................. 27 3.3.2 Objectives ........................................................................................................ 27 3.3.3 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 27
PART THREE: ............................................................................................................................. 28 MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS, PROGRAMMES AND ACTIONS ................................. 28 CHAPTER FOUR MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES .................... 29
4.0 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 29 4.1. Forestry: ......................................................................................................................... 29 4.1.1 Forest conservation challenges: ....................................................................... 31 4.1.2 Strategies to conserve the catchment forests .................................................... 31
4.2 Agriculture and settlement: ............................................................................................. 32 4.2.1 The challenges.................................................................................................. 32 4.2.2 Strategies and mitigating measures: ................................................................. 32
4.3 Livestock farming: .......................................................................................................... 33 4.3.1 Challenges and issues of livestock farming ..................................................... 33 4.3.2 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 33
4.4 Water resources. .............................................................................................................. 34 4.4.1 Issues and Challenges ...................................................................................... 34 4.4.2 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 34
4.5 Land Tenure and Land use dynamics .............................................................................. 35 4.5.1 Land Management issues: ................................................................................ 36 4.5.2 Challenges: ....................................................................................................... 37 4.5.3 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 37
4.6 Urban development. ........................................................................................................ 37 4.6.1 Issues of the Nakuru Municipality area............................................................ 37
4.6.1.1 Sewerage and Sanitation ................................................................................... 37 4.6.1.2 Storm Water Drainage ...................................................................................... 37 4.6.1.3 Solid Waste Management ................................................................................. 38 4.6.1.4 Recreation facilities .......................................................................................... 38
4.6.2 Management issues .......................................................................................... 38 4.6.3 Challenges ........................................................................................................ 38 4.6.4 Strategies. ......................................................................................................... 38
4.7 Transportation and communication: ............................................................................... 39 4.7.1 Issues of concern .............................................................................................. 40 4.7.2 Challenges: ....................................................................................................... 40 4.7.3 Strategies: ......................................................................................................... 40
4.8 Sensitive and degraded fragile areas: ............................................................................ 40 4.8.1 Management challenges: .................................................................................. 40 4.8.2 Strategies: ......................................................................................................... 40 4.8.3 Recommendations: ........................................................................................... 40
4.9 Park Town Interphase ..................................................................................................... 41
iv
4.9.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 41 4.10 Human Wildlife Conflict .............................................................................................. 42 4.10.0 Introduction .................................................................................................... 42 4.10.1 Management Issues ........................................................................................ 42 4.10.2 Challenges ...................................................................................................... 43 4.10.3 Strategies ........................................................................................................ 43 4.10.4 Research on Conflict Resolution ................................................................... 44
4.11 Environmental Education and Awareness .................................................................... 44 4.11.1 Environmental Education ............................................................................... 44 4.11.2 Environmental conservation .......................................................................... 45 4.11.3 Environmental Planning ................................................................................. 45 4.11.4 Catchment environmental monitoring ........................................................... 45 4.11.5 Socio economic monitoring in the catchment ................................................ 46
CHAPTER FIVE........................................................................................................................... 47 5.0 MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES- LAKE NAKURU NATIONAL PARK .................................................................................................................. 47
5.1 Park Habitat management ............................................................................................... 47 5.1.1 Types of invasive species and their localities in the Park ................................ 47 5.1.2 Impacts of Invasive Plant Species .................................................................... 48 5.1.3 Invader Plant Species, Habitat Degradation and Herbivore Guild Dynamics in Lake Nakuru National Park ............................................................................................... 48 5.1.4 Sustainable Conservation and Management Requirements ............................. 48 5.1.5 Habitat Categorisation for Management and Invader Plant Species Control... 49
5.2 Wildlife species Management in Lake Nakuru National Park ........................................ 50 5.2.1 Current Status................................................................................................... 50 5.2.2 Management Options ....................................................................................... 52 5.2.3 Recommended Stocking Levels ....................................................................... 52
5.3 Tourism ........................................................................................................................... 57 5.3.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 57 5.3.1 Tourism Management Issues ........................................................................... 57 5.3.2 Management of Tourism impacts .................................................................... 58 5.3.3 Lodges .............................................................................................................. 58 5.3.4 Camp sites and picnic sites .............................................................................. 58 5.3.5 Diversification of tourist activities ................................................................... 58 5.3.6 Marketing Lake Nakuru Park as category A .................................................... 59
5.4 Research and Monitoring ................................................................................................ 59 5.4.1 Ecological/Environmental Monitoring ............................................................ 59
5.4.1.1.Physical Monitoring .......................................................................................... 60 5.4.1.2 Ecological Monitoring ...................................................................................... 60 5.4.1.3 Habitat Monitoring ............................................................................................ 61
5.4.2 Research priorities ........................................................................................... 61 5.5 Security ........................................................................................................................... 62 5.6 Maintenance and management ........................................................................................ 62 5.6.1Buildings ........................................................................................................... 62 5.6.2 Roads................................................................................................................ 63 5.6.3 Airstrip ............................................................................................................. 63 5.6.4 Campsites ......................................................................................................... 63 5.6.5 Picnic sites ....................................................................................................... 63 5.6.6 Water supply .................................................................................................... 63
v
5.6.7 Vehicles ............................................................................................................ 63 5.6.8 Communication ................................................................................................ 63 5.6.9 Personnel .......................................................................................................... 63
5.7 Species of special concern-Lesser Flamingo .................................................................. 64 5.7.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 64 5.7.1 Characteristics .................................................................................................. 64 5.7.2 Management Strategies for Lesser Flamingo Populations ............................... 64
5.7.3 Flamingo Mortalities ............................................................................................ 65 PART FOUR:................................................................................................................................ 67 ZONING ....................................................................................................................................... 67 CHAPTER SIX ZONING ............................................................................................................. 67
6.0 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 67 6.1 Zonation in the Park ........................................................................................................ 67 6.1.1 Justification for the recommended intensity of use ......................................... 67
6.2 Zonation Outside the Park .............................................................................................. 70 PART FIVE................................................................................................................................... 74 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, ACTIVITIES AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION ............................................................................................................................. 74 CHAPTER SEVEN IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT .................................................................................. 74
7.0 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 74 7.1 Implementation Strategy ................................................................................................. 74 7.1.1 Ecosystem /Catchment Approach .................................................................... 74 7.1.2 Collaboration.................................................................................................... 74 7.1.3 Policy making .................................................................................................. 74 7.1.4 Institutional Collaborative Framework ............................................................ 74 7.1.5 Developing institutional framework for Lake Nakuru be guided by the following factors: .............................................................................................................. 75
7.2. Laws Supporting IMP .................................................................................................... 75 7.3. Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders ..................................................................... 78 7.3.1 Municipal Council of Nakuru .......................................................................... 78 7.3.2.Kenya Wildlife Service .................................................................................... 79 7.3.3 Forest Department ............................................................................................ 79 7.3.4 Water Department ............................................................................................ 80 7.3.5 District Environmental Committee: ................................................................. 80 7.3.6 District Development Committee: ................................................................... 80 7.3.7 Local Authorities /County Council .................................................................. 81 7.3.8 Local Provincial Administration ...................................................................... 81 7.3.9 National Museum of Kenya ............................................................................. 81 7.3.10 Non-Governmental Organizations. ................................................................ 81 7.3.11 Community Based Organizations .................................................................. 81 7.3.12 Department of Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing. ................................ 81 7.3.13 Agriculture Department ................................................................................. 81 7.3.14 Institutions of Higher Learning ...................................................................... 82
7.4. Plan Implementation Structure....................................................................................... 82 7.4.0 Membership ..................................................................................................... 82 7.4.1 Forum representation ....................................................................................... 82 7.4.2 Terms of References of the Foum (TOR’s) ..................................................... 82 7.4.3 Implementation Committee ............................................................................. 82
vi
7.4.4 TORs of the Implementation committee .......................................................... 83 7.5. Risks and Assumptions .................................................................................................. 86
CHAPTER EIGHT ACTIVITIES AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION ...... 87 8.0. MONITORING AND EVALUATION .............................................................................. 87
8.1 SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES AND OUTPUTS ............................................................. 87 SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES .................................................................................... 88
8.2. BUDGET ....................................................................................................................... 97 APPENDIX 1: INSTITUTIONAL LINKAGES ......................................................................... 104 APPENDIX 2: INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND COLLABORATION ...................... 105 APPENDIX 3 EXISTING VEHICLE S AND REQUIRMENTS .............................................. 110 APPENDIX 4 EXISTING AND REQUIRED STAFF ............................................................... 112
vii
LIST OF TABLES Table 1: Existing buildings. ......................................................................................................... 19
Table 2: Invasive Species and their localities .............................................................................. 48
Table 3: Trends and Recommended Stocking Levels .................................................................. 56
Table 4: Zonation in the Park ....................................................................................................... 68
Table 5: Zones and habitat categories in the park and recommended action ............................... 71
Table 6: Zones and land use categories outside the park and recommended action .................... 72
viii
LIST OF FIGURES Fig. 1 Location of Lake Nakuru…………………………………………………… 5 Fig. 2 Demographic trends in the catchment……………………………………… 8 Fig. 3 Lake Nakuru catchment basin land use 1998……………………………… 9 Fig. 4 Growth of Nakuru Township……………………………………………… 11 Fig. 5 Vegetation classification Nakuru National Park…………………………….. 14 Fig. 6 Visitor numbers 1976-July 2000……………………………………………. 17 Fig. 7 Existing infrastructure in the Park………………………………………… 18 Fig. 8a Ecological linkages in Lake Nakuru catchment……………………………. 22 Fig. 8b Hydrological linkages in Lake Nakuru catchment…………………………. 23 Fig. 8c Socio-economic linkages in Lake Nakuru catchment……………………… 24 Fig. 9 Effects and consequences of anthropogenic activities in the catchment……. 28 Fig. 10 Changes in forest cover within the catchment……………………………… 30 Fig. 11 Challenges, strategies and responsibilities of stakeholders in the catchment. 35 Fig. 12 Frequency of lion and leopard raids around the park 1990-2000…………… 42 Fig. 13 Trends in animal numbers…………………………………………………... 52 Fig. 14a Biomass trends not more than 1,000,000…………………………………… 53 Fig. 14b Biomass trends not more than 130,000…………………………………….. 54 Fig. 14c Biomass trends not more than 3,000………………………………………. 55 Fig. 15 Recommended stocking levels against year 2,000 animal numbers………… 56 Fig. 16 Zonation…………………………………………………………………….. 69 Fig. 17 The proposed management plan implementation structure………………… 85
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION
1
CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1.0 INTRODUCTION The Lake Nakuru catchment has various unique habitats rich in natural resources. The moist upland forest forms critical water catchment area, and are rich in forest products and biodiversity. The catchment has multiple land-use types that have undergone major changes in the last 100 years. It changed from pastoralism to large-scale commercial farms and ranches, which were later sub-divided into small-scale holdings. These changes were associated with increasing human population exerting enormous pressure on resources. Concomitant with these changes Nakuru town grew from a small railway terminus to a major urban and industrial town. This was accompanied by the expansion of residential, commercial and industrial infrastructure. Consequently these developments have led to destabilisation of ecological processes that have impacted negatively on the environment. These impacts are manifested through erosion, high silt loads, pollution from industrial and domestic wastes, and agrochemicals, land degradation, deforestation, and encroachment into sensitive habitats, habitat fragmentation and increased poverty.
These problems have been identified in the past and various initiatives have been put in place by various agencies and institutions to mitigate these impacts. However, the environment has continued to deteriorate.
1.1 Previous Management Plans and conservation initiatives
The initial step to conserve fragile and sensitive habitats was the designation of various conservation and water catchment areas. Various sectoral Acts and policies were used in the management of these areas under various institutions. Poor enforcement, lenient penalties, conflicting policies, minimal awareness and inadequate stakeholders’ participation led to poor management and degradation of the natural resource base. There has been a general lack of specific sectoral management plans to address resource utilization and conservation.
Various conservation initiatives have been undertaken in Lake Nakuru catchment. Such initiatives include soil and water conservation by the ministry of agriculture. This initiative was aimed at conserving soil and water in the catchment by the ministry in collaboration with the local farmers through extension officers. However, this was hampered by changes in land use and ownership, land fragmentation, and dwindling budgetary allocations. The ministry of environment and natural resources through the forest department initiated an on-farm afforestation project, “the miti-mingi mashabani” project. The project was highly successful in addressing critical parts of the catchment that were severely denuded. However, the project was hampered by policy changes that led to clear felling of forest plantations and indigenous forests. Erratic forest policies have also affected the re-afforestion of harvested sections in the catchment.
The Nakuru Municipal Council Strategic Structure Plan outlines the town future development, infrastructure needs and peri-urban development. The plan also has a strong component on
2
environmental issues like greening of the town and waste management. The planning process used was sectoral and did not take into consideration economic dictates, stakeholders’ participation and socio-economic issues. The structure plan does not address land ownership and land use dynamics in the entire lake catchment. It is restricted to the municipality and does not address rural urbanization issues in the outlying towns; neither does it address environmental issues outside the municipality.
In 1993-4 KWS drew a draft management plan for Lake Nakuru National Park focussed on management issues within the Park, with little reference to issues emanating from the park environs and the catchment. The KWS community programme focused on problem animal control in the catchment, but failed to address wider ranging issues that had the potential to impact negatively on the lake. At that time KWS approach to protected area management laid emphasis on issues pertaining to protected areas only. Changes in the catchment that occurred due to isolation of the park demand that a different strategy and approach be adopted. This strategy aims at addressing issues affecting the catchment and eventually the Park. This requires an ecosystem-based approach that integrates the various components in the catchment, urban environment, conservation areas and stakeholders. The KWS Mission which states“on behalf of the Government of Kenya, Kenya Wildlife Service holds in trust for the present and future generations locally, Nationally and globally the biological diversity represented by its extraordinary variety of animals, plants and ecosystems ranging from coral reefs to deserts to forests”, can only be achieved through integrated ecosystem management approach”.
Non-governmental organizations have been instrumental in initiating environmental conservation and good farming practices through farmer training at Baraka Farmers Training College. WWF also undertook a ten year conservation and development programme in the catchment focusing on environmental conservation, soil and water conservation, energy, capacity building through farmer training, education and awareness and grass-root environmental conservation committees. The project was also active in urban centres and provided waste disposal facilities and established networks for conseravtion. The project was hampered by coverage, land use dynamics and lack of institutional support and linkages.
These initiatives were undertaken at sectoral level and lacked co-ordination, consultation, stakeholders’ participation and integration. There was lack of overall clear goals and objectives and had limited scope with short-term implementation strategies. Such initiatives lack the capacity to address sustainable conservation and management issues in the entire catchment.
1.2 The Scope of the Plan
This management plan covers the area drained by all surface rivers flowing into Lake Nakuru, a part of a wider ecosystem that includes the Great Rift Valley lakes. The area has unique geological, physio-geographic and climatic features ranging from fault lines, escarpments, highlands, the Rift Valley floor and associated habitat types that have to be taken into consideration in the drawing up and implementation of the plan.
The catchment integrated management plan presented here aims at providing an ecosystem-based approach in management of environmental problems and rehabilitation of degraded sites. The
3
approach has inbuilt mechanisms for involving stakeholders and other actors in the Lake Nakuru catchment. The plan highlights environmental and development issues and suggests management strategies to address these issues. It further identifies activities, resources and provides mechanism for inter-agency networking. To achieve this the plan calls for a stakeholder implementation committee, with the necessary technical skills to over see and coordinate the suggested activities. It has identified the uni-sectoral approach in former initiatives contributing to low success rates, which it resolves through networking, joint resource mobilization under the central goal of maintaining the ecological integrity and sustainable development of the Nakuru catchment. All agencies and individuals in the Nakuru Lake catchment are free to undertake activities suggested in this document to achieve the overall goal and mission of the plan.
1.3 Structure of the Plan
This management plan is structured into five parts:
Part one deals with general introduction to Lake Nakuru catchment and the National Park, existing plans and the structure of this plan.
Part two describes the catchment, LNNP and gives an inventory of the resources found in the plan area.
Part three deals with the integrated management plan goals objectives and management issues. The issues are structured into natural and human induced.
Part four deals with management prescriptions, programmes and actions in the entire Lake Nakuru Catchment, and recommends actions to be initiated. It also addresses the implementation strategies, activities and budgetary framework needed to implement the management plan.
Part five deals with zonation deemed necessary for land use planning in the entire catchment.
Part six expounds on monitoring and evaluation strategies.
4
CHAPTER TWO
DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION
2.0 LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT Lake Nakuru catchment in Nakuru District, Rift Valley province is a closed basin located in the spectacular and picturesque Gregorian portion of the Eastern Rift Valley in Kenya. It is located on latitude 0o7’ – 0o 44’ S longitude 35o7’ – 36o51’ E. and covers an area of approximately 1,800 km2. It is delineated to the north by Menengai crater, to the south by Eburru mountain ridges, to the east by Dondori and Bahati uplands,to the southeast by the grassland plains between Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita and to the west by Mau escarpment (figure 1).
The geological evolution of the Great Rift Valley in Kenya created a series of inland drainage basins that contain endorheic lakes with no outlets. The catchment and its landforms i.e. volcanoes, lakes, mountains and rifts within the Great Rift Valley, forms one of the world’s most marvellous geological formations, dating from more than 12 million years ago. This catchment ranges from Mau escarpment to Bahati highlands, with Lake Nakuru at the lowest point creating a closed basin, fed with run-off from the surrounding slopes. It is out of this area that a few seasonal rivers namely Makalia, Enderit, Njoro, Naishi, Larmudiac and Ngosur discharge into the lake.
2.1 Catchment Description
2.1.1 Physical environment Geology The main geological features found in the plan area include: • the Rift Valley bottom or lowland, in which the Lake Nakuru lies, • the escarpments including the foot-slopes and cliffs on the western side of the lake, Mau and
Eburru • The uplifted lion hill range on the eastern side and other hills, • Menengai crater on the northern side of the lake and • Fault lines that run in a North -South direction. Geography, climate and evolutionary history have played a deterministic role in the evolution of the features and characteristics that define Lake Nakuru catchment. These features drive the lake’s water chemistry, dictating the species that can successfully establish themselves and the levels of productivity. The alkaline water chemistry makes the lake a unique ecosystem, functionally independent of its immediate environs but dependent on its larger catchment for sustenance. The lake is highly alkaline as the catchment rocks contain a high proportion of alkaline minerals that are leached into the lake. The word “Nakuru” is actually derived from a Maasai word “en-akuro”, which means, “swirling dust”. Variations in lake size sometimes reduce the water body enormously, creating white salt fillets swirling with dust devils. The prevailing climate induces an evaporation-precipitation deficit that through evaporative concentration has turned the lake
5
35 37
39 41
E E E E OO O 5 SO
3 SO
OS1
0
1 NO
O
3 NO
5 NO
o
L.Victoria
L. Naivasha
L. Baringo
L. Bogoria
L. Elementaita
L. Magadi
L.AmboseliL. Natron
L. Turkana
UGANDA
TANZANIA
INDIAN OCEAN
SOM
ALI
ETHIOPIA
LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT
LAKE NAKURU N. P.
National Park
National Reserve
Roads
LEGEND
Figure :1. Location of Lake Nakuru Catchment Area
LOCATION OF LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT
N
Scale : 1: 2 Million
Source: Survey of Kenya & KWS ParkManagement Plans
Figure 1:
6
alkaline and naturally hyper-eutrophic. Soils Soils are primarily of volcanic origin and tend to be friable, well drained and in some instances shallow. Those on central plains are mainly derived from lacustrine deposits and volcanic ashes. Having developed on sediments, the soils are grey, deep and poorly drained and slightly calcareous to saline. On the more open grassland plains are soils derived from pumice beds and ashes from recent volcanoes and appear to be well drained friable loams to sandy clay loam that support the bulk of grazing land in the park. In the upper parts of the catchment the soils are red, well developed and fertile, formerly supporting dense tropical mountain forests. Rocks that compose the cliffs and rock outcrops are of basaltic formation. Siltation and sedimentation from the surrounding areas account for the lake’s shallow depth. The lake bottom has been filled with weathered material from the catchment area. The soil type is mainly sandy alluvial, of volcanic origin indicated by soda ash and fine sandy/loam soils on the lake bottom and its immediate surrounding areas. The soil in most areas is highly permeable and very little surface water is noticeable after the rains. Terrain Features associated with the geological evolution of the Rift Valley dominate the terrain. These include the Mau ranges to the West, Eburru to the South, the Bahati escarpment to the Northeast and Menengai Crater to the North. The High lands delineate the closed drainage basin that constitutes the plan area. In this basin is Lion hill, Honey Moon, Enasoit among others. Hydrology
At 1,759m above sea level, Lake Nakuru is one of the highest points in central Kenya dome of the Rift Valley. This high elevation has hydrological implications on the water balance in the lake. Unlike other low lying rift valley lakes like Bogoria and Magadi, that have copious water supply through a series of hot and freshwater springs; under ground inflows into Lake Nakuru through the axial fault line system is minimal. Baharini springs to the north and freshwater springs from Lion hill contribute negligible amounts that cannot sustain the lake during drought periods.
The hydrological conditions in Lake Nakuru dictate that water levels are dependent on catchment supply through rivers and therefore the integrity of this catchment. The shallow depth, the high evaporation rates and seasonal rivers make the lake a hydrologically impacted ecosystem. Therefore, the lake does not have any buffering capacities to withstand hydrological impacts driven by catchment processes.
Four seasonal rivers Makalia, Nderit, Naishi, Njoro and Larmudiac; and treated wastewater from Nakuru Town drain into the lake. The Baharini Springs and other springs along the eastern shoreline are perennial. Some surface streams such as the Ngosur and Naishi become influent, disappearing along the fault lines as re-charge to deep aquifers.
There is a clear stream flow in response to precipitation occurring in the catchment. The first peak flow occurs in May, a month after peak rainfall, while the second peak coincides with that of rain in the month of August. Nakuru is an enclosed Lake and only evaporation accounts for water loss. The long drought periods of 1993-96 have resulted into particularly poor hydrological conditions as exhibited by excessive lake level decline.
7
2.1.2 Vegetation
The general vegetation comprises of grasslands and scrublands at the lower parts of the basin with Yellow acacia along the lakeshore and flood plains, riverine vegetation along the river courses, which gives way to dry upland forest in the slopes of the highlands. Thick moist upland forests cover the upper reaches of the highlands, which are the source of surface flow into Lake Nakuru.
2.1.3 Climate
There is considerable variation in climate within the Lake Nakuru catchment basin depending on altitude and topography. The climate ranges from cold, hot and humid to arid and semi-arid, characteristic of areas within the Rift Valley.
Rainfall
The Mean annual rainfall averages about 750 mm, falling within the periods of November to December and April to May. The total annual rainfall increases and becomes more certain and dependable with increasing altitude. Rainfall has a tri-modal distribution with peaks centred around April, August and November; April peak being highest followed by August and November. Isohyet analysis shows a general decrease in rainfall from the highlands to the centre of the lake.
Evaporation, Radiation and Temperature
Evaporation, radiation and temperature have annual means of 1,800 mm, 490 Langlays and 270C respectively. The three parameters have their peaks centred around January and September and minimum around April and August. Wind speeds are high especially in dry seasons in March and August causing whirlwinds in the low-lying areas.
2.1.4 Demographic Trends of the catchment
Figure 2 below shows high population growth rate and high population densities in this catchment. Between 1989 and 1999, the population and density have increased by over 60%. This high rate of population growth has affected Lake Nakuru adversely, in that it has high pollutants from the municipality, industrial and other commercial activities; while agricultural activities have contributed to siltation. Water level of the lake has drastically reduced due abstraction of water from the rivers draining into the lake.
The high population in the catchment and the accompanied human activities can explain the lake’s changing ecosystem.
8
Figure 2: Demographic Trends in the Catchment
0
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
1989 1997 1999 2001 YEAR
NU
MB
ERS
MunicipalityNjoroBahatiTotal
2.1.5 Land use in the Plan area There are several land use types in the catchment that have had diverse impacts on the ecosystem. They range from urban settlement, small and large-scale cultivation, pastoralism, ranching, and conservation. Figure 3 below shows the various land-use types found in Lake Nakuru catchment.
Figure 3: Lake Nakuru Catchment Basin
9
10
2.1.6 Urbanisation and Industry
The township of Nakuru has grown from a small railway station to a large industrial, commercial and administrative Center with a growth rate of about 10%. Like most cities and urban centres, it is a prodigious producer of human, domestic and industrial waste. Waste handling and treatment facilities have not kept pace with the rate of production thereby posing environmental pollution.
The spread of impervious surfaces due to the built environment has reduced infiltration rates leading to higher runoff volumes, which produces a pollution peak in the early part of the wet seasons. This makes storm water from the first flush of rains, the single most important source of pollution in to Lake Nakuru. Figure 4 below shows changes in land cover under the Nakuru Municipal Council between 1930 and 1988.
11
Figure 4: Growth of Nakuru Township
2.1.7 Conservation
Apart from Lake Nakuru National Park, which is a gazetted National Park, other conservation areas include various forests found in Bahati, Menengai, Ndudori, Eburru and Mau escarpment. The area of the catchment under forest has progressively declined from 47% in 1970 to about 15% in 1998. The forest excision continues to date and un-quantified forest cover has been lost to other land uses, in particular small-scale farming. The clear felling of vast tracts of forested land in the Lake Nakuru catchment has immediate effect of causing a major loss of nutrients in the catchment and eutrophication in the lake.
12
Exposure of the ground surface and changes in surface runoff characteristics, have continued the export of nutrients and soil from the deforested areas for several years.
2.1.8 Agriculture
Agriculture is the largest land use and ranges from small to large-scale farms and ranches. The soils of the catchment are quite varied, and environmental consequences of this land use vary with soil type, topography and land treatment. Soil erosion is a major environmental effect arising from present day agricultural practices.
There is evidence of serious gully and sheet erosion at several sites in the catchment. Rivers Nderit and Makalia traverse regions of steep slopes in their upper reaches and flow through areas dominated by small-scale farms. Both rivers carry high sediment loads.
The range of agro-chemicals used on small-scale farms is minimal and confined to fertilisers, insecticide and acaricide. Banned chemicals such as DDT, Aldrin and Dieldrin have been detected in the biota. Agro-chemicals used include 4 varieties of fertilisers, 5 brands of herbicides, 7 brands of pesticides, 5 brands of acaricides and 3 brands of fungicides.
In view of the need to increase yield and profit, greater use of agrochemicals by farmers is envisaged.
2.2 Lake Nakuru National Park - General Description.
2.2.1 Location
Lake Nakuru National Park lies between longitude 36005’ E and Latitude 0024’ S. It is located within the Nakuru Municipality boundaries about 3-km south of Nakuru town Centre, in Nakuru District, the Rift Valley Province of Kenya.
2.2.2 Access The Park is located about 160 km from Nairobi along the Trans African Highway, Road A104. It can also be accessed by Kenya-Uganda Railway line and by air. An airstrip exists in the Park.
2.2.3 Legal status Lake Nakuru National Park was gazetted vide legal notice number 137 of 12/6/86; and the boundaries are delineated in boundary plan 204 /57, which delineates a total protected are of 18,800 ha (188 km2).
2.2.4 History of the park The Park has for long acted as a centre for biodiversity conservation initiatives. In 1953, 1959 and 1962 the introduction of Tilapia grahami (= Sarotherodon alcalicus grahami) to control mosquitoes increased food diversity and resulted in diversified bird life in Lake Nakuru. With the expansion of the park boundaries the park acted as a refuge for wildlife that experienced habitat destruction. These wildlife species included the predators, endangered species such as the Rothschild Giraffe and Rhino. The rampant poaching of Rhinos exterminated them from their range. Lake Nakuru National Park has acted as a Black Rhino protection and breeding site, and for reintroductions to their former ranges. The park has been recognised internationally as an important conservation area and has been designated as an Important Bird Area, a stop over for migratory species and the first Ramsar Site in East Africa.
The present Lake Nakuru National Park is as a result of a series of chronological events.
13
In 1961 the southern part of the lake was designated as a bird sanctuary, under the management of the Kenya Royal National Parks.
In 1964, the bird sanctuary was extended covering the whole lake and a small strip of land around it.
In 1968, the whole area of the lake and the surrounding shore, about 6,000 ha, was officially gazetted as a National Park.
In 1972, WWF took the initiative to raise funds to facilitate further expansion of Lake Nakuru National Park.
In 1973, WWF represented by Prince Bernard of the Netherlands, and President of WWF signed a conservation agreement with the government of Kenya. The agreement supported a park extension programme.
In 1974 further extension of the park took place when WWF organized and funded the purchase of land from farmers residing on it. This addition together with later modifications resulted to the present area of 188 km2.
In 1976 part of the park was fenced with a 74 km long chain link wire, to alleviate human wildlife conflicts.
In 1984, the Park was established as the first Government managed Rhino Sanctuary.
In 1986 a solar powered electric fence was installed to reinforce the chain link.
In 1987 the Park was given status of a Rhino sanctuary.
In 1990, Lake Nakuru was designated as a Ramsar site (listed sites or wetlands of international importance for the management of migratory waterfowls).
14
2.2.5 Flora and Fauna The park can be classified into four major habitats as shown in figure 5.
LAKE NAKURU
R. M
akali
aL I O N H I L L R A N G
E
River Njoro
River Lamuriak
Nder
i Rive
r
Data source KWS vagetation survey -1998
VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION NAKURU NATIONAL PARK
B AB O
O N C
L IFF
A RE A
NAIS
HI A
REA
NDERIT PLAINS
T-JUNCTION AREA
WCK G
RASSL
ANDS
Legend
Kilometers30 0 30
Scale : 1: 100,000
N
Park BoundaryTaconanthus BushlandAcacia woodlandMixed BushlandWooded grassslandsBushed GrasslandBareOpen GrasslandForestMarshlandRiverineLake
15
The Open Water, Shoreline and Springs - The Lake is an environment of extremes, with variations in humidity, water temperature, rainfall and water levels. The water chemistry makes the Lake habitable to very few organisms. PH remains constant at 10.4 due to the buffering effect of Sodium Carbonate and Sodium hydrocarbonate. Conductivity ranges from 6,500 – 165,000 uS cm-1 at 200C. This is optimum for algal primary productivity. Alkalinity ranges 5,000 – 90,000 mgl-1 with ionic composition of Na + 96.4%, HCO3
- and CO3- - .The low diurnal
winds cause mixing of the water body almost on a daily basis. This mixing causes nutrient cycling which is of great benefit to the aquatic organisms. Diatoms and other algae that bloom occasionally form substantial amount of total biomass. The main primary producer of the open water zone is the blue-green algae Spirulina platensis that constitutes 95% of the algal population. Primary consumers vary from micro-scopic zooplanktons to the flamingo. The most important zooplankton is the Copepod Lavenula africana though rotifers such as Brachinous dimidiatus and B plicatilis occasionally become dominant. The lesser flamingo is the major primary consumer of Spirulina while Tilapia grahami also grazes on it. Other important primary consumers include Hippopotamus, which feed on the shoreline vegetation at night and import nutrient when they return to the open water zone.
The Eastern and Northern shores is characterised by a swamp of deep, soft mud kept moist by springs and seepage along the lakeside. Sedges and rushes grow here and provide shelter for a variety of animals and birds. The rushes are mostly confined to areas of relatively fresh water while the sedges tolerate more soda. Many waders especially the migrants sift through the mud for small insects. The Western and Southern shores are sandy, and are habitat for sand pipers and other water birds.
The springs and their associated wetlands are important bottleneck habitats for fish as breeding and refuge areas. They are a source of drinking water for birds and mammals and where soda-encrusted birds wash their plumage.
Woodlands - These comprise of:
• Acacia woodlands: The Park has several stands of scattered acacia woodlands associated with areas of low water table, and prominent on the plains. They are important habitats for wildlife.
• Bushed woodlands: This is the second largest habitat in the park, and it alternates with acacia woodlands. Common plant species here is Tarchonanthus camphorutus and is a habitat for Lion, Jackal, Impala and Giraffe and many bird species like weavers, doves, ground hornbill, augur buzzard and tawny eagle.
Open Grassland - This comprises of:
• Alkaline tolerant species mainly found along the lake shores and include Cyperus laevigatus, Sporobolus spicatus, Pluchea bequaertii and Typha sp., all in various associations.
• Plain grassland communities occur mainly on sedimentary /lacustrine plains to the south and north of the lake, and common species include Chloris gayana, Digitaria abyssinica, Boma Rhode grass. Themeda triandra and Cynodon digitaria. forming various associations. Common faunal species, which dominate the area, include Warthog, Aadvark, Zebra, Impala and Gazelle. There are also various species of ground dwelling birds such as Guinea–fowl, Ground hornbill and Secretary birds.
16
Forests - Major forest habitats in the park include:
• Euphorbia forest: The common species here is Euphorbia candelabra, which grows to 15 metres high. This habitat is commonly utilised by the black rhino and the Colobus monkey.
• Olea forest: Commonly known as “Olive forest” is found to the southwest of the Park. It is a habitat for Black Rhino and Eland. The common species here are Olea africana, Teclea simplicifolia, and Juniperus sp. The forest is a small remnant of a larger forest, which extended to the higher reaches of the Mau escarpment, the main catchment of Lake Nakuru.
• Acacia forest: Dominant species is the Acacia xanthophlea associated with areas of high water table. These are prominent along the river courses and shoreline. They are important habitats for wildlife and birds such as the Francolins.
2.2.6 Tourism Lake Nakuru National Park is a major tourist destination for both local and international visitors. Major tourist attractions include the greatest ornithological spectre in the world by flamingos and other waterfowls, and the endangered black rhino. Figure 6 shows the visitor numbers from 1974 to 2000.
17
Figure 6: Visitor Numbers 1976 – July 2000
GRAPH 2: VISITOR NUMBERS 1976 - JULY 2000
0
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
180,000
200,000
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000(J
an-Jul
y)YEAR
VISI
TOR
NU
MB
ERS
Visitor Numbers
18
2.2.7 Infrastructure in the Park. Existing Infrastructure within the park is as shown in figure 7
Figure 7
!8ji
ð
ð
ð
þ
<
ð
ð
ð
ð
ð
ð
ð
ð
ð
<
<
<
<
ð
<
#
Nganyoi Outpost
Warden's Office
Warden's House
Pwani Outpost
Nderit Gate
Rhino Base
Lanet GateMain Gate
Sarova Lion Hill Lodge
Makalia Picnic Site
Makalia Burial Site
Makalia Camp Site
Deighton's Cliff
WWF Guest House
Lion Hill Cave
Bromheads Site
Comorant Point
Maccines Site
Njoro Point
WCK West
Hippo Point
Picnic Site
Camp Site
Honeymoon
Sarova Lion Hill Lodge
Makalia Picnic Site
Makalia Burial Site
Makalia Camp Site
Deighton's Cliff
WWF Guest House
Lion Hill Cave
Bromheads Site
Comorant Point
WCK Hostels
Hippo Point
Picnic Site
Camp Site
Honeymoon
Lion Hill Tank
Water Trough
Water Trough
Water Trough
Water Trough Water Trough
Water Tank
Water Tank
Water Tank
Water Tank
Water Hole
Water Tank
Ear th Dam
Earth Dam
Earth Dam
Earth Dam
Earth Dam
Earth Dam
Borehole
Borehole
Dip
Dip
DipDip
D
A
KIWI PLAINS
Horse Run
SOYSAMBU
Isirkon
Bagaria
Kiriri
Kaka
Water Pump
Pump House
Pump House
Pump House
Cattle Pen
C
Feed Mill
Gate
Gate Gate
Gate
Lake View Estate Crescent
Elementeita Town
Sewage Works
Dispensary
CemeteryCemeteryQuarry
Quarry
Quarry
Shops
Ebrahim Rahemtulla Estate
Beef Research St. Farm
Gichobo Settlement
Nguriga Settlement
Bagaria Settlement
Naishi Settlement
Kiriri Settlement
Kamau Kaime Farm
Delemare Estate
Soysambu
Nderit Estate
Sugden Farm
Kikapu Farm
Meroronyi
Enjoro
Lake Nakuru
"!22
"!18
"!20
"!17
"!16"!19
"!8
"!12
NYATI CAMPSITE
NYUKI CAMPSITE
WATER TANK
VIEW POINT
WATER TROUGH
WATER TROUGH
WATER TROUGH
SAROVA SIMBA LODGE
SOYSAMBU CAMPSITE
BORE HOLE
SQUARE TANK
WATER TANK
CHUI CAMPSITE
RHINO CAMPSITE
OUT OF AFRICA CAMPSITE
LAKE NAKURU NATIONAL PARK INFRASTRUCTURE
FacilitiesBORE HOLEþ
CAMP SITE<
JUNCTIONð
LODGE
PIPE#
VIEW POINT
WATER TANK
WATER TROUGH
WCK HOSTEL
Roads
KWS PostGates!8Officesj
Staff Quartersi RiverMain River
Tributary
Plantations SwampPapyrus, Marsh
Seasonal Lake
Forest
Legend
0°30
'15" 0°30'15"
0°28
'16" 0°28'16"
0°26
'17"
0°26'17"
0°24
'18"
0°24'18"
0°22
'19"
0°22'19"
0°20
'20"
0°20'20"
0°18
'21"
0°18'21"
36°1'29"
36°1'29"
36°3'28"
36°3'28"
36°5'27"
36°5'27"
36°7'26"
36°7'26"
36°9'25"
36°9'25"
36°11'24"
36°11'24"170000
170000
175000
175000
180000
180000
185000
185000
-550
00
-55000
-500
00
-50000
-450
00
-45000
-400
00
-40000
-350
00
-35000
19
Buildings
Existing Park buildings and their conditions are as depicted in table 1 below. Table 1: Existing buildings.
CATEGORY EXISTNG NUMBER CONDITION Office blocks Park Administration District Headquarters Telecommunication Rhino Base
4 1 1 1 1
Fair Fair Good Good Prefab
Gates 3 Good Staff Houses Senior Middle Junior Unclassified Ranger
4 8
35 20 19
1 condemned 3 Good Fair Fair Condemned Fair
Workshops Mechanical Telecommunication
1 1
Fair Good
Hostels KWS hostel (dormitories 2) WCK hostel (Rooms 4)
1 1
Good Good
Auditorium 1 Good Amphitheatre 1 Good Guest Houses KWS Naishi Guest house WWF Guest house WCK Guest house
1 1 2
Good Good Good
Energiser 3 Prefabs Pump house 2 Fair
Lodges
Two lodges exist in the park; Sarova Lion Hill and Lake Nakuru lodge with bed capacities of 122 and 120 respectively. Campsites and Picnic sites
There are at present Eleven campsites. Seven of these are special campsites and include Nyuki, Nyati, Soysambu, Naishi (Jenkins), Reedbuck, Chui and Rhino. Special campsites are private campsites that require booking in advance on a first come first served basis. The rest are public campsites that are available to visitors at all times, and include Back Packers and Makalia. In addition, there are six picnic sites namely Baharini, Acacia, Baboon Cliff, Out of Africa, Lion Hill Summit and Makalia Falls. Roads
The park has three categories of road network. The first category is 75 km of all weather gravel road that forms the main circuit. The second category is 125 km of unimproved surface. The third category is 100 km of security fence and patrol tracks, which also act as firebreaks.
River crossing at the moment are temporary structures that serve as bridges on Makalia and Nderit rivers and become impassable with rains. Airstrip
There is a 1.2 km long airstrip located at Naishi next to Rhino Surveillance camp. The airstrip is of unimproved surface. It is used for tourist aircraft landing as well as for management and records an average of 120 landings per year.
20
Water System
There are several water infrastructure within the park these include:
• Lion hill water tank with a capacity of 100,000 litres. It is supplied with water from the Lanet gate borehole which is powered by mains electricity. The borehole also serves the Park’s main gate through fetching by way of trucks and water bowsers. The tank supplies a water trough at Cave dam for wildlife use. The purpose of the Lion hill water project was to eventually supply water to Nderit, but the project stalled.
• Square tank borehole, Supplies Square tank that has a capacity of 50,000 litres. Adjacent local communities also use the water from this borehole.
• Nganyoi borehole supplies Nganyoi tank that has capacity of 100,000 litres. A pipeline connected to it supplies Naishi special campsite, Naishi camp; several water troughs and a community tank. A fixed lister engine does pumping.
• Windmill borehole supplies a water trough located about 100 metres away. However its water level is unreliable and occasionally dries up.
• Honeymoon water tank has a storage capacity of 50,000 litres and sources its water from the main municipal water pipeline. This source is often unreliable.
• The MCN bore holes around the old quarry that supply water to Nakuru Municipality, WWF guesthouse, WCK guesthouse and the WCK hostels.
• Water pipeline from the Municipal Council supplies the main gate, backpackers campsite, staff houses and wardens house. However, this supply is unreliable.
• The Sarova Hotel borehole, pumped by a diesel engine, supplies water to the hotel and a nearby water trough. The hotel also receives water from Lanet using a water bowser
• Lake Nakuru Lodge borehole at Nderit gate serves two huge water tanks, an earth dam near the gate and the Lodge. Some of this water is supplied to the Nderit gate. Pumping is done using mains electricity.
• Soysambu borehole, supplies water to Soysambu camp and a nearby water trough. Pumping is by a mobile fuel pump.
2.2.8 Park Personnel
Wildlife tourism and Research are the core management issues inside the park. Security, and Administrative functions which include accounts, personnel, mechanical and telecommunication units do exist. Detailed existing and proposed staff strength is shown on appendix 4.
2.3 Environmental Concerns in the Catchment:
In the catchment, agriculture, forestry, industry, and tourism are major sources of revenue. The forests in the catchment are part of an important national watershed, the large farms are among the most productive in Nakuru district and the Lake, which lies in the sump of the catchment, is of immense ecological and economic importance as a national asset.
Over the last 30 years, the catchment basin has been transformed from a sparsely settled area to one that is heavily settled, extensively cultivated urbanized and industrialized. Before 1930, most of the catchment’s area was forested and farming was generally large-scale, Nakuru town was a small centre. Vegetation covered half of the catchment. Forty years later, the region is under
21
intensified cultivation. Nakuru town had expanded by the time the area around Lake Nakuru was designated as a protected area.
Catchment maps show a progressive decline in the area of land under forests from 47% in 1970 to 26% in 1986. Renewed excision between 1994 to 1998 further reduced forest cover to 15% of the catchment area, leaving behind only the barest protection of its watersheds. During the same period, small-scale agriculture grew from insignificant levels to 66% of the land area. Concomitantly Nakuru Municipality located within a kilometer of the lake’s Northern Shore expanded in area from 9km2 in 1970 to 290km2 in 1995. For the last three decades the town has maintained a population growth rate of 10% per annum and today supports an estimated population of 360,000 people. Population density in the rural parts of the catchment is currently estimated at 300 people per km2.
All impacts arising from human activities such as waste, agro-chemicals and other pollutants end up accumulating in the lake, which is a closed system. The impacts witnessed in the lake reflect the extent of degradation within the catchment. This habitat denudation has serious socio-economic and ecological implications in the catchment. The degradation indicates an eroded economic base with loss of soil fertility, vegetation cover, poisoning of the soil and reducing opportunities for economic development, together with increasing poverty levels. Accumulation of solid wastes in the municipality is a clear manifestation of the deteriorating living conditions for Nakuru residents. Likewise, the high incidents of industrial pollutants and wastes are a clear reflection of the failure to enforce and adhere to environmental standards as stipulated in various Acts, by-laws and polices. Environmental issues in this catchment emanate from: -
Land use and land ownership. Land settlement. Livestock and crop farming. Forestry. Conflicts. Urban development. Water resources. Communication.
2.4 Lake Nakuru Catchment Linkages Lakes are not isolated entities, but are linked and associated to both natural and human induced processes and activates taking place in their catchments. Lake Nakuru is linked to its catchment through ecological, hydrological and socio-economic linkages as shown in figure 8a, 8b and 8c below.
22
Figure 8a: Ecological Linkages in Lake Nakuru Catchment
POOR LAND HUSBANDRY
Increase in population
Land fragmentation
Hydrology Increased demand
Land fragmentation Deforestation
Intensification of agriculture
Soil degradation Increased use of chemicals
Loss of soil fertility
Deforestation
Increased pressure on land resource
Denudation
Soil degradation
Intensification of agriculture
Loss of soil fertility
Increased use of chemicals
Increased poverty
Migration
23
Figure 8b: Hydrological Linkages in Lake Nakuru Catchment
High population growth
Deforestation
Reduced vegetation cover
Decreased percolation
Loss of soil fertility Surface run-off, siltation & erosion
Reduced crop yield Water contamination, Lake siltation & drying Rivers
Socio-economic losses Degraded farm lands
Urbanisation
Aquifer & water contamination, Damming of rivers
Pollution Decrease in water resources
Contaminated watercourses
Environmental Pollution
Defforestation, excision, cultivation
24
Figure 8c: Socio-economic linkages in Lake Nakuru Catchment
High human population
Resource needs
Agriculture & settlements
Urbanisation
Rural Waste disposal space resources
Municipalities
Industries Infrastructure Migration
PART TWO:
GOALS, OBJECTIVES & MANAGEMENT ISSUES
25
CHAPTER THREE GOAL, OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES
3.0 MANAGEMENT ISSUES AND CONCERNS
3.1 Issues In the catchment High population growth, changes in land use types, urbanisation and industrialisation have led to environmental degradation. The situation has been aggravated by lack of integrated land use policies leading to over utilisation of resources in the catchment. The following issues have been identified as the main concerns; • Human – resource conflict
The changing land use patterns in the plan area has increased human resource conflict. • Urban development
Lack of urban planning and its subsequent implementation in the lake Nakuru catchment environment is impacting negatively on the lake.
• Human demographic trends. These changes are influencing a negative trend on natural resource use in the area.
• Deforestation and encroachment. The rapid change in ground cover is affecting underground water change and subsequent sustenance of river flow regimes.
• Farming methods. Inadequate soil and water conservation strategies are leading to siltation in the lake and poor river water quality.
• Environmental literacy The populace in the catchment area is not sensitised enough on the need for a healthy environment, resulting to environmental denudation and degradation.
• Political goodwill Inadequate political support is constraining the implementation of catchment management initiatives.
• Land tenure system The continued fragmentation of land in the plan area is impacting negatively on the ecosystem.
• Land use planning Lack of integrated land use plan in the Nakuru catchment has resulted in poor land use systems that impact negatively on the lake.
These issues affect the entire catchment and Lake Nakuru. Attempts to address them should be co-ordinated and integrated. There are several agencies such as KWS, MCN, Government departments, NGO’s CBO’s communities and individuals already in place and addressing some of these issues.
3.2 Issues in Lake Nakuru National Park
3.2.1 Ecological Issues Insularisation: Fencing all around the park has resulted into
• Lack of wildlife migration routes and dispersal areas which has led to: o High build-up of animal populations o Habitat over utilisation
26
o Increase in dominance by unpalatable species and reduction of habitat quality and productivity.
o Inability of predators to control herbivores • Herbivore numbers and stocking rates. Over time, the park has experienced an increase in herbivore numbers. • Habitat /herbivore interactions. The increased number of herbivores has resulted in over utilization of habitats within the park. • Vegetation dynamics Succession has taken place and invader species have become a major concern for the park management • Quality and productivity High herbivore numbers has resulted in poor quality forage and productivity in some habitats. In the grassland habitats species of a higher food value such as Cynodon sp. have been replaced by those of a lower food value such as Herpachne sp. • Predator Reintroductions of predators in the park has increased predation pressure. However this has not been quantified. • Waterfowl populations The introduction of fish in the lake increased the waterfowl diversity and numbers, which require continued monitoring.
3.2.2 Human Induced issues • Management regimes
Frequent change of managerial staff and lack of active management intervention strategies are affecting park management consistency.
• Infrastructure development: Road network and density, buildings and utilities require constant maintenance.
• Wildlife water management Wildlife water distribution in the park is done on an ad hoc basis, causing habitat degradation.
• Tourism activities Lack of zonation in the park is threatening critical habitats as a result of increased tourism pressure and impacts.
3.2.3 Hydrological Issues • Deforestation and increased abstraction of surface and ground water by the growing
population has resulted in hydrological imbalance. This has affected the river flow regimes, thereby affecting Lake levels and biological dynamics
• Water quality - Siltation arising from erosion of cultivated farms and water contamination by agro-chemicals, solid waste and industrial effluence such as fertilisers and pesticides has affected water quality in the lake. The increasing number of industries within Nakuru town and its environs poses a further threat to the lake. The sewage works within the park are effective in treating the town’s domestic waste. However, they are not effective in treating heavy metals. Solid waste from the town and its environs are transported in to the lake by wind and surface flow.
27
3.3 Goal, Objectives and Strategies
3.3.1 Goal
The goal of the management plan is to conserve Lake Nakuru catchment, its biodiversity and natural resources for sustainable development.
3.3.2 Objectives The specific objectives of the plan are to: -
i. Conserve and manage the environmental values of Lake Nakuru catchment for sustainable development.
ii. Promote environmental conservation education and awareness for effective stakeholders participation.
iii. Promote integration, collaboration and stakeholders participation in environmental conservation.
iv. Minimise human – resource conflicts, threats and enhance compatible land-use practices. v. Strengthen scientific research and monitoring in Lake Nakuru National Park and its
catchment. vi. Promote support for national and international institutions in conservation and
development of Lake Nakuru catchment. vii. Provide a basis for diversification of tourism, benefit sharing and poverty
alleviation.Promote sustainable land use practises, environmental conservation and natural resource management
ix. Minimise threats and constrains that affect sustainable conservation and development in the region.
3.3.3 Strategies To achieve the set objectives, the following strategies will be employed: -
1. Undertake research on key biodiversity resources, habitats and the ecology of key species in line with the ecosystem approach.
2. Develop human resource capacity to meet the needs and challenges of a changing conservation world.
3. Promote use of environmentally compatible land use practices. 4. Ensure the park perimeter fence is functional and enhance community awareness
through outreach programmes. 5. Liase with local communities, NGO’s and international bodies to enhance overall
integrity in conservation and management by strengthening multi-disciplinary participation in conservation.
6. Provide reliable information and data for conservation and management purposes. 7. Provide alternatives for tourism by promoting other aspects of biological diversity. 8. Collaborate with other Government. and NGO sectors in promoting environmentally
friendly poverty alleviation programmes. 9. Strengthen park management and administration through capacity building. 10. Maintain security for wildlife and visitors in the park
28
The achievement of the long-term management objectives for Lake Nakuru catchment depends on a number of influencing factors linked to human activities. Figure 9 below summarises linkages, effects of human activities, the consequent impacts on the environment and proposed mitigation measures in the entire catchment.
Figure 9: Effects and Consequences of Anthropogenic activities in the catchment
MITIGATION
CONSEQUENCES
EFFECTS
HUMAN ACTIVITIES IN LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT
Hydrological Socio-economic Ecological
• Increased pollution • Deforestation • Decreased water resources • Contaminated water resources • Loss of economic base • Loss ecological integrity • Loss of diversity • Reduced land productivity • Land fragmentation • Encroachment of Natural resources • Human wildlife conflicts • Increased urbanisation • Isolation of biological resources • Increased denudation
• Stop deforestation and rehabilitate degraded areas • Implementation of sound pollution control methods • Scientifically based sound wildlife conservation • Stakeholder involvement with clear defined roles and responsibilities • Mobilisation of resources both internally and externally • Enforcement of various environmental acts • Develop strong linkages and partnerships between stakeholders, public
sectors, local and international conservation agencies • Institute sustainable resource utilisation and development • Use alternative resources
PART THREE: MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS,
PROGRAMMES AND ACTIONS
29
CHAPTER FOUR MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES
4.0 INTRODUCTION These management prescriptions and programmes emphasise the need for a wider participation in conservation and management of natural resources at the same time considering socio-economic development. To achieve this a participatory planning approach was used to integrate the vision of Lake Nakuru ecosystem management. The management plan aims at incorporating various components and management programmes in the plan area in achieving the stated goals, objectives and strategies
4.1. Forestry: In the past various types of forests covered the plan area ranging from lowland savannah woodlands and forests to dry upland forests to moist highland forests The environmental integrity of the plan area is dependent on this vegetation coverage. However, these forests have undergone various modifications and changes to accommodate various land use systems and development needs and policies. The changes have altered the landscape especially the extent, coverage and distribution of forests. The continued forest disruption and alteration through development has precipitated serious adverse environmental impacts. The impacts are far reaching and affect the remaining forests as well as other parts of the plan area Figure 10 below shows changes in forest cover from 1930 to 1998.
30
Figure 10: Changes in forest cover within the basin
31
The forests consist of natural forests, plantation forests and on farm woodlots. Some of the problems being experienced within the natural forests and plantation forests include:- Deforestation. Excisions. Illegal felling of trees/logging. Charcoal burning. Cultivation. Arson. Encroachment.
The catchment forests affected by the above activities include- a) Eburru forest: This has been affected through illegal logging, clearance of land to give way to cultivation, charcoal burning, encroachment and forest fires. b) Ndundori forest: This has been affected by activities that include cultivation, illegal felling of trees and encroachment. c) Menengai Forest: This has been affected extensively by excisions, illegal felling of trees, encroachment and forest fires. d) Mau forest: This forest has been extensively subjected to excisions, deforestation, illegal logging, charcoal burning and unsustainable logging.
Consequences of all these activities are: Soil erosion and siltation. Loss of biodiversity Land degradation. Deterioration and loss of water catchment value. Illegal access tracks. Loss of ecological value nationally and internationally, which entails the loss of water,
disruption of nutrients recycling, seasonal flooding and loss of other water bodies. Loss of natural forest products. Loss of cultural value.
4.1.1 Forest conservation challenges: The following challenges are encountered in the efforts to conserve forests in the catchment
• To ensure forest conservation. • Ensure the protection and rehabilitation of degraded areas. • Inadequate technical personnel and financial capacity to rehabilitate degraded
areas. • Lack of alternative energy sources e.g. wood, fodder, e.t.c. • Provide telecommunication facilities, and make them available to communities,
forestry, and water department, e.t.c. •
4.1.2 Strategies to conserve the catchment forests The following strategies will be employed in order to conserve the forests
32
• Explore and promote alternative sources of livelihood. • Promote the protection and rehabilitation of degraded areas. • Provide the necessary political goodwill to protect the forest and curb excisions. • Promote off- home based nurseries for re-afforestation. • Ensure that there are title deeds for the forestland. • Enhance capacity within forest department to deal with emergencies. • Involve the communities in forest management. This will take a multi-sectoral
approach in forest conservation e.g Formation and promotion of community vigilant groups.
• Create awareness and enhance information sharing among stakeholders. • Recommend tree species that may be planted e.g. indigenous plants, agro forestry
trees and advise against species of trees that cause degradation. • Reforestation of degraded sites unsuitable for cultivation and enforce Agriculture Act. • Establish a cut-off line to demarcate Eburu forest. • Train and mobilize communities through extension programs to manage the forests. • Enforce laws e.g. Forest, Water Local Council Acts. • Identify alternative sand quarries; grazing areas and alternative energy sources.
4.2 Agriculture and settlement: Agricultural activities in the plan area have undergone various changes from pastoralism through large scale farming to current day intensive small scale agriculture These activities have had serious negative implications on the environment. They have led to drying of rivers. The extensive use of agrochemicals in the catchment affect water quality significantly in the form of agrochemical pollution, eutrophication of the lake and siltation. 4.2.1 The challenges The challeges and issues emanating from agricultural activities in the plan area include: Soil degradation. Agro chemicals pollution. Farming on steep slopes leading to soil erosion. Urban centers growth. Water abstraction. Infrastructure expansion. Increased impervious surfaces from settlement and roads. Encroachment of the river line systems. Introduction of alien species e.g. crop, weed, ornamental plants and edge species such as
the Lantana, Kei apple leading to biodiversity loss. Use of banned agro-chemicals, disguised in other brand names and trademarks. Monoculture agriculture with excessive use of agro-chemicals.
4.2.2 Strategies and mitigating measures: The following strategies will be employed to mitigate the impacts of agriculture and settlement in the catchment environment Create education and awareness, sensitization and appropriate action on riverbank
farming and wise use of pesticides and other agro-chemicals. Promote integrated pest management.
33
Promote community organization and development of a code of ethics that govern refuse disposal and other activities within the catchment.
Zero water discharge from the farms through, retention dam construction and terracing. This requires various agencies, institutions and stakeholders working together. These agencies institutions and stakeholders include: KARI. Ministry of Agriculture. Institutions of higher learning e.g. Egerton University through the PRA program. NGO’s such as WWF, CBO’s and other religious organizations.
The following incentives are necessary in attaining solutions to the above challenges Assist in the marketing of farm produce. Assist in on-farm and post harvest management and pest control Diversify income generating projects such as bee keeping and small stock rearing.
4.3 Livestock farming: Livestock farming in the plan area has changed over the years, with ranching declining due to reduction in large-scale farms. Livestock farming in the plan area consists of; Ranching. Zero grazing. Free ranging. Pastoralism. Urban farming.
4.3.1 Challenges and issues of livestock farming The following challenges face livestock industry
Over grazing and degradation of pasturelands leading to erosion. Animal waste management. Degradation of the watering points. Acaricides management.
4.3.2 Strategies The following strategies will be used Overgrazing:
• Education of the stakeholder on appropriate stocking rates. • Initiating incentives for appropriate stocking rates e.g. marketing livestock at the right
prices. • Discouraging grazing in forest lands
Animal waste management:
• Enforcement of MCN by-laws. • Encourage use of animal waste as a resource to improve soil fertility. • Use of waste as an alternative energy source e.g. in production of biogas.
Acaricides:
• Education and awareness on proper use of acaricide.
34
• Appropriate location of cattle dips to prevent contamination of water courses after dipping.
• Research and development of alternative tick control methods by KARI and Egerton University.
4.4 Water resources. The plan area is a water deficit zone and the situation has been aggravated by the environmentally disruptive human activities. This has affected river flows, domestic supply, lake levels and underground aquifer. To alleviate water shortages in the catchment there has been an inter-basin water transfer. This transfer is due to growing urbanisation and industrialisation, is set to increase raising serious issues of lake water quality and lake levels. The water transfer through the industrial urban complex will act as a conduit for pollutants and excessive water volumes that may upset the lake ecology. The cultivation of riverbanks and clearing of forests have affected water percolation, springs and river flow regimes resulting in reduced water availability during critical periods of the year. At the moment communities in the catchment move longer distances in search of water. Reduced water availability and quantity has led to increased abstraction from underground aquifers affecting borehole depths, density and yields. Likewise, various human activities have led to deterioration of water quality consequently increasing incidences of water borne diseases. The management and ultimate fate of water resources has serious environmental consequences and management concerts. In municipality there is poor distribution, inadequate reticulation and connectivity. Likewise other rural centers lack appropriate water treatment facilities.
4.4.1 Issues and Challenges In the water resources sector within the catchment the following challenges are encountered • Dwindling water resources. • Quality and quantity of water. • Temporal availability of water.
4.4.2 Strategies
The following strategies will be employed to water resources in the catchment • Rehabilitate existing boreholes • Source for more water outside the catchment • Undertake riverine vegetation protection. • Encourage alternative water harvesting technology
35
Figure 11 below shows the challenges, strategy and responsibility of various stakeholders in water resource management.
Figure 11: Challeges, Strategies and responsibilities of stakeholders in the catchment
4.5 Land Tenure and Land use dynamics Land tenure and land use systems in the catchment have undergone extensive changes in historical and recent times. The land has changed from pastoralism through large scale farming to extensive small scale farming These changes in land use patterns have had severe effects on the environment, productivity and socio-economics. There has been policy shifts in the plan area
Catchment water management
Community Institutions
Spring protection. Re-forestation. River bank protection. Zero discharge.
Community based waste management KWS, WWF, MCN. CBOs
Regulation of water abstraction. MENR water department
Industrial waste management. MCN, WWF
Water quality. KWS, MCN, EU, MENR Water Dept.
Urban water conservation campaign. MCN, WWF, KWS
Community based monitoring using: • Bio-indicators. • Monitoring rainfall. • Gauging rivers. • Silt loads. (KWS, WWF, Community, Water Department.)
36
affecting appropriate land use systems with degazettement of forests into farmlands and farmlands into urban and conservation areas. Traditional Land Ownership (Trust Lands) Before colonisation the land was used by pastoralist to graze their animals within the region with little impacts on the catchment However, in the early 1900's.the land was surveyed and registered under crown lands ordinance of 1902, and sold to prospective settlers. Interest on land i.e. Tenure, use, Reversionary and interest on land were specified. Any failure to use the land as agreed in the lease would attract forfeiture. Within the catchment most of the land was put under ranching - Soysambu, Oljarai, Bahati plains, Pwani etc., and others on Agricultural farming i.e. Njoro, Ngata upper parts of Bahati etc, mainly dealing with wheat, barley and coffee farming. Most of these lands leased were huge tracts of land. After independence land interests naturally changed. Where land was initially vested in the government or locals and its administration clearly spelt out, sudden demand affected development control and use. Land within the catchment was bought either by government (Kiambogo, parts of Bahati) or other land buying companies e.g. Mutukanio Ngwataniro, Pwani, Bahati and a few remained with the large scale farmers (Soysambu, Nightgale etc). Most of the land bought from the settlers was subdivided into small holders and given to the local farmers under a freehold interest. Freehold interest (title) guarantees the owner of such land free enjoyment of the land in perpetuity. She/he is expected to use it without any government interference. Registered Land Act Cap.300 guarantees this interest. The above use automatically introduced high populations density in an area hitherto barely settled. Their main source of livelihood was small-scale subsistence agriculture i.e. maize, beans, potatoes and a few bananas. Areas covered with forest or bush (ranches) were cleared and food crops planted. Today even river causeways are cleared for food cultivation. Vegetation that used to hold run off and filter fertiliser residues was cleared. This set in motion an environmental alarm. The titles that had been given out did not have any control on use unlike the earlier ones registered under Government Lands act Cap.280 or Registration of Titles Act (Cap.281). It had been assumed that the various government agencies especially Agriculture and Livestock would create awareness to the new landowners on sustainable agriculture. With limited resources, this has not been effective. Land has been subdivided without proper environmental impact assessment being done. Fragmentation into quite small uneconomic portions is evident along the main roads especial along the road going around the catchment i.e. Stem - Kiambogo – Mau– Narok – Njoro- Nakuru Town, Solai- Dundori loop. In these areas various adverse environmental issues are clear:
• Soil erosion - • Catchment destruction: The rivers in the catchment are either now dry or drying up.
Most of the riverbeds are cultivated • Deforestation: The newly allocated areas of Dundori and Mau hills had government
forest plantations Forest Act spells clear use of forestland and its production. However this has not been strictly implemented.
• Subdivision: Where there is lack of proper planning the future is uncertain. Urban sprawl has spread unabated in hitherto agricultural areas. This has led to high population densities churning large amounts of solid and liquid wastes into the catchment.
4.5.1 Land Management issues:
Dynamics of land ownership and use.
37
Inappropriate farming practices. Destruction of water catchment areas and other natural resources
4.5.2 Challenges: River bank and spring protection. Enforcement of Water Act , Forest Act, Physical Planning Act, Agricultural Act
Soils and Conservation Act, MCN bylaws and Land Development Act. 4.5.3 Strategies The following strategies will be employed to manage impacts emanating from land management problems • Streamline various Acts and polices affecting land use in this case DEC to ensure land use is
in harmony with sustainable development and conservation. • Intensify education and awareness among the various stakeholders on appropriate land uses
and practices • Enforce existing legislation, by-laws and policies. • Rehabilitate degraded areas. • Encourage tree planting be where failure to plant trees may lead to forfeiture of titles and loss
of land.
4.6 Urban development. The growth of Nakuru town from a small railway station to a medium sized urban and industrial center is concomitant with infrastructure growth and provision of services and facilities such as roads, hospitals, schools, sewerage, drainage and waste management systems. In the plan area there are other satellite settlements and towns with inadequate facilities and services. The urban centers within the catchment include: Njoro town, Store Mbili, Kihingo, Mauche, Defo, Rikia, Mau-Narok, Sululu, Menengai, Wanyororo, Pwani, Mutukanio, Naishi, Vagaria, Naishi game, Elementeita, Ndivai, Miti Mingi, Kiptagwanyi, Kabati, Mariguini and Egerton town. 4.6.1 Issues of the Nakuru Municipality area 4.6.1.1 Sewerage and Sanitation There are two sewerage treatment plants with a total design capacity of 16,200 m3 per day. The sewered area of the town is only 13 km2 or 19% of the build-up area. This includes Central Business District, industrial area, MCN housing estates, Shabab, Pangani, Racetrack, Gilani, Prisons and Lanet army barracks. The low-density areas of Milimani and Public institutions rely on cess pools and septic tanks. While high-density (peri-urban settlements) of Rhonda, Kaptembwo, Barut and Kiamunyeki use pit latrines with only a few households using septic tanks. To curb ground water pollution, it is desirable to expand sewer reticulation especially in the high-density residential neighbourhoods and rehabilitate Lanet trunk sewer to accommodate the growing population. 4.6.1.2 Storm Water Drainage Nakuru has both man-made and natural drains. There are three main areas covered by water drains. Central Drainage System (CDS) covers 374 hectares and mainly serves the Central Business District and its immediate areas; Eastern Drainage System (EDS) covers the eastern part of the municipality and the Western Drainage System (WDS) serves the western part of the city. These drains are inadequate and poorly maintained. Most of the areas outside the old town are not served and drainage is very poor. Physical development between crater and the lake has exacerbated the storm water drainage by reducing normal ground seepage.
38
4.6.1.3 Solid Waste Management Nakuru Town is a major solid waste producer. The capacity of the council is unable to cope with solid waste management. However, the public, NGO and CBO initiatives have contributed to solid waste management in the town, and there is a need to intensify these initiatives. The council is also moving towards privatisation due to its inability to cope with the increasing waste generation faced with the dwindling financial resources to provide adequate services. 4.6.1.4 Recreation facilities Nakuru town has three recreational parks, namely, Nyayo gardens, Lion Park and Shabab Square. These parks lack public facilities like wash rooms and solid waste disposal bins. The parks are poorly maintained though the council is working with CBOs in rehabilitating them. 4.6.2 Management issues The management issues of urban development are:
• Solid and liquid Waste management • Industrial pollution. • Domestic wastes. • Urban farming.
4.6.3 Challenges The challenges encountered in the urban development sector in the catchment are:
• Waste management and disposal • Demand for Infrastructure development • Urban physical planning • Inadequate sewer system in Nakuru • Town storm water • Management of waste oil spillage • Lack of enforcement of Policies and legal framework • Lack of awareness and capacity on environmental impacts by stakeholders • Corruption • Inadequate monitoring and follow-up of mitigation measures • Lack of information transfer • Lack of planning and integrating environmental assessment in to planning • Lack of technology transfer • Poverty • Inadequate networking among players and actors involved in urban development
4.6.4 Strategies. In tacking the above challenges the management plan proposes to use the following strategies
• Development of waste management strategies. • Build capacity building, education and awareness on waste management. • Enhance policy that guide development and growth of urban centers, and their location
and the activities of the urban areas such as infrastructure. • Enforce town planning and land development Acts. • Documentation of environmental standards • Establish resource centres for environmental education • Stiff penalties to offenders • Develop poverty reduction strategies
39
• Simplify environmental Act • Provide alternatives to mitigate threats from resources users • Encourage community participation in environmental conservation efforts. • Give awards to companies/factories demonstrating best practice.
Recommendations 1. Undertake environmental Education awareness for the Urban residents, and sensitisation on
the role of Nakuru Park in socio-economic development by NGOs and MCN. 2. MCN should assist the low income residential areas develop standard sanitary facilities and
rehabilitate Lanet trunk sewer. 3. MCN should improve and maintain the town drainage system; install screens and cover all
open drains. 4. MCN to effect effluent disposal standards and by-laws and encourage the industrial sector to
be proactive in environmental conservation. 5. Solid waste management in the Town must be enhanced through the proposed privatisation 6. Diversify recreation in the town by gazetting Menengai Crater as a recreation site. 7. Town-Park interface needs greening. 8. Provision of dustbins in strategic areas, to stop reckless littering and dumping 9. Relocation of the Nakuru dumping site, which is now located on the upper part of the town
along Nakuru-Kabarak road to a suitable site, appropriate research and environmental assessment should be carried out on the same.
10. Separation of waste into organic and inorganic when disposing off the waste. This should be done at the source.
11. Encourage the use of biodegradable materials as an alternative way of packaging 12. Recycling of plastics for other uses e.g. fencing post 13. Institutions of higher learning should research on cheaper, biodegradable packaging
materials, which are environmentally friendly. The findings should be made available to the stakeholders
14. Industrialists should conduct an environmental impact assessment before setting up their plants and factories
15. Encourage reduction of discharge from industries 16. Improve ability to respond to emergency situations e.g. oil and chemical spillage 17. Support the functions of conservation and management department in MCN 18. Popularisation of environmental management and coordination Act. 19. Expand the MCN sewer catchment
4.7 Transportation and communication: Lake Nakuru catchment basin is connected with four tarmacked roads i.e. Nakuru – Njoro- Mau Narok road, Elementaita – Mau Narok road, Nakuru – Ndundori road, and Nakuru – Solai road. Other road networks are mainly earth roads and are poorly maintained. Nakuru is linked to international, national and regional transportation network via Trans-Africa highway (A104), Kenya – Uganda railway and regional roads to Nyahururu and Njoro. These roads contribute to increased surface runoff especially the earth roads resulting into excessive erosion. This plan recommends that the communities should be encouraged to harvest that surface runoff.
40
4.7.1 Issues of concern • Unplanned road networks to villages, urban centers etc. • Poorly maintained roads. • Soil erosion promoted by vehicles and storm water. • Illegal access to protected areas. 4.7.2 Challenges: • Planning and maintenance of proper road network. • Road network design • Proper maintenance of road networks. 4.7.3 Strategies:
• Support rural road access program and development. • Diversion and harvesting of road run-off. • Proper planning to re-align roads from fragile, steep and sensitive areas. • Culverts placement in appropriate areas. • Regular maintenance of roads e.g. Menengai- Crater road.
4.8 Sensitive and degraded fragile areas: These sensitive degraded fragile areas are those areas that require immediate rehabilitation, and include:
• Stone quarries. • Sand quarries. • Dumping areas. • Degraded forests. • Eroded Mountains and valleys.
4.8.1 Management challenges:
• Stop and arrest further degradation. • Rehabilitation of the degraded areas.
4.8.2 Strategies: There are areas, especially Makalia/Barut, which have been affected by gullies, overgrazing, sand mining and lack of vegetation cover. 4.8.3 Recommendations:
a) Construction of cut-off drains, gabions and other soil conservation measures planting of appropriate vegetation e.g. grasses, depending on the area.
b) Stop further sand harvesting in such sensitive areas. c) Control free ranging livestock and encourage appropriate stocking rates and reseeding
with the appropriate grasses. d) Construction of weirs across the rivers.
41
4.9 Park Town Interphase
4.9.0 Introduction The interaction between Lake Nakuru National Park and Nakuru town presents both opportunities and challenges. The importance of Lake Nakuru National Park as both an international and local tourism site has benefited the catchment in the growth of infrastructure, services and market for agricultural produce. There is therefore need for an integrated planning for the inter phase to maximize the positive benefits while reducing negative impacts. The park as a natural element has presented the following potentials as outlined in the recently approved Nakuru Strategic Structure Plan (NSSP): It provides a unique aesthetic quality hence increasing town’s attractiveness and sense of
pride. The Lake acts as a natural monument of Nakuru town. Lake Nakuru National Park and other elements act as barriers to the town’s expansion
curtailing urban sprawl. Since space is a limiting factor in Nakuru, the town’s land use efficiency and densification has to be promoted.
Delineation of the park boundary and erection of a fence provides land-use separation and a buffer zone – keeping away two incompatible land uses. This prevents direct human encroachment on fragile ecological space.
The Park provides tourism opportunities, whose benefits the town can exploit. In terms of challenges, the linkage between Lake Nakuru National Park and Nakuru town can be summarized as follows: The urban neighbours have viewed the park as a waste management site. Human-wildlife conflict is evident in Mwariki and Barut farmlands while in the residential
neighbourhoods of Lake View, Free area and RaceTrack, land alienation has extended up to the lane between residential houses and the park. Due to intense land use in the urban area coupled with poor mitigation measures, this has led to large amounts of surface run off, industrial and domestic waste that pollute the park and further threaten the fragile ecosystem.
To exploit the above potentials while abetting the negative impacts, the following are proposed. Create awareness among Nakuru residents on the economic and ecological values of Lake
Nakuru National Park; and the Parks’ role in development. Structure the development along the park edge to create a more positive relationship between
the park and its neighbours along the transition zone. Structure the existing nodal developments e.g. at the Main and Lanet gates to enhance the
relationship between the park and its immediate neighbourhood. Create a green band along the park-town interface for public recreation. Also plant trees in
this area to trap the dust from the lake during the dry season. Integrate Njoro river riparian green space with the park edge (enforce Agricultural Act on
riparian protection). Possibilities of extending the zone to the crater along the geological fault lines to be
explored.
42
4.10 Human Wildlife Conflict
4.10.0 Introduction Human wildlife conflict refers to the antagonistic encounters between humans and wildlife. In the plan area the conflict intensified with the establishment of Lake Nakuru National Park as wildlife protected area in the late sixties. Increase in human population within the catchment, forest fragmentation and settlements exerted more pressure on the forest reserves that further increased the conflict. 4.10.1 Management Issues Crop Destruction- This occurs mainly along the boundary of Lake Nakuru National Park,
and is caused by Olive Baboons, which have skills to cross both electric and chainlink fences. They target all types of crops especially maize. It is also a problem animal in areas such as Menengai Crater, Mau Narok and Kongasis in Kiambogo hills. Vervet Monkeys pose similar problems to those of baboon, though to a lesser scale. Buffaloes, mainly from the Delamere Estate, cause problem in Elementaita area, particularly in Kiambogo Hills. Other animals, which cause crop damage, include wild pigs and porcupines. Buffaloes and Elands cause more crop destruction particularly along the forest edges in the catchment. The future of these animals in these habitats is uncertain and KWS will constantly monitor these populations to minimise conflict with farmers.
Livestock Predation- Along the Park boundary, lions and leopard occasionally prey on livestock. In other parts of the catchment, hyena, civet, genet, wildcat, mongoose birds of prey and snake prey on livestock. The predators from the park pass through culverts, burrows or areas of the fence, which have been vandalised. Most carnivores in the park have previous livestock predation history and have a tendency to continue the habit. For instance, between 1995 and 1996 alone, 6 leopards were trapped within the catchment and released into Lake Nakuru National Park.
Figure 12: Frequency of Lion and Leopard Raids around the Park 1990 – 2000
43
Subsistence Poaching- this is common in the plan area and includes illegal poaching for game meat, firewood, building materials, fodder and medicinal herbs from the Park or Forest Reserve. This kind of conflict has increased with time due to poor management of natural resources outside protected areas. It is also a function of increased poverty in rural areas.
Vandalism and Theft- Common along the Park /community boundary and tend to aggravate incidences of conflict.
Encroachment into Gazetted Forest- The catchment forests have progressively declined from 47% in 1970 to about 15% in 1998. Small-scale farms have grown from insignificant levels in 1970 to 66% of the present area increasing human /wildlife conflict. Destruction of crops by baboons is now being reported with increasing frequency in areas of Mauche and Mau Narok divisions, which hitherto was minimal.
4.10.2 Challenges
• Minimise wildlife human conflicts • Ensure survival of wildlife outside the formally gazetted areas • Spread benefits accrued from tourism and conservation • Ensure land use practices are compatible with wildlife or biodiversity conservation • Improve Park fence to be effective against primates
4.10.3 Strategies In the plan area the following measures have been and will continue to be undertaken. (i) Physical Barriers Along the Park boundary, an 84 km chain link and 74 km electric fences have been erected. The current design of these barriers has some shortcoming since they are not effective to some animals like the Baboon and the Leopard that continue to pose conflict problems. There is need for the current fences to be modified to make them baboon proof as has been tried elsewhere and confirmed effective. Successful examples of such fences include the Nairobi Safari Walk and Rangers’ Restaurant at the Nairobi National Park. The present chain link fencing has left out a lot of parcels of land along the perimeter park boundary that has become a hide out for hyenas, leopards and other cats, which leads to attack on livestock. There is an urgent need to realign this fence. (ii) Animal Traps/Predator proof bomas Seven livestock predator traps are distributed in major conflict cells within the catchment. These are the traditional traps in which bait is used to trap carnivores. This method though effective, is rather cumbersome to implement and the number of traps should be increased to solve the problem of constant relocation. There is a need to redesign more user-friendly animal traps for use in the conflict cells. Communities living in areas where there is high concentration of livestock predators can be encouraged to construct the new predator proof bomas. Such bomas have been tried in Kitengela and Shamata area and found effective. (iii) Community Education It has been found over the years that most community members cannot identify wild animals based on their physical features, vocalizations and footprints. There is need to train them on behaviour and physical features of wildlife to enable victims present correct reports to Problem Animal Control offices for quick and appropriate response. There is also need to liase with communities for intervention measures.
44
To stem subsistence poaching, education and awareness should be conducted within the catchment areas and alternative income generating projects identified. In the education programme the community neighbouring the park needs to be educated on the importance of a functional fence and be involved in fence maintenance. In addition, to curb vandalism the park security patrols should be intensified. This plan recommends that all NGO’s, CBO’s and Government departments working in the catchment should integrate their efforts to curb encroachment into critical habitats. Awareness on the value and importance of critical habitats and appropriate land use strategies should be intensified. (v) Compensation Compensation against death, injury or loss of property due to wildlife should always be considered in light of the existing legal framework. For communities to appreciate the benefits of wildlife conservation, there is need to develop community incentives. This management plan proposes that communities living adjacent and within the plan area be provided with provisions for access to water resources and other conservation benefits. 4.10.4 Research on Conflict Resolution The current Human/Wildlife conflict needs a new approach and new techniques to conform to the current economic lifestyles, social changes and changing land use. The following in depth applied research is recommended to address the conflict.
i. Primate Control - In the plan area, research on baboons should be conducted to seek the best way to manage the population since the species is a serious subject of human wildlife conflict.
ii. Live Fence - Research should explore the potential and effectiveness of use of live fences. Recommendations Erect Physical barriers Increase number of traps Predator proof bomas
Fencing Education to strengthen community response to wildlife menace Research on modification of existing fence to make it more effective by randomly alternating
live wires. Perfect response to reports on wildlife conflict incidences.
4.11 Environmental Education and Awareness
4.11.1 Environmental Education Environmental awareness has improved within the catchment area, but there is need to continue sensitisation. This process can take the form of integrated outreach programmes organised and run by Government Extension Officers, WWF, KWS and WCK teams or participation in forums organised by other groups working in the catchment. In addition, the community park tours, which has made a significant impact must be continued to sustain interest in conservation. This programme should target: Farmers: There are 106 villages in the catchment where farmers have been trained. In at least
40 of these villages there are Village Environmental Committees (VECs). The programme should target these VECs and KWS should link up with these groups to facilitate wider dissemination of information.
45
School children and teachers: This group is already aware of the issues affecting Lake Nakuru and the park. However there is need to furnish them with new information on a regular basis by targeting zonal meeting for teachers. KWS should therefore link up with the local education offices so as to arrange for education and awareness programmes that involve NGOs, CBOs and the municipality.
Adult learners: This forms another avenue for Environmental Education. The District Adult Education Office in Nakuru offers the most appropriate means of communication. The environmental education programme should make use of such centers. It is recommended that KWS should develop in collaboration with other stakeholders’ functional environmental programmes.
Urban community, There exists Environmental Health Committees (EHCs) in residential estates undertaking clean up operations on a regular basis to enhance environmental education. Lectures by relevant speakers such as public health personnel give encouragement and a reason to continue. KWS in collaboration with other agencies can facilitate these lectures and provide occasional incentives.
To facilitate information dissemination and sharing, it is proposed that in year 3 an information resource center should be constructed at the current education center. 4.11.2 Environmental conservation It is evident that the presence and effectiveness of relevant Government extension services for environmental conservation is inadequate. However, there exist community environmental conservation activities. There is need for continuity of these activities by constantly getting in touch and inviting representatives to attend planning workshops/meetings. A survey carried out in 1998 established that small-scale farmers in the catchment use at least 44 different types of agro-chemicals, 12 of which are known to adversely affect the endocrine system. Many of these chemicals find their way into streams during the wet season and eventually end up in the lake. Integrated Pest Management package has been developed that attempts to address these concerns. The package recommends practices aimed at reducing chemical usage in the farms. KWS should take closer interest in such activities geared towards management of environmental issues affecting the park. 4.11.3 Environmental Planning Development in the entire catchment has had adverse effects on the park’s ecosystem. This may have been the result of development that was not guided by environmental considerations. To harmonise development, MCN has produced a Strategic Structure Plan (SSP) for Nakuru town that should be implemented. In addition there is need for a catchment wide and Regional environmental plan. KWS should link up with the relevant planning teams in order to evaluate future planned activities and how they are likely to affect the park ecosystem. KWS should also take a more active role in conservation activities in town, many of which have been outlined in the SSP. 4.11.4 Catchment environmental monitoring To manage the environmental changes in the catchment it is proposed that a catchment environmental monitoring programme be initiated. The programme should monitor Rainfall Land use changes River flow regimes Land use changes in relation to biodiversity and environment
conservation. Use of agrochemicals Effective fencing and barriers for primates and other problem animals
46
4.11.5 Socio economic monitoring in the catchment To monitor the socio-economic trends in the catchment to provide a basis for planning management and implementation, the following activities will be undertaken Demographic changes. Impact of policies on environmental management Socio-economic impacts of Industrial development and pollution Infrastructure development Socio-economic studies Activities of the key actors and stakeholders Summary of Environmental Conservation and Management actions Develop an environmental education programme directly linked to the park. Develop the resource and information centre within the park at the WCK hostels (WCK and
KWS in collaboration with WWF) specifically designed for use by students. This should also include more interactive visual aids.
KWS to collaborate closely with WCK, WWF and other environmental and conservation organisations to avoid duplication of programmes.
KWS to allocate more funds for management of outreach and residential programmes based at the WCK and KWS hostels.
The construction of a model map close to the main gate should be considered as an educational aid for both schools and the visiting public.
KWS should commission a guidebook for the National Park.
47
CHAPTER FIVE
5.0 MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES- LAKE NAKURU NATIONAL PARK Introduction The park requires special management structures and strategies. This requirement arises from its current status as an enclosed system isolated from the immediate environment by a chain link and electric fence preventing movement of animals The insularisation has resulted in the build up in high animal numbers that have degraded the habitat. The interaction between the animals and the habitats is manifested by the periodic mortalities and loss of body condition in some animal species. The management structure and strategies are critical to the role of the park as a sanctuary or breeding ground for the endangered species eg the rhino, Rothschild’s giraffe and as depository of problem carnivore species from other areas LNNP is a wetland of international importance hosting unique assemblages of water fowls and a critical watering and stopover site for migratory birds. The area is sensitive and fragile due to its site geology and location at the bottom of the catchment and its small size. The park carries a disproportionately high density of local and international visitors frequenting a few highly popular sites. The location of the park next to a major urban and industrial center and a catchment with intensive small and large scale agriculture makes it vulnerable to effects and processes emanating from the wider catchment.
5.1 Park Habitat management Natural vegetation succession in the absence of limiting factors such as fire, localised herbivore populations in specific habitats and lack of population control programmes have acted in concert to enhance invader species incidence, habitat degradation and changes in the plant communities structure. This calls for habitat management through mechanical manipulation for optimum utilisation and productivity. The interaction between grassland and bush land communities is crucial in understanding the ecological situation in the park. Different studies have recommended control of further spread in bushland communities. The second aspect of this habitat management is use of prescribed fires. This would be very useful in combating bush encroachment and boosting primary production by facilitating faster nutrient cycling and enhance more harvestable nutrients for the herbivores. Invasive plant species have reduced palatable foliage for wildlife. These should be controlled through mechanical means, use of fire or any other effective method. 5.1.1 Types of invasive species and their localities in the Park The table 2 below identifies invasive species in the park and shows the various locations where they are found.
48
Table 2: Invasive Species and their localities TYPES OF INVADER SPECIES EXAMPLES LOCALITION Alien Invasive Lantana camara Main Gate-WCK Acacia Forest, Sarova
Lodge Tagetes minuta Soysambu & education centre Datura stramonium Widespread
Ecological Release Tarconanthus camphoratus Widespread Ocimum suave Widespread Solanum incanum Widespread Leonotis mollisma Education Centre Urtica massaica Acacia forest
Selective Herbivory Induced Pennisetum mezianum Widespread Solanum incanum Widespread Urtica massaica Widespread Ocimum suave Wide spread Eragrostis tenuifolia Widespread Sida schimperiana Wide spread Haparchne schimperi Widespread
Land Use, Stocking Rate and Management Induced
Datura stramonium Widespread Pennisetum mezianum Widespread Bidens pilosa Acacia Forest Oxygonum sinuatum Widespread Leonotis spp Education centre
5.1.2 Impacts of Invasive Plant Species • Reduction of forage for animals • Changes in habitat structure, quality and utilisation by animals
with emphasis on Open plains animals Vs Bushed habitat animals Predation effects and refugia Animal distribution and habitat utilisation
• Reduction in overall biodiversity • Effects on ecological processes and balance • Effects on animal condition and diseases • Serial land degradation associated with habitat changes and modifications • Animal species composition, home range sizes, recruitment and survival 5.1.3 Invader Plant Species, Habitat Degradation and Herbivore Guild Dynamics in Lake
Nakuru National Park The sub-surface intrusion of alkaline lake water into shoreline habitats are dependent on rainfall amounts, that induces the intrusions and retreats, creating a dynamic vegetation band around the lake shore, excluding a large variety of herbivore species. The topography of the park, edaphic factors and to some extent local climate further reduces the effective foraging area of the park. As such the park is a mosaic of vegetation types suited to different herbivore species. 5.1.4 Sustainable Conservation and Management Requirements • Identify overall management goal for the park taking into account its role as a black rhino
breeding ground and sanctuary. • Identify key habitats for:
o Grazers o Browsers o Mixed feeders
49
• Establish the carrying capacity for each habitat type with critical food shortage times as the base.
• Identify the species equilibrium for the park at sustainable densities • Relocate sanctuary species after establishing from records population densities of
maximum recruitment. • Control the equilibrium population of other species through selective removal. • Manage habitats for specific species while still retaining key biodiversity features of the
park. • Research to establish monitoring programmes for effective management. 5.1.5 Habitat Categorisation for Management and Invader Plant Species Control Grazing Arenas. In this manipulations and management for specific purposes and herbivore communities will be undertaken. The manipulation should employ the use of fire, manual removals and selective removal of herbivores. These sites are important large herbivore concentration areas and their manipulation has no adverse effects on biodiversity sensitive sites. Their historical use as pastures has converted them into grazing areas with no important residual biodiversity features. These comprise of:
o WCK- Cornel House- Sewage Woks Lanet Gate complex o Lake Nakuru- Lodge Nderit Gate grasslands. o Naishi airstrip- Square Tank- Makalia Falls complex o Presidential Pavilion- Lamurdiac area. o Education Centre, Honeymoon complex. o Acacia Picnic site, Residential area – Manual control o Soysambu Camp site Zone – Manual vegetation control o Baboon Cliffs Pwani area – selective use of fire
Non Manipulation Important Biodiversity sites. o Lion Hill and Euphorbia caderabrum forest o Olea Forest o Naishi Scrublands o Colobus forest o Riverine Forests o Baharini springs, Nyuki and Nyati Camp sites.
C: Important Species Habitats: • Lake shore grasslands- Thomson’s Gazelles and Bohr Reedbucks • Colobus forest – Black and white colobus • Baharini Springs Complex- Duickers, Monitors lizards and forest hog.
Management actions Identify areas for habitat management and manipulation and undertake habitat management
techniques like fire programmes, mechanical control and reseeding Open all grasslands Control spread of invader species through mechanical removal or burning Establish Park productivity by undertaking appropriate research Develop and undertake ecological monitoring programme (vegetation, herbivore, waterfowl
and water quality monitoring)
50
5.2 Wildlife species Management in Lake Nakuru National Park The human wildlife conflict occasioned by proximity of the park to human settlement led to complete fencing of the park in 1978. The park became a Rhino sanctuary in 1987 necessitating the erection of a perimeter electric fence for the protection of black rhino. Fencing of the park ensured complete ecological and physical insularization of the park with the only significant ecological link with the outside being the water inflows from the catchment to the lake. The physical isolation had two main effects: First, it got rid, almost completely, of direct human influence on the ecological processes. As noted variously by many scientists, most savannah parks were established on derived grassland, maintained as grasslands by human activities such as fire and livestock grazing. When human factor is eliminated (as through fencing and gazettement) most of these parks are reverting to closed bushland vegetation communities, which are not suitable for the majority of grassland wildlife species they were meant to conserve. In Lake Nakuru National Park, the initial pastureland has been overrun by an ecologically destructive bushland species, Tarconanthus camphoratus, which now seem to occupy nearly half of the park. This species has been studied before by range ecologists and has been declared as one of the most troublesome shrub species. The corollary impact of bush encroachment has been severe overgrazing in the park in the open grassland zones, especially during the dry season when majority of the herbivores are food limited, since most of them are not adapted to feeding in bushland vegetation communities. The situation is worsened by lack of a serious browse pressure due to lack of many browsers in the park. The second effect of physical isolation is rapid rise in herbivore populations due to severance of migratory routes and activities. The population boom has accelerated the process of bush encroachment, which has been described as response of grassland communities to overgrazing and withdrawal of fire. Concomitant with population rise in some species a corresponding decline in others as ecological competition among grazers intensifies. Popular ecological principle holds that different species of animals or organisms cannot share the same niche, as one will necessarily override the other. This is what seems to be at play in the park. Bush encroachment and rise in animal populations has ensured overlap in different niches due to destruction of microhabitats. This has exposed key herbivores into fierce competition while marginalizing others with special ecological interests whose populations continue to drop as a result. The increase in herbivore densities has been made more acute by lack of significant predator impact due to low populations of main predator species of the cat and dog families. 5.2.1 Current Status Figure 13 below shows major animal trends numbers. Briefly, the response to above ecological processes by major herbivores has been as follows: 1. Buffalo- Population has increased consistently reaching the current average of 3,500 - a
biomass of about 7,040-kg per km2, which contrasts radically to 1974 value of 590 kg per km2. Their number will continue to rise tremendously as long as there is big proportion of bushland in the park, to be regulated by bottleneck periods resulting into massive deaths during drought period. Secondly, their domination is at the expense of other species of
51
animals which impact negatively on the park’s mandate of conserving a diverse community of mammals.
2. Waterbuck - The Park once had a reputation of having the highest density of waterbuck in Africa, whose population rose to become the most dominant animal in the park by 1990. By 1974, the animal had recorded an average biomass of 5,775 kg per km2; yet it had fallen to 1,038 by 1998. This indicates that waterbuck has borne the brunt of the unfolding changes and are thought to exhibit inverse relationship with the buffalo. Its population is expected to drop further if the current ecological circumstances exist. This implies that restoration of a healthy waterbuck population in the park can only be realised through management-induced manipulation of other key herbivores.
3. Warthog- The population has risen sharply over the recent years. They are favoured by overgrazing since they prefer short grasses and their stolons, which make them serious agent of ecological degradation. In overgrazed areas, they root out the grasses leaving soils prone to erosion and other forms of disturbance. The warthog population fell drastically in 1999 dry season mainly because of poaching
4. Impala - Has the highest population, fluctuating around 5,000 although the biomass is lightly below that of the buffalo. Being mixed feeders, they are strategically positioned to avoid impact of overgrazing by switching to young shrubs and herbs for food. This could be the reason they have recorded a sustained increase. There is no evidence to suggest that impala as a species has any negative impact on the ecosystem, but possible competition with black rhinos is easy to speculate which might not augur very well with other park management interests.
5. Black Rhino- Since the park was set up as the first black rhino sanctuary in Kenya, the species has done tremendously well, growing at an annual average of 5 per cent and reaching the current peak of 58. The rhino conservation management plan had initially wanted to stock the park with a maximum of 55 where of the surplus would be removed and reintroduced in the former natural ranges. Since the park is merely a breeding habitat for the animal, its recommended that the population is maintained at optimum level a point where density shall not limit reproduction because of sparse distribution nor, shall it inhibit breeding due to congestion or food shortage. This plan recommends a population of 55 and any surplus be translocated.
6. White Rhino - Introduced species likely to compete with other key grazers especially buffalo but the extent need to be determined and appropriate steps taken. Studies need to be done to determine possible negative impacts on other grazers.
7. Giraffe - The species has established successfully in the park since introduction. Presently it exerts extreme pressure on the main woodland, which is mainly composed of Acacia tree. There is heavy debarking related directly or indirectly to food shortage. A previous study had established that the park’s stocking capacity should not exceed 150. This management plan recommends the stocks to be maintained at 150.
8. Bushbuck - have recorded dramatic decline over the last fifteen years. In the same category are related antelopes like Bohor Reedbuck and duikers. The main reason is due to destruction of their special habitats of tall grasses and shoreline bushes, which were overrun by heavy grazing large mammals. Similarly lack of zonation meant lack of protection of fragile habitats such that animals with stringent ecological needs are not conserved. It is recommended that zonation and active management of other species is needed, to obviate a situation where one species is superseded by others. However, such management of animals must go hand in hand with habitat manipulations.
9. Zebra- From a very small population of about 20 in the 1970s, the zebra populations steadily rose and have overtaken the waterbuck over the last two years. This is expected to continue,
52
as the animal is known to be very adaptable to degraded habitats through their feeding and fermentation strategies. However further increase in Zebra Population will result into habitat degradation. It is recommended that their populations be maintained at 200.
Figure 13: Trends in Animal Numbers
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
1970 1978 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR
Waterbuck
Impala
Warthog
Buffalo
Baboon
Thompson Gazelle
Zebra
5.2.2 Management Options Increase in the size of the park would be desirable to reduce pressure on existing resources through extension of the fence to provide a wider dispersal area for animals. Modalities and mechanisms to reduce this pressure should be put in place and the following options explored (A) Artificial – The physical isolation of the park makes it a closed ecosystem whose successful management calls for active intervention through culling of populations to maintain and ensure ecological stability. This must be backed by scientific study and analysis to determine ecologically stable stocking levels of key herbivores and recommend culling of all surpluses. This plan recommends exploration of social and commercial harvesting possibilities that would be compatible with management of the Lake Nakuru National Park. (B). Ecological - increasing the number of predators through translocations and introductions where possible. There’s need for urgent studies to establish the cause of current low populations of cats despite previous translocations and high prey densities. It’s expected that high herbivore density would trigger a corresponding rise in predator pressure leading to a cyclic self-controlling system. This has not happened in Lake Nakuru National Park and there is need for a study on this puzzle. 5.2.3 Recommended Stocking Levels Figure 14a, 14b and 14c show trends in biomass for various species. Historical data indicates a steady growth of all major herbivores in the park from early 1970s through mid 1980s to early 1990s. However, the populations tend to stabilise in the late 1980s up to 1990-91. No species
53
has recovered to the 1990 - 91 population peak and some like the waterbuck, have declined consistently since then. The total biomass of herbivores rose from 0.67 million kg. in 1986, 0.86 m in .1987, 1.01 m in 1988 to 1.18 m in 1990. This point marks the first recorded case of massive population crash, suggesting the populations had risen above limits of ecological stability. From this point, the biomass, hence populations recorded a decline to 0.84 million in 1992, 0.85 m in 1993 and 0.99 m in 1994 reaching another peak of 1.1 m in 1995, quite close to the 1990 level. Since then, it has stabilised around the current 1.3 million kilogrammes.
Figure 14a: Trends in Biomass not more than 1,000,000
0
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
800,000
900,000
1,000,000
1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR
BIO
MA
SS
Waterbuck
Buffalo
Impala
Giraffe
Zebra
It is quite instructive that remarkable fluctuations in biomass began in 1990 when the first population crash was recorded., This suggests there was cumulative effect of population build up in the previous 3 - 4 years due to the sustained growth from the early 1970s. It is therefore logical to deduce that the park overshot a healthy stocking capacity between 1986 and 1988. Significantly, this is the period at which actual biomass in the park was slightly below that predicted theoretically on the basis of environmental factors.
54
Figure 14b: Biomass Trends not more than 130,000
2000
22000
42000
62000
82000
102000
122000
1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR
BIOM
ASS
Warthog
White Rhino
Black Rhino
Hippo
Grant Gazelle
Thompson Gazelle
The total biomass began fluctuating at this-point, it also began falling for some species and increasing for others, suggesting some mutual interaction where some species negatively impact on the others. Performance of sample species are given below: Buffalo - Has increased consistently from 348 in 1986, 1000 in 1990, to 2000 in 2000. Waterbuck - Increased from 2759 in 1986 to the peak of 4979 in 1990. It then declined to the
current 712. Impala- Also grew from 1566 in 1986 to a peak of 5872 in 1985 and has declined to current
3840. Hence it reached its peak 4-5 years behind the waterbuck Warthog - Has also declined from a peak of 2634 in 1995. It is said to have been a subject of
severe poaching and therefore not easy to factor it out in the above matrix. Zebra - Has grown consistently without a drop to date.
55
Figure 14c: Biomass Trends not more than 3,000
0
500
1000
1500
2000
1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR
BIOM
ASS
Bohr Reedbuck
Bushbuck
Dik Dik
Steinbok
Bush Duiker
Mountain Reedbuck
Two conclusions can be drawn from the above population trend. First, that since waterbuck, impala and warthog populations have been falling since 1990, they are not responsible for the overall increase in total biomass in the park. This can only be attributed to unprecedented growth in buffalo, zebra and others like giraffe and white rhinos. Secondly, if populations of all key herbivores are maintained below the 1986 levels, negative impact of some species on others would be managed and the herbivore community in the park would be in relative equilibrium with the habitat. However, it must be emphasised that negative inter-specific interactions are both natural and ecological healthy processes. The concern, with respect to Lake Nakuru is the fact that being a completely fenced habitat, such competition can only lead to total exclusion of some species, a prospect not compatible with management objectives of the park. This calls for the need to create artificial disturbances to obviate a situation where one species overruns the rest. The recommended stocking levels have been arrived at through calculations of food availability and consumption as follows: The mean above ground primary production in grasslands is 21gm/ m2 per year. This translates to 232 425 kg./ Km per year, giving the total production as 16,269,750 kg. On the other hand, the total dry matter (food) required by present population of grazers and mixed feeders in the park is 8,847,395 kg. However, the available dry matter is 2 – 15% of total production which ought to be -between 325 and 2 440 463. Assuming the upper limit off take in Lake Nakuru park, the animals are removing 3.6 times the available food. Hence, to keep food production in balance with consumption, herbivores must be reduced by a margin of 3.6. These calculations closely tally with estimation of herbivore
56
density on basis of rainfall. Using a standard formula for similar ecosystems in Africa, the rainfall intensity for the park predicts a biomass density of 3,587.8 kg Km-2 to 6,510.5. Yet the actual biomass density in the park is 18,531.5 kg. The ideal total biomass should be 461,663 kg, which is way below the current standing biomass of l, 315,740 kg. Using the upper limit projection, its shows that the present herbivore biomass is 2.85 times the prescribed density. Hence to keep the park population in equilibrium with food production, the current population has to be slashed by similar margin. On the above basis, populations of the key species should be maintained at the following upper limits: Table 3: Trends and Recommended Stocking Levels Buffalo Waterbuck Zebra Warthog Impala Eland 2000 2,080 712 790 316 3,840 204 Recommended 500 1000 200 750 2080 200
Figure 15: Recommended Stocking Levels against Year 2000 Animal Numbers
Waterbuck and warthog are currently below the recommended levels, at 712 and 316 respectively, no intervention is proposed at this stage. However, artificial management of the other species is recommended with a view to bringing down their populations to the above ceilings. The white rhino population in this park has doubled in less than ten years and may pose a management problem should the trend continue. It is recommended that the population trend be
57
closely monitored with a view to estimating suitable stocking level beyond which the animals should be translocated to other habitats. The population of large carnivores is feared to be reaching the upper limits evidenced by the size of prides and increasing frequency of raids outside the park. It is recommended that their actual populations should be established in order to shed light on necessary steps to be taken by management. Recommendation Active Management of herbivore numbers through reduction in numbers by culling or
translocation. Habitat mechanical manipulation Increase in habitat size by opening perimeter fence.
5.3 Tourism
5.3.0 Introduction Lake Nakuru National Park and its catchment has a high tourism potential with high visitation. Tourist attractions include animals like black and white rhino, leopard, tree-climbing lions, the Rothchild’s giraffe and other species. The bird diversity within the park has been referred to as the greatest ornithological spectacle on earth. Geomorphological features like Baboon Cliff, Honeymoon Hill, Lion Hill, Crescent Hill, Makalia Falls, Menengai Crater and pre-historic sites and caves are of great tourist attraction. The park and its catchment has a good communication network, and is easily accessible by road, air and rail. Suitable accommodation facilities exist both within and outside the park. The long-term tourism objective in the plan area is to diversify tourism to increase revenue, visitor satisfaction while minimising impacts of tourism through diversification of tourist activities. 5.3.1 Tourism Management Issues Tourism in the plan area has the following issues: Visitor numbers and distribution in the park – The park currently receives a high number of non-resident visitors who are concentrated during the high season. This implies that the park is under pressure only at high season causing congestion in areas with corner stone species leading to undesirable effect on the species and habitat. At the local level, low resident visitation levels have been recorded. This implies that the park has not actively targeted domestic tourism. Daily park entry is concentrated at late morning as visitors go for lunch in the lodges. This at times causes congestion at the gates. Visitor facilities – The existing visitor facilities are adequate. However, a number of these
require rehabilitation and improvement. The picnic sites have inadequate seating benches and this has reduced visitor satisfaction. Most of the special campsites lack privacy due to intrusion by several access avenues.
Visitor activities – There are minimal visitor activities due to lack of identification and marketing of possible activities that can be done within the park. This has resulted to loss of visitors interested in outdoor activities. There is inadequate information on the activities that can be conducted.
Quality of service and product – the quality of service offered by the park and the hotels is adequate, however there is minimum number of products to offer park visitors.
Promotion of tourism attraction and activities outside the park – this is not developed and tourists are not aware of the potential attractions adored to the catchment. This has been exacerbated by lack of information on available attractions and their locations.
58
5.3.2 Management of Tourism impacts Zoning – The park has critical habitats that are being degraded by unplanned tourist activities. Zoning of the park in terms of tourism is recommended on the basis of use intensity and ecological fragility. The following are recommended: Western and southern shoreline and grassland are important breeding grounds for birds
especially the Kitlitz plover. Movement along the shoreline should be restricted to designated stretches. Other roads along the shoreline should be closed. The plan suggests only seven viewpoints, three each for both North and Western shorelines and one at Baharini springs. Punitive measures against errant tour drivers should be used to enforce this.
Access to Baharini Springs by road should be controlled. An ecologically friendly watch platform is proposed to minimise visitor impact.
There are several unnecessary roads that crosscut within the park. All such roads should be closed. Sarova Lion Hill access road to lakeshore should be closed or a barrier erected if the road is necessary for management.
Special campsites should be closed with barriers to protect privacy of paid up campers. Visitors requesting to undertake activities in closed areas can be allowed at a fee subject to
set conditions. Such closed zones would include breeding areas (when clearly determined it is not breeding season), stable communities areas such as grasslands and forests.
Baboon Cliff - Baboon Cliff nature trail is exposing visitors to wildlife attack for the trail traverses a thicket inhabited by Buffaloes and Black Rhinos. This can lead to nasty attacks. It is recommended that this trail be closed and a guardrail erected at the edge of the cliff to minimise chances of tourists falling over the cliff. Makalia Falls – The access route across Makalia river near the falls has on occasion caused vehicle accidents. The banks of the river at this point are too fragile and susceptible to erosion. The bridge should remain strictly as a footbridge, no vehicles should pass through it. 5.3.3 Lodges The boundaries of the lodges in the park and the lease agreements are not clearly spelt out. This has led to misunderstanding between the park and lodge management whereby the park management cannot implement certain activities. There is need to know the position of beacons and the lease agreements which should be enforced. There are waste management guidelines for lodges within National parks. However, waste disposal by lodges within the park is not monitored. Waste disposal guidelines in all lodges within the park should be implimented. The park management must monitor the activities of the lodges and enforce Cap.376 of the Wildlife Act. 5.3.4 Camp sites and picnic sites There is no clear demarcation on the extent of the campsites and picnic sites. At times campers have been found having pitched tents away from the campsites or lighting fires at undesired spots causing a serious threat to the park. In all campsites, the boundaries must be delineated to reduce impacts on some particular popular campsites. All picnic sites must be designated and their boundaries marked. Over utilisation has been noticed in special campsites, these should be closed occasionally to allow recovery. 5.3.5 Diversification of tourist activities To encourage extended stay and repeat visits, the following is proposed:
59
• To gazette Menengai Crater as a conservation area and develop tourist facilities like nature trails and campsites. The crater has enormous recreational and education value and would also serve biodiversity conservation and water catchment values.
• Other potential sites for visits are Hyrax Hill, Sirrikon cave, Mau forest and Kariandusi. • Develop a cultural village within the catchment. • Encourage visits and maintenance of old colonial houses e.g. Lord Ngata House – built
with stones shipped from Australia- Lord Egerton castle etc. • Other proposals include-
o Improvement of curio shops in Nakuru Town o KWS to explore possibility and logistics of Night Game drives o Open tours offered in private ranches should be promoted.
5.3.6 Marketing Lake Nakuru Park as category A The following is proposed: • Develop a facility at the park gate to keep the visitors attracted and come out of the
vehicles and interact with park staff e.g. a small well-stocked shop, good photographs of park resources, telephone bureau, good and clean toilets, information center, etc
• Propose increase in park entry fee to reflect increase in cost of management in accordance to market trends.
• Lodges should be made to blend with the environment and housing that is intrusive should be blended with the environment and trees planted.
• Marketing and promotion activities should include: - o Develop interpretative materials e.g. brochures and maps indicating tourist
circuits and places at Park gates o Market the catchment tourist facilities through the internet o Strengthen linkages with other conservation and tour agencies in the world. o Promote local tourism. o Highlight the history of the park in marketing literature together with
important land marks like WWF’s input in expansion of the park, together with their involvement in conservation in the catchment.
5.4 Research and Monitoring The ecology of Lake Nakuru and the terrestrial buffer zone (Park perimeter) are influenced by human activities and natural functions in the catchment. Understanding this link in functions is critical to enable managers make sustainable management decisions. Management oriented research programmes should be initiated to provide greater understanding of the resource interaction to help managers respond appropriately to these changes. Collaborative research involving stakeholders within the catchment will be encouraged to facilitate interactions among managers, researchers and the community. 5.4.1 Ecological/Environmental Monitoring Monitoring both ecological and environmental attributes builds a database on early warning system and provides information to guide managers in making decisions to avoid management by crisis.
60
5.4.1.1.Physical Monitoring Meteorology Meteorological variables currently being monitored are rainfall, temperature, relative humidity, evaporation and wind speed. Rainfall data is collected using both manual and automatic precipitation recorders at Main, Lanet and Nderit gates; Soysambu, Nganyoi and Pwani out-posts; and at Naishi Rhino base. The automatic precipitation recorders have had gaps due to inadequate supply of the recording sheets. The KWS Research assistant and other relevant staff should be trained on data collection and servicing of meteorological equipment at the weather station. Adequate automatic recording sheets should be made available on time. River water level Lake level is dependent on river flow levels and lateral seepage. All the rivers flowing into the lake have automatic flow recorders that are being attended by WWF. To ensure continuity, upon closing of the WWF monitoring programme, KWS should build capacity to take up this responsibility. The staff gauges at Baharini springs and the two sewage outflows should be well positioned to collect data reflective of the actual river flow. Water quality monitoring A collaborative effort by KWS and WWF on water quality monitoring programme has generated a lot of data. Sampling points have been identified and geo-referenced. A water quality-testing laboratory exists in the Park. KWS research section will collaborate in the running and operation of the laboratory. In year one all water quality data will be entered into a database. The monitoring programme will continue, with weekly physical parameter monitoring and monthly chemical and biological parameter monitoring. The existing data should be analysed to initiate management actions. Water Quality Monitoring Laboratory A modern laboratory capable of generating information that can guide environmental management in the entire catchment. The facility can monitor portable water, effluents; sewage works efficiency, lake and river waters. At the moment institutional collaboration on operations of the laboratory is not clear. To ensure the facility achieves its objectives, it is recommended that institutional framework on the management of the laboratory be established which spells clearly the operation and maintenance funding strategy. To achieve this the various stakeholders must develop a memorandum of understanding. 5.4.1.2 Ecological Monitoring Animal Counts This done quarterly in a year, has generated useful information for management. However, the method used has been found wanting for key species like the predators, nocturnals and Rhino. This data needs analysis to especially show animal habitat interaction in the Park. Specific counting methods should be established to count species that are not properly counted by the present method and the data used to determine species stocking levels in the park. Monitoring of species stocking performance and habitat interaction should be enhanced. Rhino Rhino surveillance done on a 24 hour basis has generated useful information for management. In addition to sighting data collection, individual habitat utilisation should be mapped using GIS.
61
Emphasis should be placed on biological management of the population with the aim of understanding factors affecting the population performance and taking appropriate measures. A standardised Rhino monitoring system should be developed. Rhino research programmes on ecological capacity estimation should be conducted to ensure that the population does not exceed 75% of the ecological carrying capacity of the park. It is recommended that the excess stock be translocated to restock other Black Rhino ranges. Giraffe Since the translocation of 16 animals into the park, the species has increased to a population of over 170 individuals. Food resource competition between the black Rhino and the Giraffe to establish the effect of increasing populations should be established. Specific species studies should be commissioned to establish the extent of competition and population impact on the habitat. Ecological capacity estimation should be conducted to ensure that the population does not exceed the ecological carrying capacity of the park. Predators The predators used to restock predator populations in the park are problem animals due, to this there has been an increase in livestock predation around the park. In this regard, there is a need to establish their actual populations, territories and ecological carrying capacity. The actual predation pressure should be established to guide predator /prey management. Waterfowl counts. Waterfowl counts are currently biannual. This has generated information that show trends in species composition. Waterfowls being migratory; there is need to establish causes leading to these migrations especially for key species like the Flamingo. Research on other animal species Research has shown that there has been an increase and decrease in various species populations. This management plan recommendes a number of species management strategies. Continuous research and monitoring should be undertaken to generate information that can guide these management decisions. In addition, research should provide up to date information on population dynamics. 5.4.1.3 Habitat Monitoring Vegetation monitoring transects and exclosures have been identified and geo-referenced. However, there is no clear vegetation-monitoring programme in place. The existing exclosures are not maintained. In the first year all exclosures will be rehabilitated and maintained in the subsequent years. A vegetation monitoring programme will be developed in year one, and it is proposed that woody vegetation will be monitored after every five years, biomass during the dry and wet seasons, grasses and herbs will be monitored every year. 5.4.2 Research priorities Lake Nakuru National Park is one of the key parks in the country, whose management regimes should be guided by strong scientific findings. This management plan proposes constitution of a research committee to coordinate research in the entire lake Nakuru catchment. Data and
62
information collected from these studies should be used in establishing a database. The following are some areas that require intensive research: - a) Species stocking rates and park carrying capacity b) Predation pressure c) Specific species conservation requirements d) Habitat management e) Ecological Monitoring programmes (Terrestrial and aquatic) f) Flamingo mortalities g) Factors leading to changing lake ecology h) Hydrology i) Invader species colonisation
5.5 Security To improve security within the catchment, this plan recommends that a security data collection and management system be put in place. A security network for gathering intelligence information will support law enforcement and patrol activities. It is proposed that KWS share intelligence information with other security arms of the government to enhance success of security operations within the catchment. The use of GPS and GIS technology should be applied to enhance the quality of information and data collection. To ensure visitor security within the vicinity of the park, KWS intelligence section in liaison with the police should enhance surveillance. This management plan also proposes the following management actions. Carry out regular joint patrols with communities within the catchment areas. Enhance ranger patrol through use of GPS and GIS Enhance intelligence information gathering Provide necessary equipment for security operations, eg GPS. Initiate joint security operations with other law enforcement agencies.
5.6 Maintenance and management
5.6.1Buildings KWS should evaluate the 1992-3 designs by Cota & Cockard for possible implementation. In the third and fourth years there is a need to seek funds to implement these designs. The current staff housing is not adequate to cater for the existing staff. The management plan recommends the following actions. More staff houses will be constructed in the following format: 3 senior staff houses at honey moon quarters. Middle cadre staff houses to be constructed at the vacant plot near the KWS district office. The existing district staff buildings to be refurbished to cater for the junior staff housing. The Rangers line near the present park headquarters should be retained and needs
refurbishment. The current Park Warden’s house that has been condemned should be demolished and
relocated preferably to a screened place with the same proximity to the park head quarters.
63
There is need for a warden’s house at Naishi sub-headquarters and two non commissioned officer’s (NCO’s) houses.
The condemned old farmhouse at Honeymoon should be demolished. The present education premises comprising of the amphitheatre, staff houses and the
dormitories, an office, the kitchen and the dinning room as well as the sanitation facilities need complete refurbishment. Landscaping at this particular locality should be made to blend with the purposes of the field study centre.
Access from the education centre to the lab should be modified to be user friendly. There is need to identify sources of funding in the first year, identify plans and designs, undertake EIA in the second year in the second year and commence construction in the third year. The above buildings should take into account recreational facilities for staff, like canteen, Hall. 5.6.2 Roads The existing permanent road network should be regularly maintained during the plan period. In Y2 the river crossing which are temporary structures on Makalia and Nderit will be constructed. 5.6.3 Airstrip Needs to be well maintained in the entire plan period. An Aircraft attendant or a ranger will be deployed to man the airstrip. The airstrip needs a visitor reception facility and an ablution block. 5.6.4 Campsites The existing two public campsites at the main Gate and Makalia are receiving a facelift with construction of campfire grills and rubbish pits. Any other new site should be opened in line with the guidelines that will be developed. 5.6.5 Picnic sites More benches will be constructed at the picnic sites to increase the seating capacity. A new picnic site, Lion hill summit picnic site, will be opened at Lion hill in YR1. 5.6.6 Water supply To alleviate acute water shortage in the park, a water pipeline will be constructed from the 100,000-litre tank at Lanet gate to Main gate and Education center in YR2. The present Cave dam will be dredged in YR1 to increase the water holding capacity. Wildlife water supply in the park is currently being done on a ad hoc basis. In Y1 a study on water supply in the park will be undertaken. 5.6.7 Vehicles Most of the vehicles, plant, equipment and machinery in Lake Nakuru National Park are old and require replacement. Some management units do not have ideal vehicles for their functions. Requirements are detailed in Appendix 3. 5.6.8 Communication The park has adequate telephone, E-mail and radio communication. 5.6.9 Personnel Appendix 4 summarises existing and required staff establishment in the Park. Management of Lake Nakuru National Park is structured into various units. Some units require completion of staff establishment.
64
5.7 Species of special concern-Lesser Flamingo
5.7.0 Introduction Conservation initiatives in Lake Nakuru National Park are closely linked to lesser flamingos since the gazettement of the lake as a bird sanctuary. This arose from the marvellous spectacle afforded to visitors by the huge flamingo congregation in the lake, colouring the lakeshore pink. The water chemistry matrices provide the ideal conditions for the growth of algal species especially Spirulina platensis on which the 2,000,000 plus flamingos depend for their nourishment. The functioning of this ecosystem is dependent on the water chemistry and is very sensitive to changes occasioned by fluctuating water levels. 5.7.1 Characteristics Flamingo Movements: The link between discrete ecosystems The saline-alkaline lakes are discrete ecosystems whose dynamics change independent of each other except for regional climatic effects. The response of the lakes to regional climatic events is dependent on their limnology, catchment basin morphometry and hydrology. The changes in limnological processes affect the water chemistry, changing the algal species composition affecting the flamingo food base, with algal blooms varying from unialgal Spirulina assemblages to toxic algal blooms that may cause flamingo mortality. Lesser flamingos respond to changes in their food base by undertaking irregular nomadic movements that track lakes with preferred food species and concentrations. They are ecologically sensitive species and their movements provide spatial and temporal connectivity between the various alkaline lakes. Lesser flamingo conservation and management should center on the management of the various alkaline lakes. Rehabilitation of impacted alkaline ecosystems and rigorous protection of others is important in this regard. The increased use of sewage treatment ponds in Nakuru should be viewed against the potential of their acting as a pollutant source for other lakes. 5.7.2 Management Strategies for Lesser Flamingo Populations a) Visitor Control- Restriction of shoreline visitors to a few excellent flamingo viewing sites, like: Njoro River mouth, Makalia River Mouth, Presidential Pavilion Lake Shore Drums, North lake shore gauges and Baharini Springs should be managed as closed areas. Benefits: • Reduced road network density in important Bohr reedbuck and Thomson’s gazelle’s habitats • Enhancement of breeding sites for other birds such as Black winged stilts • Protection of refuge sites such as Baharini springs complex • Litter reduction b) Lake Levels maintenance- this involves various stakeholders impacting on catchment basin conservation through;
i. Forest rehabilitation, reafforestation and restoration. ii. River bank and riverine vegetation protection.
iii. Improved water and soil conservation. iv. Rehabilitation of sink holes along river courses at Mogun and banning of sand mining in R.
Njoro at Baruti and quarrying at Makalia. v. Reduced water abstraction from rivers and underground water aquifers
c) Urban Environment- Waste disposal and pollution from the town has had an impact on the lesser flamingo. To minimise this, the following are recommended:
i. Maintenance and efficient operation of waste water treatment plants.
65
ii. Introduction of treatment technology capable of handling industrial wastes at the sewage works and in the industries.
iii. Stricter policing and voluntary reduction of pollutants in industrial effluents. iv. Increased community awareness and reduction of solid wastes. v. Increased role of Nakuru Municipal Council as the dominant environment management
agency in the Municipality. vi. Improved sewerage connectivity to dilute single event pollutant emissions. For improved lesser flamingo population management and conservation, efforts should be expanded in other areas that are critical flamingo habitats for continued flamingo occupancy in Lake Nakuru. The loss of these sites will directly translate into an absence of flamingos in Lake Nakuru. • Establishment of appropriate management structures for Lake Bogoria, Elementeita and
Magadi. • Rehabilitation projects for all Rift Valley Lakes. • Concerted international efforts to conserve Lake Natron and the Ethiopian and Tanzanian
dispersal lakes. 5.7.3 Flamingo Mortalities The 1993 and 1995 Lesser flamingo mass die-offs involved an estimated 50,000 birds. The mass die-offs of the Lesser flamingos during this period were attributable to the presence of metals, pesticides, and an algal toxin, detected in the tissues of the birds. Water and sediment quality monitoring for Lake Nakuru by WWF has been going on for the last 10 years, and has detected a number of metals and pesticides in the lake. The same metals and pesticides have also been detected in the tissues of the Lesser flamingos collected during the die-offs. The flamingo population in Nakuru plays a very important role in relation to the tourist industry, not only in the park, but also in the entire Rift Valley Lakes ecosystems. The Lesser flamingo is one of the biota in the ecosystem, which can be used as a bio-indicator of the health status in the area. The flamingos migrate from one lake to another in this region, for various reasons, the most important being the presence or absence of the food base. It is therefore necessary to monitor the food-base levels, the quality and quantity of the water, as well as other physical, chemical and biological factors in the saline-alkaline Rift Valley lakes. This exercise should be undertaken at least once a month throughout the year, in order to have an overview of the true picture of the ecosystems. There are two important questions, which need to be addressed in relation to the flamingo study: What are the levels of the metals, and pesticides in the Rift Valley lakes? What are the levels of the metals, pesticides, and algal toxins in the tissues of newly hatched
flamingos before they move out of Lake Natron? Monitoring: a programme, covering all the Rift Valley lakes: Bogoria, Nakuru, Elementaita, Sonachi, Magadi, Natron and others The factors, which need to be monitored on a regular basis, are: Water quality and quantity Algal populations Algal toxins: microcystin-LR and anatoxin-A Metals in water, sediments, and algae
66
Pesticides Toxicologic assessment for metals, pesticides in the tissues of flamingos Flamingo movement/migration Flamingo health and infectious diseases. Fish eagles, marabous, and cormorants (for contaminants)
PART FOUR:
ZONING
67
CHAPTER SIX ZONING
6.0 INTRODUCTION Over-utilisation of certain fragile areas in parks has demonstrated that unless decisive actions are taken to protect them, such areas and the resources they contain may be lost. Parks and other protected areas have limited ecological and aesthetic carrying capacities. Wildlife habitats should be seen as a dynamic resource that changes with respect to the human activities and not as passive and static medium in which human and wildlife express themselves. Mass tourism may cause disturbance to breeding places and fragile habitats. In order to avoid such occurrences, it is important to delineate specific zones in which human utilization is reduced to a minimum or excluded altogether. Zoning, therefore, gives additional protection of specific areas within a park. It has become quite clear that the survival of Lake Nakuru National Park is intricately related to the activities taking place in the wider catchment basin of the park; therefore, the concept of zonation should also be applied outside the park. Land uses that would be destructive to certain landforms and important areas should be discouraged and, where this is not possible, preventive measures be taken to minimise detrimental effects. Recommended Actions Seasonal inventorying of distribution of resources, valuation of their status and potential. Establish a comprehensive database concerning ecological resource inventories (inventories
and localisation) and socio-economic data concerning all levels of human settlements and other developments within Lake Nakuru National Park and the greater catchment ecosystem.
Develop monitoring programmes for natural resources, for the main ecological functions and habitats. This would serve as an indication of the state of the environment regarding carrying capacity and its potential to support the socio economic activities taking place in the area.
6.1 Zonation in the Park There are several habitats, which are either too ‘fragile’, home to rare species of plants or animals and need to be shielded from direct impact of man’s activities (No use). There are other habitats, which can tolerate only light impact (Low use or restricted use) and others can tolerate heavy impacts (Medium use). There are other areas because of the need for management are already developed to accommodate a very heavy human impact (High use). Based on the above criteria, the park can be categorised into four management zones (see Table 4 and figure 16). 6.1.1 Justification for the recommended intensity of use The activities of man in a park can be disastrous or alter the attributes, which we wish to conserve. The effects of such activities on a habitat depend on the degree of resilience of a habitat to perturbations and the intensity of the disturbance. After a disturbance, which has not exceeded resilience domain, highly resilient habitats can return to their original condition after a short time, while less resilient ones would take a very long time to do so. However, stable systems may never return to their original condition if destroyed. It is important, therefore, to determine the stability and degree of resilience of the different habitats within and without the park prior to assigning the various intensity of use categories. Certain habitats may be excluded from use because they serve a special function such as breeding, roosting, feeding, etc. The exclusion of use may be temporary or permanent. Special feeding areas may require a year round exclusion from use, while seasonally waterlogged (flooded) areas may be closed during the wet season only. Other areas are functionally designed and modified to accommodate very heavy intensities of use such as park administrative headquarters and camps, lodges and town/urban
68
areas. Secondary natural vegetation and agricultural land can be manipulated to allow a heavy intensity of use. Topography is an important factor in determining whether or not to put certain land under cultivation. Beyond a certain degree of slope, land should not be cultivated due to the high risk of accelerated erosion. The invaluable role of water in sustenance of life suggests that water sources, river courses and water reservoirs should be fully protected and utilised only when there is a sufficient reason to do so, provided adequate control measures have been applied. Therefore, areas will be recommended for low, medium, high and very high intensity of use. Table 4: Zonation in the Park Zonation in Lake Nakuru National Park and recommended intensity of use Zone Habitat type Location Recommended
intensity of use 1 (a) Fragile habitats Marshes, springs, lake shores, river
mouths, breeding sites (e.g. sandy areas along the shore are breeding site for Kittlitz plovers, etc)
No
(b) Habitats for rare species (e.g. reedbuck, Steinbok, colobus monkey, etc.)
Habitats known to be specific sites utilised by these species
No
2 Climax Forest Vegetation Lion hill, Acacia, Olea, Euphorbia forests, Alongside rivers and the South Western Part
Low
3 Secondary vegetation Other areas apart from 1 & 2 Medium 4 Park administration and
visitor facilities Offices, staff quarters, lodges, bandas, camp/picnic sites, car park
High
Zonation outside the park and recommended intensity of use Zone Habitat type Location Recommended
intensity of use 1 Fragile habitats Protective highland forests, steep
slopes, hills, river sources, river valleys
Low
2 Ranches Natural grasslands, bushland & pastures
Low
3 Cultivated lands Small & large scale farms High 4 Towns and urban centres Nakuru, Njoro, Mau Narok, Dundori,
Bahati & Elementaita Very high
69
L. NAKURUL. NAKURU
LANET GATE
NDERITGATE
"8MAIN GATE
NAISHIAIR STRIP
"8NGANYOI
"8 SAROVALION HILLLODGE
"8
"8
PWANI
ZAKARIA
"8 SOYSAMBU
"8 LAKENAKURULODGE
"8 W C K
BABOONCLIFF
"8
"8
"8
RIFLE RANGE
"8
"8
"8
"8"8
"8
"8
"8
"8Education centre
Nyuki campsite
Nyaticampsite
Out of Africa
Makalia
Rhinocampsite
Naishicampsite
"8 Sewerageworks
ZONATION
170
170
175
175
180
180
185
185
9950
9950
9955
9955
9960
9960
9965
9965
N
Fragile limited use
Fragile zone no use
medium use
Lake
Park Boundary
Legend
"8 High use
Figure 16:
70
6.2 Zonation Outside the Park The land uses in the catchment include cultivation, ranching, forestry and urban developments (e.g. Nakuru town and smaller market centres). There are several resources of great importance in the catchment, which are the basis of ecosystem function, agricultural production and human welfare, these resources are forests, soils and rivers (water). Sections of the forests have been cleared to create room for settlements and cultivation. Cultivation is carried out in several places, which are too steep causing increased soil erosion. The riverine vegetation has been cleared and cultivation takes place up to the edge of the rivers. The consequences of these activities are changes in climate and productive capacity of the environment. Recently the catchment is experiencing a reduction in the amount of rainfall, prolonged drought period, reduced rainfall infiltration in the soil and increasing soil erosion. Most soil erosion occurs on cultivated lands, however, it also occurs in parts of forests, which are in poor state of management and neglect.
Since the climate of the catchment varies, from dry to wet, and altitude varies from the floor of the Rift valley to highlands (Mau, Dundori and Eburru hills), different conservation measures will have to be applied. Therefore, it is necessary to know what are the characteristics of an area where soil conservation has to be implemented. Cultivated land needs conservation measures that are different from those required for forests.
Soil and forest conservation activities through the Ministry of Agriculture and Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources, Forest Department have been on-going for the last two to three decades. The efforts by these two ministries have been uni-sectoral and have had limited success. Their efforts have been frustrated by uncoordinated development initiatives in the catchment, some of which (e.g. settlements), have led to disastrous consequences on the environment. This integrated management plan hopes to harmonise the activities of different sectors dealing with land use in the catchment. Different zones will be delineated to identify the best land use or combination of uses for each zone. The proposed zonation for the catchment is shown in table 5.
71
Table 5: Zones and habitat categories in the park and recommended action
Zone Habitat catesssssgory Recommended Action
1 Fragile habitats/ Breeding sites (i) Marshes, springs, river mouths (ii) Lake shore sands (breeding site for
Kittlitz plover) (iii) Lake shore grasslands (breeding
site for crowned and blacksmith plovers)
(iv) Habitats for rare species - a) reedbuck - b) Colobus monkey
No roads should lead to these areas. Where possible, visitors should leave their vehicles and walk to a point close to these features. Observation hideouts should be built for observations of water birds and mammals in these areas. Roads presently leading to these places should be closed. Visitors should not be allowed to walk freely along the sand flats because they are likely to step on and break the camouflaged eggs. Roads should be constructed such that they lead to a specific point from where the observations can be made. As in 1 (ii) above. These grasslands should be protected and the negative impacts identified and minimised. Minimal interference of this habitat should be allowed. Studies should be made on this species.
2 Climax forest vegetation (i) Euphorbia (ii) Olea (iii) Acacia
Except for research purposes, no tracks should be opened in this habitat to minimise detrimental effects. It would serve little wildlife viewing value to introduce more roads. The existing road, which traverses through this habitat, is adequate and visitors are able to see wild animals along the road or when they cross the road. Roads should not be opened in these forests to minimise impairment to these areas.
3 Secondary vegetation These habitats contain nearly all species of animals in the park. A much closer road network can be accommodated to facilitate wildlife viewing.
4 Park administration and visitor facilities Except in outposts (at Nganyoi, Soysambu, Zacharia) where extra accommodation may be needed, the park should not plan to build more staff houses in the park. If it becomes necessary to add more offices, care must be taken not to destroy natural vegetation. Instead, new buildings should be accommodated in the already developed areas.
72
Table 6: Zones and land use categories outside the park and recommended action
Zone Category Recommended Action
1 Nakuru Municipality
Implement SSP, manage waste & pollution, increase capacity &Sewer reticulation, greening of the park-town inter-phase, improve recreational facilities, involve stakeholders in planning & management.
2 Small scale subsistence farms
Implement appropriate farming methods and technologies, control soil erosion, use of safe pesticides, on farm afforestation & wood lots. Form environmental committees & conserve protected areas e.g riverine areas. Provide extension services, training & awareness. Provide marketing outlets, alternative sources of income & resources. Utilize & promote alternative energy sources.
3 Large-scale farm. Implement appropriate farming methods & technologies, control soil erosion, use of safe pesticides, on farm forestry & wood lots. Form environmental committees & conserve protected areas e.g riverine areas. Provide extension services, training & awareness. Provide marketing outlets. Plant wind breaks where appropriate, implement environmentally friendly means of cultivation e.g minimum tillage, crop rotations with rest periods to improve soil stability.
4 Ranches & livestock producers
Continue with wildlife compatible practises, control illegal poaching, appropriate use of acaricides. Develop a framework that allows economic benefits from wildlife to reach the producers. Control of overgrazing and pasture deterioration and degradation. Provide extension services for habitat management. Develop appropriate stocking rates guidelines.
5 Small rural –urban centers
Develop structural plans for controlled growth and development. Start and develop management plans and committees. Develop appropriate waste disposal methods and facilities, water management sourcing and harvesting. Enhance capacity of county council in management planning and environmental conservation in rural urban centers. Impart environmental awareness in the residents
6 Newly settled areas Train farmers on appropriate farming methods. Institute soil conservation measures. Develop appropriate land use for newly settled areas. Start on farm forestry. Provide extension services and training. Develop alternative income options. Impart environmental conservation skills to new farmers. Control development and location of infrastructure and amenities.
73
7 Plantation and indigenous forests
Stop further excisions. Halt ongoing deforestation. Institute appropriate forest management systems. Prevent illegal access and utilisation of forests. Prevent illegal trade in forest products e.g. charcoal, timber and animals. Develop community access and participation in forest management. Monitor and inventory forest resources. Reafforestate previously cleared areas with appropriate species combinations.
8 Steep slopes Categorise areas that can be cultivated and enforce the agriculture Act guidelines. Terracing of cultivated areas. Encourage use of trees and grasses as soil stabilisers. Rehabilitate denuded and eroded areas. Environmental training and awareness for farmers
9 Undulating areas Categorise areas that can be cultivated and enforce the agriculture Act guidelines. Terracing of cultivated areas. Encourage use of trees and grasses as soil stabilisers. Rehabilitate denuded and eroded areas. Training and awareness for farmers
10 Deposition lowland areas
Institute flood control methods. Stop encroachment and cultivation of the riverine areas. Develop sediment-trapping methods. Appropriate farming methods and all year soil cover
11 Fragile soils Apply appropriate soil management techniques and minimum soil disturbance. Apply appropriate farming systems that enhance organic matter content and structural stability of the soils. Extension and awareness. Institute soil-monitoring programs. Discourage cultivation in vulnerable areas. Rehabilitate already degraded areas
12 High Rainfall areas Institute land use types and cropping compatible with the high rainfall regime. Plan water harvesting. Adopt environmental conservation strategies appropriate to high rainfall areas
13 Semi arid areas Institute land use types and cropping compatible with the low rainfall regime. Plan water harvesting. Adopt environmental conservation strategies appropriate to low rainfall areas
PART FIVE IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, ACTIVITIES
AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
74
CHAPTER SEVEN IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
AND STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT
7.0 INTRODUCTION This chapter identifies the stakeholders and describes the framework for their involvement in the implementation of the plan. It provides for linkages, legal framework, and responsibilities of the stakeholders. The Government of Kenya on 17th December 1999 enacted an Environmental Co-ordination and Management Bill that became a law on January 2000, as a strategy to ensure sound environmental conservation and management. The implementation strategy attempts to fit in to the provisions of this Act. Stakeholder participation provides an avenue for resource mobilization and inclusion of development partners.
7.1 Implementation Strategy The implementation strategy has the following elements:-
• Involvement of stakeholders in the implementation of management and development programmes.
• Active consultation and collaboration • Adopting an adaptive management approach during the plan implementation • Management programmes will based on sound scientific findings
7.1.1 Ecosystem /Catchment Approach The core strategy for Lake Nakuru catchment IMP will be guided by the ecosystem approach to environmental management. This calls for the plan area to be managed as part of a greater catchment. In essence management of various systems is sectoral but there is need for harmonization and integration since environmental issues are crosscutting. 7.1.2 Collaboration The basis of this integrated management plan is the networking and linkages between various stakeholders in addressing the various issues and challenges. This aspect of linkages and networks can be achieved through collaboration at various levels that includes; inter agency linkages to management, interdisciplinary teams to address challenges, inter-sectoral teams to address implementation strategies and stakeholder support to ensure effectiveness. 7.1.3 Policy making Stakeholders participation in the implementation of environmental decisions will help achieve community empowerment and enhance the public's trust. To accomplish this core strategy, the Lake Nakuru Integrated Management Plan encourages all stakeholders to accept each other as partners in the policy making process. Acceptance in this perspective in shaping decisions will greatly be aided by institutionalising the consensus - building approach. Beyond this, efforts will focus on the breadth of participation activities, the handling of information and procedures. 7.1.4 Institutional Collaborative Framework Lake Nakuru Integrated Management Plan recognises that to achieve the objectives of the Plan, institutions operating within the Nakuru catchment must consult and collaborate on issues
75
relating to environmental management and socio economic development in which the plan is to be implemented. To achieve effective collaboration, this management plan proposes institutionalisation of a multidisciplinary committee to implement the proposed activities. 7.1.5 Developing institutional framework for Lake Nakuru be guided by the following factors:
a) The conservation and sustainable use of Nakuru catchment area is heavily influenced by social, cultural, economic and political factors that must be considered exhaustively.
b) Taking cognisance of existing linkages, policies and institutional frame works that are already contributing to the conservation and management of the Nakuru catchment.
c) The need to strike an optimal balance between catchment conservation and sustainable human living.
d) The need for a multi-disciplinary and inter-sectoral teams to address conservation and management issues in the catchment
7.2. Laws Supporting IMP These laws give mandate to stakeholders, local authorities and government departments to perform their responsibilities within the laws and regulations of Kenya. The laws and regulations are necessary for the harmonization of multi-sectoral interests and practices. Observance of these laws will enhance participatory approach in decision–making, ecosystem approach in management and provide confidence to all stakeholders. It is important to note that these laws are not conclusive and other rules and regulations can be developed in the form of codes of conduct and by laws that will improve conservation and management in Lake Nakuru catchment.
Environmental Management and Coordination Act The law is based upon the principle that everybody is entitled to a healthy and clean environment. Section 42, pertinent to the implementation of this plan deals with water catchment conservation while section 29 subsection 3 deals with the establishment of District Environmental Committees.
Social services laws on registration of CBO’s This Act will provide for the registration of CBO’s and empower them to contribute to the implementation of the management plan. It will also provide for the laws and regulations that govern their operations.
Public health Act This Act will provide the impetus for a healthy environment and give regulations to waste management, pollution and human health. The plan will act through this act to achieve its objective of providing a healthy environment and well being of the stakeholders in the catchment.
NGO’s registration Act This Act will provide for the registration of NGOs, the laws and regulations that govern them. A coordinated NGO front provides great opportunities for resource mobilization and optimum utilization of these resources for the benefit of stakeholders.
The Wildlife (Conservation and Management) Act
76
This is the principal Act regulating wildlife conservation and management in Kenya. The Act establishes Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS) as the implementing agency. Under section 3A, the functions of KWS shall be among others to: ♦ Provide advise to the government and local authorities and landowners on the best methods
of wildlife conservation and management and be the principal instrument of government in pursuit of such ecological appraisals or controls outside urban areas as are necessary for human survival.
♦ The Act also authorizes the director to enter into agreement with other competent authorities for the purpose of ensuring that animal migration patterns essential for the continued viability of National Parks. Furthermore, the Minister responsible for wildlife has discretionary powers to ' promulgate such regulations to enhance the management of such protected areas, so long as the regulations so promulgated are reasonable and not ultra vires to the parent Act.
The Director may delegate or assign any of his functions under the Act to any officer in the service of the Forestry or Fisheries Department or to any public officer approved by the Minister (honorary warden). Other than the National Parks and Reserves, the Minister may also declare and gazette an area not exceeding two thousand, six hundred acres as a local sanctuary where extraordinary measures of protection are taken over species being nurtured for replenishment of stocks. The Integrated Management Plan avails an opportunity to apply the provisions of the Wildlife Act in furtherance of its implementation in so far as it relates to wildlife conservation and its habitat management.
The Water Act The water Act, Cap 372 of the Laws of Kenya seeks to make better provision for the conservation, control, apportionment and use of the water resources in Kenya, and -for purposes incidental thereto and connected therewith. The Act vests ownership and control of water in the Government subject to any rights of user. Under this provision, therefore, Water Department has the responsibility to regulate access, use, and control pollution of water resources.
The Agriculture Act The Agriculture Act. Cap 318 of the Laws of Kenya seeks to promote and maintain a stable agriculture, to provide for the conservation of the soil and its fertility and to stimulate the development of agricultural land in accordance with the accepted practices of good land management and good husbandry. This Act primarily guides and regulates farming practices. It is, indeed, a crucial piece of legislation insofar as it relates to both small scale and large-scale farms within the Nakuru catchment ecosystem. The Agriculture Act is the principal land use statute covering, inter- alia, soil conservation, and agricultural land use in general.
77
The Forest Act The Forests Act, Cap 385 of the Laws of Kenya provides for the establishment, control and regulation of Central Forests, forests and forest areas in Nairobi Area and on unalienated Government land. The Act, therefore, applies not only to state plantations and land controlled and managed by the Forestry Department for research purposes or for establishment of commercial timber plantations, but also areas which have been set aside for the conservation of fauna and flora, for the management of water catchment area, for the prevention of soil erosion or for the protection and management of indigenous forests on alienated Government land.
The Fisheries Act The Fisheries Act Cap, 378 of 1989 of the Laws of Kenya provides for development, management, exploitation, utilisation and conservation of fisheries and for connected purposes. The Act has been regarded as one of the most comprehensive natural resource Laws of Kenya although its implementation has remained largely wanting. The Act provides for promoting the development of traditional and industrial fisheries, fish culture, and related industries through extension service, research and surveys, infrastructure development, restocking, exploring marketing opportunities as well as enhancing community participation in fisheries management.
The Land Planning Act The Land Planning Act Cap 303 of 1968 of the Laws of Kenya makes provision for planning the use and development of land. Sec 6 (1) of the subsidiary legislation provides that "a local authority may, after consultation with, and with the agreement of the Minister, prepare and submit to the Minister for his approval a town plan or area plan, as the case may be, for that part of the area under its jurisdiction to which these regulations apply.” Under this provision Lake Nakuru Integrated Management Plan may be adopted by the local authority and Municipal Council as an area plan and may submit it for approval by the Minister pursuant to this Act.
Physical Planning Act This Act provides for the preparation and implementation of physical development plans for connected purposes. It establishes the responsibility for the physical planning at various levels of Government in order to remove uncertainty regarding the responsibility for regional planning. It provides for a hierarchy of plans in which guidelines are laid down for the future physical development of areas referred to in specific plan. The ostensible intention is that the three-tier order plans, the national development plan, regional development plan, and the local physical development plan should concentrate on broad policy issues. The Act also promotes public participation in the preparation of plans and requires that in preparation of plans proper consideration be given to the potential for economic development, socio-economic development needs of the population, the existing planning and future transport needs, the physical factors which may influence orderly development in general and
78
urbanization in particular, and the possible influence of future development upon natural environment. The innovation in the Act is the requirement for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). Any change of use of the actual development without authority constitutes an offence. Similarly, any one who deposits refuse, scrap or waste materials in a designated area without the consent of the planning authority or the relevant local authority shall be guilty of an offence under the regulations. The general sentence under the regulations is a fine of not exceeding five thousand shillings or Imprisonment not exceeding six months, or to both, such fine and imprisonment.
Land Control Act CAP 406 This law provides for the control of transactions in agricultural land, especially the machinery of the Land Control Boards. However it is of environmental interest that one of the points to consider in granting or refusal of consent by the Board is what impact the transaction is likely to have on the maintenance or improvement of standards of good husbandry within the specific agricultural area. This may be construed to include agricultural activities beyond the carrying capacity of the land. Such a situation would constitute a basis for denying consent to a transfer or subdivision of an agricultural land.
The Local Government Act CAP 265 This law empowers a local authority to apply through the Minister for land to meet its different development purposes. Such requests and purposes are deemed to be public purposes within the meaning of the Land Acquisition Act (Cap 295). Such a local authority may, within such land, establish and maintain a conservation area. It may also take measures necessary for the prevention or control of bush fires or quarrying for minerals, sand gravel, clay, or stones.
The Kenya Tourist Development Corporation Act The statute which regulates tourism is the Kenya Tourist Development Corporation Act Cap 382 of the Laws of Kenya which establishes KTDC as a parastatal body, The functions of the KTDC include, inter alia, provision of travel, expedition of tours, whether hunting, fishing, photography or other wise. The corporation may also plan the development, preservation, or study of the wild and natural life, flora and other vegetation.
Tourist Industry Licensing Act. The sister statute to the KTDC Act is the Tourist Industry Licensing Act Cap 381 of the Laws of Kenya. The Act deals primarily with the licensing of touristic activities. The first schedule classifies the tourist enterprise including '. Professional hunters" for which activities are regulated by the Director of KWS.
7.3. Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders
7.3.1 Municipal Council of Nakuru The Council is responsible for urban planning, development, and provision of social services to town residences.
79
The municipal council has the following roles to play in the implementation of the plan: The council should endeavour to increase the sewerage network to cover the entire
municipality area. Provide new channels for storm water drainage Constantly clean and maintain the storm water channels. Provide refuse chambers and litter bins at strategic areas throughout the municipality and
empty them regularly Support private sector initiative in waste management e.g. privatisation of garbage collection,
waste recycling etc Plan and execute the relocation of the dumping site to an appropriate site and design
appropriate methods of waste disposal. The present site located on the western side of the town is an open dumping site in an abandoned quarry.
Sensitize the public on waste management Undertake greening of the town Sensitize the council workers to enforce the public health and environmental health
by- laws. Install and maintain screens at storm water channels Strengthen Pollution Release and Transfer Registers (PRTR) to insure high standards of
environmental safety within the MCN Monitoring pollution levels at source. Ensure industries have waste treatment plants at the source 7.3.2.Kenya Wildlife Service KWS is responsible for conservation of biodiversity and natural resource especially within Nakuru National Park. Its activities as relates to this integrated plan are:- Ensure ecological integrity of the park through proper planning and management Coordinate the plan implementation Play a key role in supporting the implementation of the management plan Support initiatives of the Municipal Council and other stakeholders within the catchment Take a leading role in providing the technical capacity and scientific information to the Lake
Nakuru Catchment Conservation and Development Forum (LNCCDF) Take initiative in collaboration with Forest Department, Agriculture and others to write joint
proposals for funding Establish strong network with other stakeholders Support creation and maintenance of a green zone at park town interface Manage human wildlife conflict in the catchment Conduct research and monitoring in the catchment Promote tourism as an income generating project in the catchment Undertake education, awareness and extension services to promote conservation 7.3.3 Forest Department The forest department is responsible for conservation and development of forest resources. In respect to this integrated management plan forest department is responsible for the following actions and activities:- Rehabilitation and conservation of catchment forest
80
Initiate and promote on farm forestry with the assistance of other stakeholders Work in concert with KWS to address funding for catchment based activities Control of forest excision, fires and encroachment Interpret forest master plan and implement it in conjunction with stakeholders. Enforce existing laws to protect forests. Secure title deeds of the forest lands to protect forests Undertake education, awareness and extension services in the catchment Develop forest management plans. Provide a lead in forest research, monitoring and conservation. Coordinate the forest activities within the catchment Interpret the specific law relating to the activities of NGO’s within the catchment dealing
with forest conservation 7.3.4 Water Department This government department is responsible for conservation and development of water resources. As regards this plan this department will be responsible for the following functions and actions. Protection of riverbanks in collaboration with stakeholders. Undertake education and awareness on water conservation Monitor and enforce water quality standards. Apportion water resources through permits and licenses for abstraction of water Spearhead water balance studies within the catchment. Gazette water sources such as springs in the catchment area, for effective protection Develop a code of conduct for water users in consultation with stakeholders. Interpret the water master plan. Maintain hydrological data. Act as custodians of information and database related to water conservation 7.3.5 District Environmental Committee: This committee is responsible for proper management of environment in the district The functions and actions of this committee in the implementation of this plan will include: - Support the plan implementation committee and the implementation of the plan. Recommend the gazettement of the plan implementation committee. Provide a link between the local committees and the national committees of NEMA. Mobilize resources to implement the plan Recommend to NEMA, the strategies of the plan. Give legal empowerment to the committee and the plan Provide linkages between government sectors and other stakeholders Act as an executive organ to ensure all development projects are environmental friendly Provide the link between the stakeholders and the public complaints committee 7.3.6 District Development Committee: Ensure that environmental standards are adhered to in every development project. Co-opt stakeholders of the catchment. Seek recommendations of District Environmental Committee on development projects.
81
Address poverty reduction issues Coordinate development programmes in the region 7.3.7 Local Authorities /County Council Enhance education and awareness in planning of environmental issues Enforce environmental bylaws 7.3.8 Local Provincial Administration Enforce environmental regulations on the ground Market and mobilize support for the management plan among the stakeholders Enhance information flow among stakeholders 7.3.9 National Museum of Kenya Maintain cultural heritage and monuments within the catchment area Conduct research and monitoring especially of water bird Disseminate research information to the committee and the general public 7.3.10 Non-Governmental Organizations. Implementation of conservation and development activities in the catchment Collaborate with the committees in operationalising the plan Encourage formation of Community Based Organizations Mobilise resources to support implementation of the plan 7.3.11 Community Based Organizations Mobilize Resources and undertake education and awareness Provide networks and linkages between the implementation committee and the grass roots Mobilise community support and participation 7.3.12 Department of Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing. Provide baseline data on resources within the plan area Assist in monitoring resource trends within the catchment 7.3.13 Agriculture Department Coordinate agro- based activities to control soil erosion, pollution and siltation. Work in concert with stakeholders to ensure implementation of plan. Provide relevant officers to be co-opted within the committee Lead in the development of a code of conduct for sustainable agriculture Integrate research findings into applied agriculture Promote good farming practices Identify good breeds and varieties of crops and livestock to increase production Identify plant species that are potentially harmful to the environment
82
7.3.14 Institutions of Higher Learning Collaborate with other stakeholders to develop proposals for funding Coordinate research activities in collaboration with stakeholders. Assist in monitoring of trends in the catchment. Provide technical support to the committee. Undertake Training as resource persons and enhance capacity building for specific
stakeholders. Undertake technological development and technology transfer to stakeholders.
7.4. Plan Implementation Structure The proposed set up will have the following structure as shown in figure 16: A stakeholders forum named Lake Nakuru Catchment Conservation and Development
Forum (LNCCDF), which will elect an implementation committee from the stakeholders. An implementation committee dealing with implementation of plan called Lake Nakuru
Catchment Management Plan Implementation Committee (LNCMPIC), which will form four standing technical committees and other adhoc technical committees as the need arises.
7.4.0 Membership
7.4.1 Forum representation This will be made up of all stakeholders. The forum will meet at least twice a year of which one meeting will be an Annual General Meeting (AGM). The forum will give the mandate to the implementation committee to continue leading the plan implementation process. In addition, the TOR cited below provide for the operations of the Forum 7.4.2 Terms of References of the Foum (TOR’s) The stakeholders (L.Nakuru Catchment Conservation and Development Forum.), herein referred to as the forum
• The forum is the overall body of all stakeholders in the L.Nakuru Catchment. • The forum will give the implementation committee the mandate to implement the
plan. • Monitor the implementation of the management plan. • Collect and collate the issues of concern to stakeholders for the action of the
implementing committee. • Set the agenda for the implementing committee. • Review annual and financial reports, work plans for specific projects by the
implementing committee.
7.4.3 Implementation Committee Namely Lake Nakuru Catchment Management Plan Implementation Committee, herein referred to as the implementation committee This committee will be the executive body mandated with the implementation of the Management Plan and will be composed of the following stakeholders Senior Warden Nakuru National Park
83
Secretary of DEC A representative of the Municipal Council of Nakuru. Two church representatives One representative large scale farmers and ranchers One representative small scale farmers One representative of industrialist in the catchment A representative from the hospitality industry (Tourism and Hoteliers) Two representatives of the Business sector (one large and another small) One representative of the informal sector - Jua Kali sector One representative of NGO sector One representative of CBO (on rotational basis) One representative of Forest Department One representative of Water Department One representative of Agriculture Department One representative of Lands Department One representative of KARI One representative of Institutions of higher learning One representative of Provincial Administration 7.4.4 TORs of the Implementation committee
• Develop a framework defining its operations • Interpret the management plan for purposes of implementation • Co-ordinate the implementation of the integrated management plan. • Mobilize resources for the plan implementation • Evaluate the progress of activities within the plan areas. • In collaboration with other stakeholders, develop a code of conduct, regulation
guidelines or by-laws of the forum. • Identify constraints in the processes of plan implementation. • Produce annual work plans based on the management plan. • Produce annual reports for presentation to the Forum • Recommend review of the management plan.
Standing Sub-committees of the Implementation Committee: i. Research and Monitoring sub-committee: • Conduct research on areas identified by the management plan and the work plans. • Collect and maintain environmental data in the plan area. • Write proposals for funding. • Conduct ecological monitoring and produce status reports on trends in the catchment. • Interpret and disseminate scientific information and new technologies. • Conduct socio-economic surveys.
ii. Education, awareness and extension services sub-committee: • Develop networks and co-ordinate education and awareness programme. • Write proposals for mobilization of resources for education and awareness. • Identify issues for education and awareness. • Identify key players in education and awareness field in the catchment.
84
• Develop education and awareness strategies. • Improve capacities of existing resource centers and promote development of new
ones. • Develop education and awareness materials for different categories of people. • Exploit opportunities like zonal teachers meetings to promote education and
awareness of the plan. • Organize seminars for leaders to sensitize them on environmental conservation and
the plan. • Organize celebration on international environmental related days and organize a Lake
Nakuru Conservation Day. iii. Finance and resource mobilization sub-committee: • Identify development partners for resource mobilization. • Monitor financial activities of the implementation committee and prepare annual
budgets. • Develop mechanism to harmonize resource utilization among stakeholders with a
view to optimize resource utilization. • Prepare annual financial report.
iv. Enterprise Development sub-committee: • Identify income generating and development projects in the plan area. • Identify and initiate dialogue with development partners. • Harmonize development projects with the management plan to ensure compliance
with environmental standards. • Monitor success of enterprise projects in the plan area. • Develop mechanisms for benefit sharing of the enterprise projects..
a) Technical Committee members The implementation committee will determine the composition of the technical committees. There will be four permanent members in each of the technical committees, other members may be co-opted as the need arises. The permanent members in consultation with the implementation committee will identify and appoint members to be co-opted in to the technical committees. b) Adhoc Committees These committees can be formed when the need arises, they will respond to specific issues within a specified time frame. The programme implementation committee shall form these committees in consultation with the standing sub-committees.
85
Figure 17: The Proposed Management Plan Implementation Structure
Notes:
• The structure is not hierarchical.
• The technical sub-committees are formed by the implementation committee. These sub-committees can co-opt other members as need arises.
• The implementing committee can form other ad hoc committees as need arises.
LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT CONSERVATION
AND DEVELOPMENT FORUM
LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
IMPLEMENTATION COMMITTEE
RESEARCH INSTITUTIONS AND INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER LEARNING
TECHNICAL SUB-COMMITTES:
• RESEARCH AND MONITORING.
• EDUCATION, AWARENESS AND EXTENSION.
• FINANCE AND RESOURCE MOBILIZATION.
• ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT.
• OTHERS ON NEED-BE BASIS.
GOVERNMENT SECTORS.
NGO’s AND CBO’s
DDC
DEC
DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS
86
Operationalization of the Committee KWS to mobilize stakeholders meeting to constitute the committee by October 2001.
KWS to facilitate the committee to develop their constitution and agenda
KWS will support the process in proposal writing and implementation
7.5. Risks and Assumptions
Stakeholders remain committed and willing to participate in the plan implementation
Adequate resources (financial, human, equipment and machinery) will be mobilized to support plan implementation
KWS willingness to facilitate the initial operationalization of the plan along with other stakeholders
Political goodwill and stability
Inter institutional coordination and harmony
87
CHAPTER EIGHT
ACTIVITIES AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
8.0. MONITORING AND EVALUATION Monitoring and evaluation will be continuous throughout the plan period. To guide evaluation, a log-framework will be institutionalised. The monitoring component will include:
• Evaluating the extent of acceptance of the management plan among the stakeholders and
implementers.
• Evaluating the implementation of activities by evaluating progress reports, work
programmes and work plans, stakeholder involvement and participation.
• Monitor and evaluate the impact of management prescriptions.
• Monitor budget allocations, expenditure and accounting procedures.
• Monitor and evaluate the environmental status of the Lake and its catchment through the
use of biological and ecological, social and economic indicators.
• Monitor and evaluate the responsiveness to the education and awareness initiatives.
• Monitor and evaluate the extent of security activities.
The responsibility of monitoring and evaluation lies with the plan implementation committee and the KWS central monitoring and evaluation unit.
8.1 SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES AND OUTPUTS
This plan identifies activities for the first five years, after this period activities will be drawn for subsequent periods depending on level of implementation of activities in the first five years
88
SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME IN
YEARS RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5
1. Education and awareness
A. Formal education and awareness
School programmes
Develop School education programme & curricula
Type & No. of Programme in place, programme report Programme in operation
KWS, , WCK, MCN, WWF, MOE KIE
Develop education materials Type of materials developed Pamphlets, Magazines, Videos, Puzzle
Facilitate teaching education materials KWS, , WWF,
WCK, MCN KIE
Undertake School education programme
Progress reports, no. of Schools visited
8 Schools @ year visited, schools aware KWS, WWF,
WCK, MCN KIE,
Upgrade , maintain resource/education information center
Conditions of facilities in center Education center in good condition, Easy demonistration
KWS, WWF, WCK, Donors
School outreach programme
Develop outreach programme Type of programme, programme report
Programme in place by year one KWS, WWF,
WCK, MCN, EU
Implement outreach programme Progress report on no. of Schools visited 8 Schools @ year KWS, WWF,
WCK, MCN, EU
School campaigns Organize specific environmental
rallies (environment day, wetland day, world water day)
Rally reports 3 rallies @ year per education zones
, KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN MOE
B. Informal education Mobilization
Identify targets groups & Develop out reach materials
Type of materials developed & groups identified Pamphlets, news letters
KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN CBOs,
Organize public Barazas No. Of Baraza organized/reports 6 Barazas in a year KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN CBOs, ,
2. Community Environmental conservation
Form local environmental conservation committees, committee meetings
No. of committees formed, meeting reports
1 committee in target zones, quarterly meeting reports
KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN, CSS,
89
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME
RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5
3. Community participation in environmental conservation
Develop environmental education programme on soil & water conservation, a forestation, resource use,
Type of environmental education programme & activities in place, programme progress reports
Programme in place by year two, quarterly progress reports
AD, CSS, KWS, WWF, MCN
Develop environmental education materials Type of materials developed Materials in place by
year Three AD, CSS, KWS, WWF, MCN
Undertake programme No. of Villages reached 6 villages in year AD, CSS, KWS, WCK, MCN
Establish demonstration plots No. of plots established 1 per village AD, CSS, KWS, WWF, MCN
Organize workshops for Community leaders
No. of workshop organized in a year,
1 in a year, workshop reports AD, CSS, KWS,
WWF, MCN
4. Human wildlife conflict & community , development & enterprise projects
Establish types & conflict intensity Conflict report Report in place by year 1 KWS, Community
Formulate conflict mitigation measures Mitigation status Report in place by year 1 KWS,
Community
Identify community social projects Projects proposals in place by year 2 No. of proposals KWS,
Community
Undertake community social projects Type of project in place 1 per conflict zone KWS, Donors
Community
Identify community enterprise projects Projects proposals No. of proposals
KWS, Community, Donors
Implement community enterprise projects
No. of projects implemented 1 project per year & zone KWS, Donors,
Community
90
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT
TIME FRAME RESPONSIBILITY
1 2 3 4 5 5. Park
Management Habitat
management (vegetation)
Identify key habitats and establish carrying capacity
Data Habitat utilisation report KWS, UON, MU, EU, Donors
Develop habitat management programme (fire, Mechanical) to meet Park goals
Management programme report 1 Programme report KWS, UON, MU,
EU, Donors
Implement habitat management programme Programme progress reports Improved habitat KWS, UON, MU,
EU, Donors
Control bush encroachment Bush control progress report Acreage controlled KWS, UON, MU,, EU, Donors
Open grass lands Progress report Acreage controlled KWS, UON, MU, EU, Donors
Remove invasives' Area controlled progress report Acreage removed KWS, UON, MU,
EU, Donors
Acacia forest Area controlled progress report Acreage controlled KWS, UON, MU,
EU, Donors
Develop wildlife species management strategy Strategy report Proposal in place by year
one KWS, UON, MU
Species Management
Reduce overstocked species e.g. Buffalo, Impala, Zebra, Rhino
Proportions of target species removed, report
No. of target species removed, quarterly reports KWS, UON, MU,
Donors
91
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT
TIME FRAME IN YEARS RESPONSIBILITY
1 2 3 4 5
1. Park Maintenance & management programme
Complete Staff establishment Cadre of Staff in place No. of staff recruited KWS
Training needs assessment Assessment report Needs identified KWS
Undertake training No. of personnel trained Improved efficiency KWS, Donors
Enhance capacity to monitor water quality river level and climate variables
Data Improved environmental monitoring KWS
Infrastructure Water supply
Identify water sources & undertake water distribution survey
Distribution map for water sources & points
Sources & distribution points outlay KWS
Supply water to specific points for wildlife & staff
Water supply at designated points
Water availability where desired KWS, Donor
Roads Close and upgrade as necessary Closure and upgrading Improved road network KWS, Donors
Routine road maintenance Maintained roads Accessible roads. KWS
Buildings & housing
Maintenance of existing buildings and provide ranger accommodation (non uniformed staff housed in town) Provide adequate office space
Condition of buildings, all Rangers housed in KWS staff quarters by year 3 Office block ready by year 4
Improvement of buildings, improved housing for Rangers, improved office accommodation
KWS
2. Security
Ranger patrols Quarterly patrol reports/OB/Reported insecurity incidences
Park secure/incidences of insecurity KWS
Intelligence information gathering Sitreps reports Tourist insecurity
minimised KWS
Procurement of security equipment Equipment in place Convenient data gathering KWS
92
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME IN YEARS
RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5
3. Tourism Promotion
Produce tourist information materials Brochures Pamphlets Maps Website
Type and number of materials produced & their availability
Increase in visitation & appreciation KWS, KTB, KATO
Develop other tourism facilities Rehabilitate & Equip Sirrikon Quest house Gift shop & information center
Quality Facilities in place 1 of each facility ready by year 3 KWS, Donors, Community
Diversify Tourism
Gazette Menengai Crater as a conservation site Conservation status of the area Gazette notice by year two KWS, MCN, MOLS, MOE,
Establish Tourist facilities in Nakuru Town (Parks, artefacts, curio-shop, cultural villages Facilities in place Ready by year 2 KWS, Donors, MCN,
KATO, Community
Feasibility study & designs for a safari walk around the Park Hq Progress report Safari walk report KWS, Donors, MCN,
KATO, Community
Feasibility study for night game drives Progress report Night game drive report KWS, Donors, MCN, KATO, Community
Develop tourist circuit in the catchment Circuit report1 Report 1 report KWS, Donors, MCN, KATO, Community
Establish cultural center Established cultural center 1 cultural center KWS, Donors, MCN, KATO, Community
Tourist facilities
Close nature trail at Baboon cliff Nature trail closed Minimal danger to visitors KWS
Construct guard rail at Baboon cliff Guard rail in place Visitor safety KWS
Convert Makalia bridge to a foot bridge Barriers in place Closed bridge KWS
Open campsite at Reedbuck site Campsite established Increased camping facilities KWS
Lodges Establish physical lodge boundary Actual area occupied by each lodge
established Known boundaries KWS, Lodges
Appraise lease agreement Verified lease Streamlined leases KWS, Lodges
Develop waste disposal guidelines Guidelines developed & applied Healthy sanitary conditions in the Park KWS, Lodges
Blend lodges with the environment Park/Lodge MOU Eco-lodges KWS, Lodges
93
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT
TIME FRAME IN YEARS RESPONSIBILITY
1 2 3 4 5
Municipality Waste management
Create awareness & support CBOs initiative on environmental conservation No. of CBOs collaborating Increased action on waste
management by residents MCN, WWF, KWS, Community
Enforce legal aspects relating to waste disposal, relocate dumping sites
Reports on & action against offenders
Reduced environmental pollution MCN, DOHS,
MOEW, MMOH
Install traps/screens & cover open drains, control storm water drainage
No. of installations & drains covered
Reduced solid waste to the Lake MCN,
Rehabilitate & expand Lanet trunk sewer Works progress Reduced spillage into the Park MCN,, KWS
Control sewerage spillage from estates adjacent to the Park, increase sewerage network
No. of sanitary facilities put in place
Reduced spillage into the Park Landlords, MCN,,
KWS
Monitor pollution levels by industries, treatment plants and strengthen PRTR Reports Reduced pollutant
discharge MCN
Park Town inter-phase
Greening Park/Town inter-phase Area greened & number of seeds planted Buffering effect Residents, MCN,
KWS, WWF, CBOs
Campaign against polythene and plastics Reduced littering Clean environment CBOs, NGOs, supermarket
4. Catchment Management
Afforestation (on farm tree planting) No. of seedlings planted Increase in tree cover FD, Community,
Constitute Land use planning team to co-ordinate land use Team in place Minimized landuse conflicts Stakeholders & GOK
River bank rehabilitation Rehabilitation progress report reduced siltation MENR, Community
Soil erosion control Soil control measures in place Reduced siltation & erosion MENR, land owners, WWF, CBOs
Control Water abstraction from rivers & ground water Water regulation report Sustained river flow MENR, Community,
Stakeholders
Promote Energy conservation (Jikos) No. of homesteads using energy saving Jikos Reduced use of fuelwood Communtiy CBOs,
NGOs, GOK
Surface runoff harvesting along roads No. of people involved , dams & Tanks in place
Reduced erosion, siltation & abstraction of water Communtiy CBOs,
NGOs, GOK
Initiate long term monitoring programme on land use, rainfall and river flow Data Detection of trends KWS, UON, MU
94
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT
TIME FRAME IN YEARS RESPONSIBILITY
1 2 3 4 5
5. Park Zonation
Develop a zonation map Map in place Map KWS, SOK
Close access roads to Eastern & western shore line except at the designated observation points
Road closed Minimized visitor impact/habitat recovery
KWS
Close access to Baharini springs shoreline/beyond the platform
Access closed Secured habitat & improved KWS
Close unnecessary roads in the Park (wind mill, tracks around Naishi, Enasoit)
Roads closed Secured habitat & improved KWS
Construct a raised walkway/platform to control visitor impact on the shoreline
Facility in place Secured habitat improved KWS
Catchment Zonation
Identify fragile areas (Steep slopes, lowlands fragile soils, rainfall zones)
Areas identified Fragile areas report All stakeholders, landowners
Protect fragile habitats Areas protected Secured habitat All stakeholders, landowners
Identify land use types Map in place Catchment land use zones Research
Institutions, KWS
Quantify environmental impacts of various land use types
Data Impacts quantified by land use Research
Institutions, KWS
Socio economic survey Data Socio-economic categories identified Research
Institutions
95
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME IN YEARS
RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5
6. Research To strengthen management through generation of scientific information by I. Undertaking ecological monitoring
I. Ecological monitoring Vegetation monitoring
Reports on vegetation trends Vegetation trends reports
Programme in place 1 report @ year KWS,
Collect meteorological data Monthly reports Trends in meteorology established KWS
Collection of River and lake levels Quarterly progress reports Trends in river flow and lake levels established KWS
Animal counts Quarterly reports Trends in wildlife dynamics established KWS
Waterfowl counts Biannual reports Trends in waterfowl populations established KWS, NMK
II. Habitat Monitoring
II. Habitat Monitoring Vegetation monitoring Biannual reports Trends in vegetation structure
determined KWS
Water quality monitoring Quarterly reports Trends in water quality established KWS
Collect environmental data in the catchment Annual reports in environment status Trends in environmental
conditions established WWF, Community, GOK
Initiate a monitoring programme of water quality across the alkaline lakes in the Rift valley used by the lesser flamingo
Data and reports Trend in water Quality that affects lesser flamingo KWS,MU EU,UoN
III. Special species studies
III Species studies to determine population status and viability
Status reports on species, viability Management decisions derived from the reports
KWS, Institutions of higher learning KWS, Institutions of higher learning
Rhino
Giraffe
Grazers
Lions
Leopard
Hippo
Specialised browsers
96
Development
Construction of buildings (Staff houses, Office, Gift shop, workshop, Ablution block, Information center)
Works progress reports Buildings in place KWS
Purchase of vehicles, plant and equipment Procurement report Facilities in place KWS
Operationalization of the Implementation committee
Second stakeholder meeting to elect the implementation committee and endorse the IMP
Stakeholder meeting Elected implementation committee in place
All Stakeholders
Support establishment of network for stakeholders and proposal writing Proposal Flow of information and draft
proposals KWS, MU,UoN,EU and donors
Support initial implementation committee meeting an linkages to other agencies Committee meeting Functional committee KWS.donor
97
8.2. BUDGET
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET YEAR
1 2 3 4 5 TOTAL
EDUCATION AND AWARENESS A Formal education and awareness School programmes
Develop School education programme & curricula 50
Develop education materials 400
Undertake School education programme 100 100 100 100 400
Upgrade , maintain resource /education information center 500 500
School outreach programme Develop outreach programme 50 50
Implement outreach programme Budget as in 1 iii
School campaigns Organize specific environmental
rallies (environment day, wetland day, world water day)
100 100 100 100 100 500
B. Informal education Mobilization
Identify targets groups & Develop out reach materials 400 400
Organize public Barazas 100 100 100 100 100 500
COMMUNITY ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION
Form local environmental conservation committees, committee meetings 50 50 50 50 50 250
98
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET
TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5
COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION
Develop environmental education programme on soil & water conservation, a forestation, resource use,
50 50
Develop environmental education materials 300 200 500
Undertake programme 50 50 50 50 50 250
Establish demonstration plots 150 100 50 50 350
Organize workshops for Community leaders 150 150 150 150 150 750
HUMAN WILDLIFE CONFLICT & COMMUNITY , DEVELOPMENT & ENTERPRISE PROJECTS
Establish types & conflict intensity 50 50
Formulate conflict mitigation measures 300 300
Identify community social projects 50 50
Undertake community social projects 1000 1000 2000
Identify community enterprise projects 50 50
Implement community enterprise projects 1000 1000 1000 3000
PARK MANAGEMENT Habitat
management (vegetation)
Develop habitat management programme (fire, Mechanical) to meet Park goals
100 100
Implement habitat management programme
♦ Control bush encroachment 150 100 100 100 50 500
♦ Open grass lands 200 200 400
♦ Remove invasives' 100 100 100 100 100 500
♦ Acacia forest 100 100 200
Develop wildlife species management strategy 100 100
Species Management
Reduce overstocked species e.g. Buffalo, Impala, Zebra, Rhino
400 300 200 900
99
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET
TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5
PARK MAINTENANCE & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
Complete Staff establishment 50 50
Training needs assessment 100 100 Undertake training 400 400 400 1200
INFRASTRUCTURE Water supply
Identify water sources & undertake water distribution survey 100 100
Supply water to specific points for wildlife & staff 500 400 100 1000
Roads Close and upgrade as necessary 300 300 Routine road maintenance 500 400 300 200 200 1600
Buildings & housing
Maintenance of existing buildings and provide ranger accommodation (non uniformed staff housed in town
500 500 400 300 200 1900
SECURITY Ranger patrols 100 100 100 100 100 500 Intelligence information gathering 200 150 150 150 150 600 Procurement of security equipment 500 500 1000
100
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET
TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5
Tourism Promotion
Produce tourist information materials 300 200 500
Develop other tourism facilities - Rehabilitate & Equip Sirrikon Quest house - Gift shop & information center
500 500 300 1300
Diversify Tourism Gazette Menengai Crater as a conservation site 100 50 150
Establish Tourist facilities in Nakuru Town (Parks, artefacts, curio-shop, cultural villages
200 200
Feasibility study & designs for a safari walk around the Park Hq
500 200 800
Feasibility study for night game drives 300 300
Develop tourist circuit in the catchment 500 400 900
Establish cultural center 600 600
Tourist facilities
Close nature trail at Baboon cliff 40 40
Construct guard rail at Baboon cliff 200 200
Convert Makalia bridge to a foot bridge 100 100
Open campsite at Reedbuck site 10 10
Lodges Establish physical lodge boundary 50 50
Appraise lease agreement 100 50 150
Develop waste disposal guidelines 100 50 150
Blend lodges with the environment 100 100 200
101
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET
TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5
MUNICIPALITY WASTE MANAGEMENT
Create awareness & support CBOs initiative on environmental conservation 150 100 100 100 100 550
Enforce legal aspects relating to waste disposal 100 100 100 100 100 500
Install traps/screens & cover open drains 600 500 500 400 2000 Rehabilitate & expand Lanet trunk sewer 1000 500 500 2000 Control sewerage spillage from estates
adjacent to the Park 200 200 150 150 600
PARK TOWN INTER-PHASE
Greening Park/Town inter-phase 200 100 100 400 Campaign against polythene and plastics 150 100 50 50 50 400
CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT
A forestation (on farm tree planting) 150 50 50 50 50 400 Constitute Land use planning team to co-
ordinate land use 500 200 700
River bank rehabilitation 100 50 50 50 50 300 Soil erosion control 100 100 100 100 100 500 Control Water abstraction from rivers &
ground water 50 50 50 50 50 250
Promote Energy conservation (Jikos) 100 100 100 100 100 500 Surface runoff harvesting along roads 300 200 100 50 50 700
102
OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET
TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5
ZONATION Park
Develop a zonation map 200 200
Close access roads to Eastern & western shore line except at the designated observation points 100 100
Close access to Baharini springs shoreline/beyond the platform 100 100
Close unnecessary roads in the Park (wind mill, tracks around Naishi, Enasoit) 100 100
Construct a raised walkway/platform to control visitor impact on the shoreline 500 200 700
Catchment
Identify fragile habitats 100 100
Protect fragile habitats 100 50 50 50 250
Identify land use types 500 500
Quantify environmental impacts of various land use types 200 200 400
Socio-economic survey 150 150 300
RESEARCH TO STRENGTHEN MANAGEMENT THROUGH GENERATION OF SCIENTIFIC INFORMATION UNDERTAKING ECOLOGICAL MONITORING
I. Ecological monitoring
Vegetation monitoring 300 100 100 100 500 1100
Collect meteorological data 100 10 10 10 10 140
Collection of River and lake levels 20 20 20 20 20 100
Animal counts 200 200 200 200 200 1000
Waterfowl counts 100 100 100 100 100 500
II. Habitat Monitoring
II. Habitat Monitoring
Vegetation monitoring Budget included in 1 above, vegetation monitoring
Water quality monitoring 500 500 500 500 500 2500
Collect environmental data in the catchment 100 100 100 100 100 500
III. Special species studies
III Species studies to determine population status and viability
7000
Rhino
Giraffe
Grazers
Lions
Leopard
Hippo
103
Specialised browsers
Development
Construction of buildings- Education dining hall Information center Office block Senior Wardens house Ranger units Rhino base staff houses Gift shop Recreation hall Ablution block Timber workshop Air strip toilet
1,880 1,500 - - 10,000 10,000 9,0000 - 2,520 300 1,120 -
1,000 - - - 10,000 5,000 -
- - - -
- - 2,000 - 2,000 4,800 1,080 - - - - 70
- - 1,200 934 - - - - -
- - - - - - - - 1,120
2,800 1,500 3,200 2,934 22,320 19,800 9,000 1,080 2,520 300 1,120 70
Maintenance Houses Roads
900 600
800 600
700 600
600 600
400 600
3,400 3,000
Procurement Procurement of vehicles, plant and equipment 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
104
APPENDIX 1: INSTITUTIONAL LINKAGES
INSTITUTION FUNCTIONS POTENTIAL ROLE CAPACITY AREA OF OPERATION MCN Urban Development Urban Planning, development & Pollution control Empowered to enact local Government
policy, has political influence Municipality
KWS Wildlife Management & Conservation Biodiversity & Nature conservation, Tourist development Strong net work, limited resources in comparison to mandate
National Parks, Forest Reserves and Communities, biodiversity areas
Forest Department Forestry Conservation & development Implementation of forest management & extension, catchment conservation
Strong network, weak in resources Gazetted forests and extension country wide
Water Department Conservation & apportionment of water resources
Protection of water supply & the catchment, river bank protection
Strong network, weak in resources Nation-wide and local
District Environment Committee
Coordination of environmental protection and conservation activities
Mobilization of environmental actors and monitoring of environmental conditions
Strong network through elected leaders, limited resources & technical know-how
District level upto Communities
District Development Committee
Planning & coordination of development activities
Mobilization of Communities, feedback & evaluation of project activities at District level and landuse planning
Weak, lack of skilled manpower & resources compared to mandate
District level
Local Authority Nakuru Planning division of services Planning & implementation of project activities Strong mandate but lacks committed staff
Plan area
Kenya Agricultural Research Institute
Agricultural Research & information dissemination
Research & advise on agricultural aspects Strong in research, technical know-how. Nation-wide with international contacts
National Museum of Kenya
Research, Education & conservation of heritage
Research & information provision on biodivesity & cultural aspects
Strong in research National
WWF and other NGO’s or CBO’s
Community based development & conservation initiatives
Mobilization, Conservation, Education & awareness and Research
Strong network & resources Nakuru catchment
WCK Education Mobilization & education Strong network Nation wide
KREMU Natural resources survey and research Research Strong in research, technical know-how. Nation-wide with international contacts
Agriculture Department Agricultural development Soil erosion and siltation control, eutrophication control, agro-chemical pollution control, river basin protection and catchment protection
Strong networking limited by resources compared to mandate, technical know how.
Higher Learning Institutions
Research and education Research and education, information dissemination Strong in research, technical know-how. Nation-wide with international contacts
105
APPENDIX 2: INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND COLLABORATION
MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY MANAGEMENT
AUTHORITY/IMPLEMENTERS
CATCHMENT
Afforestation
Establish tree nurseries
Forest Department to give technical expertise in afforestation process. Other agencies to give logistical support. Community to play an active role in forest establishment.
Forest department, Local community and other conservation agencies
Forest rehabilitation Tree planting on communal basis Forest Dept., Community
On farm tree planting Community to plant, with technical advice from the forest department. Other agencies like WWF to assist
Forest department, Community, WWF and Agriculture
Deforestation
Strict adherence to existing law Forest guards and KWS rangers to apprehend law breakers.
Forest Department, KWS, Local authority, Law courts.
Education and awareness on the harmful effects of deforestation
Training of educationists and extension officers while mobilising communities through a bottom up approach.
WWF, WCK and KWS education programmes
Soil erosion, Siltation and eutrophication
Terracing Agriculture to identify areas for terraces & provide Technical advice Agriculture, Community, WWF
Terrace protection Community to undertake embankment Agriculture, Community
Agro-forestry/wind breaks Agriculture to advice community on sustainable methods of agro-forestry Agriculture, Forest, Community, WWF
Land use planning Physical planner to ensure land use and planning confirm to IEM Physical Planner, Administration
Contour plowing Agriculture to ensure all farm on sloppy grounds are terraced Agriculture, Local Community
Migration and Land prospecting
Strengthen the existing laws on land encroachment and prospecting.
Authorities in charge of land adjudication be sensitised on environmental issues.
Ministires of Lands – Environment, KWS, WWF, WCK
Discourage squatters and relocation of people especially tribal clash victims.
Awareness and education programmes especially for migrant landowners not familiar with certain environmental issues.
WWF, WCK, KWS, MENR, MLS
Overpopulation
Plan for rapidly expanding populations. Encourage family planning strategies especially where populations are youthful. Construction of housing schemes that take env. considerations into place
Ministries of Environment, Health, Planning etc to work in concert and articulate issues of mutual concern Stress family planning as a way of reducing over reliance on natural resources
Ministries of Health, Planning, Env to work in concert and with logical support from KWS, WWF, WCK schools and churches.
106
MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY
/IMPLEMENTERS
CATCHMENT
Agriculture Integrated farm use Agriculture to conform to IEM Agriculture, Community
Agro-chemicals
Control leaching Agriculture to confirm to Agro-chemical control Agriculture, Community
Avoid use of non biodegradable agro-chemicals
Promote use and application of biodegradable fertilizers. Agriculture to train farmers on use of biodegradable
Agriculture, Community
River bank protection Use 30m strip for grass plots and forestry
Agriculture and landowners to ensure this strip is used wisely. E.g. Like growing grass Agriculture, Community
URBAN CENTRE
Infrastructure development Control surface run-off Public works and community to ensure roads have adequate and relevant drainage systems in place
Public works, Community, All
Fuel Wood Agro-forestry Community to plat trees and use energy
saving jikos in each home stead; Train community on energy conservation
Community, Forest, All Use of energy conserving stoves
Land use/Planning Encourage Integrated land use practices
Physical planner, Administration, Lands and settlement to ensure all plans comply to IEM
ALL
Pollution (Solid and Liquid waste)
Increase monitoring of solid and liquid waste pollution e.g. oil spillage by tracks and household effluents into rivers.
MCN and KWS to enhance efforts in collaborating together and with others especially in areas where they have no jurisdiction.
Local Councils, KWS, MCN
Drainage
Assess water takeoffs and usage in important catchment areas such as Mau Narok
Water department to provide technical assistance, other institutions to provide logistical support.
Water department, MCN, KWS, WWF
Undertake EIA’s on borehole construction and water distribution strategies
Educate and create awareness on the wise use princiuple. WWF, MCN, KWS, WCK.
107
MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY/IMPLE
MENTERS
MUNICIPALITY
Liquid waste and pollution
Maintain existing liquid waste treatment facilities and rehabilitate Lanet trunk sewer
Maintain all sewage works and use all facilities therein. Put in place monitoring programme MCN, KWS, WWF
Solid Waste
Separate non & biodegradable wastes Residents of MCN. MCN to collect sorted waste on time MCN, Residents
Construct incinerator All collected solid waste to be burned in the incinerator MCN
Regular waste collection & disposal Waste to be collected thrice for all waste collection points, privatise waste collection MCN
Relocate & improve current dumping site Do EIA for the present dumping site, select a new dumping site
MCN, GOK, KWS, WWF
Infrastructure development
Install screens and cover storm drains MCN to install screens on storm drains to filter solid waste. Open drains to be covered and open air garages to control used oil spillage
MCN, Jua Kali sector
Avoid irrelevant changes for planned infrastructure
MCN to adhere to planners planning and minimize grabbing especially that of public utility land MCN, Physical Planner
Socio-economic developments
Localise recommendations of Agenda 21 Empower municipal council to effectively work on the ground with communities. Ministry of Local
government, MCN and local community organizations such as estate groupings, NGO’s etc.
Strengthen physical planning act
Awareness building and strategy development, human resources development and concentrated capacity building, improve planning and management practices, promote policy dialogue and change through networking.
Planning Encourage integrated Town planning Planning process to consider the interests of all interested
and affected parties MCN, Physical Planner Respect & owner Planning act
Park/Town inter phase Restrict rural sprawl and promote park edge as a green and public face of the city
Implement recommendations of the Nakuru Strategic Structure Plan of 1999. Control and co-ordinate the town planning as the present changes in land use are a major constraint to effective park /town interface.
MCN
Create buffer zones Increase environmental design planning concepts MCN, KWS
Tighten legislation Prosecute those violating council regulations and subject developments to EIA s KWS, MCN
108
MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION
STRATEGY MANAGEMENT
AUTHORITY/IMPLEMENTERS
MUNICIPALITY
Tourism Development
Improve user facilities
Rehabilitation of existing amenities to conform to world standards
Hoteliers, KWS, KTB, KTF
Integrate services fully to provide a total package
Hoteliers. KTB
Encourage visitor distribution and benefits
Promote tourism on private land so that communities can benefit from proceeds
KTB, KTF, KWS
Water management
Improve on water distribution strategy as there is a considerable amount of water for entire town.
Educate communities on wise use concepts and water saving mechanisms. Penalise illegal water users and repair broken pipes.
MCN Water department.
Air transport
Ensure migratory routes of birds do not coincide with air traffic paths.
Undertake EIA’s with relevant bodies, Museum, KWS, Airport authorities etc, with KWS providing technical and logistical support.
MCN, KWS, Airport authorities.
Reduce noise pollution in the proposed new airport
Rethink the wisdom of constructing airport at the proposed site. Plant trees around the proposed new airport to minimise future noise pollution.
109
MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY/IMPLEME
NTERS
National Park
Wildlife dynamics, Wildlife Management
Manage stocking rates and populations of wildlife species
Establish Park Ecological monitoring programme & determine Park biomass by: - • Biomass estimation • Census • Remote sensing
KWS, Institutions of higher learning
Establish Park species carrying capacities KWS
Manage species stocks by: - • Culling • Exchange • Trade
KWS
Habitat management Establish habitat management programmes
Develop & implement Active habitat management programme like:- • Fire regime & programme • Habitat mechanical control • Zonation
KWS
Pollution Manage pollution levels, collaborate and network with other institutions
Develop water quality monitoring programme MCN, KWS
Encourage industrialists’ role in PRTRs MCN, KWS
Develop recycling programmes WWF
Visitor management Manage Tourist activities and diversify
Establish Park Tourist carrying capacity KWS, Hoteliers
Develop other tourism facilities Hoteliers
Diversify Tourism activities in the plan area through development of new tourism attractions KWS, Hoteliers
Invader species
Pursue ecologically friendly land use practices that prevent overstocking and animal confinement likely to lead to instability. Prevent soil erosion, compaction and degradation that allows overgrowth of invasive species
Encourage culling of overstocked species and manual removal of invasive plant species. KWS, WWF
110
APPENDIX 3 EXISTING VEHICLE S AND REQUIRMENTS
VEHICLE INVENTORY Location Make and Registration No. District Warden Toyota Corolla KAD 170 M Park Management
Education Bus MV 118 KAC 421 G Suzuki KAC 497 K
Mechanical Workshop Toyota p/up 1000 GK 77 R Honda Motorbike KAD 780 U Honda Motorbike KAD 753 U
Telecommunications KAE 774 F Biodiversity L/R TDI 300 KAE 607 F Rhino Surveillance. Suzuki Maruti KAG 972 F
L/R KAL 260U Fiat Agri Tractor KAH 927 H
Fence MF Tractor KTS 324 Intelligence Mits. Pajero KZV 676 Park Administration Warden’s Office Mits. Pajero KAJ 253 B Administration Mits. P/Up KAJ 709 S
Toyota Dyna KAD 177 M Bedford bowser 4x4 KWS 258 Same Sartuno tractor GK 675 U Isuzu Lorry GK C219 Champion Grader GK 531 U
Security L/R KAA 758 P Suzuki KAB 482 B
Tourism L/Rover TDI KAE 737 S Ticket Inspection Toyota Corola KAD 809 X MACHINERY Location Make and Registration No. Rhino Nganyoi Climax Water pump 2487
Lister Water engine 12/11946
Naishi Honda water Pump 5.5 H.P GC 026581861 Lister 16 H.P.Water Pump C569091 Brgstr 326431 88120114
Education Brgstr 1904128H 80111112
District Hqs. Brgstr Lawn Mower 20025
Main Gate Brgstr Lawn Mower 20034
111
REQUIRED VEHICLE INVENTORY
Location Make and Registration No. Condition Remarks Requirements
District Warden Toyota Corolla KAD 170 M Good Not Ideal for control 4 X 4 P/up Toyota Land Cruiser
Park Management
Education Bus MV 118 KAC 421 G Suzuki KAC 497 K
Good Good
High operation costs Serviceable
1 mini bus Nil
Mechanical Workshop Toyota p/up 1000 GK 77 R Honda Motorbike KAD 780 U Honda Motorbike KAD 753 U
Fair Good Good
Old & problematic Serviceable Serviceable
4 x 4 p/up
Telecommunications KAE 774 F Fair Serviceable Nil Biodiversity L/R TDI 300 KAE 607 F Good Serviceable Nil Rhino Surv. Suzuki Maruti KAG 972 F
L/R KAL 260U Fiat Agri Tractor KAH 927 H
Good Good Good
Serviceable High operation costs Serviceable
Nil Nil Nil
Fence MF Tractor KTS 324 Good Serviceable P/up 4 x 4 L/Cruiser
Intelligence Mits. Pajero KZV 676 Good Serviceable Nil
Park Administration Warden’s Office Mits. Pajero KAJ 253 B Good Serviceable. Nil
Administration Mits. P/Up KAJ 709 S Toyota Dyna KAD 177 M Bedford bowser 4x4 KWS 258 Same Sartuno tractor GK 675 U Isuzu Lorry GK C219 Champion Grader GK 531 U
Good Good Obsolete Poor Fair Fair
Serviceable Serviceable Unserviceable To be rehabilitated Serviceable Serviceable
Nil Nil Mitsubishi Water bowser Agri Tractor Mistubishi Tipper Caterpillar Grader
Security L/R KAA 758 P Suzuki KAB 482 B
Fair Poor
Probelmatic Problematic
4 x 4 Toyota Landcruiser
Tourism L/Rover TDI KAE 737 S Good O.K.
Smart Card Nil Nil Share with Education Cover Operational costs
Accounts Nil Nil Share with Education Cover Operational costs
Ticket Inspection Toyota Corola KAD 809 X Good Not ideal 4x 4 HD
112
APPENDIX 4 EXISTING AND REQUIRED STAFF
Section Designation Number
Existing Required Variance Park Management & Administration
Assistant Director 0 1 +1 Senior Warden 1 1 0 Warden I 1 1 0 Secretary 1 1 0 Driver 2 2 0 Sub-ordinate Staff 1 1 0
Security Security Officer WI 1 0 - Security Officer (AW II) 1 1 0 Sergeant 0 1 +1 Corporal 2 2 0 Ranger 5 12 +7 Driver 1 2 +1
Tourism (POA) POA Supervisor (AWII) 1 1 0 Ranger 16 25 +9 Driver 0 1 +1 Sub-ordinate Staff 0 2 +2
Accounts Park Accountant (A II) 1 1 0 Accounts Assistant (AA) 1 2 +1 Accounts Clerk (AC) 1 2 +1
Human Resource Human Resource Officer 1 1 0 Human Resource Assistant 0 1 +1 Senior Clerical Officer 0 1 +1 Higher clerical Officer 1 1 +1 Clerical Officer 1 1 0 Telephone Operator 1 1 0 Driver 2 2 0 Subordinate Staff 1 1 0
Supplies Supplies Assistant 1 1 0 Store Clerk 0 1 +1 Subordinate Staff 1 1 0
Smart Card (POI & POS)
POI Supervisor 1 1 0 POS Supervisor 1 1 0 POI Clerk 3 3 0 POS Clerk 3 3 0 Driver 1 1 0 Sub-ordinate Staff 0 1 +1
Ticket Inspection Unit Sergeant 1 1 0 Ranger 0 1 +1 Driver 1 1 0
Education Education Officer 1 1 0 Assistant Warden (AW II) 1 1 0 Housekeeper 1 1 0 Audio-visual operator 1 1 0 Ranger Guide 1 3 +2 Cook 0 2 +2 Driver 2 2 0 Copy Typist 0 1 +1 Facilities Attendant 1 2 +1
Radio Communication Radio Supervisor (AW II) 1 1 0 Radio Operator (RO) 4 4 0
113
Telecommunication Snr.Telcom. Superintendent 0 1 +1 Telecom. Superintendent 1 1 0 Snr. Inspector Telecom. 0 1 +1 Inspector Telecoms. 2 2 0 Telecom Technician 1 1 0 Driver 0 1 +1
Partnership (Community)
Partnership Officer (AW II) 1 1 0 Sergeant 0 1 +1 Corporal 2 4 +2 Ranger 7 14 +7 Driver 1 1 0 Secretary 1 1 0 Copy Typist 1 1 0 Subordinate Staff 2 2 0
Rhino Unit Warden in Charge (W I) 0 1 +1 Assistant Warden (AW II) 0 1 +1 Sergeant 0 1 +1 Corporal 1 1 0 Ranger 8 12 +4 Fence Technician 1 1 0 Plant Operator 1 1 0 Driver 2 3 +1 Fence Attendant 6 13 +7
Intelligence Intelligence Officer (W I) 1 1 0 Corporal 0 1 +1 Collator 2 5 +3 Driver 1 1 0
Works Works Superintendent 1 1 0 Works Supervisor 0 1 +1 Plant Operator 1 3 +2 Artisan 4 4 0 Driver 0 2 +2
Mechanical Workshop Superintendent 1 1 0 Workshop Administrator 1 1 0 Workshop Supervisor 0 1 +1 MV Mechanic 4 4 0 Plant Mechanic 2 2 0 Panel Beater 2 2 0 Welder 2 2 0 MV Electrician 1 2 +1 Store Clerk 0 1 +1
Research Senior Research scientist 0 1 +1 Research Scientist 0 1 +1 Research Assistant 1 2 +1 Driver 0 1 +1
Lake Bogoria National ReserveWorld Ramsar Site (No.1057)
Integrated Management Plan 2007 – 2012
�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012
Lake Bogoria National ReserveWorld Ramsar Site (No.1057)
Integrated Management Plan 2007 – 2012
��
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Published June 2007
This plan was published with support from WWF Eastern Africa Regional Programme Office (WWF-EARPO.
WWF’s mission is to stop the degradation of the planet’s natural environment and to build a future in which humans live in harmony with nature, by:
• conserving the world’s biological diversity • ensuring that the use of renewable natural resources is sustainable • promoting the reduction of pollution and wasteful consumption
Cover photos: (top) WWF-EARPO / Catherine MGENDI, (bottom) WWF-EARPO / Fabian MUSILA
© text and graphics: 2007 County Council of Baringo, County Council of Koibatek and WWF-EARPO All rights reserved
The material and geographic designations in this report do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of County Council of Baringo, County Council of Koibatek and WWF concerning the legal status of any country, territory or area or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers and boundaries.
Editing and Design: Kimunya Mugo
���
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012
ContentsForeword....................................................................................................................................v
Acknowledgements...................................................................................................................vi
Executivesummary.................................................................................................................vii
Listofabbreviations...............................................................................................................viii
Introductionandbackground.................................................................................................1 1.1Introduction................................................................................................................................1 1.2GeneralobjectivesofLakeBogoriaIntegratedManagementPlan...........................................1 1.3PurposeoftheLakeBogoriaNationalReserve.........................................................................2
LakeBogoriaNationalReserveanditscatchment.................................................................3 2.1Introduction............................................................................................................................... 3 2.2Conservationstatus................................................................................................................... 5 2.3Physicalenvironment................................................................................................................ 5 2.4Floraandfauna..........................................................................................................................8 2.5Environmentalandsocio-economicsituationintheplanarea..................................................9 2.6LakeBogoriacatchmentlinkages............................................................................................10
Naturalresourcesandzonationinplanarea.........................................................................11 3.1Criteriaforresourcecategorization.........................................................................................11 3.2Zonationoftheplanarea.........................................................................................................11 3.3 Justification for the recommended intensity of use................................................................. 12
Managementgoal,objectivesandinterventionstrategies....................................................13 4.1Goal,ObjectivesandStrategies...............................................................................................13
Managementprescriptionsandprogrammes.......................................................................15 5.1Introduction..............................................................................................................................15 5.2Landcover................................................................................................................................15 5.3Livestockandagriculture.........................................................................................................16 5.4Waterresources........................................................................................................................17 5.5Landtenureandlandusedynamics.........................................................................................17 5.6 Human–wildlife conflict.......................................................................................................... 18
LakeBogoriaNationalReserveinfrastructureinventoryandmanagement.....................19 6.1Infrastructureandfacilitiesinventory......................................................................................19 6.2Accommodation.......................................................................................................................19 6.3.NationalReservemanagement...............................................................................................20 6.4Reserveinfrastructuremaintenanceandmanagement............................................................ 22
Implementationstrategy,institutionalframeworkandstakeholderinvolvement............23 7.1Introduction............................................................................................................................. 23 7.2Implementationstrategy..........................................................................................................23 7.3FactorsguidingdevelopmentofinstitutionalframeworkfortheIMP................................... 23 7.4Possiblerolesandresponsibilitiesofthemajorstakeholders................................................. 24 7.5ThePlanimplementationstructure......................................................................................... 25 7.6OperationalizationoftheCommittee...................................................................................... 26 7.7Risksandassumptions.............................................................................................................26
Monitoringandevaluation,activitiesandbudget................................................................27 8.1Monitoringandevaluation...................................................................................................... 27 8.2Scheduledactivitiesandoutputs............................................................................................. 27
Appendices...............................................................................................................................37 Appendix1:TreesandshrubsofLakeBogoriaNationalReserveanditsenvirons.....................37 Appendix2.LakeBogoriaNationalReservechecklistofmammals............................................38 Appendix3.LakeBogoriaNationalReservechecklistofbirds................................................... 39 Appendix4:InstitutionalLinkages...............................................................................................41 Appendix5:InstitutionalFrameworkAndCollaboration.............................................................42 Appendix6:LawssupportingIntegratedManagementPlanning(IMP)...................................... 45 Appendix7:ParticipationindevelopmentofIntegratedManagementPlan.................................47
�v
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
ApprovalManagement plans as vehicles for Rural Development has gained more acceptances in the recent years. This is even more crucial in the area of Natural Resource Management, a very high percentage of conflicts among and within communities is linked in one way or another to resource access and control. Water ranks the top while the rest such as Land, Fuel wood, pasture, salt licks, herbal medicines etc. follow in an order determined by the location.
This country has recently witnessed these conflicts of unprecedented magnitude leading to loss of life and property. This plan has attempted to put in place an adaptive mechanism through which best practices in resource use can be achieved from a multi-sectoral and a wide constituency approach. The Local Authority Service Delivery Plan (LASDAP) underpins the consultative process through which this plan was developed.
It is noted that this is one of pioneering initiative by Local authorities and hence shall provide a learning ground to the rest.
WWF has proven a true partner as they have overseen this painstaking process right from the word go to this moment when its implementation is just about to begin.
The Ministry of Local Government approved this Integrated Management Plan for implementation at its sitting of 25 October and 11 November 2005 as a strategic management plan for the Lake Bogoria National Reserve.
Chairman, Baringo County Council Chairman, Koibatek County CouncilLake Bogoria Joint Management Committee Lake Bogoria Joint Management Committee
v
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012
ForewordThe Management of Lake Bogoria National Reserve produced this Integrated Management Plan with theassistance of WWF’s (formerly World Wide Fund for Nature), Lake Bogoria Community Based WetlandProject.Thisdocumenthasbeentailoredtomeetnotonlythenationalstatutoryrequirementsforprotectedareamanagementbutalsotheappropriateregionalandinternationallawsandconventions.Itstronglybuildsitsbasisonaparticipatoryandnegotiatedapproachtoissues,processesanddecisionswhiletakingintoaccountthewidescopeofstakeholders.LakeBogoriaisKenya’sthirdRamsarSiteandthe1,097thintheworldunderpinningthewiseuseconcept.Ittookaboutfiveyearsofpainstakingmultidisciplinaryandconsultativeprocessinvolvingasmanystakeholdersasthetimeandresourcescouldallow.
ThisPlancomesata timewhenthreeveryimportant lawsrelatingtonaturalresourcemanagementinKenyahavebeenenacted:TheNationalEnvironmentManagementandCoordinationAct(1999),TheWaterAct(2002)andTheForestryAct2005.Allthesestatuteslayaverystrongemphasisonanintegratedapproachtoresourcemanagementwiththelocalcommunitiesplayingasignificantrole.
ToalargeextentthisplandemonstratesanacceptancebythelocalauthoritiesresponsibleforthemanagementofLakeBogoriaNationalReserveofaparadigmshiftinnaturalresourcesmanagementasprovidedforbytheabovelistedlegislation.ThetwolocalauthoritiesofBaringoandKoibatekCountyCouncilshaveacceptedtonegotiatethemanagementofthereservewiththelocalcommunitiesandsharerevenuewiththem.However,theyalsorecognisetheneedtoworkwithotherpartnersresponsiblefornaturalresourcemanagementatthenationallevel.ItisinviewofthisthattheKenyaWildlifeService(KWS)asthechiefcustodianofthecountry’swildliferesourcesshallcontinuetobeanimportantpartnertogivethenecessarysupportiveandadvisoryservicesandguidelinestoallprotectedareasirrespectiveoflandstatus.ThelocalDistrictCouncilswillalsoworkwithotherrelevantnational/regionalgovernmentinstitutionsincludingtheWaterResourcesManagementAuthority(RiftValleyRegion)andtheNationalForestServiceamongstothers.
Dr. Kwame Koranteng,Regional Representative, WWF Eastern Africa Regional Programme Office
v�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
AcknowledgementsThe Joint management of Lake Bogoria National Reserve acknowledges WWF for contributing financial and technical support towards the consultation process in the preparation of this Integrated Management Plan (IMP).
Special thanks go to the following people who were members of the Planning Team and worked tirelessly to prepare this IMP: William Kimosop, Maushe Kidundo, Musila Fabian, Musa Cheruiyot, Michael Kangogo, Kunga Ngeche, Sirma Chepkonga, Daniel Koros, Joel Meto and Sally Kibos. Special thanks also go to Mohamed Awer, Nina Bhola and the late Tom Kabii who made invaluable contribution to the plan and provided oversight of the whole planning process and is greatly appreciated.
Special appreciation also goes to Hellen Gardiner, Julie Thomas, Mark Wright, Richard Barnwell, William Pratesi, Dr. Sam Kanyamibwa, Robert Ndetei, Dr. J M Githaiga, Dr. Kwame Koranteng, George Wamukoya, Kimunya Mugo, Dr. Taye Teferi, Anderson Koyo and David Harper.
The Joint Management of Lake Bogoria appreciates the contributions of all her staff, partners, and stakeholders, local community members who were involved in one way or the other in preparation of this plan.
v��
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012
Executive summaryLake Bogoria National Reserve is an important conservation area in Kenya holding regionally and nationally endangered species. The reserve has unique physiographic features and geothermal manifestations due to its geological history. The combination of landforms, biodiversity content, availability of water and forage makes this site important at community, national and global levels. It was designated as a national reserve in 1974 and in 2001 it was listed as a wetland of international importance under the Ramsar convention. Revenue from tourism, related activities and other natural resources in the reserve can play an important role in the socioeconomic development of the area.
The National reserve is at risk from environmental degradation arising from unsustainable resource exploitation and ecologically negative catchment-wide processes. The root causes of these problems are poverty, poor land use, overstocking and unsustainable farming systems. These socioeconomic circumstances of the populace and the environmental impacts are threatening Lake Bogoria National Reserve and its wider catchment. The prevailing situation has prompted WWF (EARPO) in partnership with the two reserve managing county councils and the local communities to initiate the development of this Integrated Management Plan (IMP). This IMP will be a template for sustainable conservation of Lake Bogoria National Reserve, and will involve the local community and enhance attainment of sustainable livelihoods.
This management plan takes into consideration the natural resources in LBNR, their economic potential and identifies conservation threats from catchment wide processes. The integrated approach to conservation will promote sustainable livelihoods, create new socioeconomic opportunities, harnesses existing ones and safeguard the conservation of the National reserve and its environs.
The IMP plan areas landscape, vegetation, climate, geology and biodiversity are closely inter linked. The socioeconomic activities in the area are to a large extent dependent on the natural resources especially pastures and water that sustain the pastoral economic backbone. Over exploitation of this resources are the main drivers of environmental degradation which in turn has set in motion vicious cycles leading to further degradation and high incidence of poverty in the local population. The linkage between the various ecological components, socioeconomic activities, and effects of catchment wide processes is also explained. The linkages justify the need to extend the plan area’s boundaries beyond the National reserve, in order to minimize the impacts of catchment wide processes. The IMP proposes management strategies that take into account the natural ecological linkages, conservation objectives and needs in designated zones and highlights targeted research to guide reserve management and overall conservation of the plan area while ensuring sustainable livelihoods.
The planning process involved stakeholders to ensure wide participation and ownership of this management plan. The integrated management plan identifies issues that need urgent consideration, proposes mitigations strategies, and identifies appropriate stakeholders and their roles. The IMP has a time frame of five years in which to achieve the immediate objectives. A log frame for executing the IMP components, means of verification, stakeholder responsibilities and approximate costs is included. The IMP also has inbuilt mechanisms for monitoring and evaluating its implementation. This management plan is an adjustable blueprint upon which programmes can be based. It provides a framework for different stakeholders to identify areas where their intervention is needed and their linkages with other stakeholders.
v���
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
List of abbreviationsWWFWorldWideFundforNatureKWSKenyaWildlifeServiceLBNRLakeBogoriaNationalReserveLBIMPLakeBogoriaIntegratedManagementCBOCommunityBasedOrganizationWCKWildlifeClubsofKenyaKATOKenyaAssociationforTourOperatorsEUEuropeanUnionEMCAEnvironmentalManagementandCoordinationActGoKGovernmentofKenyaKARIKenyaAgriculturalResearchInstituteMENRMinistryofEnvironmentalandNaturalResourcesNEMANationalEnvironmentalManagementAuthorityMoLMinistryofLandsFDForestDepartmentMOEMinistryofEducationUONUniversityOfNairobiMUMoiUniversityLALocalAuthoritiesMLFMinistryofLivestockandFisheriesMAMinistryofAgricultureNGONonGovernmentalOrganizationMRDMinistryofRuralDevelopment
1
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Introduction and background
1.1 IntroductionLakeBogoriaanditscatchmentarerichinnaturalresourcesthatincludelandforms,forests,wildlife,wetlandsandpastures.InthecatchmenttherearemoistuplandforestsaroundSubukiathatarethemajorsourcesofsurfaceinflowsintothelakeandarerichinforestproductsandbiodiversity.Thewidercatchmenthasmultipleland-usetypesthathaveundergonemajorchangesinthelast100years.Themoistuppercatchmentareachangedfromforeststolarge-scalecommercialfarmsandranches,whichwerelatersub-dividedintosmall-scaleholdings.Thelowercatchmentwasundernomadiclivestockproduction,whichhaschangedovertimetoarelativelysedentarymodeoflivestockproduction.Livestocknumbersinthisareahaveincreasedovertimeandarerestrictedtoasmallerrangecomparedtothepastherdingsystem.Theselandusechangesandahighhumanpopulationgrowthhasexertedenormouspressureontheenvironmentandnaturalresources.Consequently,thesedevelopmentshavedisrupted ecological processes andhavenegatively impacted the environment.These impacts aremanifestedby severe soil erosion, mass wasting, high silt loads in runoff, agro-chemical pollution, land degradation,deforestation, land fragmentationandencroachment intosensitivehabitats.Therehasbeen increasedpovertyamongst the local community members. The environmental problems have been compounded by the recentexcisionanddegazettementofforestsforhumansettlement.
1.1.1 PreviousmanagementplansandconservationinitiativesintheareaThefirstformalconservationinitiativearoundthelakewasgazettementin1970oftheLakeBogoriaNationalReserve(LBNR)underthewildlifeActbytheWildlifeConservationandManagementDepartment(WCMD).ThemanagementofthereservewaslatertransferredtotheBaringoCountyCouncil.Inthe1990’s,newdistrictswerecreatedandthereservewasputunderthejointadministrationofBaringoandthenewlycreatedKoibatekcountycouncils.ThepartsoftheuppercatchmentwereprotectedundertheforestAct.VariousActsandpoliciesregulatedlandmanagementanduseoutsidetheformallyprotectedareas.
The local community around Lake Bogoria National Reserve had practised effective traditional methods ofenvironmental conservation. Land, water and pasture were communally owned, with strict regulations thatcontrolleddryandwetseasongrazingaccess.Therehavebeenchangesovertimeinlandtenuresystemfromcommunal,trustlandtoindividualownership.
Poverty,environmentaldegradationandfrequentseverefoodshortagesdidprompttheneedforinterventions.StakeholdersintheplanareaincludingWWF,thelocalcommunityandcommunity-basedorganizations(CBO’s)haveinitiatedsustainableconservationpracticesandparticipatedintheplanningprocessforthismanagementplan.
1.1.2 ScopeoftheplanThe core conservation area of the IMP isLBNR.TheReservehas undergone ecological changes emanatingfrommanagementsystemsinplaceandhumanactivities.Theadverseeffectsoriginatenotonlyfromwithinthereservebutalsotheimmediateenvirons.Therearealsootherexternalprocessesthatarelinkedtocatchmentwideecologicalandsocioeconomicfactors.
Thiscatchment-integratedmanagementplanaimsataddressingconservationissueinLBNRthroughanecosystem-basedapproach.AlthoughthefocusisLBNR,theplanaddressesissuesinfluencingecologicalprocessesinthereserve,thecatchmentareacriticalforwaterinflows,wildlifedispersalareasandmigrationcorridors.Someoftheseprocessesemanatefromsocialfactorsanddepletionofresourcesinthecommunityareasprecipitatingpressureonthereserveasagrazingareaforlivestockandasourceofothernaturalresourcestothelocalcommunities.The plan has inbuilt mechanisms for stakeholder involvement, highlights environmental and socioeconomicdevelopmentissuesandsuggestsmanagementinterventions,byidentifyingactivities,resourcesandinter-agencynetworking.Theplan recommends formationofa stakeholder implementationcommittee,with thenecessarytechnicalskillstooverseeandcoordinatethesuggestedactivities.TheplanproposestonetworkstakeholdersandmobiliseresourcestoLakeBogoriacatchmentandprovidesaframeworktoenhancelivelihoods.
1.2 General objectives of Lake Bogoria Integrated Management PlanThesuccessof thisplan is inter-linkedwith thecommunitysocioeconomicstatus improvement,maintenanceof environmental health integrity, and to ensure livelihoods support and continuity of ecological processes.Toachieve this, thecommunities in the loweranduppercatchmenthave toplaymajor role in the integratedmanagementplan(IMP).
2
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
TheIMPhasthefollowinggeneralobjectives:Initiatecommunitysocio-economicdevelopmentthatensuresustainablelivelihoods,reducespressureontheenvironmentandnaturalresources,andarrestsencroachmentonthebiodiversityinthereserve.Developstrategiestomitigateenvironmentaldegradationandrestoredegradedareasintheplanareawhileprovidingviablealternatives.Encourageformationofcommunity-basedmanagementsystemsfornaturalresourcessuchaswaterresourceusersassociations,toguidetheuseandmanagementofwater,whichisacriticalandlimitingresourceinthearea.Supportthereservemanagementcapacitytomanageandmonitorthenaturalresourcesinthereserve.
1.3 Purpose of the Lake Bogoria National ReserveTraditionallyLakeBogoriaNationalReservemanagementhasrevolvedaroundwildlifemanagement.ThisIMPhasredesignedandexpandedtheconservationtoalsoinclude:
Protectionandconservationofthegeneticandbiologicaldiversityofspeciesassemblages,theintegrityoftheabioticresourcesandinteractionstoensurecontinuedecosystemprocesses;Thelocalcommunityandthereservemanagementparticipationinplanning,developmentandmanagementoftheplanarea;Promotionofcommunityenvironmentaleducationanddisseminationofinformationonconservationandsustainableuseofresources.
This expansionof the IMPscope is important to ensure the reserve isbuffered fromnegativeprocesses thatemanatefromitsenvirons.Thisisthroughtherecognitionoftheimmediateenvironsascrucialinprovidingabufferzonethatabsorbsimpactsbeforetheyaffectthereserve.
1.3.1PlanningprocessParticipatoryandstrategicplanningprocesshasbeenused in thedevelopmentof this IMP.ThisprocesswasinitiatedinMay2003andinvolvedconsultationswhereconsensuswasobtainedonvariousaspects.
Theplanningguidelinesusedinformulatingthismanagementplanincluded:TheRamsarConventiononWetlandsofinternationalimportance,TheKenyaWildlifeService(KWS)andtheWildlifeAct,LocalGovernmentActEnvironmentalManagementandCoordinationAct(EMCA)AgricultureActLivestockActForestActTheconsultativemeetingsandinteractiveworkshopsthatprecededtheformulationofthisplanWaterAct2002
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•••••••••
�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Lake Bogoria National Reserve and its catchment
2.1 IntroductionTheplanareaencompassesLBNR,itsimmediateenvironsandthecatchmentofLakeBogoria.TheLakeisthedeepestalkalinelakeintheKenyawithnumerousalkalinehotspringsthatcontributesignificantinflowsintothelake.TheReservecomprisesofthelakeandtheterrestrialportionwithvariousvegetationtypesdependingonsoiltypesandterrain.Amongstthesevegetationtypesaregrasslands,thicketsandwoodlands.ThewoodlandsformanimportanthabitatfortheendangeredGreaterKudu(Tragelaphus strepsciseros)andothermammals.TheReserveisrichinbiodiversityandthelakeisanimportantstopoverpointforthenorthernavianmigrants.Theareahashighrevenuepotentialintermsoftourism,socio-economicandculturalactivities.ItislocatedincloseproximitytobothcentralandnortherntouristcircuitsinKenya.
The immediate environs of the plan area have a low human population density and currently offer limitedeconomic opportunities, which are largely, restricted small-scale irrigation, livestock and bee keeping. Theupperpart of the catchment aroundSubukiahashigh agricultural potentialwith intense cultivation andhighhumanpopulationdensities.Thehumanactivitiesinthecatchmentandthelakeenvironshaveadverselyaffectedsustainableconservationandmanagementintheplanarea.
2.1.1LocationLakeBogoriaNationalReserve,liesbetween36°4′and36°7′Eastand0°20′Northandabout10kmNorthoftheequatorinBaringoandKoibatekDistrictsofRiftValleyprovinceKenya(Fig.1).Ithasanaltitudebetween970matthelaketo1650metersonSirachoescarpment.TheReserveliesclosetotheeasternwalloftheGreatRiftValleyandhasitsheadquartersatLoboiGate.
Figure 1: The location of Lake Bogoria in the East African Rift Valley
Lake BaringoLake Bogoria
Great Rift Valley
NairobiDemocraticRepublicof Congo
Sudan
Ethiopia
Tanzania
Kenya
Somalia
Uganda
Eritrea
Djibouti
Burundi
Rwanda
�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Figure 2: Lake Bogoria National Reserve, drainage system.
2.1.2LegalstatusLake Bogoria National Reserve was gazetted as wildlife protected area, vide legal notice number 270 of01/11/1970;andisfoundinboundaryplan216/26delineatingatotalareaof107km2.
2.1.3RoadAccessTherearethreeaccessroadstothereservethroughthreegatesatLoboi,MajiMotoandEmsos.ThemainaccessisalongtheNakuru-MarigatroadwherethreeKilometresbeforeMarigattown,isajunctiontotherighttowardsLBNR.TheLoboiGatewhichalsoservesasthereserveheadquartersis20kmfromthisjunction.AnearthroadthatbranchesofftotherightnearMogotioShoppingCentre,36KmfromNakurutownleadstotheothertwogates.
Waseges River
Emsos SpringEmsos
Loboi Swamp
LakeBogoria
Emsos Gate Outpost
NyalilpuchOutpost
LoboiOutpostGate
Maji Moto Outlook
Post
Loboi River
Hot Springs
Maji Moto
Fig Tree Campsite
�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
2.1.4 AccessbyairTheReservecanbeaccessedbyair throughairstrips inLakeBaringoand thenby road through theMarigatjunction.However,anon-gazettedandunclassifiedairstrip thatcanbeusedby lightaircraft is locatedat theNorthernpartofthereserveneartheLoboigate.
2.2 Conservation status LakeBogoriawasdeclaredanationalreserveduetoitsrichinbiodiversity,sceneryandhydrologicalfeaturesin1970andwasmadeaRamsarsiteofinternationalimportancein2001.Itusedtobeanimportantcommunaldryseasongrazingareaforthelocalcommunities,andhasimportantsacredandculturalsites.
Twolocalauthorities,BaringoandKoibatekCountyCouncils,currentlyjointlymanageLBNR.WWF(EARPO)is supporting the reservemanagement throughconservation activities aimedat enhancing sustainablenaturalresourceconservation,socio-economicdevelopmentandenvironmentaleducation.
2.3 Physical environment2.3.1Physiography,GeologyandsoilsLakeBogoriaanditscatchmentaregeologicalproductsofpasttectoniceventsoffaulting,warping,andvolcaniceruptions associatedwith the formation of theRiftValley.The area has geologicmanifestations of ongoingvolcanicprocessesintheformoffumaroles,hotspringsandgeyserswithinthelake,alongthelakeshoresandvariouspointsinthesurroundingareas.Thelakeislocatedalongoneofthemajorblock-definingfaultsintheRiftValley,theSolai-Subukiafaultblock,whichincludestheSolai,IguamitiandSouthArabelfaultscarps.LakeBogoriaispartiallyseparatedfromthismainfaultblockbytheKisanana-Chemasa-EmsosfaultthatmergesintoLakeBogoriafaultalongtheEmsosfaultstructureatSirkenHill.Thesefaultlinesarealignedinthenorth-southdirectionwithSandaidepositionpansinfillingalargeportionofthegrabennorthofthelakeandstretchingtoLakeBaringo.
Theplanareaischaracterisedbyvolcanicrocksandsedimentsoverlyingmetamorphicsubstrata,whichbelongtothePleistoceneandMiocenegeologicaleras.Theareaishighlyfaultedandfissuredwiththemajorriversflowingnorthalongthefault-lines.ClosetotheLakeanditssurroundingsarestratifieddeltaicsiltsandsalinedeposits.ThewesternsectionoftheLakecomprisesofanalciticphonolitesandporphyritictrachytes.TheEasternsectionbeyondthedeltaicsiltscomprisesofsedimentarydeposits,volcanicsoils,screesandalluvium.PorphyriticolivinebasaltsarealsofoundalongtheeasternfaultsboundingLakeBogoria.
LakeBogoriadrainagebasinhasthreemajorsoil types;claysoil,clayloamandsilt loam.Soil textureisnotvariableandmostsoilsarecategorizedasloamywithexceptionsofclayloamsrestrictedtoriverineareas.Theriverinesoilsarecomplexwithvariedtexturesdependingonthedrainageconditionsandarecomposedoferodedvolcanicsedimentsandalluvialdeposits.Theyconsistofdiversetypesofgranulomites,conglomerates,siltsandgravels.
Claysoilsarefoundontheupperpartofthecatchment,lowlands.ThemiddlepartisdominatedbyclayloamwhileasmallportionatthemouthofriverWasegestoLakeBogoriawasidentifiedassiltloam.
Figure 3: A cross section of the lake Baringo-Bogoria half-graben (after Renult and Tiercelin, 1994)
Molo Graben
GobalEscarpment
Alti
tude
(m)
MoloEscarpment
10 km
Maji Moto Block LakeBogoria
BogoriaEscarpment
WasegesRiver
EastWest
3,000
2,500
2,000
1,500
1,000
MarmanetEscarpment
Molo Graben
GobalEscarpment
Alti
tude
(m)
MoloEscarpment
10 km
Maji Moto Block LakeBogoria
BogoriaEscarpment
WasegesRiver
EastWest
3,000
2,500
2,000
1,500
1,000
MarmanetEscarpment
�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
ThesoilsaroundthelakehavehighapHrangingfrom6.8to9.0,withhighsodiumbicarbonatelevelsrangingfrom0.5to9.92meql-1.Thesalinityandsodicityareattributedtotheparentrockmaterial.Highlyalkalinesoilsarefoundalongtheshorelinefringes,butthoseclosetopermanentwatersourceshaveintermediatevalues,whilesoilsintheridgesandscarpshavethelowestpHvalues.
Soilnutrientavailabilityindicesarehighindicatinghighfertilitylevelswithmeanphosphorousconcentrationsof80ppmintheriverinesoils.Kaolinitesconstitute70–80%ofsiltwhileillionitesareinter-stratifiedwiththerest10–20%.Potassium,magnesiumandmanganeseconcentrationsaregenerallylow.Calciumconcentrationsarehighandexhibitwidevariationbetween10.37and37.26meql-1.Thespatialdistributionsofthesoilsareshownbelow.
2.3.2ClimateandrainfallTheclimateintheplanareaisaridtosemiaridregimesexceptinthemoisthighlandsaroundSubukia.TheclimaticconditionsarestronglyinfluencedbytheITCZ(InterTropicalConvergenceZone)andtherearetwodistinctwetanddryseasons.Withinthereserveandadjacentareas,theclimaticconditionsareharshwithtemperaturesattheLakerangingfrom180C-390Cwithadailymeanof250C.Meanannualprecipitationvariesfrom500-1000mmandfallsintwoseasonsApril-MayandOctober-November(figure5).Thephysiographiclocationofthereserveinagrabenplacesitintherainshadowofthesurroundingfaultscarpsandhighlands.Thecombinationofweathervariablesandphysiographiclocationgivethelakebasinahot,semiaridclimate.
LakeBogoriaand its surroundingsarecategorizedunderagro-ecological climaticzoneE.Rainfall reliabilityislow(Mwangi,1992),anddailysunshinehoursaverage10makingtheareahotformostoftheyear(WWF,2003annualreport).ThereisamarkedhotspellfromJanuarytoMarchwhentemperaturesinexcessof340Careexperienced.ColdspellsoccurinthemonthsofJulyandAugust.
Figure 4: Distribution of soil types in the Lake Bogoria catchment and its immediate environs.
El Nino and La Nina events are interpreted from analyses of the 25-year record from the Lake Bogoria National Reserve weather station. The deviation of the average annual rainfall from the 25-year mean reveals 5-7 year cycles of inter-annular variability in precipitation (Figure 6).
Lake Bogoria
Clay
Clay loam
Silt loam
7
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Figure 5: Average monthly rainfall for the period 1977-2001 (LaVigne and Ashley, 2002).
Figure 6: Departures of annual total rainfall (mm) from the 25-year mean. 1977-1979, 1988-1990 and 1997-1998 El Nino years; 1984-1986 La Nina years (LaVigne & Ashley, 2002).
2.3.3HydrologyLakeBogoriaareahasatrellisdrainagepatternandriversflownorthwardsalongfaultlines.Thelake’scatchmentis 930km2drainedby riverSandai-Waseges,which flowsnorthwards towardsLakeBaringobut deviates tothesouthatSandai todrain intoLakeBogoria.TheriverflowisseasonalandoccasionallydriesupbetweenJanuaryandMarch.Inthelongrainyseason,theriverbringsinlargevolumesofsilt,erodedfromthedegradedrangelands.RiverLoboi thatdrains intoLakeBaringodiverts itscourse in thewetseason todrain intoLakeBogoriaduetocloggingofitschannelbysediments.Thishasturnedouttobeanormalflowpatternduringthewetseason,greatlyincreasingtheamountofsurfaceinflowsandsiltloadsintoLakeBogoria.Theplanareahasseveraldrywadisthatarecharacterizedbyflashfloodflowsinthewetseason.InthesouthRiverEmsosandafewperennialspringsdischargefreshwaterintothelake.Thelakelevelfluctuatesbetween11and14meterswith precipitation but does not exhibit extreme surface area variations compared to other shallow rift valleylakes.Itstroughbasinmorphometryprecludemajorsurfaceareavariations,whiledischargefromallthespringscounterbalanceevaporativelossesconsiderably(Tiercellinetal,1987).
AstudycarriedouttodeterminethewaterbudgetforLakeBogoriaquantifiedinflowsandoutflowstothelake.Theinflowsinclude,riverflows,directrainfallintothelakeandflowfromspringsintothelakeof31,24.29and28.38millioncubicmetersrespectively.Theoutflowsaremainlythroughdirectevaporationfromthelake
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Months
Ave
rage
Cum
ulat
ive
Prec
ipita
tion
(mm
)
-600
-500
-400
-300
-200
-100
0
100
200
300
400
Year
Tota
lrai
nfal
lvar
iatio
ns(m
m)
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Months
Ave
rage
Cum
ulat
ive
Prec
ipita
tion
(mm
)
-600
-500
-400
-300
-200
-100
0
100
200
300
400
Year
Tota
lrai
nfal
lvar
iatio
ns(m
m)
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
surface,domesticandlivestockabstractionsat75,0.7and1.2millioncubicmetersrespectively.Totalinflowsare83.67millioncubicmeterswhiletotaloutflowsare70.65millioncubicmetersresultinginadifferenceof13.02millioncubicmeters,whichisaccountedforbyabstractionsforirrigationupstream(OnyandoandMusila,2004).
Theriversandriverineecosystemsinthisaridandsemi-aridplanareaarecriticalhabitatsandproviderefugeforwildlife.Theriverineecosystemshavedistinctecologicalcharacteristicsthatallowthemtosupportwildlife,invertebratesandplantspeciesthatcannotthriveinthearidareas.Theriversystemisavitalresourcetothelocalcommunityprovidingwateranddryseasongrazingandirrigatedagriculture.
Lake BogoriaLakeBogoriaischaracterisedbysteepshorelineandhasatroughbasinmorphometrycomprisingofthreesemi-distinctbutinterconnectedbasinsconsistingof;thenorthern,centralandsouthernbasins.Thesouthernbasin,arelictvolcaniccrateristhedeepestpart(14m),joinedtotherestofthelakebyanarrowisthmus.TheLakehasahighalkalinitywithpHrangingbetween9.8-10.6,alkalinitybetween480-800meql-1andanelectricalconductivityof45,000-85,000μScm-1.Phosphoruslevelsareextremelyhighandoccurintheformoforthophosphates.Totalphosphateandnitrogenconcentrationsof3.5mgl-1and32mgl-1,respectively,havebeenmeasuredinthelake.
The open water is dominated by phytoplankton species such as Spirulina platensis, Microcystis flos-aquae, Anabaenopsis arnoldii andbacteriaextremophiles.The shorelinevegetation is characterisedbyplant speciessuchasCyperus laevigatus,Sporoblus spicatus and Cynodon dactylon amongothers.
Hot Springs, Geysers and springsThehotspringshavehigh temperaturesandarehighlymineralizedandaresourcedfromshallowaquifers incontactwithlavaintrusions.Theyhaveanestimateddischargeof900lsec-1(28.38Mm3)tothelake.Thespringsare found in threemain clusters,Loburu,Chemurkeu andMwanasis-Kibwu-Losaramat areas (Renaultet al.,1987).ThehotspringattheLoburuandChemurkeuhaveashallowaquiferwithtemperaturesofabout1000C,while thesouthernMwanasis-Kibwu-Losaramathotspringshaveadeeper lyingaquiferwith temperaturesofabout1700C(Cioniet al.,1992).All thespringsarealkalinewithapHabove8.0.Therearenumerousothersmallerhotsprings,geysersandfumarolesintheplanarea.
Other wetlands and SwampsSeveralswampsoccurintheplanareaandtheydifferinsize,waterchemistry,biotaandhydrology.TheLoboiswampisthelargestandconstitutesakeyecosystemcomponentintheplanareaasawaterreservoirforlivestock,agriculturalanddomesticsupply.SwampsalongSandai/WasegesRiverplayanimportantroleinnutrientremoval,agro-chemicalretentionandsedimentsfiltration.Therearealsoothernumeroussmallmarshesfedbyfaultrelatedsprings.Thewetlandsespeciallythoseoutsidethereserveareimportanttothelocalcommunitiesforwaterandfoodproduction.Theswampsarealsorichinbirdlife.
2.4 Flora and fauna2.4.1FloraWithin the reserve, biodiversity inventories have identified approximately 210plant species belonging to 53plantfamiliesinthereserveandneighbouringwetlands.Amongstthese,are38speciesofGraminaeand15ofAcanthaceae. Thesespeciesaredistributedinsixbroadvegetationtypes(Mwangi,1992).Theseare;riverineforests,woodedbushland,bushedthicket,bushland,bushedgrasslandandswamps.Thesearefurtherdescribedinto tenvegetation communities on thebasis of dominance.Dominant grasses include;Dominant grasses include;Sporobolus ioclados, Dactyolectenium aegyptium, Chlonis virgata and Digitaria velutina.Shrubsinclude;Grewia tenax, G. bicolor, Acalypha fruticosa and Acacia mellifora.The most dominant tree species isThemostdominanttreespeciesisAcacia tortilis.OthercommunitytypesincludemixturesofBalanites aegyptica, Combretum spp., Ficus spp., andTerminalia sppEvergreenandsemideciduousbushlandcoverlargeareasalongstreamvalleyandotherinhospitableareas.
Thedistributionofthevegetationtypesstronglycorrelatestocombinationsoftopography,soiltypes,elevation,drainagesystemsandsoilmoisturecontent(Appendix1).
In the upper parts of the catchment,mountane forests are found aroundSubukia,OlraraBel,Mchongoi andMarmanetareas.TheseareasarethecatchmentforRiverSandai/Waseges.Thereareotherriverineforestsalongriverscourses,seasonalwaterflowchannelsandfreshwatersprings.
OutsideLBNRandtheforestareasthevegetationcomprisesofgrasslands,bushlands,shrublands,scrublandsandwoodlands.Thesevegetationtypesareassociatedwithunconsolidatedsoils,rockoutcropsandriverineplainsinthearidpartsoftheplanarea.Thesearethecommunityareas,whicharecommunallygrazed.
�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
2.4.2FaunaWildlifeTheareaisrichinwildlifespeciescharacteristicbyahighdiversityatlowdensities.AnimalsfoundintheplanareaincludetheGreaterKuduandothersshowninAppendixII.Thereareseveralreptilesthatincludemonitorlizard,lizards,tortoise,crocodilesandvariousspeciesofsnakes.
Bird lifeOver373speciesofbirdshavebeenrecordedintheplanarea(Appendix3)includingover50migratoryspecies,makingitoneoftherichestbirdlifeareas(IBA)inKenya.ThezoogeographicallocationofthereservebetweentheEthiopianandtheMasaizoo-regionscontributestotheareashighspeciesdiversity
The lake holds huge congregations of lesser flamingo that feed on the high production of blue-green algaedominated by Spirulina platensis. The lake shore configuration and fresh water points provide favourableenvironmentfortheseassemblagesandattimesmorethan1.5millionflamingoscanbecounted.LakeBogoriasometimessupportsthehighestpopulationofgreaterflamingosintheriftvalleyalkalinelakes.
2.5 Environmental and socio-economic situation in the plan areaThe deteriorating environmental conditions in the plan area threaten sustainable livelihoods, environmentalintegrityand thecontinuationofnaturalecologicalprocesses.Negativeenvironmental impactsareemanatingfromdemographicchanges,inappropriatelandusetypesandtrends,poorgovernanceandpolicyfailureandhighpovertyprevalence.Highlivestockdensitiesofpoorstockqualityhaveacceleratedenvironmentaldegradationinthissemiaridarea.Thesefactorshaveputtheeverdiminishingnaturalresourcebaseunderpressurefromtheirmultiple interactions thataremanifested throughdeforestation,siltation,erosion,eutrophication,species loss,habitatdegradation,lossofpastureandincreaseinpoverty.Thesituationhasbeencompoundedbybreakdownofindigenousenvironmentalmanagementandresourceusesystems.TherecentclimaticvariabilityintheEastAfricanRegionhasaggravatedenvironmentalproblemsinthisecologicallyfragilesemiaridarea.Thesefactorsandprocesseshaveerodedthenatural resourcebase, jeopardizing thecontinuedsustainableconservationandutilizationoftheplanarea.
Theplanareahasundergonesevereenvironmentaldegradationfromtheinterplayofseveralfactorsandprocessesinanecologicallyfragileregion.ThisIMPaimsatreversingtheenvironmentaldegradationtoachievesustainableconservationandsecurelivelihoodsofthelocalpeople.Althoughtheyarecloselyinterlinked,environmentalissuescanbroadlycategorizedasthosethatpredominateoutsidethenationalreserveandultimatelyaffectthenationalreserveandissueswithin thereserve itself.ThestrategiesdevelopedformitigationandmanagementinterventioninthesetwoareasmusthavesynergyifthegoalsandobjectivesofthisIMParetobeachieved.
2.5.1IssuesinthecatchmentThereserveenvironsandLakeBogoriacatchmenthaveseveralseriousenvironmentalissuesthatcascadeintothe Reserve through socio-economic, hydrological and proximity linkages. Outside the reserve, some of theenvironmentalmanagementissuesrevolvearound:
Human – resource conflict. WaterqualityandquantityDeforestationandencroachment.Changes in ground cover affecting underground water recharge and sustenance of river flow regimes.Poorfarmingmethods.Landtenuresystem.Humandemographictrends.EnvironmentalliteracyHumansettlementpatterns
Theinterventionsadoptedfortheseissueswillbeco-ordinatedasanintegratedapproachbythevariousagenciessuch as the Local Authorities of Koibatek and Baringo County Councils, Government departments, NGO’s,CBO’s,communitiesandindividualswhoarealreadyactiveinpartsoftheplanareashouldadoptthisIMPasaframeworktoharmoniseenvironmentalmanagement.
2.5.2IssuesinLakeBogoriaNationalReserveThereservewasacommunitygrazingareabefore1970swhenitwasmadeawildlifeconservationarea.Livestockgrazinghas,however,continuedwithinthereserve,resultingincompetitionforpastures,diseasestransmissionandotherformsofhumanwildlifeconflict.Adverseenvironmentalimpactswithinthereservecanbecategorizedasthosearisingfromestablishmentofthereserveandthosefromhumanactivitieswithinit.
•••••••••
10
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Ecological issues emanating from park management practicesVegetationdynamicsleadingtospeciessuccessionandinvaderspeciesestablishmentintheabsenceofhabitatmanagement.Poorwildlifemanagementduetolackofcomprehensivedataonwildlifepopulationdynamicsandtrends.Negativeimpactsoflivestockgrazinginthereserve.Effects of catchment wide processes on water quality on wildlife, especially flamingo mortalities.
Human induced issues
Impactsofinfrastructuredevelopment.Environmentaldestructionbytouristactivities.Watersourceanddrainagealterationthroughcementpondconstructionaroundspringsandacrossstreams.Highconcentrationoftourisminfragilehabitats.Localizederosionfocialonglivestocktrails.
2.5.3HydrologicalissuesfromcatchmentwideprocessesThesearelargelydrivenbyprocesseswithinthelargercatchmentandinvolve:
Declining and highly variable inflows into the lake due to deforestation and abstraction of surface and groundwater.Siltationduetoextensiveerosionandpollutionbyagro-chemicals.
2.6 Lake Bogoria catchment linkagesLakeBogoriaislinkedtoitscatchmentthroughecological,hydrologicalandsocio-economicfunctionsasshowninFigure7.MostoftheselinkagesareintertwinedandhavecumulativeimpactsontheLakeandthereserve.Lossofvegetationcoverbyovergrazingleadstosoilerosion,siltationofsteamsandwetlands,andlanddegradation.Thiscreatesaviciouscyclethatleadstomoreenvironmentaldegradationandsetinmotionotherprocessesthatmagnifytheinitialimpacts.
•
•
••
•••
••
•
•
Figure 7 Linkages of ecological and socio-economic issues and processes in the plan area
Catchment processes
•Deforestation•Degradation and erosion•Human and livestock population increase•Land sue•Socioeconomic changes
Consequences
• Unsusta�nable l�vel�hoods• Loss of b�od�vers�ty• Poverty prevalence• Unsusta�nable env�ronmental conservat�on
Effects
• Hydrolog�cal d�srupt�ons• Decl�ne �n water qual�ty and quant�ty• Loss of pasture• Increased l�vestock numbers• Land degradat�on• Invader plant spec�es• Decl�ne �n natural resources• Encroachment �nto LBNR
11
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Natural resources and zonation in plan areaTheresilienceofnaturalecosystemsandtheirresourcestohumanimpactscanbeusedasguidelinestozonationdependingontheintensityofuse.Importantnaturalresourcesintheplanareaincludebiodiversity,landscapeaesthetics, geological formations and hydrological systems.The natural resources found in the plan area arean importantbase forsocio-economicdevelopmentand livelihoodsupport.Theoptimumharnessingof theseresources through zonation has high spin-off effects that can enhance economic opportunities and improvedconservation,andsustainablelivelihoodsforthelocalcommunity.
3.1 Criteria for resource categorizationNaturalresourceintheplanareacanbecategorisedonthebasis:
Geologicalformationandscenicfeatures,Biodiversity,culturalandecologicalattributes,Importanceofhabitatforsurvivalofthreatenedandendangeredspecies,Susceptibilityofhabitatssuchasbreeding,roostingandfeedingsitestohumanactivitiesimpactsStatusofpopulationsofthreatened,endangeredandrarespecies.
Thenaturalresourceintheplanareacanfurthergroupedbasedonuseintocategorieslistedbelow.
3.1.1Naturalresourcesfortourism
LakeBogoria,wetlands,geysersandhotspringsFloraMammalianwildlifespeciesBirdlifeArchaeologicalandcontemporaryhistoricsitesLandscape
3.1.2.Naturalresourcesofculturalandsocio-economicimportance
Vegetation,Sand,stonesandmurramPasturesFreshwatersourcesSaltlickandtrona(Magadisoda)Honey,wildfruitsandvegetables
3.2 Zonation of the plan area Theplanareacanbedividedintoseveralzonesdependingonecologicalattributes,typesofuse,conservationstatusandneeds.
3.2.1AquaticzonesThesecompriseofthe:
LakeBogoriaSwampsMarshesGeysersSpringsRivers
3.2.2.TerrestrialzonesTheterrestrialzonesintheplanarecategorizedaccordingtovegetationtypes,topography,conservationstatusandlandusesystem.
Protected areaThiscanbecategorizedintothefollowinghabitats;
GrasslandsScrublandRiverinewoodlandsWoodlands
•••••
••••••
•••••
••••••
••••
12
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Community areaThiscanbecategorizedinto;
FarmlandlandsGrazingareasUrbancentresandhumansettlements
3.3 Justification for the recommended intensity of useThereservehasahighdiversityofhabitatssomeofwhichcanbeconsideredasecologicallyfragile,orcontainrarespeciesofplantsandanimals.Humanactivitiesinthesehabitatscanbedisastrousoraltertheirattributes.Theeffectsofsuchactivitiesonahabitatdependonresiliencetoperturbationsandtheintensityofthedisturbance.Disturbance below resilience thresholds has low impacts and such habitats normally return to their originalconditionafterashorttime,whereaslessresilientonestakealongtime.However,unstablesystemsmayneverreturntotheiroriginalconditiononcedestroyed.Itisimportant,therefore,todeterminethestabilityanddegreeofresilienceofthevarioushabitatspriortosubjectingthemtothevariouscategoriesofuseintensity.Otherhabitatscanbeexcludedfromuseduetospecialfunctionlikebeingbreeding,roostingorfeedingsites.Exclusionofusemaybetemporaryorpermanent.Specialfeedingareasrequirepermanentexclusion,whileseasonallywaterlogged(flooded)areasmaybeclosedduringthewetseasononly.Otherareasarefunctionallydesignedandmodifiedtoaccommodateveryheavyintensitiesofusesuchasreserveadministrativeheadquarters,picnicandcampssites.Secondarynaturalvegetationandagriculturallandcanbemanipulatedtoallowaheavyintensityofuse.
Outsidethereserve,topographyisanimportantfactorindeterminingwhetherornottoputcertainlandundercultivation.Beyondacertaindegreeofslope,landshouldnotbecultivatedduetothehighriskofacceleratederosion.InLBNRanditsenvironsecologicalattributes,sensitivityandongoingusehavebeenusedtodelineatezonesforlow,medium,highandveryhighintensityofuse.TheseareshowninTable2and3.ThedesignatedzonesareshowninFigure8
Table 2: Zonation in Lake Bogoria National Reserve and recommended intensity of use
Zone Habitat type Location Recommended intensity of use
1 a) Frag�le hab�tatsMarshes, spr�ngs, lake shores, open lake, river mouths, breeding sites, hot spring fields
Loburu, R. Sanda� mouth, Emsos, F�g tree, Lake shore, Lobo� swamp, HQ Marshes, Mawe Moto, Steep scarps
No
b) Hab�tats for rare spec�es (breed�ng terrestr�al s�tes)
HQ marshes, shorel�ne, r�ver�ne hab�tats, Habitats known to be specific sites utilized by these spec�es
No
2 Cl�max Forest Vegetat�on F�g tree woodland and other r�ver�ne vegetat�on zones in the reserve
Low
� Reserve adm�n�strat�on and v�s�tor fac�l�t�es Offices, staff quarters, all camp/picnic sites, Hot spr�ngs
H�gh
Table 3: Zonation of habitat types and recommended use intensity outside the reserve
Zone Habitat type Location Recommended intensity of use
1 Frag�le hab�tats H�ghland forests, steep slopes, h�lls, r�ver sources, r�ver valleys, wetlands
Low
2 Settlements, cult�vated and rangelands lands Small & large scale farms H�gh and very h�gh
•••
1�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Management goal, objectives and intervention strategies
4.1 Goal, Objectives and Strategies4.1.1GoalThegoalofthisIMPistoconserveLBNRforsustainabledevelopmentinaccordancewithNationalpolicies,CBD(Rioconvention),CMS(Bonnconvention),Ramsarprincipalsandriverbasinmanagementconcepts.
4.1.2ObjectivesToachievetheoverallgoaloftheIMP,asetofshortandlong-termobjectiveshasbeenidentified.Theattainmentoftheshorttermwillfacilitateandcreateanenablingenvironmentforachievingthelong-termobjectives.
Short-termobjectivesConserveandmanagetheenvironmentalservicesandvaluesofLakeBogoriacatchmentforsustainabledevelopment.Provide a basis for diversification of tourism, benefit sharing and poverty alleviation by instituting sustainablelandusepractices,environmentalconservationandnaturalresourcemanagement.SecuresupportofnationalandinternationalinstitutionsintheconservationanddevelopmentofLakeBogoriacatchment.Promoteintegration,collaborationandstakeholders’participationinenvironmentalconservation.
Long-termobjectives:Promotecommunitysocio-economicdevelopment.Minimizethreatsandconstraintsthathindersustainableconservationanddevelopmentintheplanarea.Promoteenvironmentaleducationandawarenessforeffectivestakeholders’participation.Strengthen management oriented scientific research and monitoring in Lake Bogoria National Reserve and itscatchment.Minimize human – resource conflicts, threats and enhance compatible land-use practices.
4.1.3StrategiesToachievetheaboveobjectives,theIMPproposestheimplementationofthefollowingstrategies:-
Undertakecompilationandanalysisofdataonkeybiodiversityresources,habitatsandtheecologyofkeyspeciesintheplanarea.Strengthenparkmanagementandadministrationthroughcapacitybuilding.Instituteandsupportenvironmentallyfriendlylandusepracticesandcommunitywildlifeconservationundertakings.Inliaisonwiththelocalcommunity,NGO’sandinternationalbodiestoenhanceenvironmentalconservationandmanagementthroughstrengtheningmulti-disciplinaryparticipationinconservation.Providereliableinformationanddataforconservationandmanagementpurposes.Diversifytourismactivitiesandattractionareas.Incollaborationwithlocalcommunity,Governmentdepartments,CBOsandNGOsinvestinsustainableenvironmentallyfriendlypovertyalleviationprogrammes.Maintainsecurityforwildlifeandvisitorsinthereserve.
Theachievementofthelong-termmanagementobjectivesforLakeBogoriaandcatchmentdependsonanumberofinteractingfactorslinkedtohumanactivities.
•
•
•
•
••••
•
•
••
•
•••
•
1�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Figure 8: Recommended zones for different activities within LBNR. The exact location of Lake Bogoria within its catchment is illustrated at the top right-hand corner. (Note: Catchment land use zonation is subject to stakeholder consensus and recommendations)
SWSW
GR
PR
PR
WLDLakeBogoria
Emsos Gate Outpost
Nyalilpuch Outpost
WLD
SN
Lookout Post
Airstrip
Loboi Outpost Gate
Maji Moto Outlook Post
KEY:SN Sanctuary
SW Swamp
GR Grazing area
WLD Wilderness
PR Natural preservation area
Roads and tracks
Greater Kudu migration corridor
Camp site
View point
Salt lick
Dam
Ritual site
1�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Management prescriptions and programmes
5.1 IntroductionThemanagementprescriptionsandinterventionprogrammespresentedinthisIMPrequiretheparticipationofvariousstakeholdersinordertoattaintheoverallgoalofsustainableconservationandmanagementofnaturalresources.Thiswillcatalysesocio-economicdevelopmentinthearea.Themanagementplanaimsformeaningfulandeffectiveinvolvementofkeystakeholders,especiallythelocalcommunityintheexecutionofdevelopmentandmanagementprogrammesintheplanarea.
5.2 Land coverThelandcoverhasbeenextensivelymodifiedthroughvariouslandusesystemstomeethumanneeds,precipitatingsevereadverseenvironmentalimpacts,withfarreachingecologicalandsocio-economicramifications.
5.2.1ForestsTherehasbeenextensivedeforestationintheuplandforestswithconsequencesondownstreamecosystemsandwateravailability.Themaindriversforforestcoverlossare:-
ExcisionsinOrabelandMarmamentforests.Logginginbahati,Muchongoi.WidespreadcharcoalburningwithinthecatchmentespeciallyNyalilpuch,OlkokweandMugurin.CultivationinriparianareasinSubukia,IgwamitiandLoboi.Encroachmentintogazettedforests,riverineforestsandotherfragilemicrohabitats.
Theimpactsofforestcoverlossare:IncreasedseasonalityofWasegesRiverLossofswampsandwetlandsthatdependonuppercatchmentrechargeSiltationdownstreamatSandaiandLoboiLossofbiodiversityFloodinganddisplacementofsettlementsinthelowlandsIncreasedstreamvelocityleadingtogullyformationanddrainageofKesuboswamps
5.1.2CommunalgrazingareasLivestockdensitiesincreasedbeyondthelandscarryingcapacityleadingtoovergrazingandchangeingrazingpatterns.Thecumulativeeffectofovergrazing,localisedandsustainedpressureonforageinthelowercatchmentandtheenvironsofthereserve.Theseandthechanginglifestylestendingtowardsincreasedsedentarizationhasledto:
SoilerosionwithsheetandgullyformationLossofsoilfertilitySparsevegetationcoverwithtopsoilexposureReducedforageavailabilityIncreaseininvaderplantspeciesIntensification of dust stormsFlash floodingIncreasedpovertyprevalenceIncreasedpressureonfragilemicrohabitatsEncroachmentintoswampsPrevalenceofanimaldiseasesHuman – wildlife conflict
Overalltheconsequencesofhumaninducedchangesinlandcoverintheplanareaare:IntensivesoilerosionatMugurin,KisananaleadingtosiltationofRiverLoboi.LossofbiodiversityoutsideandwithinthereserveExtensivelanddegradationintheentireplanarea.DeteriorationandlossofwatercatchmentvalueinMuchongoiandBahatiforests.Loss of ecological value due to loss of water, disruption of nutrients recycling, seasonal flooding and loss of other water bodies as manifested by unusual flooding during the long rains.Lossofculturalandaestheticvalues.
•••••
••••••
••••••••••••
•••••
•
1�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
5.2.3Landcoverconservationchallenges:Thefollowingarethechallengesintheconservationoflandcovertypesintheplanarea:
Maintenanceofviablelandcovertypes,whilepressureforlandandoverstockingcontinues.Protectionandrehabilitationofdegradedareas,whichwillsoonafterbeconsideredasdesirablegrazingareas.Lack of skilled personnel and financial resources to rehabilitate degraded areas.Diversification of livelihood options in a socioeconomic environment characterized by high poverty levels.
5.2.4InterventiontoconservetheplanarealandcovertypesThefollowinginterventionswillbeundertakentoconservethelandcover:
Educatecommunityonbetterlandhusbandry,soilandwaterconservation.Trainandmobilizecommunitiesthroughextensionprogramstomanagelandcover.Rehabilitateandprotectdegradedareas.Improvelivestockqualityandcreatelinkstolivestockmarketstomanagestockingrates.Exploreandpromotealternativesourcesoflivelihood(gamefarming).Demarcateandacquiretitledeedsfortheforestland.EnhancecapacitywithinGovernmentdepartmenttodealwithlandcoverloss.Supportimplementationofpolices,lawsandindigenousmanagementsystems.
5.3 Livestock and agriculture Demographicchangeshasledtochangesinlifestyleinfluencinglandusepatterns,whereagriculturalactivitiesandpastoralismarepractisedinfragilehabitats.Thishasbeenaggravatedbytheshifttoindividuallandholding,reducedcommunalgrazingandchangesinsettlementpatterns.
5.3.1Issuesonlivestock,agricultureandsettlementLossofpasture,Prolongedgrazinginthereserve.LossofdryseasonpastureinswampsandwetlandsLocalizedextinctionofpasturespeciesthroughseedbankdepletionLocalizeddegradationthroughgullyformationandexposureofbedrock,Siltationofwaterchannelsandswamps,Pronouncedstreamseasonality,Pollutionofwaterbodiesbyagrochemicals,domesticwaste,Farmingonsteepslopesleadingtosoilerosion.Drainageofwetlands.Waterabstraction
Theinterplayofthesefactorshassetinmotionaviciouscycleleadingtoescalatingpovertylevelsandunsustainablelivelihoods.Challengesinaddressingissuesrevolvingaroundagricultureandlivestockare:
A cultural system that glorifies high livestock numbers rather than quality.Institutionalizingappropriatelandhusbandrypracticesinapopulacewherelandtillingisarecentlyacquiredpractice.Instillingasenseofindividualownershipoflandwhereownershipwaspreviouslycommunal.
5.3.2MitigatingmeasuresThe following measures will be undertaken to mitigate the impacts of livestock, agriculture and humansettlement.
Agriculture:Undertakeeducationandawareness,sensitisationandappropriateactiononriverbank,steepslopefarming.Advocateintegratedpestmanagementandwiseuseofagro-chemicals.Introducedripirrigationandregulatecommunityirrigationschemes.Conduct a cost-benefit Analysis of crops grown in the area.Initiatebestagriculturalpracticesandonfarmforestry.
Overgrazing:Educatecommunityonappropriatestockingrates.Initiateincentivesforappropriatestockingrates.Undertakereseedingprogramme.
••
••
••••••••
•••••••••••
••
•
•••••
•••
17
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Regulatedryseasongrazingandcontrolgrazinginsteepslopes.Improvelivestockbreedsandestablishcommunitybasedgrazingcommittees.Discouragegrazinginthereserve.
Thefollowingincentivesarenecessarytoattaintheaboveobjectives:Assistinthemarketingoffarmproduce.Assistinon-farmandpostharvestmanagementandpestcontrol.Diversifyincome-generatingprojectssuchasbeekeeping,Aloe-veracultivationandsmallstockrearing.
5.4 Water resourcesTheplanareaislargelywaterdeficitandthesituationhasbeenaggravatedbyhumanactivitiesthathavedisruptedthehydrologicalregimes,andaffectedwaterqualityandquantity.Cultivationalongriverbanksandclearingofforestsintheupperpartsofthecatchmenthasaffectedwaterpercolation,springsandriverflowregimes.ThereisaseverewatershortageespeciallyinthedrymonthsbetweenDecemberandMarch.
5.4.1IssuesandchallengesWateravailabilityintheplanareaisconstrainedby:
Dwindlingwaterresources.DeforestationinMarmanet,OlaraBel,MuchongoiandWestMauForests.Decliningwaterquality.Conflicts on water rights and use.
5.4.2.MitigationstrategiesThefollowingstrategieswillbeemployedtomanagewaterresourcesintheplanarea:
ImplementthewaterAct,throughformationofawaterapportionmentboardandwaterusersassociationtoresolve conflicts.Undertakeriverinevegetationrehabilitationandriverbankprotection.EncouragealternativewaterharvestingtechnologiesAdopt water efficient irrigation technologies
5.4.3ChallengeRegulatingwaterresourcesutilizationinanareawherealargeproportionofthepopulationdoesnothaveaccesstosafedrinkingwater.
5.5 Land tenure and land use dynamicsLandtenureandlandusesystemsin theplanareahaveundergoneextensivechanges inhistoricalandrecenttimes.Thelandhaschangedfromnomadicpastoralism,tocommunalsedentarygrazingandcurrentlyindividualholding.
Thishasledto:Catchmentdestructionresultingindryingupofriversandencroachmentofriparianareas.Deforestation.Subdivisionoflandleadingtounsustainablelivelihood.
5.5.1.ChallengesInaddressingissueonlandownershipthefollowingchallengesneedtobemet:
Culturalchangetocopewithemergingissuesrelatingtoland.Goodwillinimplementationofrelevantlegislationthatsafeguardtheenvironmentsuchasriverbank,wetlandandspringprotection.
5.5.2StrategiesThefollowingstrategieswillbeemployedtomanageimpactsemanatingfromlandownershipandmanagementproblems:
StreamlinevariousActsandpoliciesrelatingtolanduseandownership.Intensifyeducationandawarenesscampaignsamongthevariousstakeholdersonappropriatelandusesandpractices
•••
•••
••••
•
•••
•••
••
••
1�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
5.6 Human–wildlife conflictIn the plan area, the human –wildlife conflict has increased due to grazing in the reserve, settlement in wildlife dispersal areas and destruction of crops and property by wildlife. The conflicts have intensified with time due to poormanagementofnaturalresourcesoutsideprotectedareaanditisstronglycorrelatedwithincreasedpoverty.Thisisintheformof:
LivestockpredationSubsistencepoachingCropdestruction
5.6.1InterventionMinimisehuman-wildlifeinteractionsandattendtoPACMinimise human activities in the official gazetted and protected areasDiversify and increase benefits to community accrued from tourism and conservation Establishlandusepracticescompatiblewithwildlifeorbiodiversityconservation
5.6.2StrategiesThe following strategies will be applied to address human wildlife conflict.
Community Education and awareness on conflict coping methods, and sensitisation on range management techniques,DevelopCompensationfordeath,injuryorlossofpropertyduetowildlifeinformofincentiveslikecommunitieslivingadjacenttotheprotectedareabeprovidedwithaccesstowaterresourceswithinthereserve and other conservation benefits,Undertakingenvironmentaleducationandawarenessprogrammethattargetsfarmers,schoolchildrenandteachers,adultlearnersandtheruralurbancommunity
Inadditiontotheenvironmentaleducationandawarenessprogrammetargetingthelocalcommunity,thereservemanagementwillundertakethefollowingactivities:
Developandimplementenvironmentaleducationprogrammedirectlylinkedtoissuesinthereserve.In collaboration with WWF, complete development of the resource and information centres within thereserve.PublishaguidebookontheNationalReserve.
•••
••••
•
•
•
••
•
1�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Lake Bogoria National Reserve infrastructure inventory and managementThissectiondealsspecificallywithLBNRissuesandtheneedtofocusthereservemanagementtorealiseitsconservationandmanagementobjectives.Infrastructureinventoryinthereservehasbeendoneandprescriptionofmanagementmeasurenecessaryforitsmanagementdocumented.
6.1 Infrastructure and facilities inventory6.1.1AdministrationandstaffaccommodationTheReserveHeadOfficeislocatedatLoboiandconsistsofanofficeblock,staffhouseswith2seniorstaffunitsand8juniorstaffunits.AtMajiMotooutpost,thereare2staffhousingunits,whereasatEmsosthereare4semipermanentsinglehousingunits.Inadditiontotheseisasinglegeneral-purposehouseatNyalilpuchviewpoint.Officespaceandstaffhousinginplaceisinadequate.
Anewgatewasconstructedaspartof the reserveboundary realignment,which iscurrentlydisused.All thereserveentrygatesareradioconnected.
6.1.2LakeBogoriaDrylandEnvironmentalEducationCentre.ThisEducationCentreequippedandsuppliedwitheducationmaterialsandakitchenunit,islocatednexttoLoboiGate.Itisusedinpromotingsustainableuseofnaturalresourcesthroughawarenesscreationamongthelocalcommunity,schoolsandvisitorstotheReserve.Itoffersthefollowingservices:
LecturesonLakeBogoriaecosystemtovisitors,schoolsandothergroups.Videoandslideshows.EnvironmentallessonsandTrainingonenvironmentalthemessuchasconservationofwildlife,wetlands,soilandwaterconservation,LakeBogoriaecosystem,agroforestry,amongothers.
6.1.3CurioshopsThere are several curio shops along the main road leading to the reserve, offering locally made handcrafts,papyrusmatsandotherartefacts.TheseincludeChelabaWomenGroupcurioshoplocatedoppositeLakeBogoriaHotel,
6.1.4CulturalCentersThereare twoculturalcenters,depictingTugenandEndoroiscommunitycultures.TheTugenculturalcenterdisplaystraditionalhomesteadsbuiltinTugenarchitecturaldesign,oldstoolsusedbyelders,andaviewpointandisabout15KmfromtheReservealongMarigat–Loboiroad.TheviewpointoffersapanoramicviewoftheareaincludingtheKiborgochSwamp.Traditionaldancesanddishesareviableatthecentreonrequest.TheEndoroisCommunityCulturalCentre is locatednear theReserveheadofficeandsimilarlyhas traditionalartifactsandresidenttraditionaldancers’troupes.
6.2 Accommodation Twocategoriesofaccommodationareavailable,inthereserveandoutsidethereserve.
6.2.1AccommodationinthereserveTherearethreecampsitesinsidetheReserve:
Acaciacampsite-about6KmbeyondtheHotSprings;RiversidecampsiteandFigtreecampsiteandTheLakeBogoriaDrylandEnvironmentalEducationCentrecampsite
6.2.2AccommodationoutsidethereserveHotelsLakeBogoriaHotel:Thisisa3starhotelwithprivatecottagesandseminarfacilities.Thehotelhasanaturalhealthspaandanormalcold-waterswimmingpool.
PapyrusInnandZakayo’sHotel:ThesearelowbudgetoutfitslocatedneartheReserveheadquartersandofferaccommodationandmeals.
•••
••••
20
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
CampsitesTherearethreecampsoutsidetheReserve;
LoboiRivercampandpicnicsitenexttoLoboiRiverBridge,NETBONcampingsitenearMajiMotogateand,Emsoscommunitycamp.
6.3 National Reserve managementProcessesand impactsarising fromwithin the reserve, its immediateenvironsand thewidercatchmenthavenegatively affected the reserve, minimizing its significance as a wetland of international importance and astopoverformigratorybirds.The impactswithin thereservearedue to thereserve themanagementregimes,livestockgrazingandtourismactivities.
6.3.1InvasiveplantspeciesLackofmanagementinterventionsinthereservehasleadtoproliferationofinvasivespecies.Invasivespeciesmanagementrequireshabitatmanagementlikemechanicalremoval.Invasivespeciesareaseriousthreatinthereserve,especiallyaroundthemaingate,Wasegesriverinlet,SouthofLoburuhotspringsandMaweMoto.
Theimpactsofinvaderplantspeciesare:ReductionofforageforanimalsChangesinhabitatstructure,qualityandutilizationbyanimalsReductioninoverallbiodiversityPooranimalconditionduetotoxinsanddiseasesInfluence on animal species composition, distribution, home range sizes, recruitment and survival
6.3.2.SustainableconservationandmanagementrequirementsThenationalreservehasawidediversityofwildherbivoresindirectcompetitionwithlivestockgrazedinthereserve. This has resulted into confinement of wild herbivores to certain areas. The localization of these herbivores hasresultedinovergrazing,invaderspeciesincreaseandhighincidencesoflivestock-gamediseasetransmission.Forsustainablemanagementofthewildherbivoresthemanagementwill:
Identifykeyhabitatsfor:GrazersBrowsersMixedfeeders
IdentifythereservespeciesequilibriumManage habitats for specific wildlife species while retaining key biodiversity features of the reserve.Establishecosystemmanagementmonitoringprogrammes.
6.3.3ManagementactionsRehabilitatethegrasslandsatSandaiRivermoutharea,areasouthofLoburuspringsandMaweMotoarea.Stoplivestockgrazinginthereserve.RemoveandcontrolspreadofinvaderspeciesthroughmechanicalremovalorburningbetweenreserveheadquartersandNorthernshoreline.Determinereserveproductivity
6.3.4TourismThelong-termtourismobjectiveintheplanareaistodiversifytourismtoincreasetherevenuebaseandenhancetourismproductswhileminimizingenvironmentalimpactsoftourismthroughdiversificationofactivities.
Tourism management issuesVisitorstoLBNRconcentratearoundthehotspringsandfigtreeareas.Thiscreatesdisproportionatepressurearoundthesefragilesites.Therangeofvisitoractivitiesislowduetolackdiversificationandpoormarketingofotherpossibleactivitieswithinthereserve.LinkingthereservetoLakeBaringoandotherpotentialareasaroundMarigatandthecatchmentcanrelievethepressure.
Thequalityof serviceandproductofferedby the reserveand thehotels areadequate;but there is aneed topromoteother tourismattractions in theplanarea.Thecurrentvisitoraccommodationfacilitiesareadequate,howeverthecampsitesshouldberelocatedandrehabilitated.
•••
•••••
•---
•••
•••
•
21
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Tourism zoningWithinthereserve,someofthemostimportanttouristattractionsarelocatedinsensitivehabitatssusceptibletodegradationbyuncontrolledtouristactivities.Sensitiveareasincludethehotsprings,rivermouthsandsectionsofthelakeshoreline.Thereservewillzonedtoreducepressureonsensitivehabitatsasearlierdescribed.
Diversification of tourist activities Toencourageextendedstayandrepeatvisits,thefollowingactionswillbeundertaken:
Undertakeaninventoryofotherpotentialsitesfortourismandmarketthem.Developandmarkettheculturalsiteswithinthecatchment.Improvecurioshopsandtheirproductrange.Introducehikingandsafariwalksinthereserve.Relocateandrehabilitatethecampsiteattheeducationcentre.
6.3.5ResearchandmonitoringTheecologyoftheplanareasiseasilyimpactedbyextraneousfactorsespeciallythoseofanthropogenicorigin.Understandingtheecologicallinkagesintheplanareaisvitalinmakinginformedandjudiciousmanagementdecisions.Managementorientedresearchprogrammesshouldbe initiated toprovidegreaterunderstandingofresource interactions and to help managers respond appropriately to changes that may occur. Collaborativeresearchwithinthecatchmentwillbeencouragedtofacilitateinteractionsamongmanagers,researchersandthecommunity.Thefollowingprogrammeswillbeundertaken.
Ecological/environmental monitoring Thiswill includeenvironmentalattributes,ecologicalandsocioeconomic trends togeneratedata foranearlywarning system; and provide information to guide managers. Socioeconomic indicators to be monitoredinclude:
Catchmentlanduse,Projecteddevelopmentactivities,Livestockstockingrates,ExpansionofareasunderagricultureandLandcovertrends.
Theecologicalmonitoringprogrammeswillinclude:
PhysicalparametersMeteorology:Meteorologicalvariablescurrentlybeingmonitoredare rainfall, temperature, relativehumidity,evaporationandwindspeed.Morecommunitymanagedrainfallstationsshouldbeestablishedinthecatchment.
Lakelevelandriverflow:Thelakeandriverstaffgaugeswillberegularlyreadtocollectdata.
WaterqualitymonitoringAcollaborativeeffortwillbeputinplacetomaintaintheongoingwaterqualitymonitoringanddevelopawaterqualitydatabase.
Ecologicalmonitoring
AnimalcensusQuarterlyanimalcountswillbeundertakenonaregularbasistogenerateinformationonpopulationdynamicsandtrendsformanagementpurposes.Thiswillprovideinformationonhabitatutilizationpatterns,distributionandaidinsecuritypatrolsandmanagementofhuman-wildlifeconflict.
Waterfowlcounts.Thecurrentbiannualwaterfowlcountswillcontinueandinadditionemphasiswillbewet/drytransitionperiods.
HabitatmonitoringVegetationmonitoringtransectsandenclosuresare tobeestablishedandmonitored.Avegetation-monitoringprogrammewillbedevelopedinyearoneandcarriedduringdryandwetperiods.
FlamingoMortalitiesEpisodesoflesserflamingomortalitieshavebecomefrequentintheRiftValleyalkalinelakesandhavebeenattributedtoseveralfactors.Thelesserflamingohealthstatuswillbemonitoredandusedasabio-indicatoroftheecosystemhealth.Thismonitoringwillalsoincludephytoplanktondensities,waterqualityandquantity,physical,chemicalandbiologicalparameters.
•••••
•••••
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
22
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
AmonitoringprogrammewillbedevelopedtocovertheRiftValleylakesinKenyaandLakeNatron.Thefactors,tobemonitoredare:
WaterqualityandquantityPhytoplanktondynamicsAlgaltoxins:microcystin-LRandanatoxin-AHeavymetalsandpesticidesconcentrationsinwater,sediments,algaeandwaterfowl.FlamingomovementsFlamingohealthandinfectiousdiseases
6.4 Reserve infrastructure maintenance and management6.4.1Buildings
Thereservebuildingswillbemaintainedandrehabilitatedtosuithumanhabitationstandards.EducationCentreAccommodationfacilitiesdormitories,ablutionblocks,kitchenanddinninghallwillbeconstructedtocaterforgroupsfromfar.
6.4.2RoadsTheexistingpermanentroadnetworkwillberegularlymaintainedduringtheplanperiod.TheCountyCouncilsofBaringoandKoibatekwillensurethisroadisprioritisedandincludedinthedevelopmentplansfortheDistricts.
6.4.3AirstripThecurrentnon-registeredairstripwillbegazettedandmaintained.
6.4.4CampsitesandPicnicsitesThesewillbemaintainedthroughouttheplanperiod.
6.4.5WatersupplyToaugmentwatersupplytostaffhouses,theclinicandtheneighbouringschools,thecollapsedpipelinetoLakeBogoriaHotelwillberehabilitatedandwaterKiosksprovidedforthelocalcommunity.Likewisethefreshwatersourceateachcampsitewillberehabilitated.
6.4.6VehiclesThereservehasnoreliabletransport,especiallyforfieldoperationsandgeneraltransport.Thecurrentreservefleetwillbemaintainedandadditionalvehiclespurchasedtoaddressthecurrenttransportshortage.
6.4.7CommunicationTheparkhasadequatetelephone,e-mailandradiocommunicationfacilities.
••••••
•••
2�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Implementation strategy, institutional framework and stakeholder involvement
7.1 IntroductionThis chapter identifies key stakeholders anddescribes the framework for their involvement in the IntegratedManagement Plan (IMP) implementation and provides for linkages, legal framework and responsibilities ofthestakeholders.Thiswillbe inconformity toEnvironmentalCoordinationandManagementAct2000.ThisActprovidesa strategy for stakeholdercollaboration inenvironmentalmanagement throughestablishmentofenvironmentfocusedmanagementcommittee.Collaborativeparticipationprovidesforownership,commitment,resourcemobilizationandcollaborationwithdevelopmentpartnersandotherconservationagencies.
7.2 Implementation strategyTheimplementationstrategyofthishasthefollowingelements:-
InvolvementandcollaborationofstakeholdersintheimplementationoftheIMPanddevelopmentofproposalstoimplementtheIMP.ActiveconsultationandcollaborationamongststakeholdersAdaptivemanagementapproachintheIMPimplementationManagement programmes based on sound scientific findings.
The IMP implementation strategy is based on the ecosystem/catchment approach, collaboration and policymaking.
7.2.1Ecosystem/catchmentapproachThe currentLBNRmanagement system is adhoc, sectoral and fails to consider the reserve as an integratedsystemwithseveralinterdependentcomponents.TheIMPimplementationwillbeguidedbytheecosystembasedapproach toenvironmentalmanagement,whichcalls for theplanarea tobemanagedasoneecologicalunit.Thereisneedtorecognizetheinter-linkagesbetweenthereserveanditsenvironsasenvironmentalissuesareinterlinkedandoftencrosscutting;andadoptacollaborativeapproachtoensureharmonizationandintegrationofconservationanddevelopmenteffortstorealizetheobjectivesofthisIMP.
7.2.2CollaborationImplementing this IMPwill involveestablishingcollaborationand linkagesamongst thevariousstakeholderstoensureconsensus in implementationandformulationofappropriatemitigationmeasures.This isnecessaryasthevariousissuesandchallengestheplanareaareintricate,crosscuttingandmultifacetedaffectingvariousstakeholdersandecosystemcomponentsindifferentways.Integratedapproachtonaturalresourcemanagementisonlysuccessfulifthereis:
Inter-agencylinkagestomanagement,Coordinatedinterdisciplinaryteamstoaddresschallenges,Inter-sectoralteamstoaddressimplementationstrategies,andStakeholderparticipationandsupporttoensuresuccess.
7.2.3PolicymakingStakeholders’ participation in the implementation of environmental decisions will help achieve communityempowermentandenhancepublictrust.Toaccomplishthiscoreobjective,thisIMPencouragesallstakeholderstoaccepteachotheraspartnersindecision-makingandpolicymakingprocess.Subscriptiontothisperspectiveinshapingandreachingdecisionswillgreatlybeguidedbyinstitutionalisingtheconsensus-buildingprocess.
7.3 Factors guiding development of institutional framework for the IMPDevelopinginstitutionalframeworktoimplementthisIMPwillbeguidedbythefollowingprinciples:
The conservation and sustainable use of natural resources in the plan area is influenced by social, cultural, economicandpoliticalfactorsthatmustbeconsideredexhaustively.Taking cognizance of existing linkages, policies and institutional frameworks that are influencing the conservationandmanagementoftheplanarea.Theneedtostrikeanoptimalbalancebetweenenvironmentalconservationandhumanlivelihoods.The need for multi-disciplinary and inter-sectoral teams to address conservation and socioeconomicdevelopmentissuesintheplanarea.
•
•••
••••
•
•
••
2�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
7.4 Possible roles and responsibilities of the major stakeholders in the successful implementation of this IMP
7.4.1BaringoandKoibatekcountycouncilsThe twocountycouncilshaveauthority tomanage the reserveasprovided for in theWildlifeAct.Theyareresponsible forconservationofbiodiversityandnatural resourcesespeciallywithin theNationalReserveandhaveto:
EnsureecologicalintegrityofthereservethroughproperplanningandmanagementCoordinateandplayakeyroleinsupportingtheIMPimplementationSupportinitiativesoftheotherstakeholdersintheplanareaDevelop a way of incorporating research findings into management of the reserveEstablish strong network and take initiative in establishing collaboration with other stakeholders andgovernmentdepartmentsespeciallytowritejointproposalsforthesuccessfulimplementationofthisIMPPromoteresponsibletourismasanincome-generatingprojectintheplanarea.Promote scientific driven decisions.Havecontroloverdevelopmentsintheurbancentreswithinthecatchment.Developandputinplacedisasterresponsemechanisms
7.4.2ForestDepartmentTheforestdepartmentisresponsibleforconservationanddevelopmentofforestresourcesasstipulatedintheforestAct.InrespecttothisIMP,theforestdepartmentwillberesponsiblefor:
GuidingrehabilitationandconservationofcatchmentforestareasInitiatingandpromotingonfarmforestryControlling forest excision, fires and encroachment Interpretationoftheforestmasterplananditsimplement.EnforcingandpolicingconservationofthegazettedforestsasstipulatedintheforestAct.SecuringtitledeedsofforestlandsandownershipdocumentsUndertakingforestrelatededucation,awarenessandextensionservicesDevelopingintegratedforestmanagementplans.Providingaleadinforestresearch,monitoringandconservation.Developandputinplacedisasterresponsemechanisms.
7.4.3.MinistryofWaterandIrrigationThiswillberesponsibleforconservationofwaterresourcesasstipulatedintheAct,andwillensuretheWRMAisactiveto:
Ensureprotectionofriverbanks.Undertakeeducationandawarenessonwaterconservation.Monitorandenforcewaterqualitystandards.Apportionwaterresourcesthroughpermitsandlicenses.Gazettewatercatchmentareaswithinthebasin.EstablishandgazetteWaterUserAssociations.Interpretthewatermasterplantoallstakeholderswithinthecatchment.Maintainhydrologicaldataandactascustodiansofinformationanddatabaserelatedtowaterconservation.
7.3.4DistrictEnvironmentalCommitteeThiscommitteeisresponsibleforpropermanagementofenvironmentinthedistrictasstipulatedinEMCA.Theresponsibilitiesofthiscommitteewillbeto:
EnsureandsupporttheIMPimplementation.EnsuregazettementoftheplanimplementationcommitteeandprovideitslinktoNEMA.MobilizeresourcestoimplementtheIMPProvidelinkagesbetweengovernmentsectorsandotherstakeholdersActasanexecutiveorgantoensurealldevelopmentprojectsareenvironmentalfriendly
7.4.5DistrictDevelopmentCommitteeEnsureenvironmentalstandardsareadheredtoindevelopmentproject.Addresspovertyreductionissues.Coordinatedevelopmentprogrammesintheregion.
•••••
••••
••••••••••
••••••••
•••••
•••
2�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
7.4.6LocalprovincialadministrationEnforceenvironmentalregulationsontheground.ProvideanenablingenvironmentforIMPimplementation.
7.4.7NationalMuseumofKenyaDevelop,maintainculturalheritageandmonumentswithinthecatchmentareaCoordinate research and monitoring of flora and fauna especially that of water bird, invertebrates and plants.
7.4.8Non-governmentalorganizations.SupportintheimplementationofconservationanddevelopmentactivitiesCollaboratewiththecommitteesinoperationalisingtheplanEncourageformationofCommunityBasedOrganizationsMobilizeresourcestosupportimplementationoftheplan
7.4.9Community-basedorganizationsProvidenetworksandlinkagesbetweentheimplementationcommitteeandthegrassrootsMobilizecommunitysupportandparticipationMobilizeResourcesandundertakeeducationandawarenessParticipatorydevelopmentandimplementationofActionplans
7.4.10AgricultureDepartmentCoordinateagro-basedactivitiestocontrolsoilerosion,pollutionandsiltation.Provide relevant officers to be co-opted within the committeeIntegrate research findings into applied agriculturePromotegoodfarmingpractices
7.4.11InstitutionsofhigherlearningCollaboratewithotherstakeholderstodevelopproposalsforfundingUndertakeresearchactivitiesincollaborationwithstakeholders.IdentifyplantspeciesthatarepotentiallyharmfultotheenvironmentAssistinmonitoringoftrendsinthecatchment.Providetechnicalsupporttothecommittee.Undertake Training as resource persons and enhance capacity building for specific stakeholders.
7.4.12KenyaWildlifeServiceKenyaWildlifeServicewillprovidetechnicaladviceinaccordancetothewildlifeAct,throughtheLakeBogoriaJointManagementCommitteeofthismanagementplan.
7.5 The Plan implementation structureToimplementthisplanitisproposedthatanimplementationcommitteebeconstituted.ThiscommitteewillbecalledIMPImplementationCommitteeandwillbetheexecutivebodymandatedwiththeimplementationoftheManagementPlanasshowninFigure9.
7.5.1IMPSteeringcommitteeCommitteewillbecomposedofthefollowingstakeholders:
SeniorWardenLakeBogoriaNationalReserveTechnicalexpertfromKWS–DistrictWardenWWFEARPOrepresentativeClerkBaringoCountyCouncilClerkKoibatekCountyCouncilTreasurerBaringoCountyCouncilTreasurerKoibatekCountyCouncilProvincial officer - NEMATwoexpertsfrominstitutionsofhigherlearningwithknowledgeoftheplanarea(when need arise)
••
••
••••
••••
••••
••••••
•••••••••
2�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
7.5.2TermsofReferenceoftheSteeringcommitteeAs a starting point, the following is proposed as TOR that can be refined by the Committee.
Develop a framework defining its operationsInterpretthemanagementplanforpurposesofimplementationCo-ordinatetheimplementationofthemanagementplan.Co-ordinationofresearchMobilizeresourcesfortheplanimplementationEvaluatetheprogressofactivitieswithintheplanareas.Incollaborationwithotherstakeholders,developacodeofconduct,regulationguidelinesorby-lawsoftheforum.Identifyconstraintsintheprocessesofplanimplementation.Produceannualworkplansbasedonthemanagementplan.Recommendreviewofthemanagementplan.
7.6 Operationalization of the CommitteeStakeholderswillbemobilizedandholdmeetingtoconstitutetheplanimplementationcommittee.ThecommitteewillbefacilitatedtodevelopitstermsofreferenceandimplementationprogrammeThecommitteewilldevelopafundingproposalforimplementationoftheplan.
7.7 Risks and assumptionsStakeholdersremaincommittedandwillingtoparticipateintheplanimplementationAdequate resources (financial, human and equipment) will be mobilized to support plan implementation ThetwoCountyCouncilswillingnesstofacilitatetheinitialoperationalizationoftheplaninconjunctionwithotherstakeholdersWWFEARPOwillsupportthemanagementplanimplementationPoliticalgoodwillandstabilityprevailsInter-institutionalcoordinationandharmonyexists
•••••••
•••
•••
•••
•••
27
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Monitoring and evaluation, activities and budget
8.1 Monitoring and evaluationMonitoringandevaluationwillbecontinuousthroughouttheplanperiod.Toguideevaluation,alog-frameworkwillbeinstitutionalized.Themonitoringcomponentwillinclude:
Evaluatingtheextentofacceptanceofthemanagementplanamongthestakeholdersandimplementers.Evaluatingtheimplementationofactivitiesbyevaluatingprogressreports,workprogrammesandworkplans,stakeholderinvolvementandparticipation.Monitorandevaluatetheimpactofmanagementprescriptions.Monitorbudgetallocations,expenditureandaccountingprocedures.MonitorandevaluatetheenvironmentalstatusoftheLakeanditscatchmentthroughuseofecological,socialandeconomicindicators.Monitorandevaluatetheresponsivenesstotheeducationandawarenessinitiatives.Monitorandevaluatetheextentofsecurityactivitiesinthereserve.
TheresponsibilityofmonitoringandevaluationlieswiththeplanimplementationcommitteeandthetwoCountyCouncilsmonitoringandevaluationunit.
8.2 Scheduled activities and outputsThisplanidentifiesactivitiesforthefirstfiveyearsandafterthisperiodactivitieswillbedrawnforsubsequentperiodsdependingonlevelofimplementationofactivitiesinthefirstfiveyears.
••
•••
••
Figure 9: The Proposed Management Plan Implementation Structure. (The structure is not hierarchical. The implementing committee can form other ad hoc committees as need arise)
District Development Committee
IMP Steering Committee
Government Lead Agencies NGOs and CBOs
Development PartnersDistrict Environment Committee
2�
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Obj
ectiv
eA
ctiv
ityM
eans
of V
erifi
catio
nO
utpu
tTi
me
Fram
e in
Yea
rsR
espo
nsib
ility
1
2
3
4
5
I. Ed
ucat
ion
and
awar
enes
s in
up
per c
atch
men
t A
. For
mal
edu
catio
n an
d aw
aren
ess
• Sch
ool p
rogr
amm
es
Exp
and
Sch
ool e
duca
tion
prog
ram
me
& c
urric
ula
Type
& N
o. o
f Pro
gram
mes
in p
lace
, pr
ogra
mm
e re
port
Pro
gram
me
in o
pera
tion
WW
F , W
CK
, MO
E, L
A
Dev
elop
mor
e ed
ucat
ion
mat
eria
lsTy
pe o
f mat
eria
ls d
evel
oped
P
amph
lets
, Mag
azin
es, V
ideo
s,
Puz
zle
Faci
litat
e te
achi
ng e
duca
tion
mat
eria
lsW
WF,
WC
K, L
A, M
OE
Und
erta
ke S
choo
l edu
catio
n pr
ogra
mm
e in
upp
er c
atch
men
tP
rogr
ess
repo
rts, n
o. o
f Sch
ools
vi
site
d8
Sch
ools
a y
ear v
isite
d,
scho
ols
awar
eW
WF,
WC
K, K
WS
Upg
rade
, mai
ntai
n re
sour
ce/e
duca
tion
info
rmat
ion
cent
re to
incl
ude
uppe
r ca
tchm
ent n
eeds
Con
ditio
ns o
f fac
ilitie
s in
cen
treE
duca
tion
cent
re in
goo
d co
nditi
on, E
asy
dem
onst
ratio
nW
WF,
WC
K, L
A
• Sch
ool o
utre
ach
prog
ram
me
Dev
elop
out
reac
h pr
ogra
mm
eTy
pe o
f pro
gram
me,
pro
gram
me
repo
rtP
rogr
amm
e in
pla
ce b
y ye
ar
one
WW
F, W
CK
, MO
E, K
WS
Impl
emen
t out
reac
h pr
ogra
mm
eP
rogr
ess
repo
rt on
no.
of S
choo
ls
visi
ted
8 S
choo
ls a
yea
rW
WF,
WC
K, M
OE
• Sch
ool c
ampa
igns
Org
aniz
e sp
ecifi
c en
viro
nmen
tal r
allie
s (e
nviro
nmen
t day
, wet
land
day
, wor
ld
wat
er d
ay)
Ral
ly re
ports
3 ra
llies
a y
ear p
er e
duca
tion
zone
sW
WF,
WC
K, L
A, M
OE
B. I
nfor
mal
edu
catio
n in
upp
er
catc
hmen
t
Mob
iliza
tion
Iden
tify
targ
ets
grou
ps &
Dev
elop
out
reac
h m
ater
ials
Type
of m
ater
ials
dev
elop
ed &
gr
oups
iden
tified
Pam
phle
ts, n
ews
lette
rsW
WF,
WC
K, L
A, C
BO
s,
Org
aniz
e pu
blic
Bar
azas
No.
of B
araz
as o
rgan
ized
/repo
rts6
Bar
azas
in a
yea
rW
WF,
WC
K, L
A C
BO
s,
Com
mun
ity E
nviro
nmen
tal
cons
erva
tion
Form
loca
l env
ironm
enta
l con
serv
atio
n co
mm
ittee
s, c
omm
ittee
mee
tings
No.
of
com
mitt
ees
form
ed, m
eetin
g re
ports
1 co
mm
ittee
in ta
rget
zon
es,
quar
terly
mee
ting
repo
rtsW
WF,
LA
, NE
MA
, FD
II. C
omm
unity
par
ticip
atio
n in
en
viro
nmen
tal c
onse
rvat
ion
in
uppe
r cat
chm
ent
Dev
elop
env
ironm
enta
l edu
catio
n pr
ogra
mm
e on
soi
l & w
ater
co
nser
vatio
n, a
fore
stat
ion,
reso
urce
us
e,
Type
of e
nviro
nmen
tal e
duca
tion
prog
ram
me
& a
ctiv
ities
in p
lace
, pr
ogra
mm
e pr
ogre
ss re
ports
Pro
gram
me
in p
lace
by
year
tw
o, q
uarte
rly p
rogr
ess
repo
rtsM
RD
, WW
F, L
A,
ME
&N
R, M
A, M
LF
Dev
elop
env
ironm
enta
l edu
catio
n m
ater
ials
Type
of m
ater
ials
dev
elop
edM
ater
ials
in p
lace
by
year
Th
ree
MR
D, W
WF,
LA
, M
E&
NR
MA
, MLF
Und
erta
ke e
nviro
nmen
tal e
duca
tion
prog
ram
me
No.
of V
illag
es re
ache
d6
villa
ges
in y
ear
WC
K, L
A,
ME
&N
R,
MA
, M
LF
Est
ablis
h de
mon
stra
tion
plot
sN
o. o
f plo
ts e
stab
lishe
d1
per v
illag
eW
WF,
LA
, MA
, MLF
, FD
Org
aniz
e w
orks
hops
for C
omm
unity
le
ader
sN
o. o
f wor
ksho
p or
gani
zed
in a
yea
r, 1
in a
yea
r, w
orks
hop
repo
rtsW
WF,
LA
8.2.
1Sc
hedu
led
acti
viti
es
2�
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
III. E
xpan
d hu
man
wild
life
confl
ict
& c
omm
unity
, dev
elop
men
t &
en
terp
rise
proj
ects
to u
pper
ca
tchm
ent
Est
ablis
h ty
pes
& c
onfli
ct in
tens
ityC
onfli
ct re
port
Rep
ort i
n pl
ace
by y
ear 1
LA, C
omm
unity
Form
ulat
e co
nflic
t miti
gatio
n m
easu
res
Miti
gatio
n st
atus
Rep
ort i
n pl
ace
by y
ear 1
LA C
omm
unity
, KW
S,
FD, W
RM
A, P
rov.
Adm
in
Iden
tify
com
mun
ity s
ocia
l pro
ject
sP
roje
cts
prop
osal
s in
pla
ce b
y ye
ar 2
No.
of p
ropo
sals
LA, C
omm
unity
Und
erta
ke c
omm
unity
soc
ial p
roje
cts
Type
of p
roje
ct in
pla
ce1
per c
onfli
ct z
one
LA C
omm
unity
Iden
tify
com
mun
ity e
nter
pris
e pr
ojec
tsP
roje
cts
prop
osal
s N
o. o
f pro
posa
lsLA
Com
mun
ity, D
onor
s
Impl
emen
t com
mun
ity e
nter
pris
e pr
ojec
ts
No.
of p
roje
cts
impl
emen
ted
1 pr
ojec
t per
yea
r & z
one
LA, D
onor
s, C
omm
unity
IV. R
eser
ve M
anag
emen
t
Hab
itat m
anag
emen
t (ve
geta
tion)
Iden
tify
key
habi
tats
and
est
ablis
h ca
rryi
ng c
apac
ity
Dat
aH
abita
t util
isat
ion
repo
rtK
WS
, UO
N, M
U, E
U,
WW
F, D
onor
s
Dev
elop
hab
itat m
anag
emen
t pr
ogra
mm
e (fi
re, M
echa
nica
l) to
mee
t re
serv
e go
als
Man
agem
ent p
rogr
amm
e re
port
1 P
rogr
amm
e re
port
KW
S, U
ON
, MU
, EU
, W
WF,
Don
ors
Impl
emen
t hab
itat m
anag
emen
t pr
ogra
mm
eP
rogr
amm
e pr
ogre
ss re
ports
Impr
oved
hab
itat
KW
S, U
ON
, MU
, EU
, W
WF,
Don
ors
• C
ontro
l bus
h en
croa
chm
ent
Bus
h co
ntro
l pro
gres
s re
port
Acr
eage
con
trolle
dK
WS
, UO
N, M
U,,
EU
, W
WF,
Don
ors
• O
pen
gras
s la
nds
Pro
gres
s re
port
Acr
eage
con
trolle
dK
WS
, UO
N, M
U, E
U,
WW
F, D
onor
s
• R
emov
e in
vasi
ve s
peci
esA
rea
cont
rolle
d pr
ogre
ss re
port
Acr
eage
rem
oved
KW
S, U
ON
, MU
, EU
, W
WF,
Don
ors
Dev
elop
wild
life
spec
ies
man
agem
ent
stra
tegy
S
trate
gy re
port
Pro
posa
l in
plac
e by
yea
r one
KW
S, U
ON
, MU
WW
F,
Spe
cies
Man
agem
ent
Kud
u, K
lip S
prin
ger a
nd o
ther
en
dang
ered
spe
cies
man
agem
ent
Pop
ulat
ion
of ta
rget
spe
cies
P
opul
atio
n gr
owth
of K
udu,
K
lip S
prin
ger a
nd o
ther
targ
et
spec
ies,
qua
rterly
repo
rts
KW
S, U
ON
, MU
, WW
F,
Don
ors
V. R
eser
ve M
aint
enan
ce &
m
anag
emen
t pro
gram
me
Com
plet
e S
taff
esta
blis
hmen
tC
adre
of S
taff
in p
lace
No.
of s
taff
recr
uite
dLB
NR
, LA
, KW
S, W
WF
Inst
itute
con
tinuo
us a
dapt
ive
Trai
ning
ne
eds
asse
ssm
ent
Ass
essm
ent r
epor
tN
eeds
iden
tified
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
Und
erta
ke re
leva
nt tr
aini
ngN
o. o
f per
sonn
el tr
aine
dIm
prov
ed e
ffici
ency
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
Enh
ance
con
tinue
d ca
paci
ty to
m
onito
r wat
er q
ualit
y riv
er le
vel a
nd
clim
ate
varia
bles
and
initi
ate
in u
pper
ca
tchm
ent
Dat
aIm
prov
ed e
nviro
nmen
tal
mon
itorin
gLB
NR
, LA
, KW
S, W
WF
Was
te m
anag
emen
t with
in re
serv
e an
d en
viro
nsP
rogr
ess
repo
rts o
n w
est
man
agem
ent
Was
te m
anag
emen
t pr
ogra
mm
es in
pla
ceLB
NR
�0
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
A. I
nfra
stru
ctur
e
(i) W
ater
sup
ply
Iden
tify
wat
er s
ourc
es &
und
erta
ke
wat
er d
istri
butio
n su
rvey
Dis
tribu
tion
map
for w
ater
sou
rces
&
poi
nts
Sou
rces
& d
istri
butio
n po
ints
ou
tlay
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
Sup
ply
wat
er to
cam
p si
tes,
sta
ff ho
uses
, sch
ool &
clin
icW
ater
sup
ply
at d
esig
nate
d po
ints
Wat
er a
vaila
bilit
y w
here
de
sire
dLB
NR
, LA
, KW
S, W
WF
(ii) R
oads
Clo
se a
nd u
pgra
de a
s ne
cess
ary
Clo
sure
and
upg
radi
ngIm
prov
ed ro
ad n
etw
ork
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
Rou
tine
road
mai
nten
ance
Mai
ntai
ned
road
s A
cces
sibl
e ro
ads.
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
(iii)
Bui
ldin
gs &
hou
sing
Mai
nten
ance
of e
xist
ing
build
ings
and
pr
ovid
e st
aff a
ccom
mod
atio
n
Pro
vide
ade
quat
e of
fice
spac
e
Con
ditio
n of
bui
ldin
gs, a
ll R
ange
rs
hous
ed in
LB
NR
sta
ff qu
arte
rs b
y ye
ar 3
Offi
ce b
lock
read
y by
yea
r 4
Impr
ovem
ent o
f bui
ldin
gs,
impr
oved
hou
sing
for
Ran
gers
, im
prov
ed o
ffice
ac
com
mod
atio
n
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
(iv) E
duca
tion
cent
re h
oste
lsC
onst
ruct
ion
50 b
ed h
oste
l and
as
soci
ated
faci
litie
sS
truct
ures
in p
lace
An
enha
nced
and
effe
ctiv
e ed
ucat
ion
prog
ram
me
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
1. S
ecur
ityR
ange
r pat
rols
Qua
rterly
pat
rol r
epor
ts/O
B/
Rep
orte
d in
secu
rity
inci
denc
esR
eser
ve s
ecur
e/in
cide
nces
of
inse
curit
yLB
NR
, LA
, KW
S, W
WF
Inte
llige
nce
info
rmat
ion
gath
erin
gS
itrep
s re
ports
Tour
ist i
nsec
urity
min
imis
edLB
NR
, LA
, KW
S, W
WF
Pro
cure
men
t of s
ecur
ity e
quip
men
tE
quip
men
t in
plac
eC
onve
nien
t dat
a ga
ther
ing
LBN
R, L
A, K
WS
, WW
F
2. T
ouris
m(a
) Pro
mot
ion
Pro
duce
tour
ist i
nfor
mat
ion
mat
eria
ls
B
roch
ures
P
amph
lets
M
aps
Web
site
Type
and
num
ber o
f mat
eria
ls
prod
uced
& th
eir a
vaila
bilit
yIn
crea
se in
vis
itatio
n &
ap
prec
iatio
nLB
NR
, LA
, KTB
, KAT
O,
WW
F, K
WS
Dev
elop
oth
er to
uris
m fa
cilit
ies
Qua
lity
Faci
litie
s in
pla
ce1
of e
ach
faci
lity
read
y by
ye
ar 3
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
(b) D
iver
sify
Tou
rism
Est
ablis
h To
uris
t fac
ilitie
sFa
cilit
ies
in p
lace
Rea
dy b
y ye
ar 2
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
Feas
ibili
ty s
tudy
& d
esig
ns fo
r a s
afar
i w
alk
arou
nd
Pro
gres
s re
port
Saf
ari w
alk
repo
rtLB
NR
, LA
, KTB
, KAT
O,
WW
F, K
WS
Feas
ibili
ty s
tudy
for n
ight
gam
e dr
ives
Pro
gres
s re
port
Nig
ht g
ame
driv
e re
port
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
Dev
elop
tour
ist c
ircui
t in
the
catc
hmen
tC
ircui
t rep
ort1
Rep
ort
1 re
port
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
Est
ablis
h cu
ltura
l cen
treE
stab
lishe
d cu
ltura
l cen
tre1
cultu
ral c
entre
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
Con
trol a
cces
s to
the
hot s
prin
gsN
umbe
r of i
ncid
ents
Red
uced
inci
dent
sLB
NR
, LA
, KTB
, KAT
O,
WW
F, K
WS
�1
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
(c) T
ouris
t Fac
ilitie
sC
onst
ruct
gua
rd ra
il at
vie
w p
oint
sG
uard
rail
in p
lace
Visi
tor s
afet
yLB
NR
, LA
, KTB
, KAT
O,
WW
F, K
WS
Ope
n ca
mps
ite a
t the
Nya
lilpu
ch
esca
rpm
ent
Cam
psite
est
ablis
hed
Incr
ease
d ca
mpi
ng fa
cilit
ies
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
Dev
elop
nat
ure
trail
Trai
ls o
pene
dN
ew tr
ails
in p
lace
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
Dev
elop
tour
ist i
nfor
mat
ion
cent
reW
ork
repo
rtsIn
form
atio
n ce
ntre
in p
lace
LBN
R, L
A, K
TB, K
ATO
, W
WF,
KW
S
3. C
omm
unity
Dev
elop
men
t and
C
atch
men
t Man
agem
ent
Initi
ate
com
mun
ity b
ased
dev
elop
men
t pr
ogra
mm
es in
the
uppe
r cat
chm
ent
and
enha
nce
ongo
ing
low
er c
atch
men
t co
mm
unity
bas
ed d
evel
opm
ent
prog
ram
mes
Pro
gres
s re
ports
on
com
mun
ity
deve
lopm
ent,
repo
rts o
n co
mm
unity
in
com
e an
d po
verty
leve
ls
Impr
oved
com
mun
ity in
com
e le
vels
Com
mun
ity C
BO
s,
NG
Os,
GO
K,
Dev
elop
men
t par
tner
s
Reh
abili
tatio
n of
deg
rade
d si
tes
in b
oth
uppe
r and
low
er c
atch
men
t are
asN
umbe
r of s
ites
reha
bilit
ated
and
th
eir s
tate
Impr
oved
env
ironm
ent a
nd
sust
aina
ble
livel
ihoo
dsC
omm
unity
CB
Os,
N
GO
s, G
OK
, Hig
her
lear
ning
and
rese
arch
in
stitu
tions
Afo
rest
atio
n (o
n fa
rm tr
ee p
lant
ing)
No.
of s
eedl
ings
pla
nted
Incr
ease
in tr
ee c
over
FD, C
omm
unity
,
Cam
paig
n ag
ains
t pol
ythe
ne a
nd
plas
tics
Red
uced
litte
ring
Cle
an e
nviro
nmen
tC
omm
unity
, LB
NR
Con
stitu
te L
and
use
plan
ning
team
to
co-o
rdin
ate
land
use
Team
in p
lace
Min
imiz
ed la
nd u
se c
onfli
cts
Sta
keho
lder
s &
GO
K
Riv
er b
ank
reha
bilit
atio
nR
ehab
ilita
tion
prog
ress
repo
rtre
duce
d si
ltatio
nM
EN
R, C
omm
unity
Soi
l ero
sion
con
trol
Soi
l con
trol m
easu
res
in p
lace
Red
uced
silt
atio
n &
ero
sion
ME
NR
, lan
d ow
ners
, W
WF,
CB
Os
Con
trol W
ater
abs
tract
ion
from
rive
rs &
gr
ound
wat
erW
ater
regu
latio
n re
port
Sus
tain
ed ri
ver fl
owM
EN
R, C
omm
unity
, S
take
hold
ers
Pro
mot
e E
nerg
y co
nser
vatio
n (J
ikos
)N
o. o
f hom
este
ads
usin
g en
ergy
sa
ving
Jik
osR
educ
ed u
se o
f fue
l woo
dC
omm
unity
CB
Os,
N
GO
s, G
OK
Sur
face
runo
ff ha
rves
ting
alon
g ro
ads
No.
of p
eopl
e in
volv
ed ,
dam
s &
Ta
nks
in p
lace
Red
uced
ero
sion
, silt
atio
n &
ab
stra
ctio
n of
wat
erC
omm
unity
CB
Os,
N
GO
s, G
OK
Initi
ate
long
term
mon
itorin
g pr
ogra
mm
e on
land
use
, rai
nfal
l and
riv
er fl
ow
Dat
aD
etec
tion
of tr
ends
KW
S, U
ON
, MU
�2
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
4. R
eser
ve Z
onat
ion
Dev
elop
a z
onat
ion
map
Map
in p
lace
Map
LBN
R
Clo
se a
cces
s ro
ads
to E
aste
rn &
w
este
rn s
hore
line
exc
ept a
t the
de
sign
ated
obs
erva
tion
poin
ts
Roa
d cl
osed
Min
imiz
ed v
isito
r im
pact
/ha
bita
t rec
over
yLB
NR
Clo
se a
cces
s to
San
dai r
iver
mou
th
Acc
ess
clos
edS
ecur
ed h
abita
t & im
prov
edLB
NR
Clo
se u
nnec
essa
ry ro
ads
in th
e R
eser
veR
oads
clo
sed
Sec
ured
hab
itat &
impr
oved
LBN
R
Con
stru
ct a
rais
ed ra
il to
con
trol v
isito
r cl
ose
prox
imity
to L
obur
u ge
yser
sFa
cilit
y in
pla
ceS
ecur
ed h
abita
t & im
prov
edLB
NR
• Cat
chm
ent Z
onat
ion
Iden
tify
fragi
le a
reas
(Ste
ep s
lope
s,
low
land
s fra
gile
soi
ls, r
ainf
all z
ones
)A
reas
iden
tified
Frag
ile a
reas
repo
rtA
ll st
akeh
olde
rs,
land
owne
rs
Pro
tect
frag
ile h
abita
tsA
reas
pro
tect
edS
ecur
ed h
abita
tA
ll st
akeh
olde
rs,
land
owne
rs
Iden
tify
land
use
type
sM
ap in
pla
ceC
atch
men
t lan
d us
e zo
nes
Res
earc
h In
stitu
tions
, LB
NR
Qua
ntify
env
ironm
enta
l im
pact
s of
va
rious
land
use
type
sD
ata
Impa
cts
quan
tified
by
land
use
Res
earc
h In
stitu
tions
, LB
NR
Soc
io e
cono
mic
sur
vey
Dat
aS
ocio
-eco
nom
ic c
ateg
orie
s id
entifi
edR
esea
rch
Inst
itutio
ns
5. R
esea
rch
To s
treng
then
man
agem
ent t
hrou
gh
gene
ratio
n of
sci
entifi
c in
form
atio
n by
I. U
nder
taki
ng e
colo
gica
l mon
itorin
g
I. Ec
olog
ical
mon
itorin
g
Vege
tatio
n m
onito
ring
Rep
orts
on
vege
tatio
n tre
nds
Vege
tatio
n tre
nds
repo
rts
Pro
gram
me
in p
lace
1 re
port
@ y
ear
LBN
R, W
WF
Col
lect
met
eoro
logi
cal d
ata
Mon
thly
repo
rtsTr
ends
in m
eteo
rolo
gy
esta
blis
hed
LBN
R, W
WF
Col
lect
ion
of R
iver
and
lake
leve
lsQ
uarte
rly p
rogr
ess
repo
rtsTr
ends
in ri
ver fl
ow a
nd la
ke
leve
ls e
stab
lishe
dLB
NR
, WW
F
Ani
mal
cou
nts
Qua
rterly
repo
rtsTr
ends
in w
ildlif
e dy
nam
ics
esta
blis
hed
LBN
R, W
WF
Wat
erfo
wl c
ount
sQ
uarte
rly re
ports
Tren
ds in
wat
erfo
wl
popu
latio
ns e
stab
lishe
dLB
NR
, WW
F
II. H
abita
t Mon
itorin
gII.
Hab
itat M
onito
ring
Vege
tatio
n m
onito
ring
Bia
nnua
l rep
orts
Tren
ds in
veg
etat
ion
stru
ctur
e de
term
ined
LBN
R, W
WF
Wat
er q
ualit
y m
onito
ring
Qua
rterly
repo
rtsTr
ends
in w
ater
qua
lity
esta
blis
hed
LBN
R, W
WF
Col
lect
env
ironm
enta
l dat
a in
the
catc
hmen
tA
nnua
l rep
orts
in e
nviro
nmen
t sta
tus
Tren
ds in
env
ironm
enta
l co
nditi
ons
esta
blis
hed
WW
F, C
omm
unity
, GO
K
Initi
ate
a m
onito
ring
prog
ram
me
of
wat
er q
ualit
y ac
ross
the
alka
line
lake
s in
the
Rift
val
ley
used
by
the
less
er
flam
ingo
Dat
a an
d re
ports
Tren
d in
wat
er Q
ualit
y th
at
affe
cts
less
er fl
amin
goK
WS
,MU
EU
,UoN
��
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
III. S
peci
al s
peci
es s
tudi
esIII
Spe
cies
stu
dies
to d
eter
min
e po
pula
tion
stat
us a
nd v
iabi
lity
Sta
tus
repo
rts o
n sp
ecie
s, v
iabi
lity
Man
agem
ent d
ecis
ions
de
rived
from
the
repo
rtsLB
NR
, KW
S, I
nstit
utio
ns
of h
ighe
r lea
rnin
g
Kud
u
Klip
Spr
inge
r
Gra
zers
Leop
ard
Spe
cial
ised
bro
wse
rs
6. D
evel
opm
ent
Con
stru
ctio
n of
bui
ldin
gs (S
taff
hous
es,
Offi
ce, G
ift s
hop,
wor
ksho
p, A
blut
ion
bloc
k, In
form
atio
n ce
ntre
)
Wor
ks p
rogr
ess
repo
rtsB
uild
ings
in p
lace
KW
S
Pur
chas
e of
veh
icle
s, p
lant
and
eq
uipm
ent
Pro
cure
men
t rep
ort
Faci
litie
s in
pla
ceK
WS
7. O
pera
tiona
lizat
ion
of th
e Im
plem
enta
tion
com
mitt
eeS
econ
d st
akeh
olde
r mee
ting
to e
lect
th
e im
plem
enta
tion
com
mitt
ee a
nd
endo
rse
the
IMP
Sta
keho
lder
mee
ting
Ele
cted
impl
emen
tatio
n co
mm
ittee
in p
lace
All
Sta
keho
lder
s
Sup
port
esta
blis
hmen
t of n
etw
ork
for
stak
ehol
ders
and
pro
posa
l writ
ing
Pro
posa
lFl
ow o
f inf
orm
atio
n an
d dr
aft
prop
osal
sK
WS
, MU
,UoN
,EU
and
do
nors
Sup
port
initi
al im
plem
enta
tion
com
mitt
ee m
eetin
g an
link
ages
to o
ther
ag
enci
es
Com
mitt
ee m
eetin
gFu
nctio
nal c
omm
ittee
KW
S, M
U,U
oN,E
U a
nd
dono
rs
��
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Obj
ectiv
eA
ctiv
ityB
udge
t yea
r in
US
D ‘0
001
23
45
TOTA
LI.
Educ
atio
n an
d A
war
enes
s in
upp
er
catc
hmen
tA
. For
mal
edu
catio
n an
d aw
aren
ess
• Sch
ool p
rogr
amm
es
Exp
and
Sch
ool e
duca
tion
prog
ram
me
& c
urric
ula
6.25
6.25
Dev
elop
Sch
ool e
duca
tion
prog
ram
me
& c
urric
ula
6.25
6.25
Dev
elop
mor
e ed
ucat
ion
mat
eria
ls50
50U
nder
take
Sch
ool e
duca
tion
prog
ram
me
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
5.0
Upg
rade
, m
aint
ain
reso
urce
/edu
catio
n in
form
atio
n ce
ntre
6.25
6.25
• Sch
ool o
utre
ach
prog
ram
me
Dev
elop
out
reac
h pr
ogra
mm
e6.
256.
25
Impl
emen
t out
reac
h pr
ogra
mm
eB
udge
t as
in 1
iii
• Sch
ool c
ampa
igns
Org
aniz
e sp
ecifi
c en
viro
nmen
tal r
allie
s (e
nviro
nmen
t day
, wet
land
day
, wor
ld
wat
er d
ay)
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
6.25
B. I
nfor
mal
edu
catio
n in
upp
er c
atch
men
t
Mob
iliza
tion
Iden
tify
targ
ets
grou
ps &
Dev
elop
out
reac
h m
ater
ials
55
Org
aniz
e pu
blic
Bar
azas
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
6.25
Com
mun
ity E
nviro
nmen
tal C
onse
rvat
ion
Form
loca
l env
ironm
enta
l con
serv
atio
n co
mm
ittee
s, c
omm
ittee
mee
tings
0.62
50.
625
0.62
50.
625
0.62
53.
125
II. C
omm
unity
Par
ticip
atio
n In
En
viro
nmen
tal C
onse
rvat
ion
Dev
elop
env
ironm
enta
l edu
catio
n pr
ogra
mm
e on
soi
l & w
ater
con
serv
atio
n, a
fo
rest
atio
n, re
sour
ce u
se,
0.62
50.
625
Dev
elop
env
ironm
enta
l edu
catio
n m
ater
ials
3.75
2.5
6.25
Und
erta
ke p
rogr
amm
e.6
25.6
25.6
25.6
25.6
253.
125
Est
ablis
h de
mon
stra
tion
plot
s1.
857
1.25
.625
.625
4.35
7O
rgan
ize
wor
ksho
ps fo
r Com
mun
ity le
ader
s1.
875
1.87
51.
875
1.87
51.
875
9.37
5
III. H
uman
Wild
life
Con
flict
& C
omm
unity
, D
evel
opm
ent &
Ent
erpr
ise
Proj
ects
Est
ablis
h ty
pes
& c
onfli
ct in
tens
ity0.
625
0.62
5Fo
rmul
ate
confl
ict m
itiga
tion
mea
sure
s3.
753.
75Id
entif
y co
mm
unity
soc
ial p
roje
cts
0.62
525
.0U
nder
take
com
mun
ity s
ocia
l pro
ject
s12
.512
.520
00Id
entif
y co
mm
unity
ent
erpr
ise
proj
ects
0.62
50.
625
Impl
emen
t com
mun
ity e
nter
pris
e pr
ojec
ts
12.5
12.5
12.5
37.5
IV. R
eser
ve m
anag
emen
tH
abita
t man
agem
ent (
vege
tatio
n)
Dev
elop
hab
itat m
anag
emen
t pro
gram
me
(fire
, Mec
hani
cal)
to m
eet P
ark
goal
s1.
251.
25Im
plem
ent h
abita
t man
agem
ent p
rogr
amm
e
•C
ontro
l bus
h en
croa
chm
ent
1.87
51.
251.
251.
250.
625
6.25
•
Ope
n gr
ass
land
s2.
52.
55.
0
•R
emov
e in
vasi
ve1.
251.
251.
251.
251.
256.
25
1.25
1.25
2.50
Dev
elop
wild
life
spec
ies
man
agem
ent s
trate
gy
1.25
1.25
Spe
cies
Man
agem
ent
Spe
cies
pop
ulat
ion
stud
ies
& m
anag
emen
t 50
3.75
2.5
54.2
5V.
Res
erve
Mai
nten
ance
& M
anag
emen
t P
rogr
amm
e
Com
plet
e S
taff
esta
blis
hmen
t0.
625
0.62
5Tr
aini
ng n
eeds
ass
essm
ent
1.25
1.25
Und
erta
ke tr
aini
ng50
5050
150
8.2.
1B
udge
t
��
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
A. I
nfra
stru
ctur
e
(i) W
ater
sup
ply
Iden
tify
wat
er s
ourc
es &
und
erta
ke w
ater
dis
tribu
tion
surv
ey1.
251.
25S
uppl
y w
ater
to s
peci
fic p
oint
s fo
r sta
ff6.
255.
01.
2512
.5(ii
) Roa
dsC
lose
and
upg
rade
as
nece
ssar
y3.
753.
75R
outin
e ro
ad m
aint
enan
ce6.
255.
03.
752.
52.
520
.0(ii
i) B
uild
ings
& h
ousi
ngM
aint
enan
ce o
f exi
stin
g bu
ildin
gs a
nd p
rovi
de s
taff
acco
mm
odat
ion
6.25
6.25
5.0
3.75
2.5
23.7
51.
Sec
urity
Ran
ger p
atro
ls1.
251.
251.
251.
251.
256.
25In
telli
genc
e in
form
atio
n ga
ther
ing
2.5
1.87
51.
875
1.87
51.
875
10.0
Pro
cure
men
t of s
ecur
ity e
quip
men
t6.
256.
2513
.52.
Tou
rism
(a) P
rom
otio
n
Pro
duce
tour
ist i
nfor
mat
ion
mat
eria
ls3.
753.
757.
5D
evel
op o
ther
tour
ism
faci
litie
s
- R
ehab
ilita
te c
amps
ites
& p
icni
c si
tes
6.25
6.25
3.75
16.2
5(b
) Div
ersi
fy T
ouris
mG
azet
te L
oboi
, Bar
ingo
as
cons
erva
tion
area
s 12
.50.
625
13.1
25E
stab
lish
Tour
ist f
acili
ties
(arte
fact
s, c
urio
-sho
p, c
ultu
ral v
illag
es)
0.62
50.
625
0.62
50.
625
2.5
Feas
ibili
ty s
tudy
& d
esig
ns fo
r a s
afar
i wal
k 6.
252.
58.
75
Dev
elop
tour
ist c
ircui
t in
the
catc
hmen
t3.
753.
757.
5C
onst
ruct
gua
rd ra
ils12
.512
.5O
pen
cam
psite
at s
elec
ted
site
s1.
251.
25
3. C
omm
unity
Dev
elop
men
t and
C
atch
men
t Man
agem
ent
Cam
paig
n ag
ains
t pol
ythe
ne a
nd p
last
ics
6.25
6.25
3.12
53.
125
3.12
521
.875
A fo
rest
atio
n (o
n fa
rm tr
ee p
lant
ing)
18.7
56.
256.
256.
256.
2543
.75
Con
stitu
te L
and
use
plan
ning
team
to c
o-or
dina
te la
nd u
se6.
252.
56.
45R
iver
ban
k re
habi
litat
ion
12.5
6.25
6.25
6.25
6.25
37.5
Soi
l ero
sion
con
trol
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
62.5
Con
trol W
ater
abs
tract
ion
from
rive
rs &
gro
und
wat
er6.
256.
256.
256.
256.
2531
.25
Pro
mot
e E
nerg
y co
nser
vatio
n (J
ikos
, sol
ar)
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
62.5
Sur
face
runo
ff ha
rves
ting
alon
g ro
ads
2525
12.5
6.25
6.25
75C
lose
acc
ess
road
s to
flam
ingo
land
ing
poin
ts, S
anda
i Riv
er m
outh
& re
stric
t en
try p
ast h
ot s
prin
gs e
xcep
t at t
he d
esig
nate
d ob
serv
atio
n po
ints
2512
.52.
538
4. R
eser
ve z
onat
ion
(a) P
ark
Con
stru
ctio
n of
gua
rd ra
ils a
t vie
w p
oint
s62
.562
.5de
ntify
frag
ile h
abita
ts &
pro
tect
12.5
12.5
Iden
tify
land
use
type
s &
reco
mm
end
appr
opria
te u
se in
eac
h si
te87
.587
.5S
ocio
-eco
nom
ic s
urve
y18
.75
18.7
537
.5(b
) Cat
chm
ent z
onat
ion
Eco
logi
cal m
onito
ring
Vege
tatio
n m
onito
ring
62.5
62.5
62.5
62.5
62.5
312.
5
��
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
5. R
esea
rch
I. To
Stre
ngth
en m
anag
emen
t thr
ough
ge
nera
tion
of s
cien
tific
info
rmat
ion
II. U
nder
taki
ng E
colo
gica
l Mon
itorin
g
Col
lect
met
eoro
logi
cal d
ata
& e
stab
lish
com
mun
ity ra
infa
ll st
atio
ns in
the
uppe
r ca
tchm
ent
251.
251.
251.
251.
2531
.3
Col
lect
ion
of R
iver
and
lake
leve
ls50
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
60A
nim
al c
ount
s6.
256.
256.
256.
256.
2531
.25
Wat
erfo
wl c
ount
s12
.512
.512
.512
.512
.562
.5II.
Hab
itat M
onito
ring
Vege
tatio
n m
onito
ring
Bud
get i
nclu
ded
in 1
abo
ve, v
eget
atio
n m
onito
ring
II. H
abita
t Mon
itorin
gW
ater
qua
lity
mon
itorin
g18
7.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
205.
5III
Spe
cies
stu
dies
to d
eter
min
e po
pula
tion
stat
us a
nd v
iabi
lity
58.7
5K
udu,
Klip
Spr
inge
r & G
raze
rs &
ass
ess
man
agem
ent i
nter
vent
ions
56.2
52.
525
0
III. S
peci
al s
peci
es s
tudi
esC
onst
ruct
ion
of b
uild
ings
- Edu
catio
n H
oste
l & A
blut
ion
bloc
k25
0O
ffice
blo
ck12
512
5
6. R
eser
ve D
evel
opm
ent
Sta
ff ho
uses
375
375
Mec
hani
cal w
orks
hop
125
125
Hou
ses
7570
6050
225
Roa
ds15
1515
1515
757.
Mai
nten
ance
P
rocu
rem
ent o
f veh
icle
s, p
lant
and
equ
ipm
ent
1,37
51,
375
�7
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Appendices
Appendix 1: Trees and shrubs of Lake Bogoria National Reserve and its environsScientific Name Common Name Local Name Scientific Name Common Name Local NameBoscia angustifolia Linto Opuntia opuntia Prickly cactus MatunchiateAcacia milliner Hook thorn Ngorore Warbugia ugandesis SokeGrecian villas Mokuywe Grevia bicolor SiteweCasaba farinose Imbirikwo Rrhus natalensis Red currant SiriandeVaries glomeration Chepkoriande Acacia tortilis Umbrella thorn SesiaAcacia militia Egyptian thorn Chepiywe Aloe secundiflora Aloe TangaretweAcacia deficient Barsule Maema angolense CheboskeweCumbersome aculeate Kamsalawa Kigelia africana Sausage RotinwoGrecian tuna Toronwe Calotropis procera Elephant apple LopusakiiCappers trascularis Korobuywe Cordial ovalis cordia TembererweCumbersome hereroense Miskitwe Acalypha indica Walbeyon/
jepnondosSalvadora persica Toothbrush tree Sokotoiwo Aclyrantha aspera ChesirimBalanite aegyptiaca Desert date Ngoswe Albublin spp. Kipnyali/kiptulwaAcacia brevispiza Wait-a-bit thorn Gornista Boscia salicifolia KuriondeCasaba edulis Eidumeitolyon Cucumis spp SolopchesinyAlchornea fruticosa Lokurwe Euphorbia tirucalli Finger euphorbia KormotwoCissus rotundifolia Rorowe Maerua triphylla RosonBerchemioa discolor Wild almond Muchukwe Ludwigia spp. ChepchorusionCommiphora samharansis Kelepmoi Lycium europaeum Kipyambatia
/kipnagetEuphorbia scartina Ele Gardenia ternifolia KipbulwoCommiphora edulis Masian Albizia amara KotutwoCroton dischogamus Kelelwe Commifora africana TolginySterculia stenocapa Mukoywo Acacia gerrardii SibeldiAdenum venenata Sotoplekech Olea europaea Brown olive TemtitAdenum obesum somalensis
Simbalwe Pappea capensis Kibiriokwo
Lannea triphylla Tabuye Solanum nignum SojonteAlbizia anthelmintica Barmukunte Syzygium gguineense/
cordataLomoiwo
Terminalia brownee Koloswo Lanea fulua LelitAspragus africana Tobororwe Dodonaea angustifolia/
viscosahopbush Tibilibkwo
Cumbersome molle Cumbersome Chepchopoiwo Ocorea kenyesis KipnagetAcacia senegalis Gum Arabic
thornChemange Tarchonanthus comphoratus Lelekwet
Dichrostachy cinerea Tinet Carrisa edulis LegetetwetZiziphus macronata Buffalo thorn Noiwet Pisticia aethopica tuldaEuphorbia candlebrum Kunes Ficus thonningii Strangler fig SimotweOrmocarpum kenieuse Chemoyukobil Phyllantus zepialis Ariab lakwaAcacia ceyal White thorn Lengne Crateva adansonii KolewonHaplocoelum foliotosum Kokonte Lantana camara KetipDiospyros scabra Tuwetye Meyna tetraphyila TilingwoCissus quadringularis Sungurtutwe Terminalia spinosa TukuwemetZanthoxylum chalybeum Knob wood Kokchante Acacia drepanolobium Whistling thorn NgoweMaema subcordata Chepuluswo Premna resinosa Britapta/kekechMaema decumbens Monogwo Arundinalia alpina Mountain bamboo TegandeAcacia hockii Tilatilie Vanguemia madagascarensis KomolweTarmarindus indica Tarmarind Orwe Ficus sycomorus Sycomore fig Lokoywe
��
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Appendix 2. Lake Bogoria National Reserve checklist of mammals
Common name Scientific name Remark
Greater kudu Tragelaphus strepsiceros Threatened
Cape buffalo Syncerus caffer Rarely seen
Impala Aepyceros melampus rendilis Common
Grants gazelle Gazella granti Common
Dikdik Rhynchotragus kirki Common
Klipspringer Oreotragus oreotragus Rare
Blue duiker Cephalophus caeruleus Rare
Yellow – backed duiker Cephalophus silvicultor Rare
Anubis baboon Papio anubis Common
Leopard Panthera pardus Very rare
Serval cat Felis (Leptailurus) serval Very rare
Wildcat Felis (Sylvestris) libyca Very rare
Common waterbuck Kobus ellipsiprymnus Rare
Wart hog Phacochoerus aethiopicus Common
Bush pig Potamochoerus porcus Common
Common jackal Canis aureus Common
Spotted hyena Crocuta crocuta Rare
Stripped hyena Hyaena hyaena Rare
Bat-eared fox Otocyon megalotis Rare
Burchell’s zebra Equus (Hippotigris) burchelli Common
Patas monkey Erythrocebus patas Rare
Vervet monkey Cercopithecus pygerythrus Common
Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus Rare
Aardvark Orycteropus afer Rare
��
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Appendix 3. Lake Bogoria National Reserve checklist of birdsCommon Name Scientific Name Common Name Scientific NameCommon Ostrich Struthio camelus Jackson’s Francolin Francolinus jacksoniLittle Grebe Tachibuptus ruficollis Crested Francolin Francolinus saphaenaBlack necked Grebe Podiceps nigricollis Black Crake Amaurornis flavirostrisGreat-white pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus Grey Crown Crane Balearica regulorumCattle Egret bubulcus ibis Black-winged Stilt Himantopujsn himantopusStriaed/Green-backed Heron butorides striatu Pied Avocet Recurviurosta avosettaLittle Egret Egretta garzeta Spur winged Lapwing Vanellus spinosusGredy Heron Ardea cinerea Crowned Lapwing Vanellus coronatusBlack-headed Heron Ardea malanocephala Black-headed lapwing Vanellus tectusHamerkop scopus umbretta Kittlitz’s plover Charadrius pecuariusYellow-billed stork Mycteria ibis Three-banded plover Charadrius tricollarisWooly-necked Stork Ciconia episcopus Common ringed plover Charadrius hiaticulaMarabou stork Leptoptilos crumeniferus Lesser sandpiper Chandarius mongolusSacred ibis Threskiornis aethiopicus Little Bee-eater Merops pasilliusHadada ibis Bostrychia hagedash Cinammon-chested Bee-eater Meros oreobatesGlossy ibis Bostrychia falcinellus European Bee-eater Merops apiasterGreater flamingo Phoenicopterus rubber Madagascar Bee-eater Merops superiliosusLesser flamingo Phoenicopterus minor Lilac breasted Roller Coraciass caudateEgyptian Goose Alopochen aegyptiacus Green Wood Hoopoe Phoeniculus purpureusSpur- winged goose Plectopterus gambensis African Hoopoe Upupa AfricanaKnob–billed duck Sarkidiornis melanotos Red- billed Hornbill Tockus erythrorhynchusWhite –faced Whistling Duck Dendrocygna viduata Von der Deckens Hornbill Tockus deckeniCape Teal Anas capensis Jackson’s Hornbill Tockus jacksoniYellow-billed Kite Milvus parasiticus African Grey Hornbill Tockus nasutusAfrican fish eagle Haliaeetus vocifer Red-fronted Tinkerbird Pogoniulus pusillusAfrican Harrier-Hawk Polyboroides typus Red-fronted Barbet Tricholaema diademataAugar buzzard Buteo augur Black throated Barbet Tricholaema melanocephalaCommon buzzard Buteo buteo White -headed Barbet Lybius leucocephalusMontangu’s Harrier Circus ranivorus d’Arnaud’s Barbet Trachyphonus darnaudiiDark Chantineg Goshhawk Melierax metabates Red and Yellow Barbet Trachyphonus erythrophalusGabar Goshhawk Micronisus gabar Lesser Honeyguide Indicator minorTawny Eagle Aquila rapax Nubian Woodpecker Campethera nubicaSteppe Eagle Aquila nipalensis orientalis Cardinal Woodpecker Dendropicos fuscescnsVerreaux Eagle Aquila verreauxii Bearded Woodpecker Dendropicos namaquusMartial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosdus Grey Woodpecker Dendropicos goertaePygmy Falcon Polihierax semitorquatus Fischer’s Sparrow Lark Eremopterix leucopareiaPeregrine Falcon Falco peregrinus Rock Martin Hirundo filigulaHelmeted Guinea fowl Numida meleagris Plain Martin Riparia paludicolaRed-rumped Swallow Hirundo fuligula Sand Martin Riparia ripariaLesser striped swallow Hirundo abyssinica African scops-owl Otus senegalensisBarn swallow Hirundo rustica Verreaux’s eagle-owl Bubo lacteusWire-tailed swallow Hirundo smithii Pearl-spotted owlet Glaucidium perlatumAfrican pied wagtail Motacilla lutea Little swift Apus affinisCommon bulbul Pycnonotus barbatus White-rumped swift Apus cafferAfrican thrush Turdus pelios Mottled swift Apus aequatorialisIsabelline wheatear Oenanthe pleschanka Nyanza swift Apus niansaeSported morning Thrush Cichladusa guttata Eurasian swift Apus apusGrey-baked camaroptera Camaptera brachyuran Speckled mousebird Colias striatusSouthern black flycatcher Melaenornis pammelaina Blue-naped mouse bird Urocolias macrourusAfrican grey flycatcher Bradornis microrhynchus Red-faced mouse bird Urocolias indicusSilverbird Empidornis semipartitus Grey-headed kingfisher Halcyon leucocephalaRufous chatterer Turdoides rubiginosus Woodland kingfisher Halcyon senegalensisNorthern pied babbler Turdoides hypoleucus Malachite kingfisher Alcedo cristataWhite-bellied tit Parus albiventris African pigmy kingfisher Ispidina pictaNorthern grey tit Parus thruppi Beautiful sunbird Cinnyris pulchellaRed-throated tit Parus fringillinus Eastern violet-backed sunbird Anthreptes orientalisRuff Philomanchus pugnax Common fiscal Lanius collarisCommon sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Long-tailed fiscal Lanius cabanisiWood sandpiper Tringa glareola Grey-backed fiscal Lanius excubitoroidesGreen sandpiper Tringer ochropus Slate-coloured boubou Laniarius funebris
�0
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Common greenshank Tringa nebularis Brubru Nilaus aferMarsh sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis Black-backed puffback Dryoscopus cubiaSpotted redshank Tringa erythropus Nothern White-crowned shrike Eurocephalus rueppelliLittle stint Calidris minuta Fork-tailed drongo Dicrurus adsimilisCurlew sandpiper Calidris ferriginea Pied crow Corvus albusCommon snipe Gallinago gallinago African black-headed oriole Oriolus larvatusLichtenstein’s sand grouse Pterocles lichtensteinii African golden oriole Oriolus auratusAfrica green-pigeon Treron calva Red-billed oxpecker Buphagus erythrorhynchusSpeckled pigeon Columba guinea Ashy starling Cosmopsarus unicolorEmerald-spotted wood-dove Turtur chalcospilos Ruppell’s long-tailed starling Lamprotornis purpuropterusNamaqua dove Oena capensis Magpie starling Speculipastor bicolarRing-necked dove Streptopelia capicola Supurb starling Lamprotornis superbusRed-eyed dove Streptopelia semitorquata Wattled starling Creatophora cinereaAfrican mourning dove Streptopelia decipiens House sparrow Passer domesticaLaughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis Chestnut sparrow Passer eminibeyWhite-belied go-away-bird Corythaixoides leucogaster Grey-headed sparrow Passer griseusWhite-browed coucal Centropus superciliosus White-browed sparrow-weaver Plocepasser mahaliWhite-billed buffalo-weaver Bubalornis albirostris White-headed buffalo-weaver Dinemellia dinemelliNorthern masked weaver Ploceus taeniopterus Pin-tailed whydah Vidua macrouraSpeke’s weaver Ploceus spekei Straw-tailed whydah Vidua fischeriJackson’s Golden-backed weaver
Ploceus jacksoni Steel-blue whydah Vidua hypocherina
Red-headed weaver Anaplectes rubriceps Village indigobird Vidua chalybeateRed-cheeked cordon-bleu Uraeginthus bengalus African citril Serinus citrinelloidesBlue-capped cordon-bleu Uraeginthus cyanocephalus Streaky seedeater Serinus striolatusRed-billed firefinch Lagonosticta senegala
�1
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
App
endi
x 4:
Inst
itutio
nal L
inka
ges
Inst
itutio
nFu
nctio
nsPo
tent
ial r
ole
Cap
acity
Are
a of
ope
ratio
n
LAU
rban
& R
eser
ve D
evel
opm
ent
Urb
an P
lann
ing,
dev
elop
men
t & P
ollu
tion
cont
rol
Em
pow
ered
to e
nact
loca
l G
over
nmen
t pol
icy,
has
pol
itica
l in
fluen
ce
Cou
nty
KW
SW
ildlif
e M
anag
emen
t &
Con
serv
atio
nB
iodi
vers
ity &
Nat
ure
cons
erva
tion,
Tou
rist
deve
lopm
ent
Stro
ng n
et w
ork,
lim
ited
reso
urce
s in
co
mpa
rison
to m
anda
teN
atio
nal P
arks
, For
est
Res
erve
s an
d C
omm
uniti
es,
biod
iver
sity
are
asFo
rest
Dep
artm
ent
Fore
stry
Con
serv
atio
n &
de
velo
pmen
tIm
plem
enta
tion
of fo
rest
man
agem
ent &
ext
ensi
on,
catc
hmen
t con
serv
atio
nS
trong
net
wor
k, w
eak
in re
sour
ces
Gaz
ette
d fo
rest
s an
d ex
tens
ion
coun
try w
ide
Wat
er D
epar
tmen
tC
onse
rvat
ion
& a
ppor
tionm
ent o
f w
ater
reso
urce
sP
rote
ctio
n of
wat
er s
uppl
y &
the
catc
hmen
t, riv
er
bank
pro
tect
ion
Stro
ng n
etw
ork,
wea
k in
reso
urce
sN
atio
n-w
ide
and
loca
l
Dis
trict
Env
ironm
ent
Com
mitt
eeC
oord
inat
ion
of e
nviro
nmen
tal
prot
ectio
n an
d co
nser
vatio
n ac
tiviti
esM
obili
zatio
n of
env
ironm
enta
l act
ors
and
mon
itorin
g of
env
ironm
enta
l con
ditio
nsS
trong
net
wor
k th
roug
h el
ecte
d le
ader
s, li
mite
d re
sour
ces
&
tech
nica
l kno
w-h
ow
Dis
trict
leve
l upt
o C
omm
uniti
es
Dis
trict
Dev
elop
men
t C
omm
ittee
Pla
nnin
g &
coo
rdin
atio
n of
de
velo
pmen
t act
iviti
esM
obili
zatio
n of
Com
mun
ities
, fee
dbac
k &
eva
luat
ion
of p
roje
ct a
ctiv
ities
at D
istri
ct le
vel a
nd la
ndus
e pl
anni
ng
Wea
k, la
ck o
f ski
lled
man
pow
er &
re
sour
ces
com
pare
d to
man
date
Dis
trict
leve
l
Ken
ya A
gric
ultu
ral R
esea
rch
Inst
itute
Agr
icul
tura
l Res
earc
h &
info
rmat
ion
diss
emin
atio
nR
esea
rch
& a
dvis
e on
agr
icul
tura
l asp
ects
Stro
ng in
rese
arch
, tec
hnic
al k
now
-ho
w.
Nat
ion-
wid
e w
ith
inte
rnat
iona
l con
tact
sN
atio
nal M
useu
m o
f Ken
yaR
esea
rch,
Edu
catio
n &
con
serv
atio
n of
her
itage
Res
earc
h &
info
rmat
ion
prov
isio
n on
bio
dive
rsity
&
cultu
ral a
spec
tsS
trong
in re
sear
chN
atio
nal
WW
F an
d ot
her N
GO
’s o
r C
BO
’sC
omm
unity
bas
ed d
evel
opm
ent &
co
nser
vatio
n in
itiat
ives
Mob
iliza
tion,
Con
serv
atio
n, E
duca
tion
& a
war
enes
s an
d R
esea
rch
Stro
ng n
etw
ork
& re
sour
ces
Nak
uru
catc
hmen
t
WC
KE
duca
tion
Mob
iliza
tion
& e
duca
tion
Stro
ng n
etw
ork
Nat
ion
wid
e
KR
EM
UN
atur
al re
sour
ces
surv
ey a
nd
rese
arch
Res
earc
hS
trong
in re
sear
ch, t
echn
ical
kno
w-
how
. N
atio
n-w
ide
with
in
tern
atio
nal c
onta
cts
Agr
icul
ture
Dep
artm
ent
Agr
icul
tura
l dev
elop
men
tS
oil e
rosi
on a
nd s
iltat
ion
cont
rol,
eutro
phic
atio
n co
ntro
l, ag
ro-c
hem
ical
pol
lutio
n co
ntro
l, riv
er b
asin
pr
otec
tion
and
catc
hmen
t pro
tect
ion
Stro
ng n
etw
orki
ng li
mite
d by
re
sour
ces
com
pare
d to
man
date
, te
chni
cal k
now
how
.H
ighe
r Lea
rnin
g In
stitu
tions
Res
earc
h an
d ed
ucat
ion
Res
earc
h an
d ed
ucat
ion,
info
rmat
ion
diss
emin
atio
nS
trong
in re
sear
ch, t
echn
ical
kno
w-
how
. N
atio
n-w
ide
with
in
tern
atio
nal c
onta
cts
�2
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Man
agem
ent U
nit/a
rea
Issu
esO
ptio
nsIm
plem
enta
tion
Str
ateg
yM
anag
emen
t Aut
hori
ty/im
plem
ente
rs
catc
hmen
tA
ffore
stat
ion
Est
ablis
h tre
e nu
rser
ies
Fore
st D
epar
tmen
t to
give
tech
nica
l exp
ertis
e in
af
fore
stat
ion
proc
ess.
Oth
er a
genc
ies
to g
ive
logi
stic
al
supp
ort.
Com
mun
ity to
pla
y an
act
ive
role
in fo
rest
es
tabl
ishm
ent.
Fore
st d
epar
tmen
t, Lo
cal c
omm
unity
and
ot
her c
onse
rvat
ion
agen
cies
Fore
st re
habi
litat
ion
Tree
pla
ntin
g on
com
mun
al b
asis
Fore
st D
ept.,
Com
mun
ityO
n fa
rm tr
ee p
lant
ing
Com
mun
ity to
pla
nt, w
ith te
chni
cal a
dvic
e fro
m th
e fo
rest
de
partm
ent.
Oth
er a
genc
ies
like
WW
F to
ass
ist
Fore
st d
epar
tmen
t, C
omm
unity
, WW
F an
d A
gric
ultu
reD
efor
esta
tion
Stri
ct a
dher
ence
to e
xist
ing
law
Fore
st g
uard
s an
d K
WS
rang
ers
to a
ppre
hend
la
wbr
eake
rs.
Fore
st D
epar
tmen
t, K
WS
, Loc
al a
utho
rity,
an
d La
w c
ourts
.E
duca
tion
and
awar
enes
s on
the
harm
ful e
ffect
s of
def
ores
tatio
nTr
aini
ng o
f edu
catio
nist
s an
d ex
tens
ion
offic
ers
whi
le
mob
ilisi
ng c
omm
uniti
es th
roug
h a
botto
m u
p ap
proa
ch.
WW
F, W
CK
and
KW
S e
duca
tion
prog
ram
mes
Soi
l ero
sion
, S
iltat
ion
and
eutro
phic
atio
n
Terr
acin
gA
gric
ultu
re to
iden
tify
area
s fo
r ter
race
s &
pro
vide
Te
chni
cal a
dvic
eA
gric
ultu
re, C
omm
unity
, WW
F
Terr
ace
prot
ectio
nC
omm
unity
to u
nder
take
em
bank
men
tA
gric
ultu
re, C
omm
unity
Agr
ofor
estry
/win
d br
eaks
Agr
icul
ture
to a
dvic
e co
mm
unity
on
sust
aina
ble
met
hods
of
agr
ofor
estry
Agr
icul
ture
, For
est,
Com
mun
ity, W
WF
Land
use
pla
nnin
gP
hysi
cal p
lann
er to
ens
ure
land
use
and
pla
nnin
g co
nfirm
to
IEM
Phy
sica
l Pla
nner
, Adm
inis
tratio
n
Con
tour
plo
ughi
ng
Agr
icul
ture
to e
nsur
e al
l far
m o
n sl
oppy
gro
unds
are
te
rrac
edA
gric
ultu
re, L
ocal
Com
mun
ity
Mig
ratio
n an
d La
nd p
rosp
ectin
gS
treng
then
the
exis
ting
law
s on
land
en
croa
chm
ent a
nd p
rosp
ectin
g.
Aut
horit
ies
in c
harg
e of
land
adj
udic
atio
n be
sen
sitis
ed o
n en
viro
nmen
tal i
ssue
s.M
inis
tries
of L
ands
– E
nviro
nmen
t, K
WS
, W
WF,
WC
KD
isco
urag
e sq
uatte
rs a
nd re
loca
tion
of p
eopl
e es
peci
ally
trib
al c
lash
vi
ctim
s.
Awar
enes
s an
d ed
ucat
ion
prog
ram
mes
esp
ecia
lly
for m
igra
nt la
ndow
ners
not
fam
iliar
with
cer
tain
en
viro
nmen
tal i
ssue
s.
WW
F, W
CK
, KW
S, M
EN
R, M
LS
Ove
rpop
ulat
ion
Pla
n fo
r rap
idly
exp
andi
ng
popu
latio
n. E
ncou
rage
fam
ily
plan
ning
stra
tegi
es e
spec
ially
whe
re
popu
latio
n ar
e yo
uthf
ul.
Con
stru
ctio
n of
hou
sing
sc
hem
es th
at p
ut e
nviro
nmen
tal.
cons
ider
atio
ns in
to p
lace
Min
istri
es o
f Env
ironm
ent,
Hea
lth, P
lann
ing
etc
to w
ork
in
conc
ert a
nd a
rticu
late
issu
es o
f mut
ual c
once
rn.
Stre
ss
fam
ily p
lann
ing
as a
way
of r
educ
ing
over
relia
nce
on
natu
ral r
esou
rces
Min
istri
es o
f Hea
lth, P
lann
ing,
Env
to w
ork
in
conc
ert a
nd w
ith lo
gica
l sup
port
from
KW
S,
WW
F, W
CK
sch
ools
and
chu
rche
s.
App
endi
x 5:
Inst
itutio
nal f
ram
ewor
k an
d co
llabo
ratio
n
��
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Man
agem
ent U
nit/a
rea
Issu
esO
ptio
nsIm
plem
enta
tion
Str
ateg
yM
anag
emen
t Aut
hori
ty /i
mpl
emen
ters
Cat
chm
ent
Agr
icul
ture
Inte
grat
ed fa
rm u
seA
gric
ultu
re to
con
form
to IE
MA
gric
ultu
re, C
omm
unity
Agr
o-ch
emic
als
Con
trol l
each
ing
Agr
icul
ture
to c
onfir
m to
Agr
o-ch
emic
al c
ontro
lA
gric
ultu
re, C
omm
unity
Avoi
d us
e of
non
bio
degr
adab
le a
gro-
chem
ical
sP
rom
ote
use
and
appl
icat
ion
of b
iode
grad
able
ferti
lizer
s.
Agr
icul
ture
to tr
ain
farm
ers
on u
se o
f bio
degr
adab
leA
gric
ultu
re, C
omm
unity
Riv
er b
ank
prot
ectio
nU
se 3
0 m
stri
p fo
r gra
ss p
lots
and
fo
rest
ryA
gric
ultu
re a
nd la
ndow
ners
to e
nsur
e th
is s
trip
is u
sed
wis
ely.
E.g
. Lik
e gr
owin
g gr
ass
Agr
icul
ture
, Com
mun
ity
Urb
an C
entre
sIn
frast
ruct
ure
deve
lopm
ent
Con
trol s
urfa
ce ru
n-of
fP
ublic
wor
ks a
nd c
omm
unity
to e
nsur
e ro
ads
have
ad
equa
te a
nd re
leva
nt d
rain
age
syst
ems
in p
lace
Pub
lic w
orks
, Com
mun
ity, A
ll
Fuel
Woo
dA
grof
ores
tryC
omm
unity
to p
lat t
rees
and
use
ene
rgy
savi
ng ji
kos
in
each
hom
e st
ead;
Tra
in c
omm
unity
on
ener
gy c
onse
rvat
ion
Com
mun
ity, F
ores
t, A
ll
Use
of e
nerg
y co
nser
ving
sto
ves
Land
use
/P
lann
ing
Enc
oura
ge In
tegr
ated
land
use
pr
actic
esP
hysi
cal p
lann
er, A
dmin
istra
tion,
Lan
ds a
nd s
ettle
men
t to
ensu
re a
ll pl
ans
com
ply
to IE
MA
LL
Pol
lutio
n (S
olid
an
d Li
quid
w
aste
)
Incr
ease
mon
itorin
g of
sol
id a
nd
liqui
d w
aste
pol
lutio
n e.
g. o
il sp
illag
e by
trac
ks a
nd h
ouse
hold
effl
uent
s in
to ri
vers
.
Loca
l aut
horit
ies
to e
nhan
ce e
fforts
in c
olla
bora
ting
toge
ther
and
with
oth
ers
espe
cial
ly in
are
as w
here
they
ha
ve n
o ju
risdi
ctio
n.
Loca
l Cou
ncils
NE
MA
Dra
inag
eA
sses
s w
ater
take
offs
and
usa
ge in
im
porta
nt c
atch
men
t are
as s
uch
as
Sub
ukia
Wat
er d
epar
tmen
t to
prov
ide
tech
nica
l ass
ista
nce,
oth
er
inst
itutio
ns to
pro
vide
logi
stic
al s
uppo
rt.W
ater
dep
artm
ent,
Loca
l cou
ncils
, WW
F
Und
erta
ke E
IA’s
on
bore
hole
co
nstru
ctio
n an
d w
ater
dis
tribu
tion
stra
tegi
es
Edu
cate
and
cre
ate
awar
enes
s on
the
wis
e us
e pr
inci
ple.
WW
F, K
WS
, WC
K, M
inis
try o
f Wat
er.
��
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Man
agem
ent U
nit/a
rea
Issu
esO
ptio
nsIm
plem
enta
tion
Str
ateg
yM
anag
emen
t Aut
hori
ty/im
plem
ente
rs
Nat
iona
l Res
erve
Wild
life
dyna
mic
s,
Wild
life
Man
agem
ent
Man
age
stoc
king
rate
s an
d po
pula
tions
of w
ildlif
e sp
ecie
sE
stab
l�sh
Par
k E
colo
g�ca
l mon
�tor�n
g pr
ogra
mm
e &
de
term
�ne
Par
k b�
omas
s by
:B
iom
ass
estim
atio
nC
ensu
sR
emot
e se
nsin
g
• • •
KW
S, C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Est
ablis
h P
ark
spec
ies
carr
ying
cap
aciti
esK
W C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Man
age
spec
�es
stoc
ks b
y:C
ullin
gE
xcha
nge
Trad
e
• • •
KW
S C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Hab
itat
man
agem
ent
Est
ablis
h ha
bita
t man
agem
ent
prog
ram
mes
Dev
elop
& im
plem
ent A
ctiv
e ha
bita
t man
agem
ent
prog
ram
me
like:
Fire
regi
me
& p
rogr
amm
eH
abita
t mec
hani
cal c
ontro
lZo
natio
n
• • •
KW
S C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Pol
lutio
nM
anag
e po
llutio
n le
vels
, co
llabo
rate
and
net
wor
k w
ith o
ther
in
stitu
tions
Dev
elop
wat
er q
ualit
y m
onito
ring
prog
ram
me
KW
S, C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Enc
oura
ge K
AR
I to
play
a ro
le IP
MK
AR
I, K
WS
, Cou
nty
Cou
ncils
Visi
tor
man
agem
ent
Man
age
Tour
ist a
ctiv
ities
and
di
vers
ifyE
stab
lish
Res
erve
Tou
rist c
arry
ing
capa
city
LBN
RS
, Ins
titut
ions
of h
ighe
r lea
rnin
g
Dev
elop
oth
er to
uris
m fa
cilit
ies
Hot
elie
rs, L
ocal
Aut
horit
ies
Div
ersi
fy T
ouris
m a
ctiv
ities
in th
e pl
an a
rea
thro
ugh
deve
lopm
ent o
f new
tour
ism
attr
actio
nsLo
cal A
utho
ritie
s, H
otel
iers
, Tou
r ope
rato
rs
Inva
der s
peci
esP
ursu
e ec
olog
ical
ly fr
iend
ly
land
use
pra
ctic
es th
at p
reve
nt
over
stoc
king
and
ani
mal
co
nfine
men
t lik
ely
to le
ad to
in
stab
ility
.
Pre
vent
soi
l ero
sion
, com
pact
ion
and
degr
adat
ion
that
allo
ws
over
grow
th o
f inv
asiv
e sp
ecie
s
Enc
oura
ge c
ullin
g of
ove
rsto
cked
spe
cies
and
man
ual
rem
oval
of i
nvas
ive
plan
t spe
cies
.K
WS
, WW
F, K
AR
I, M
oL&
FD
��
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Man
agem
ent U
nit/a
rea
Issu
esO
ptio
nsIm
plem
enta
tion
Str
ateg
yM
anag
emen
t Aut
hori
ty/im
plem
ente
rs
Nat
iona
l Res
erve
Wild
life
dyna
mic
s,
Wild
life
Man
agem
ent
Man
age
stoc
king
rate
s an
d po
pula
tions
of w
ildlif
e sp
ecie
sE
stab
l�sh
Par
k E
colo
g �ca
l mon
�tor�n
g pr
ogra
mm
e &
de
term
�ne
Par
k b�
omas
s by
:B
iom
ass
estim
atio
nC
ensu
sR
emot
e se
nsin
g
• • •
KW
S, C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Est
ablis
h P
ark
spec
ies
carr
ying
cap
aciti
esK
W C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Man
age
spec
�es
stoc
ks b
y:C
ullin
gE
xcha
nge
T rad
e
• • •
KW
S C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Hab
itat
man
agem
ent
Est
ablis
h ha
bita
t man
agem
ent
prog
ram
mes
Dev
elop
& im
plem
ent A
ctiv
e ha
bita
t man
agem
ent
prog
ram
me
like:
Fire
regi
me
& p
rogr
amm
eH
abita
t mec
hani
cal c
ontro
lZo
natio
n
• • •
KW
S C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Pol
lutio
nM
anag
e po
llutio
n le
vels
, co
llabo
rate
and
net
wor
k w
ith o
ther
in
stitu
tions
Dev
elop
wat
er q
ualit
y m
onito
ring
prog
ram
me
KW
S, C
ount
y C
ounc
ils, I
nstit
utio
ns o
f hig
her l
earn
ing
Enc
oura
ge K
AR
I to
play
a ro
le IP
MK
AR
I, K
WS
, Cou
nty
Cou
ncils
Visi
tor
man
agem
ent
Man
age
Tour
ist a
ctiv
ities
and
di
vers
ifyE
stab
lish
Res
erve
Tou
rist c
arry
ing
capa
city
LBN
RS
, Ins
titut
ions
of h
ighe
r lea
rnin
g
Dev
elop
oth
er to
uris
m fa
cilit
ies
Hot
elie
rs, L
ocal
Aut
horit
ies
Div
ersi
fy T
ouris
m a
ctiv
ities
in th
e pl
an a
rea
thro
ugh
deve
lopm
ent o
f new
tour
ism
attr
actio
nsLo
cal A
utho
ritie
s, H
otel
iers
, Tou
r ope
rato
rs
Inva
der s
peci
esP
ursu
e ec
olog
ical
ly fr
iend
ly
land
use
pra
ctic
es th
at p
reve
nt
over
stoc
king
and
ani
mal
co
nfine
men
t lik
ely
to le
ad to
in
stab
ility
.
Pre
vent
soi
l ero
sion
, com
pact
ion
and
degr
adat
ion
that
allo
ws
over
grow
th o
f inv
asiv
e sp
ecie
s
Enc
oura
ge c
ullin
g of
ove
rsto
cked
spe
cies
and
man
ual
rem
oval
of i
nvas
ive
plan
t spe
cies
.K
WS
, WW
F, K
AR
I, M
oL&
FD
Appendix 6: Laws supporting Integrated Management Planning (IMP)Laws,regulations,policiesandconventionsarenecessaryfortheharmonizationofmulti-sectoralinterestsandpractices in conservation and management of the plan area. These laws give mandate to stakeholders, localcommunity, local authorities, government departments and development partners in implementing the plan.Observance of these laws will enhance participatory approach in decision–making, ecosystem approach inmanagementandprovidelegitimacytostakeholderinvolvement.ItisimportanttonotethattheselawsarenotexclusiveandotherrulesandregulationscanbedevelopedintheformofcodesofconductandbylawsthatwillimproveconservationandmanagementinLakeBogoriacatchment.
EnvironmentalmanagementandcoordinationAct(EMCA)Thelawisbasedontheprinciplethateverybodyisentitledtoahealthyandcleanenvironment. Section42,pertinenttotheimplementationofthisplandealswithwatercatchmentconservationwhereassection29subsection3dealswiththeestablishmentoflocalEnvironmentalCommittees.
SocialserviceslawsonregistrationofCBO’sThisActwillprovidefortheregistrationofCBO’sandempowerthemtocontributetotheimplementationofthemanagementplan.Itwillalsoprovideforthelawsandregulationsthatgoverntheiroperations.
Non-GovernmentalOrganisations’(NGO)registrationActThisActwillprovidefortheregistrationofNGOs,thelawsandregulationsthatgovernthem.AcoordinatedNGOfrontprovidesgreatopportunitiesforresourcemobilizationandoptimumutilizationoftheseresourcesforthebenefitofstakeholders.
TheWildlife(ConservationandManagement)ActThisistheprincipalActregulatingwildlifeconservationandmanagementinKenya,andprovidesguidelinesforwildliferesourcemanagementintheplanarea.TheActestablishesNationalReservesandstipulatespermissibleactivitiesinsidethereserve.
TheWaterActThewaterActseekstoprovidebetterconservation,control,apportionmentanduseof thewaterresources inKenya,and-forpurposesincidentaltheretoandconnectedtherewith.TheActvestsownershipandcontrolofwaterintheGovernmentsubjecttoanyrightsofuser.Underthisprovision,therefore,WaterDepartmenthastheresponsibilitytoregulateaccess,use,andcontrolpollutionofwaterresources.
TheAgricultureActTheAgricultureActCap318oftheLawsofKenyaseekstopromoteandmaintainastableagriculture,toprovidefortheconservationofthesoilanditsfertilityandtostimulatethedevelopmentofagriculturallandinaccordancewiththeacceptedpracticesofgoodlandmanagementandgoodhusbandry.
TheForestActTheForestsAct,Cap385oftheLawsofKenyaprovidesfortheestablishment,controlandregulationofforestsandforestareasinKenya.TheAct,therefore,appliesnotonlytostateplantationsandlandcontrolledandmanagedbytheForestryDepartmentforresearchpurposesorforestablishmentofcommercialtimberplantations,butalsoareaswhichhavebeensetasidefortheconservationoffaunaandflora,forthemanagementofwatercatchmentarea,forthepreventionofsoilerosionorfortheprotectionandmanagementofindigenousforestsonalienatedGovernmentland.
TheLandPlanningActThe Land Planning Act Cap 303 of 1968 of the Laws of Kenya makes provision for planning the use anddevelopmentofland.Sec6(1)ofthesubsidiarylegislationprovidesthat“a local authority may, after consultation with, and with the agreement of the Minister, prepare and submit to the Minister for his approval a town plan or area plan, as the case may be, for that part of the area under its jurisdiction to which these regulations apply.”
PhysicalPlanningActThisActprovides for thepreparationand implementationofphysicaldevelopmentplansandestablishes theresponsibilityforthephysicalplanningatvariouslevelsofGovernmentinordertoremoveuncertaintyregardingtheresponsibilityforregionalplanning.TheActalsopromotespublicparticipationinthepreparationofplansandrequiresthatinpreparationofplansproperconsiderationbegiventothepotentialforeconomicdevelopment,socio-economic development needs of the population, the existing planning and future transport needs, the
��
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
physical factorswhichmay influenceorderly development in general andurbanization in particular, and thepossibleinfluenceoffuturedevelopmentuponnaturalenvironment.
EnvironmentalImpactAssessment(EIA)This act requires any new development to be an environmental impact assessment to minimise negativeenvironmentalimpacts.
LandControlActCAP406Thislawprovidesforthecontroloftransactionsinagriculturalland,especiallythemachineryoftheLandControlBoards
TheLocalGovernmentActCAP265ThislawempowersalocalauthoritytoapplythroughtheMinisterforlandtomeetitsdifferentdevelopmentpurposes. Such requests and purposes are deemed to be public purposes within the meaning of the LandAcquisitionAct(Cap295).Suchalocalauthoritymay,withinsuchland,establishandmaintainaconservationarea.Itmayalsotakemeasuresnecessaryforthepreventionorcontrolofbushfiresorquarryingforminerals,sandgravel,clay,orstones.
TheKenyaTouristDevelopmentCorporationActThisregulatestourismistheKenyaascontainedintheTouristDevelopmentCorporationActCap382oftheLawsofKenyawhichestablishesKTDCasaparastatalbody.ThefunctionsoftheKTDCinclude,inter alia, provisionoftravel,expeditionoftours,whetherhunting,fishing,photographyorotherwise.Thecorporationmayalsoplanthedevelopment,preservation,orstudyofthewildandnaturallife,floraandothervegetation.
TouristIndustryLicensingActThesisterstatutetotheKTDCActistheTouristIndustryLicensingActCap381oftheLawsofKenyadealsprimarilywiththelicensingoftourismactivities.
�7
Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)
Appendix 7: Participation in development of Integrated Management PlanDetailed list of participants at first brainstorming meeting to develop a strategy for the development of amanagementplanforLakeBogoriaNationalReserveheldon19April2002atWWF-EARPOBoardroom.
Name OrganizationDr. Kelly West IUCN EAROEdmond Barrow IUCN.EARODr. Patr�ck M�l�mo WWF-EARPOHusse�n Cheburet Clerk Ko�batek County Counc�lW�ll�am K�mosop Sen�or Warden LBNRMaushe K�dundo WWF-LBCBWPM�chael Kangogo WWF-LBCBWPMusa Cheru�yot WWF-LBCBWPOl�ver Nas�rwa WWF-LBCBWPAnderson Koyo KWS ((absent w�th apolog�es)Dr. Nathan G�chuk� NMK (absent w�th apolog�es)
Detailedlistofparticipantsduringthe1stplanningworkshopheldatLakeBogoriaHotelconferenceroomon5-6May2003.
W�ll�am K�bet Ch�ef, Ko�bos Locat�on P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya W�ll�am Lorukot� Counc�lor S�nende Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Justus Tanu� Ag. DSDO 0�1-7�207� Cheburet K�ptu� Secretary, LEPC Ko�tu�met P .O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya W�lson Chesang Counc�lor Ko�batek P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya Bernard Chepku� Cha�rman Maj�moto LEPC P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya M�chael K�mel� Cha�rman Fr�ends of Nature Bogor�a P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya K�prot�ch Kobetbet Counc�lor. Kamar Ward P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya Geoffrey Chepkuto Cha�rman LEPC Lobo� P. O. �� Mar�gat, Kenya S�meon Komen Ag. Ch�ef S�nende Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Joseph Kuru� Cha�rman LEPC Olkokwe P. O. K�sanana, KenyaJames K�ptek Sen�or Ch�ef Lobo� Locat�on P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya James K�bowen Ch�ef Kapnosge� Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Samuel K. Kabeto Ch�ef Olkokwe Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Kibos S. J District Environment Officer, Baringo 053-21870 R. J Seronei (Mrs) District Forest Officer, Baringo 053-22055 Kabarnet, Kenya J. Chepsat Cha�rman LEPC Sanda� P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya M�chael Chepkuto Ch�ef Sanda� Locat�on P. O. Box 1�0 Mar�gat, Kenya R. Kembo� Ass�stant Manager, Lake Bogor�a Hotel P.O.Nachuru Warden, LBNR P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Joseph K�bet Counc�lor Lobo� Ward P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya M. C. Sang DSCO Ko�batek P. O. Box 71 Eldama Rav�ne S. K. Kitony District Water Office P. O. Box 218 Eldama Ravine J. Kairu DALEOs Office P. O. Box 4 Kabarnet Kimeu Musau District Water Office P. O. Box 31 Kabarnet Peter Ke�tany Clerk to Counc�l Bar�ngo County Counc�l P. O. Box �� Kabarnet, Kenya J. Karato Project Adv�sory Comm�ttee Member P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Kunga N Project Officer, Natural Resource Planner P. O. Box 43 Marigat, Kenya She�lah Cheburet FA Lobo� P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya John Bereke FA Sanda� P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Evans K�pkembo� FA Ko�bos P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Job K�prop FA S�nende P. O. Box �� Mar�ga, Kenya Musa Cheruiyot Project Officer-EE & CD P. O. Box 43 Marigat, Kenya Maushe K�dundo Project Manager LBCBWP P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Ko�ma Ben T�ong’�k Cha�rman, LEPC S�nende P. O. K�sanana, KenyaFab�an Mus�la Project Ecolog�st –WWF P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, KenyaHusse�n Cheburet Rep. to Clerk Ko�batek County Counc�l P. O. Box 1� Eldama Rav�ne, Kenya Irene J. Cheb�� Counc�lor, Lobo� Ward P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, KenyaCounc�lor Moses K�mel� V�ce-Cha�rman Ko�batek County Counc�l P. O. Box 1� Eldama Rav�ne W�ll�am Tengecha World V�s�on Mar�gat, KenyaW�ll�am K�mosop Sen�or Warden, LBNR P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, KenyaP. K. K�soyan Lake Bar�ngo GEF Project P. O. Box 111 Mar�gat, KenyaJulius Zephania Lands Officer-Loboi P. O. Box 7 Kabarnet, KenyaDav�d Chelugo Cha�rman-Bar�ngo County Counc�l P. O. Box �� Kabarnet, KenyaSamuel Kas�tet LEPC Cha�rman Kapku�ku� P. O. Box �7 Mar�gat, Kenya Asukile R.Kajuni Facilitator P.O. Box 105994 Dar es Salamm, Tanzania
��
Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve
Programme for 3rd Planning Workshops for Presentation of proposals to all stakeholders 19th – 23rd January 2003
January 2004 Venue Stakeholders19 Dryland EE centre, Loboi Loboi, Sandai, Kapkuikui, Majimoto, + Marigat Officers20 County Council Chambers, Kabarnet GoK officer, NGOs, County council of Baringo chief officers + All counc�llors of Jo�nt Management Comm�ttee21 Kapnoskei Centre Sinende, Kapnoskei, Olkokwe, + Kisanana officers22 District Education Hall, Eldama Ravine GoK officer, NGOs, County council of Koibatek chief officers + All counc�llors of Jo�nt Management Comm�ttee23 Nakuru, Nyahururu, Nyandarua Site visits and discussions with GoK officers
List of participants during 3rd Planning Workshop for Presentation of proposals by all Stakeholders held at Lake Bogoria Dryland Environmental Education Centre on 19 January 2003
Maushe K�dundo Project Executant WWF Musa Kimaru Land Adjudication Officer, Loboi Ministry of Lands and Settlement James K�ptek Ch�ef Lobo� Samwel Chelal V�ce Cha�rman K�borgoch Swamp Comm�ttee Paulo Chepk�rwok LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on Irene Cheb�� Nom�nated Counc�llor County Counc�l of Bar�ngo Jackson Borch�ke� LEPC Lobo� Locat�on Joseph Cheru�yot LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on Sal�na Wendot Treasurer Sanda� Women Group W�lson Chebot�b�n LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on R�chard Kamuren Member Bogor�a Moran Dancers Jackson K�bon LEPC Lobo� Locat�on Symon Chesang Techn�cal Ass�stant Veter�nary Department, M�n�stry of Agr�culture Joseph Cherut�ch Ass�stant Ch�ef Kapku�ku� Locat�on W�ll�am Kapyeko� Cha�rman Bogor�a Moran Dancers R�chard Yegon Cha�rman K�borgoch Swamp Comm�ttee W�lson Karato LEPC Lobo� Locat�on El�jah K�ptero� Ass�stant Ch�ef Lobo� Locat�on K�prot�ch Kobetbet Counc�llor Ko�bos Ward Stephen Koech LEPC Ko�bos Locat�on John Bereke F�eld Ass�stant WWF Jonathan Tere�to Zonal Cha�rman World V�s�on, Mar�gat Paul K�pkoros LEPC Ko�bos Locat�on M�chael Chepkuto Ch�ef Sanda� Locat�on Samwel Ke�tany Ch�ef Kapku�ku� Locat�on Kas�tet Samwel Cha�rman LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on Rael K�ptek Cha�rlady Sanda� Women Group Geofrey Chepkuto Cha�rman LEPC Lobo� Locat�on Joseph K�pkurere Secretary LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Jackson Chepsat Cha�rman LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Evans K�pkembo� F�eld Ass�stant WWF John Changole LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Samson K�pta� LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Joseph Wendot Ass�stant Ch�ef Sanda� Locat�on Mary Mbelel Lobusak�e Women Group Festus K�pt�sha F�eld Ass�stant WWF Kunga Ngece Project Officer NRM Samwel K�pta� LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Dan�el Chepku� Cha�rman LEPC Ko�bos Locat�on
Freshwater Programme CoordinatorWWF Eastern Africa Regional Programme Office (EARPO)P.O. Box 62440–00200Nairobi, Kenya
Telephone: 254 20 3877355 / 3872630,Fax: 254 20 577389E mail: [email protected]: http://www.panda.org
Chief WardenLake Bogoria National ReserveP.O. Box 64–30403Marigat, Kenya
Telephone: 254 (0)51 2211987E mail: [email protected]